<?xml version="1.0"?>
<?xml-stylesheet type="text/xsl" href="cfr.xsl"?>
<CFRGRANULE xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="CFRMergedXML.xsd">
  <FDSYS>
    <CFRTITLE>12</CFRTITLE>
    <CFRTITLETEXT>Banks and Banking</CFRTITLETEXT>
    <VOL>1</VOL>
    <DATE>2003-01-01</DATE>
    <ORIGINALDATE>2003-01-01</ORIGINALDATE>
    <COVERONLY>false</COVERONLY>
    <TITLE>COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</TITLE>
    <GRANULENUM>I</GRANULENUM>
    <HEADING>CHAPTER I</HEADING>
    <ANCESTORS>
      <PARENT HEADING="Title 12" SEQ="0">Banks and Banking</PARENT>
    </ANCESTORS>
  </FDSYS>
  <CHAPTER>
    <TOC>
      <TOCHD>
        <PRTPAGE P="3"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">CHAPTER I—COMPTROLLER OF THE CURRENCY, DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY</HD>
      </TOCHD>
      <PTHD>Part</PTHD>
      <PGHD>Page</PGHD>
      <CHAPTI>
        <PT>1</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Investment securities</SUBJECT>
        <PG>5</PG>
        <PT>2</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Sales of credit life insurance</SUBJECT>
        <PG>12</PG>
        <PT>3</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Minimum capital ratios; issuance of directives</SUBJECT>
        <PG>13</PG>
        <PT>4</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Organization and functions, availability and release of information, contracting outreach program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>49</PG>
        <PT>5</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Rules, policies, and procedures for corporate activities</SUBJECT>
        <PG>69</PG>
        <PT>6</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Prompt corrective action</SUBJECT>
        <PG>115</PG>
        <PT>7</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Bank activities and operations</SUBJECT>
        <PG>123</PG>
        <PT>8</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Assessment of fees</SUBJECT>
        <PG>142</PG>
        <PT>9</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Fiduciary activities of national banks</SUBJECT>
        <PG>147</PG>
        <PT>10</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Municipal securities dealers</SUBJECT>
        <PG>157</PG>
        <PT>11</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Securities Exchange Act disclosure rules</SUBJECT>
        <PG>158</PG>
        <PT>12</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping and confirmation requirements for securities transactions</SUBJECT>
        <PG>159</PG>
        <PT>13</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Government securities sales practices</SUBJECT>
        <PG>167</PG>
        <PT>14</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Consumer protection in sales of insurance</SUBJECT>
        <PG>170</PG>
        <PT>15</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>16</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Securities offering disclosure rules</SUBJECT>
        <PG>174</PG>
        <PT>18</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Disclosure of financial and other information by national banks</SUBJECT>
        <PG>179</PG>
        <PT>19</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Rules of practice and procedure</SUBJECT>
        <PG>182</PG>
        <PT>21</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Minimum security devices and procedures, reports of suspicious activities, and Bank Secrecy Act Compliance Program</SUBJECT>
        <PG>219</PG>
        <PT>22</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Loans in areas having special flood hazards</SUBJECT>
        <PG>222</PG>
        <PT>23</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Leasing</SUBJECT>
        <PG>227</PG>
        <PT>24</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Community development corporations, community development projects, and other public welfare investments</SUBJECT>
        <PG>230</PG>
        <PT>25</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Community Reinvestment Act and Interstate Deposit Production regulations</SUBJECT>
        <PG>234</PG>
        <PT>26</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Management official interlocks</SUBJECT>
        <PG>255</PG>
        <PT>27</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Fair housing home loan data system</SUBJECT>
        <PG>259<PRTPAGE P="4"/>
        </PG>
        <PT>28</PT>
        <SUBJECT>International banking activities</SUBJECT>
        <PG>270</PG>
        <PT>29</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>30</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Safety and soundness standards</SUBJECT>
        <PG>282</PG>
        <PT>31</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Extensions of credit to insiders and transactions with affiliates</SUBJECT>
        <PG>290</PG>
        <PT>32</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Lending limits</SUBJECT>
        <PG>294</PG>
        <PT>33</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>34</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Real estate lending and appraisals</SUBJECT>
        <PG>306</PG>
        <PT>35</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Disclosure and reporting of CRA-related agreements</SUBJECT>
        <PG>319</PG>
        <PT>36</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>37</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Debt cancellation contracts and debt suspension agreements</SUBJECT>
        <PG>331</PG>
        <PT>38-39</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        <PT>40</PT>
        <SUBJECT>Privacy of consumer financial information</SUBJECT>
        <PG>336</PG>
        <PT>41-199</PT>
        <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
      </CHAPTI>
      <CROSSREF>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Cross Reference:</HD>
        <P>Other regulations issued by the Department of the Treasury appear in title 19, chapter I, title 26, chapter I, title 27, chapter I, title 31, title 48, chapter 10.</P>
      </CROSSREF>
    </TOC>
    <PART>
      <PRTPAGE P="5"/>
      <EAR>Pt. 1</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 1—INVESTMENT SECURITIES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>1.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Limitations on dealing in, underwriting, and purchase and sale of securities.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Calculation of limits.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Safe and sound banking practices; credit information required.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Convertible securities.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Securities held in satisfaction of debts previously contracted; holding period; disposal; accounting treatment; non-speculative purpose.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>1.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT> Nonconforming investments.</SUBJECT>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
          <SECTNO>1.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT> Indirect general obligations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>1.110</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT> Taxing powers of a State or political subdivision.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>1.120</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT> Prerefunded or escrowed bonds and obligations secured by Type I securities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>1.130</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT> Type II securities; guidelines for obligations issued for university and housing purposes.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 24 (Seventh), and 93a.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 63982, Dec. 2, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> This part is issued pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), and 12 U.S.C. 93a.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose</E> This part prescribes standards under which national banks may purchase, sell, deal in, underwrite, and hold securities, consistent with the authority contained in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) and safe and sound banking practices.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> The standards set forth in this part apply to national banks, District of Columbia banks, and federal branches of foreign banks. Further, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 335, State banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System are subject to the same limitations and conditions that apply to national banks in connection with purchasing, selling, dealing in, and underwriting securities and stock. In addition to activities authorized under this part, foreign branches of national banks are authorized to conduct international activities and invest in securities pursuant to 12 CFR part 211.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Capital and surplus</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) A bank's Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital calculated under the OCC's risk-based capital standards set forth in appendix A to 12 CFR part 3 (or comparable capital guidelines of the appropriate Federal banking agency) as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed under 12 U.S.C. 161 (or under 12 U.S.C. 1817 in the case of a state member bank); plus</P>
        <P>(2) The balance of a bank's allowance for loan and lease losses not included in the bank's Tier 2 capital, for purposes of the calculation of risk-based capital described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed under 12 U.S.C. 161 (or under 12 U.S.C. 1817 in the case of a state member bank).</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">General obligation of a State or political subdivision</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) An obligation supported by the full faith and credit of an obligor possessing general powers of taxation, including property taxation; or</P>
        <P>(2) An obligation payable from a special fund or by an obligor not possessing general powers of taxation, when an obligor possessing general powers of taxation, including property taxation, has unconditionally promised to make payments into the fund or otherwise provide funds to cover all required payments on the obligation.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Investment company</E> means an investment company, including a mutual fund, registered under section 8 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-8.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Investment grade</E> means a security that is rated in one of the four highest rating categories by:</P>
        <P>(1) Two or more NRSROs; or</P>
        <P>(2) One NRSRO if the security has been rated by only one NRSRO.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Investment security</E> means a marketable debt obligation that is not predominantly speculative in nature. A security is not predominantly speculative in nature if it is rated investment grade. When a security is not rated, the security must be the credit equivalent of a security rated investment grade.</P>
        <P>(f) <E T="03">Marketable</E> means that the security:<PRTPAGE P="6"/>
        </P>

        <P>(1) Is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77a <E T="03">et seq</E>.;</P>
        <P>(2) Is a municipal revenue bond exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77c(a)(2);</P>
        <P>(3) Is offered and sold pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 144A, 17 CFR 230.144A, and rated investment grade or is the credit equivalent of investment grade; or</P>
        <P>(4) Can be sold with reasonable promptness at a price that corresponds reasonably to its fair value.</P>
        <P>(g) <E T="03">Municipal bonds</E> means obligations of a State or political subdivision other than general obligations, and includes limited obligation bonds, revenue bonds, and obligations that satisfy the requirements of section 142(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 issued by or on behalf of any State or political subdivision of a State, including any municipal corporate instrumentality of 1 or more States, or any public agency or authority of any State or political subdivision of a State.</P>
        <P>(h) <E T="03">NRSRO</E> means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Political subdivision</E> means a county, city, town, or other municipal corporation, a public authority, and generally any publicly-owned entity that is an instrumentality of a State or of a municipal corporation.</P>
        <P>(j) <E T="03">Type I security</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) Obligations of the United States;</P>
        <P>(2) Obligations issued, insured, or guaranteed by a department or an agency of the United States Government, if the obligation, insurance, or guarantee commits the full faith and credit of the United States for the repayment of the obligation;</P>
        <P>(3) Obligations issued by a department or agency of the United States, or an agency or political subdivision of a State of the United States, that represent an interest in a loan or a pool of loans made to third parties, if the full faith and credit of the United States has been validly pledged for the full and timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the loans in the event of non-payment by the third party obligor(s);</P>
        <P>(4) General obligations of a State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; and municipal bonds if the national bank is well capitalized as defined in 12 CFR 6.4(b)(1);</P>
        <P>(5) Obligations authorized under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) as permissible for a national bank to deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell for the bank's own account, including qualified Canadian government obligations; and</P>
        <P>(6) Other securities the OCC determines to be eligible as Type I securities under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh).</P>
        <P>(k) <E T="03">Type II security</E> means an investment security that represents:</P>
        <P>(1) Obligations issued by a State, or a political subdivision or agency of a State, for housing, university, or dormitory purposes that would not satisfy the definition of Type I securities pursuant to paragraph (j) of § 1.2;</P>
        <P>(2) Obligations of international and multilateral development banks and organizations listed in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh);</P>
        <P>(3) Other obligations listed in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) as permissible for a bank to deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell for the bank's own account, subject to a limitation per obligor of 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus; and</P>
        <P>(4) Other securities the OCC determines to be eligible as Type II securities under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh).</P>
        <P>(l) <E T="03">Type III security</E> means an investment security that does not qualify as a Type I, II, IV, or V security. Examples of Type III securities include corporate bonds and municipal bonds that do not satisfy the definition of Type I securities pursuant to paragraph (j) of § 1.2 or the definition of Type II securities pursuant to paragraph (k) of § 1.2.</P>
        <P>(m) <E T="03">Type IV security</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) A small business-related security as defined in section 3(a)(53)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(53)(A), that is rated investment grade or is the credit equivalent thereof, that is fully secured by interests in a pool of loans to numerous obligors.</P>

        <P>(2) A commercial mortgage-related security that is offered or sold pursuant to section 4(5) of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77d(5), that is rated investment grade or is the credit equivalent thereof, or a commercial mortgage-related security as described in <PRTPAGE P="7"/>section 3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41), that is rated investment grade in one of the two highest investment grade rating categories, and that represents ownership of a promissory note or certificate of interest or participation that is directly secured by a first lien on one or more parcels of real estate upon which one or more commercial structures are located and that is fully secured by interests in a pool of loans to numerous obligors.</P>
        <P>(3) A residential mortgage-related security that is offered and sold pursuant to section 4(5) of the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77d(5), that is rated investment grade or is the credit equivalent thereof, or a residential mortgage-related security as described in section 3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41)), that is rated investment grade in one of the two highest investment grade rating categories, and that does not otherwise qualify as a Type I security.</P>
        <P>(n) <E T="03">Type V security</E> means a security that is:</P>
        <P>(1) Rated investment grade;</P>
        <P>(2) Marketable;</P>
        <P>(3) Not a Type IV security; and</P>
        <P>(4) Fully secured by interests in a pool of loans to numerous obligors and in which a national bank could invest directly.</P>
        <CITA>[61 FR 63982, Dec. 2, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Limitations on dealing in, underwriting, and purchase and sale of securities.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Type I securities.</E> A national bank may deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell Type I securities for its own account. The amount of Type I securities that the bank may deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell is not limited to a specified percentage of the bank's capital and surplus.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Type II securities.</E> A national bank may deal in, underwrite, purchase, and sell Type II securities for its own account, provided the aggregate par value of Type II securities issued by any one obligor held by the bank does not exceed 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. In applying this limitation, a national bank shall take account of Type II securities that the bank is legally committed to purchase or to sell in addition to the bank's existing holdings.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Type III securities.</E> A national bank may purchase and sell Type III securities for its own account, provided the aggregate par value of Type III securities issued by any one obligor held by the bank does not exceed 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. In applying this limitation, a national bank shall take account of Type III securities that the bank is legally committed to purchase or to sell in addition to the bank's existing holdings.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Type II and III securities; other investment securities limitations.</E> A national bank may not hold Type II and III securities issued by any one obligor with an aggregate par value exceeding 10 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. However, if the proceeds of each issue are to be used to acquire and lease real estate and related facilities to economically and legally separate industrial tenants, and if each issue is payable solely from and secured by a first lien on the revenues to be derived from rentals paid by the lessee under net noncancellable leases, the bank may apply the 10 percent investment limitation separately to each issue of a single obligor.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Type IV securities</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank may purchase and sell Type IV securities for its own account. Except as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, the amount of the Type IV securities that a bank may purchase and sell is not limited to a specified percentage of the bank's capital and surplus.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Limitation on small business-related securities rated in the third and fourth highest rating categories by an NRSRO.</E> A national bank may hold small business-related securities, as defined in section 3(a)(53)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(53)(A), of any one issuer with an aggregate par value not exceeding 25 percent of the bank's capital and surplus if those securities are rated investment grade in the third or fourth highest investment grade rating categories. In applying this limitation, a <PRTPAGE P="8"/>national bank shall take account of securities that the bank is legally committed to purchase or to sell in addition to the bank's existing holdings. No percentage of capital and surplus limit applies to small business related securities rated investment grade in the highest two investment grade rating categories.</P>
        <P>(f) <E T="03">Type V securities.</E> A national bank may purchase and sell Type V securities for its own account provided that the aggregate par value of Type V securities issued by any one issuer held by the bank does not exceed 25 percent of the bank's capital and surplus. In applying this limitation, a national bank shall take account of Type V securities that the bank is legally committed to purchase or to sell in addition to the bank's existing holdings.</P>
        <P>(g) <E T="03">Securitization.</E> A national bank may securitize and sell assets that it holds, as a part of its banking business. The amount of securitized loans and obligations that a bank may sell is not limited to a specified percentage of the bank's capital and surplus.</P>
        <P>(h) <E T="03">Investment company shares</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank may purchase and sell for its own account investment company shares provided that:</P>
        <P>(i) The portfolio of the investment company consists exclusively of assets that the national bank may purchase and sell for its own account under this part; and</P>
        <P>(ii) The bank's holdings of investment company shares do not exceed the limitations in § 1.4(e).</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Other issuers.</E> The OCC may determine that a national bank may invest in an entity that is exempt from registration as an investment company under section 3(c)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, provided that the portfolio of the entity consists exclusively of assets that a national bank may purchase and sell for its own account under this part.</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Securities held based on estimates of obligor's performance.</E> (1) Notwithstanding §§ 1.2(d) and (e), a national bank may treat a debt security as an investment security for purposes of this part if the bank concludes, on the basis of estimates that the bank reasonably believes are reliable, that the obligor will be able to satisfy its obligations under that security, and the bank believes that the security may be sold with reasonable promptness at a price that corresponds reasonably to its fair value.</P>
        <P>(2) The aggregate par value of securities treated as investment securities under paragraph (i)(1) of this section may not exceed 5 percent of the bank's capital and surplus.</P>
        <CITA>[61 FR 63982, Dec. 2, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Calculation of limits.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Calculation date.</E> For purposes of determining compliance with 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) and this part, a bank shall determine its investment limitations as of the most recent of the following dates:</P>
        <P>(1) The last day of the preceding calendar quarter; or</P>
        <P>(2) The date on which there is a change in the bank's capital category for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 1831o and 12 CFR 6.3.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Effective date.</E> (1) A bank's investment limit calculated in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section will be effective on the earlier of the following dates:</P>
        <P>(i) The date on which the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (Call Report) is submitted; or</P>
        <P>(ii) The date on which the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income is required to be submitted.</P>
        <P>(2) A bank's investment limit calculated in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section will be effective on the date that the limit is to be calculated.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Authority of OCC to require more frequent calculations.</E> If the OCC determines for safety and soundness reasons that a bank should calculate its investment limits more frequently than required by paragraph (a) of this section, the OCC may provide written notice to the bank directing the bank to calculate its investment limitations at a more frequent interval. The bank shall thereafter calculate its investment limits at that interval until further notice.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Calculation of Type III and Type V securities holdings</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In calculating the amount of its investment in Type III or Type V securities issued by <PRTPAGE P="9"/>any one obligor, a bank shall aggregate:</P>
        <P>(i) Obligations issued by obligors that are related directly or indirectly through common control; and</P>
        <P>(ii) Securities that are credit enhanced by the same entity.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Aggregation by type.</E> The aggregation requirement in paragraph (d)(1) of this section applies separately to the Type III and Type V securities held by a bank.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Limit on investment company holdings</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In calculating the amount of its investment in investment company shares under this part, a bank shall use reasonable efforts to calculate and combine its pro rata share of a particular security in the portfolio of each investment company with the bank's direct holdings of that security. The bank's direct holdings of the particular security and the bank's pro rata interest in the same security in the investment company's portfolio may not, in the aggregate, exceed the investment limitation that would apply to that security.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Alternate limit for diversified investment companies.</E> A national bank may elect not to combine its pro rata interest in a particular security in an investment company with the bank's direct holdings of that security if:</P>
        <P>(i) The investment company's holdings of the securities of any one issuer do not exceed 5 percent of its total portfolio; and</P>
        <P>(ii) The bank's total holdings of the investment company's shares do not exceed the most stringent investment limitation that would apply to any of the securities in the company's portfolio if those securities were purchased directly by the bank.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Safe and sound banking practices; credit information required.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) A national bank shall adhere to safe and sound banking practices and the specific requirements of this part in conducting the activities described in § 1.3. The bank shall consider, as appropriate, the interest rate, credit, liquidity, price, foreign exchange, transaction, compliance, strategic, and reputation risks presented by a proposed activity, and the particular activities undertaken by the bank must be appropriate for that bank.</P>
        <P>(b) In conducting these activities, the bank shall determine that there is adequate evidence that an obligor possesses resources sufficient to provide for all required payments on its obligations, or, in the case of securities deemed to be investment securities on the basis of reliable estimates of an obligor's performance, that the bank reasonably believes that the obligor will be able to satisfy the obligation.</P>
        <P>(c) Each bank shall maintain records available for examination purposes adequate to demonstrate that it meets the requirements of this part. The bank may store the information in any manner that can be readily retrieved and reproduced in a readable form.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Convertible securities.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A national bank may not purchase securities convertible into stock at the option of the issuer.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Securities held in satisfaction of debts previously contracted; holding period; disposal; accounting treatment; non-speculative purpose.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Securities held in satisfaction of debts previously contracted.</E> The restrictions and limitations of this part, other than those set forth in paragraphs (b),(c), and (d) of this section, do not apply to securities acquired:</P>
        <P>(1) Through foreclosure on collateral;</P>
        <P>(2) In good faith by way of compromise of a doubtful claim; or</P>
        <P>(3) To avoid loss in connection with a debt previously contracted.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Holding period.</E> A national bank holding securities pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section may do so for a period not to exceed five years from the date that ownership of the securities was originally transferred to the bank. The OCC may extend the holding period for up to an additional five years if a bank provides a clearly convincing demonstration as to why an additional holding period is needed.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Accounting treatment.</E> A bank shall account for securities held pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Non-speculative purpose.</E> A bank may not hold securities pursuant to <PRTPAGE P="10"/>paragraph (a) of this section for speculative purposes.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 1.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Nonconforming investments.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) A national bank's investment in securities that no longer conform to this part but conformed when made will not be deemed in violation but instead will be treated as nonconforming if the reason why the investment no longer conforms to this part is because:</P>
        <P>(1) The bank's capital declines;</P>
        <P>(2) Issuers, obligors, or credit-enhancers merge;</P>
        <P>(3) Issuers become related directly or indirectly through common control;</P>
        <P>(4) The investment securities rules change;</P>
        <P>(5) The security no longer qualifies as an investment security; or</P>
        <P>(6) Other events identified by the OCC occur.</P>
        <P>(b) A bank shall exercise reasonable efforts to bring an investment that is nonconforming as a result of events described in paragraph (a) of this section into conformity with this part unless to do so would be inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Indirect general obligations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Obligation issued by an obligor not possessing general powers of taxation.</E> Pursuant to § 1.2(b), an obligation issued by an obligor not possessing general powers of taxation qualifies as a general obligation of a State or political subdivision for the purposes of 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), if a party possessing general powers of taxation unconditionally promises to make sufficient funds available for all required payments in connection with the obligation.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Indirect commitment of full faith and credit.</E> The indirect commitment of the full faith and credit of a State or political subdivision (that possesses general powers of taxation) in support of an obligation may be demonstrated by any of the following methods, alone or in combination, when the State or political subdivision pledges its full faith and credit in support of the obligation.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Lease/rental agreement.</E> The lease agreement must be valid and binding on the State or the political subdivision, and the State or political subdivision must unconditionally promise to pay rentals that, together with any other available funds, are sufficient for the timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation. These lease/rental agreement may, for instance, provide support for obligations financing the acquisition or operation of public projects in the areas of education, medical care, transportation, recreation, public buildings, and facilities.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Service/purchase agreement.</E> The agreement must be valid and binding on the State or the political subdivision, and the State or political subdivision must unconditionally promise in the agreement to make payments for services or resources provided through or by the issuer of the obligation. These payments, together with any other available funds, must be sufficient for the timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation. An agreement to purchase municipal sewer, water, waste disposal, or electric services may, for instance, provide support for obligations financing the construction or acquisition of facilities supplying those services.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Refillable debt service reserve fund.</E> The reserve fund must at least equal the amount necessary to meet the annual payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation as required by applicable law. The maintenance of a refillable reserve fund may be provided, for instance, by statutory direction for an appropriation, or by statutory automatic apportionment and payment from the State funds of amounts necessary to restore the fund to the required level.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Other grants or support.</E> A statutory provision or agreement must unconditionally commit the State or the political subdivision to provide funds which, together with other available funds, are sufficient for the timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation. Those funds may, for instance, be supplied in the form of annual grants or may be advanced whenever the other available revenues are not sufficient for the payment of principal and interest.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="11"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.110</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Taxing powers of a State or political subdivision.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) An obligation is considered supported by the full faith and credit of a State or political subdivision possessing general powers of taxation when the promise or other commitment of the State or the political subdivision will produce funds, which (together with any other funds available for the purpose) will be sufficient to provide for all required payments on the obligation. In order to evaluate whether a commitment of a State or political subdivision is likely to generate sufficient funds, a bank shall consider the impact of any possible limitations regarding the State's or political subdivision's taxing powers, as well as the availability of funds in view of the projected revenues and expenditures. Quantitative restrictions on the general powers of taxation of the State or political subdivision do not necessarily mean that an obligation is not supported by the full faith and credit of the State or political subdivision. In such case, the bank shall determine the eligibility of obligations by reviewing, on a case-by-case basis, whether tax revenues available under the limited taxing powers are sufficient for the full and timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation. The bank shall use current and reasonable financial projections in calculating the availability of the revenues. An obligation expressly or implicitly dependent upon voter or legislative authorization of appropriations may be considered supported by the full faith and credit of a State or political subdivision if the bank determines, on the basis of past actions by the voters or legislative body in similar situations involving similar types of projects, that it is reasonably probable that the obligor will obtain all necessary appropriations.</P>
          <P>(b) An obligation supported exclusively by excise taxes or license fees is not a general obligation for the purposes of 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh). Nevertheless, an obligation that is primarily payable from a fund consisting of excise taxes or other pledged revenues qualifies as a “general obligation,” if, in the event of a deficiency of those revenues, the obligation is also supported by the general revenues of a State or a political subdivision possessing general powers of taxation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.120</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Prerefunded or escrowed bonds and obligations secured by Type I securities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) An obligation qualifies as a Type I security if it is secured by an escrow fund consisting of obligations of the United States or general obligations of a State or a political subdivision, and the escrowed obligations produce interest earnings sufficient for the full and timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation.</P>
          <P>(b) If the interest earnings from the escrowed Type I securities alone are not sufficient to guarantee the full repayment of an obligation, a promise of a State or a political subdivision possessing general powers of taxation to maintain a reserve fund for the timely payment of interest on, and principal of, the obligation may further support a guarantee of the full repayment of an obligation.</P>
          <P>(c) An obligation issued to refund an indirect general obligation may be supported in a number of ways that, in combination, are sufficient at all times to support the obligation with the full faith and credit of the United States or a State or a political subdivision possessing general powers of taxation. During the period following its issuance, the proceeds of the refunding obligation may be invested in U.S. obligations or municipal general obligations that will produce sufficient interest income for payment of principal and interest. Upon the retirement of the outstanding indirect general obligation bonds, the same indirect commitment, such as a lease agreement or a reserve fund, that supported the prior issue, may support the refunding obligation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 1.130</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Type II securities; guidelines for obligations issued for university and housing purposes.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Investment quality.</E> An obligation issued for housing, university, or dormitory purposes is a Type II security only if it:</P>
          <P>(1) Qualifies as an investment security, as defined in § 1.2(e); and</P>

          <P>(2) Is issued for the appropriate purpose and by a qualifying issuer.<PRTPAGE P="12"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Obligation issued for university purposes.</E> (1) An obligation issued by a State or political subdivision or agency of a State or political subdivision for the purpose of financing the construction or improvement of facilities at or used by a university or a degree-granting college-level institution, or financing loans for studies at such institutions, qualifies as a Type II security. Facilities financed in this manner may include student buildings, classrooms, university utility buildings, cafeterias, stadiums, and university parking lots.</P>

          <P>(2) An obligation that finances the construction or improvement of facilities used by a hospital may be eligible as a Type II security, if the hospital is a department or a division of a university, or otherwise provides a nexus with university purposes, such as an affiliation agreement between the university and the hospital, faculty positions of the hospital staff, and training of medical students, interns, residents, and nurses (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a “teaching hospital”).</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Obligation issued for housing purposes.</E> An obligation issued for housing purposes may qualify as a Type II security if the security otherwise meets the criteria for a Type II security.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 2</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 2—SALES OF CREDIT LIFE INSURANCE</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>2.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>2.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>2.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Distribution of credit life insurance income.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>2.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Bonus and incentive plans.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>2.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Bank compensation.</SUBJECT>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), 93a, and 1818(n).</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 51781, Oct. 4, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> A national bank may provide credit life insurance to loan customers pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh).</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> The purpose of this part is to set forth the principles and standards that apply to a national bank's provision of credit life insurance and the limitations that apply to the receipt of income from those sales by certain individuals and entities associated with the bank.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This part applies to the provision of credit life insurance by any national bank employee, officer, director, or principal shareholder, and certain entities in which such persons own an interest of more than ten percent.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Bank</E> means a national banking association or a bank located in the District of Columbia and subject to the supervision of the Comptroller of the Currency.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Credit life insurance</E> means credit life, health, and accident insurance, sometimes referred to as credit life and disability insurance, and mortgage life and disability insurance.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Owning an interest</E> includes:</P>
        <P>(1) Ownership through a spouse or minor child;</P>
        <P>(2) Ownership through a broker, nominee, or other agent; or</P>
        <P>(3) Ownership through any corporation, partnership, association, joint venture, or proprietorship, that is controlled by the director, officer, employee, or principal shareholder of the bank.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Officer, director, employee, or principal shareholder</E> includes the spouse and minor children of an officer, director, employee, or principal shareholder.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Principal shareholder</E> means any shareholder who directly or indirectly owns or controls an interest of more than ten percent of the bank's outstanding voting securities.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Distribution of credit life insurance income.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Distribution of credit life insurance income by a national bank must be consistent with the requirements and principles of this section.</P>

        <P>(b) It is an unsafe and unsound practice for any director, officer, employee, or principal shareholder of a national bank (including any entity in which this person owns an interest of more than ten percent), who is involved in the sale of credit life insurance to loan customers of the national bank, to <PRTPAGE P="13"/>take advantage of that business opportunity for personal profit. Recommendations to customers to buy insurance should be based on the benefits of the policy, not the commissions received from the sale.</P>
        <P>(c) Except as provided in §§ 2.4 and 2.5(b), and paragraph (d) of this section, a director, officer, employee, or principal shareholder of a national bank, or an entity in which such person owns an interest of more than ten percent, may not retain commissions or other income from the sale of credit life insurance in connection with any loan made by that bank, and income from credit life insurance sales to loan customers must be credited to the income accounts of the bank.</P>
        <P>(d) The requirements of paragraph (c) of this section do not apply to a director, officer, employee, or principal shareholder if:</P>
        <P>(1) The person is employed by a third party that has contracted with the bank on an arm's-length basis to sell financial products on bank premises; and</P>
        <P>(2) The person is not involved in the bank's credit decision process.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Bonus and incentive plans.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A bank employee or officer may participate in a bonus or incentive plan based on the sale of credit life insurance if payments to the employee or officer in any one year do not exceed the greater of:</P>
        <P>(a) Five percent of the recipient's annual salary; or</P>
        <P>(b) Five percent of the average salary of all loan officers participating in the plan.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 2.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Bank compensation.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Nothing contained in this part prohibits a bank employee, officer, director, or principal shareholder who holds an insurance agent's license from agreeing to compensate the bank for the use of its premises, employees, or good will. However, the employee, officer, director, or principal shareholder shall turn over to the bank as compensation all income received from the sale of the credit life insurance to the bank's loan customers.</P>

        <P>(b) Income derived from credit life insurance sales to loan customers may be credited to an affiliate operating under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, 12 U.S.C. 1841 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> or to a trust for the benefit of all shareholders, provided that the bank receives reasonable compensation in recognition of the role played by its personnel, premises, and good will in credit life insurance sales. Reasonable compensation generally means an amount equivalent to at least 20 percent of the affiliate's net income attributable to the bank's credit life insurance sales.</P>
      </SECTION>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 3</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 3—MINIMUM CAPITAL RATIOS; ISSUANCE OF DIRECTIVES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Authority and Definitions</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>3.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Transitional rules.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reservation of authority.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Minimum Capital Ratios</HD>
          <SECTNO>3.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Plan to achieve minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reservation of authority.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Establishment of Minimum Capital Ratios for an Individual Bank</HD>
          <SECTNO>3.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Standards for determination of appropriate individual minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Relation to other actions.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Enforcement</HD>
          <SECTNO>3.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Remedies.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Issuance of a Directive</HD>
          <SECTNO>3.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of intent to issue a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Response to notice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.18</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.19</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Issuance of a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in circumstances.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>3.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Relation to other administrative actions.</SUBJECT>
          <SUBJGRP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
            <SECTNO>3.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Capital and surplus.</SUBJECT>
            <APP>Appendix A to Part 3—Risk-Based Capital Guidelines</APP>
            <APP>Appendix B to Part 3—Risk-Based Capital Guidelines; Market Risk Adjustment</APP>
          </SUBJGRP>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <PRTPAGE P="14"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a, 161, 1818, 1828(n), 1828 note, 1831n note, 1835, 3907, and 3909.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>50 FR 10216, Mar. 14, 1985, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Authority and Definitions</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This part is issued under the authority of 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 93a, 161, 1818, 3907 and 3909.</P>
          <CITA>[59 FR 64563, Dec. 15, 1994]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For the purposes of this part:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Adjusted total assets</E> means the average total assets figure required to be computed for and stated in a bank's most recent quarterly <E T="03">Consolidated Report of Condition and Income</E> (Call Report) minus end-of-quarter intangible assets, deferred tax assets, and credit-enhancing interest-only strips, that are deducted from Tier 1 capital, and minus nonfinancial equity investments for which a Tier 1 capital deduction is required pursuant to section 2(c)(5) of appendix A of this part 3. The OCC reserves the right to require a bank to compute and maintain its capital ratios on the basis of actual, rather than average, total assets when necessary to carry out the purposes of this part.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Bank</E> means a national banking association or District of Columbia Bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> means <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> as determined according to section 2 of appendix A of this part, including the deductions described therein.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> means <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> as determined according to section 2 of appendix A of this part, including the limitations described therein.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Total capital</E> means <E T="03">Total capital</E> as determined according to section 1(25) and section 2 of appendix A of this part, including the deductions described therein.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990, as amended at 60 FR 7907, Feb. 10, 1995; 67 FR 3795, Jan. 25, 2002]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Transitional rules.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights, purchased prior to April 15, 1985, and accounted for in accordance with the instruction of the OCC, need not be deducted from Tier 1 capital until December 31, 1992. However, when combined with other qualifying intangible assets, these intangibles may not exceed 25 percent of Tier 1 capital. After December 31, 1992, only those intangible assets that meet the criteria contained in section 2(c)(2) of appendix A will not be deducted from Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reservation of authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Deductions from capital.</E> Notwithstanding the definitions of <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> and <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> in § 3.2 (c) and (d), the OCC may find that a newly developed or modified capital instrument constitutes <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> or <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E>, and may permit one or more banks to include all or a portion of funds obtained through such capital instruments as Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital, permanently or on a temporary basis, for the purposes of compliance with this part or for other purposes. Similarly, the OCC may find that a particular intangible asset, deferred tax asset or credit-enhancing interest-only strip need not be deducted from Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital. Conversely, the OCC may find that a particular intangible asset, deferred tax asset, credit-enhancing interest-only strip or other Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital component has characteristics or terms that diminish its contribution to a bank's ability to absorb losses, and may require the deduction from Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital of all of the component or of a greater portion of the component than is otherwise required.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Risk weight categories.</E> Notwithstanding the risk categories in sections 3 and 4 of appendix A to this part, the OCC will look to the substance of the transaction and may find that the assigned risk weight for any asset or the credit equivalent amount or credit conversion factor for any off-balance sheet item does not appropriately reflect the risks imposed on a bank and may require another risk weight, credit equivalent amount, or credit conversion factor that the OCC deems appropriate. Similarly, if no risk weight, credit equivalent amount, or credit conversion factor is specifically assigned, the <PRTPAGE P="15"/>OCC may assign any risk weight, credit equivalent amount, or credit conversion factor that the OCC deems appropriate. In making its determination, the OCC considers risks associated with the asset or off-balance sheet item as well as other relevant factors.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990, as amended at 66 FR 59630, Nov. 29, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Minimum Capital Ratios</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart is applicable to all banks unless the Office determines, pursuant to the procedures set forth in subpart C, that different minimum capital ratios are appropriate for an individual bank based upon its particular circumstances, or unless different minimum capital ratios have been established or are established for an individual bank in a written agreement or a temporary or final order pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818 (b) or (c), or as a condition for approval of an application.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Risk-based capital ratio</E>. All national banks must have and maintain the minimum risk-based capital ratio as set forth in appendix A (and, for certain banks, in appendix B).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Total assets leverage ratio.</E> All national banks must have and maintain Tier 1 capital in an amount equal to at least 3.0 percent of adjusted total assets.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional leverage ratio requirement.</E> An institution operating at or near the level in paragraph (b) of this section should have well-diversified risks, including no undue interest rate risk exposure; excellent control systems; good earnings; high asset quality; high liquidity; and well managed on-and off-balance sheet activities; and in general be considered a strong banking organization, rated composite 1 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (CAMELS) rating system of banks. For all but the most highly-rated banks meeting the conditions set forth in this paragraph (c), the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio is 4 percent. In all cases, banking institutions should hold capital commensurate with the level and nature of all risks.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990, as amended at 61 FR 47367, Sept. 6, 1996; 64 FR 10199, Mar. 2, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Plan to achieve minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Effective December 31, 1990, any bank having capital ratios less than the minimums required under § 3.6 (a) and (b) shall, within 60 days, submit to the OCC a plan describing the means and schedule by which the bank shall achieve the applicable minimum capital ratios. The plan may be considered acceptable unless the bank is notified to the contrary by the OCC. A bank in compliance with an acceptable plan to achieve the applicable minimum capital ratios will not be deemed to be in violation of § 3.6.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reservation of authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>When, in the opinion of the Office the circumstances so require, a bank may be authorized to have less than the minimum capital ratios in § 3.6 during a time period specified by the Office.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Establishment of Minimum Capital Ratios for an Individual Bank</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The rules and procedures specified in this subpart are applicable to a proceeding to establish required minimum capital ratios that would otherwise be applicable to a bank under § 3.6. The OCC is authorized under 12 U.S.C. 3907 (a)(2) to establish such minimum capital requirements for a bank as the OCC, in its discretion, deems appropriate in light of the particular circumstances at that bank. Proceedings under this subpart also may be initiated to require a bank having capital ratios above those set forth in § 3.6, or other legal authority to continue to maintain those higher ratios.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>

          <P>The OCC may require higher minimum capital ratios for an individual <PRTPAGE P="16"/>bank in view of its circumstances. For example, higher capital ratios may be appropriate for:</P>
          <P>(a) A newly chartered bank;</P>
          <P>(b) A bank receiving special supervisory attention;</P>
          <P>(c) A bank that has, or is expected to have, losses resulting in capital inadequacy;</P>
          <P>(d) A bank with significant exposure due to the risks from concentrations of credit, certain risks arising from nontraditional activities, or management's overall inability to monitor and control financial and operating risks presented by concentrations of credit and nontraditional activities;</P>
          <P>(e) A bank with significant exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates;</P>
          <P>(f) A bank with significant exposure due to fiduciary or operational risk;</P>
          <P>(g) A bank exposed to a high degree of asset depreciation, or a low level of liquid assets in relation to short term liabilities;</P>
          <P>(h) A bank exposed to a high volume or, or particularly severe, problem loans;</P>
          <P>(i) A bank that is growing rapidly, either internally or through acquisitions; or</P>
          <P>(j) A bank that may be adversely affected by the activities or condition of its holding company, affiliate(s), or other persons or institutions including chain banking organizations, with which it has significant business relationships.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 39493, Aug. 2, 1995]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Standards for determination of appropriate individual minimum capital ratios.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The appropriate minimum capital ratios for an individual bank cannot be determined solely through the application of a rigid mathematical formula or wholly objective criteria. The decision is necessarily based in part on subjective judgment grounded in agency expertise. The factors to be considered in the determination will vary in each case and may include, for example:</P>
          <P>(a) The conditions or circumstances leading to the Office's determination that higher minimum capital ratios are appropriate or necessary for the bank;</P>
          <P>(b) The exigency of those circumstances or potential problems;</P>
          <P>(c) The overall condition, management strength, and future prospects of the bank and, if applicable, its holding company and/or affiliate(s);</P>
          <P>(d) The bank's liquidity, capital, risk asset and other ratios compared to the ratios of its peer group; and</P>
          <P>(e) The views of the bank's directors and senior management.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice.</E> When the OCC determines that minimum capital ratios above those set forth in § 3.6 or other legal authority are necessary or appropriate for a particular bank, the OCC will notify the bank in writing of the proposed minimum capital ratios and the date by which they should be reached (if applicable) and will provide an explanation of why the ratios proposed are considered necessary or appropriate for the bank.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Response.</E> (1) The bank may respond to any or all of the items in the notice. The response should include any matters which the bank would have the Office consider in deciding whether individual minimum capital ratios should be established for the bank, what those capital ratios should be, and, if applicable, when they should be achieved. The response must be in writing and delivered to the designated OCC official within 30 days after the date on which the bank received the notice. The Office may shorten the time period when, in the opinion of the Office, the condition of the bank so requires, provided that the bank is informed promptly of the new time period, or with the consent of the bank. In its discretion, the Office may extend the time period for good cause.</P>
          <P>(2) Failure to respond within 30 days or such other time period as may be specified by the Office shall constitute a waiver of any objections to the proposed minimum capital ratios or the deadline for their achievement.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Decision.</E> After the close of the bank's response period, the Office will decide, based on a review of the bank's response and other information concerning the bank, whether individual minimum capital ratios should be established for the bank and, if so, the <PRTPAGE P="17"/>ratios and the date the requirements will become effective. The bank will be notified of the decision in writing. The notice will include an explanation of the decision, except for a decision not to establish individual minimum capital requirements for the bank.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Submission of plan.</E> The decision may require the bank to develop and submit to the Office, within a time period specified, an acceptable plan to reach the minimum capital ratios established for the bank by the date required.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Change in circumstances.</E> If, after the Office's decision in paragraph (c) of this section, there is a change in the circumstances affecting the bank's capital adequacy or its ability to reach the required minimum capital ratios by the specified date, either the bank or the Office may propose to the other a change in the minimum capital ratios for the bank, the date when the minimums must be achieved, or the bank's plan (if applicable). The Office may decline to consider proposals that are not based on a significant change in circumstances or are repetitive or frivolous. Pending a decision on reconsideration, the Office's original decision and any plan required under that decision shall continue in full force and effect.</P>
          <CITA>[50 FR 10216, Mar. 14, 1985, as amended at 55 FR 38800, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Relation to other actions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>In lieu of, or in addition to, the procedures in this subpart, the required minimum capital ratios for a bank may be established or revised through a written agreement or cease and desist proceedings under 12 U.S.C. 1818 (b) or (c) (12 CFR 19.0 through 19.21), or as a condition for approval of an application.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Enforcement</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Remedies.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A bank that does not have or maintain the minimum capital ratios applicable to it, whether required in subpart B of this part, in a decision pursuant to subpart C of this part, in a written agreement or temporary or final order under 12 U.S.C. 1818 (b) or (c), or in a condition for approval of an application, or a bank that has failed to submit or comply with an acceptable plan to attain those ratios, will be subject to such administrative action or sanctions as the OCC considers appropriate. These sanctions may include the issuance of a Directive pursuant to subpart E of this part or other enforcement action, assessment of civil money penalties, and/or the denial, conditioning, or revocation of applications. A national bank's failure to achieve or maintain minimum capital ratios in § 3.6 (a) or (b) may also be the basis for an action by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to terminate federal deposit insurance. See 12 CFR 325.4.</P>
          <CITA>[55 FR 38801, Sept. 21, 1990]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Issuance of a Directive</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart is applicable to proceedings by the Office to issue a directive under 12 U.S.C. 3907(b)(2). A directive is an order issued to a bank that does not have or maintain capital at or above the minimum ratios set forth in § 3.6, or established for the bank under subpart C, by a written agreement under 12 U.S.C. 1818(b), or as a condition for approval of an application. A directive may order the bank to:</P>
          <P>(a) Achieve the minimum capital ratios applicable to it by a specified date;</P>
          <P>(b) Adhere to a previously submitted plan to achieve the applicable capital ratios;</P>
          <P>(c) Submit and adhere to a plan acceptable to the Office describing the means and time schedule by which the bank shall achieve the applicable capital ratios;</P>
          <P>(d) Take other action, such as reduction of assets or the rate of growth of assets, or restrictions on the payment of dividends, to achieve the applicable capital ratios; or</P>
          <P>(e) A combination of any of these or similar actions.</P>

          <FP>A directive issued under this rule, including a plan submitted under a directive, is enforceable in the same manner and to the same extent as an effective and outstanding cease and desist order which has become final as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1818(k). Violation of a directive <PRTPAGE P="18"/>may result in assessment of civil money penalties in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 3909(d).</FP>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of intent to issue a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Office will notify a bank in writing of its intention to issue a directive. The notice will state:</P>
          <P>(a) Reasons for issuance of the directive; and</P>
          <P>(b) The proposed contents of the directive.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Response to notice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A bank may respond to the notice by stating why a directive should not be issued and/or by proposing alternative contents for the directive. The response should include any matters which the bank would have the Office consider in deciding whether to issue a directive and/or what the contents of the directive should be. The response may include a plan for achieving the minimum capital ratios applicable to the bank. The response must be in writing and delivered to the designated OCC official within 30 days after the date on which the bank received the notice. The Office may shorten the 30-day time period:</P>
          <P>(1) When, in the opinion of the Office, the condition of the bank so requires, provided that the bank shall be informed promptly of the new time period;</P>
          <P>(2) With the consent of the bank; or</P>
          <P>(3) When the bank already has advised the Office that it cannot or will not achieve its applicable minimum capital ratios. In its discretion, the Office may extend the time period for good cause.</P>
          <P>(b) Failure to respond within 30 days or such other time period as may be specified by the Office shall constitute a waiver of any objections to the proposed directive.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.18</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision.</SUBJECT>
          <P>After the closing date of the bank's response period, or receipt of the bank's response, if earlier, the Office will consider the bank's response, and may seek additional information or clarification of the response. Thereafter, the Office will determine whether or not to issue a directive, and if one is to be issued, whether it should be as originally proposed or in modified form.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.19</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Issuance of a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A directive will be served by delivery to the bank. It will include or be accompanied by a statement of reasons for its issuance.</P>
          <P>(b) A directive is effective immediately upon its receipt by the bank, or upon such later date as may be specified therein, and shall remain effective and enforceable until it is stayed, modified, or terminated by the Office.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in circumstances.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Upon a change in circumstances, a bank may request the Office to reconsider the terms of its directive or may propose changes in the plan to achieve the bank's applicable minimum capital ratios. The Office also may take such action on its own motion. The Office may decline to consider requests or proposals that are not based on a significant change in circumstances or are repetitive or frivolous. Pending a decision on reconsideration, the directive and plan shall continue in full force and effect.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 3.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Relation to other administrative actions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A directive may be issued in addition to, or in lieu of, any other action authorized by law, including cease and desist proceedings, civil money penalties, or the conditioning or denial of applications. The Office also may, in its discretion, take any action authorized by law, in lieu of a directive, in response to a bank's failure to achieve or maintain the applicable minimum capital ratios.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
          <SECTION>
            <SECTNO>§ 3.100</SECTNO>
            <SUBJECT>Capital and surplus.</SUBJECT>

            <P>For purposes of determining statutory limits that are based on the amount of bank's <E T="03">capital</E> and/or <E T="03">surplus,</E> the provisions of this section are to be used, rather than the definitions of capital contained in § 3.2.</P>
            <P>(a) <E T="03">Capital.</E> The term <E T="03">capital</E> as used in provisions of law relating to the capital of national banking associations shall include the amount of common <PRTPAGE P="19"/>stock outstanding and unimpaired plus the amount of perpetual preferred stock outstanding and unimpaired.</P>
            <P>(b) <E T="03">Capital Stock.</E> The term <E T="03">capital stock</E> as used in provisions of law relating to the capital stock of national banking associations, other than 12 U.S.C. 101, 177 and 178, shall have the same meaning as the term <E T="03">capital</E> set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
            <P>(c) <E T="03">Surplus.</E> The term <E T="03">surplus</E> as used in provisions of law relating to the surplus of national banking associations means the sum of paragraphs (c) (1), (2), (3) and (4) of this section:</P>
            <P>(1) Capital surplus; undivided profits; reserves for contingencies and other capital reserves (excluding accrued dividends on perpetual and limited life preferred stock); net worth certificates issued pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1823(i); minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries; and allowances for loan and lease losses; minus intangible assets;</P>
            <P>(2) Mortgage servicing assets;</P>
            <P>(3) Mandatory convertible debt to the extent of 20% of the sum of paragraphs (a) and (c) (1) and (2) of this section;</P>
            <P>(4) Other mandatory convertible debt, limited life preferred stock and subordinated notes and debentures to the extent set forth in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.</P>
            <P>(d) <E T="03">Unimpaired Surplus Fund.</E> The term <E T="03">unimpaired surplus fund</E> as used in provisions of law relating to the unimpaired surplus fund of national banking associations shall have the same meaning as the term <E T="03">surplus</E> set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
            <P>(e) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> (1) <E T="03">Allowance for loan and lease losses</E> means the balance of the valuation reserve on December 31, 1968, plus additions to the reserve charged to operations since that date, less losses charged against the allowance net of recoveries.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Capital surplus</E> means the total of those accounts reflecting:</P>
            <P>(i) Amounts paid in in excess of the par or stated value of capital stock;</P>
            <P>(ii) Amounts contributed to the bank other than for capital stock;</P>
            <P>(iii) amounts transferred from undivided profits pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 60; and</P>
            <P>(iv) Other amounts transferred from undivided profits.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Intangible assets</E> means those purchased assets that are to be reported as intangible assets in accordance with the <E T="03">Instructions—Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income</E> (Call Report).</P>
            <P>(4) <E T="03">Limited Life preferred stock</E> means preferred stock which has a maturity or which may be redeemed at the option of the holder.</P>
            <P>(5) <E T="03">Mandatory convertible debt</E> means subordinated debt instruments which unqualifiedly require the issuer to exchange either common or perpetual preferred stock for such instruments by a date at or before the maturity of the instrument. The maturity of these instruments must be 12 years or less. In addition, the instrument must meet the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (v) of this section for subordinated notes and debentures or other requirements published by the OCC.</P>
            <P>(6) <E T="03">Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries</E> means the portion of equity capital accounts of all consolidated subsidiaries of the bank that is allocated to minority shareholders of such subsidiaries.</P>
            <P>(7) <E T="03">Mortgage servicing assets</E> means the bank-owned rights to service for a fee mortgage loans that are owned by others.</P>
            <P>(8) <E T="03">Perpetual preferred stock</E> means preferred stock that does not have a stated maturity date and cannot be redeemed at the option of the holder.</P>
            <P>(f) <E T="03">Requirements and restrictions: Limited life preferred stock, mandatory convertible debt, and other subordinated debt—</E>(1) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> Issues of limited life preferred stock and subordinated notes and debentures (except mandatory convertible debt) shall have original weighted average maturities of at least five years to be included in the definition of <E T="03">surplus.</E> In addition, a subordinated note or debenture must also:</P>
            <P>(i) Be subordinated to the claims of depositors;</P>
            <P>(ii) State on the instrument that it is not a deposit and is not insured by the FDIC;</P>
            <P>(iii) Be unsecured;</P>
            <P>(iv) Be ineligible as collateral for a loan by the issuing bank;</P>

            <P>(v) Provide that once any scheduled payments of principal begin, all scheduled payments shall be made at least annually and the amount repaid in <PRTPAGE P="20"/>each year shall be no less than in the prior year; and</P>
            <P>(vi) Provide that no prepayment (including payment pursuant to an acceleration clause or redemption prior to maturity) shall be made without prior OCC approval unless the bank remains an eligible bank, as defined in 12 CFR 5.3(g), after the prepayment.</P>
            <P>(2) <E T="03">Restrictions.</E> The total amount of mandatory convertible debt not included in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, limited life preferred stock, and subordinated notes and debentures considered as surplus is limited to 50 percent of the sum of paragraphs (a) and (c) (1), (2) and (3) of this section.</P>
            <P>(3) <E T="03">Reservation of authority.</E> The OCC expressly reserves the authority to waive the requirements and restrictions set forth in paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this section, in order to allow the inclusion of other limited life preferred stock, mandatory convertible notes and subordinated notes and debentures in the capital base of any national bank for capital adequacy purposes or for purposes of determining statutory limits. The OCC further expressly reserves the authority to impose more stringent conditions than those set forth in paragraphs (f) (1) and (2) of this section to exclude any component of Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital, in whole or in part, as part of a national bank's capital and surplus for any purpose.</P>
            <P>(g) <E T="03">Transitional rules.</E> (1) Equity commitment notes approved by the OCC as capital and issued prior to April 15, 1985, may continue to be included in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. All other instruments approved by the OCC as capital and issued prior to April 15, 1985, are to be included in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.</P>
            <P>(2) Intangible assets (other than mortgage servicing assets) purchased prior to April 15, 1985, and accounted for in accordance with OCC instructions, may continue to be included as surplus up to 25% of the sum of paragraphs (a) and (c)(1) of this section.</P>
            <APPRO>(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1557-0166)</APPRO>
            <CITA>[50 FR 10216, Mar. 14, 1985, as amended at 55 FR 38801, Sept. 21, 1990; 60 FR 39229, Aug. 1, 1995; 61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996; 63 FR 42674, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA>
          </SECTION>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 3, App. A</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 3—Risk-Based Capital Guidelines</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 1. Purpose, Applicability of Guidelines, and Definitions.</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> (1) An important function of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (<E T="03">OCC</E>) is to evaluate the adequacy of capital maintained by each national bank. Such an evaluation involves the consideration of numerous factors, including the riskiness of a bank's assets and off-balance sheet items. This appendix A implements the OCC's risk-based capital guidelines. The risk-based capital ratio derived from those guidelines is more systematically sensitive to the credit risk associated with various bank activities than is a capital ratio based strictly on a bank's total balance sheet assets. A bank's risk-based capital ratio is obtained by dividing its capital base (as defined in section 2 of this appendix A) by its risk-weighted assets (as calculated pursuant to section 3 of this appendix A). These guidelines were created within the framework established by the report issued by the Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices in July 1988. The OCC believes that the risk-based capital ratio is a useful tool in evaluating the capital adequacy of all national banks, not just those that are active in the international banking system.</P>
          <P>(2) The purpose of this appendix A is to explain precisely (i) how a national bank's risk-based capital ratio is determined and (ii) how these risk-based capital guidelines are applied to national banks. The OCC will review these guidelines periodically for possible adjustments commensurate with its experience with the risk-based capital ratio and with changes in the economy, financial markets and domestic and international banking practices.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability.</E> (1) The risk-based capital ratio derived from these guidelines is an important factor in the OCC's evaluation of a bank's capital adequacy. However, since this measure addresses only credit risk, the 8% minimum ratio should not be viewed as the level to be targeted, but rather as a floor. The final supervisory judgment on a bank's capital adequacy is based on an individualized assessment of numerous factors, including those listed in 12 CFR 3.10. With respect to the consideration of these factors, the OCC will give particular attention to any bank with significant exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates. As a result, it may differ from the conclusion drawn from an isolated comparison of a bank's risk-based capital ration to the 8% minimum specified in these guidelines. In addition to the standards established by these risk-based capital guidelines, all national banks must maintain a minimum capital-to-total assets ratio in <PRTPAGE P="21"/>accordance with the provisions of 12 CFR part 3.</P>
          <P>(2) Effective December 31, 1990, these risk-based capital guidelines will apply to all national banks. In the interim, banks must maintain minimum capital-to-total assets ratios as required by 12 CFR part 3, and should begin preparing for the implementation of these risk-based capital guidelines. In this regard, each national bank that does not currently meet the final minimum ratio established in section 4(b)(1) of this appendix A should begin planning for achieving that standard.</P>
          <P>(3) These risk-based capital guidelines will not be applied to federal branches and agencies of foreign banks.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this appendix A, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Adjusted carrying value</E> means, for purposes of section 2(c)(5) of this appendix A, the aggregate value that investments are carried on the balance sheet of the bank reduced by any unrealized gains on the investments that are reflected in such carrying value but excluded from the bank's Tier 1 capital and reduced by any associated deferred tax liabilities. For example, for investments held as available-for-sale (AFS), the adjusted carrying value of the investments would be the aggregate carrying value of the investments (as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the bank) less any unrealized gains on those investments that are included in other comprehensive income and that are not reflected in Tier 1 capital, and less any associated deferred tax liabilities. Unrealized losses on AFS nonfinancial equity investments must be deducted from Tier 1 capital in accordance with section 1(c)(8) of this appendix A. The treatment of small business investment companies that are consolidated for accounting purposes under generally accepted accounting principles is discussed in section 2(c)(5)(ii) of this appendix A. For investments in a nonfinancial company that is consolidated for accounting purposes, the bank's adjusted carrying value of the investment is determined under the equity method of accounting (net of any intangibles associated with the investment that are deducted from the bank's Tier 1 capital in accordance with section 2(c)(2) of this appendix A). Even though the assets of the nonfinancial company are consolidated for accounting purposes, these assets (as well as the credit equivalent amounts of the company's off-balance sheet items) are excluded from the bank's risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Allowances for loan and lease losses</E> means the balance of the valuation reserve on December 31, 1968, plus additions to the reserve charged to operations since that date, less losses charged against the allowance net of recoveries.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Associated company</E> means any corporation, partnership, business trust, joint venture, association or similar organization in which a national bank directly or indirectly holds a 20 to 50 percent ownership interest.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Banking and finance subsidiary</E> means any subsidiary of a national bank that engages in banking- and finance-related activities.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Cash items in the process of collection</E> means checks or drafts in the process of collection that are drawn on another depository institution, including a central bank, and that are payable immediately upon presentation in the country in which the reporting bank's office that is clearing or collecting the check or draft is located; U.S. Government checks that are drawn on the United States Treasury or any other U.S. Government or Government-sponsored agency and that are payable immediately upon presentation; broker's security drafts and commodity or bill-of-lading drafts payable immediately upon presentation in the United States or the country in which the reporting bank's office that is handling the drafts is located; and unposted debits.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Central government</E> means the national governing authority of a country; it includes the departments, ministries and agencies of the central government and the central bank. The U.S. Central Bank includes the 12 Federal Reserve Banks. The definition of central government does not include the following: State, provincial, or local governments; commercial enterprises owned by the central government, which are entities engaged in activities involving trade, commerce, or profit that are generally conducted or performed in the private sector of the United States economy; and non-central government entities whose obligations are guaranteed by the central government.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Commitment</E> means any arrangement that obligates a national bank to: (i) Purchase loans or securities; or (ii) extend credit in the form of loans or leases, participations in loans or leases, overdraft facilities, revolving credit facilities, or similar transactions.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Common stockholders’ equity</E> means common stock, common stock surplus, undivided profits, capital reserves, and adjustments for the cumulative effect of foreign currency translation, less net unrealized holding losses on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values.</P>
          <P>(9) <E T="03">Conditional guarantee</E> means a contingent obligation of the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country, the validity of which to the beneficiary is dependent upon some affirmative action—<E T="03">e.g.,</E> servicing requirements—on the part of the beneficiary of the guarantee or a third party.</P>
          <P>(10) <E T="03">Deferred tax assets</E> means the tax consequences attributable to tax carryforwards <PRTPAGE P="22"/>and deductible temporary differences. Tax carryforwards are deductions or credits that cannot be used for tax purposes during the current period, but can be carried forward to reduce taxable income or taxes payable in a future period or periods. Temporary differences are financial events or transactions that are recognized in one period for financial statement purposes, but are recognized in another period or periods for income tax purposes. Deductible temporary differences are temporary differences that result in a reduction of taxable income in a future period or periods.</P>
          <P>(11) <E T="03">Derivative contract</E> means generally a financial contract whose value is derived from the values of one or more underlying assets, reference rates or indexes of asset values. Derivative contracts include interest rate, foreign exchange rate, equity, precious metals and commodity contracts, or any other instrument that poses similar credit risks.</P>
          <P>(12) <E T="03">Depository institution</E> means a financial institution that engages in the business of banking; that is recognized as a bank by the bank supervisory or monetary authorities of the country of its incorporation and the country of its principal banking operations; that receives deposits to a substantial extent in the regular course of business; and that has the power to accept demand deposits. In the U.S., this definition encompasses all federally insured offices of commercial banks, mutual and stock savings banks, savings or building and loan associations (stock and mutual), cooperative banks, credit unions, and international banking facilities of domestic depository institution. Bank holding companies are excluded from this definition. For the purposes of assigning risk weights, the differentiation between OECD depository institutions and non-OECD depository institutions is based on the country of incorporation. Claims on branches and agencies of foreign banks located in the United States are to be categorized on the basis of the parent bank's country of incorporation.</P>
          <P>(13) <E T="03">Equity investment</E> means, for purposes of section 1(c)(19) and section 2(c)(5) of this appendix A, any equity instrument including warrants and call options that give the holder the right to purchase an equity instrument, any equity feature of a debt instrument (such as a warrant or call option), and any debt instrument that is convertible into equity. An investment in any other instrument, including subordinated debt or other types of debt instruments, may be treated as an equity investment if the OCC determines that the instrument is the functional equivalent of equity or exposes the bank to essentially the same risks as an equity instrument.</P>
          <P>(14) <E T="03">Exchange rate contracts</E> include: Cross-currency interest rate swaps; forward foreign exchange rate contracts; currency options purchased; and any similar instrument that, in the opinion of the OCC, gives rise to similar risks.</P>
          <P>(15) <E T="03">Goodwill</E> means an intangible asset that represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in purchases accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.</P>
          <P>(16) <E T="03">Intangible assets</E> include mortgage and non-mortgage servicing assets (but exclude any interest only (IO) strips receivable related to these mortgage and nonmortgage servicing assets), purchased credit card relationships, goodwill, favorable leaseholds, and core deposit value.</P>
          <P>(17) <E T="03">Interest rate contracts</E> include: Single currency interest rate swaps; basis swaps; forward rate agreements; interest rate options purchased; forward forward deposits accepted; and any similar instrument that, in the opinion of the OCC, gives rise to similar risks, including when-issued securities.</P>
          <P>(18) <E T="03">Multifamily residential property</E> means any residential property consisting of five or more dwelling units including apartment buildings, condominiums, cooperatives, and other similar structures primarily for residential use, but not including hospitals, nursing homes, or other similar facilities.</P>
          <P>(19) <E T="03">Nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO)</E> means an entity recognized by the Division of Market Regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor Division) (Commission or SEC) as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization for various purposes, including the Commission's uniform net capital requirements for brokers and dealers.</P>
          <P>(20) <E T="03">Nonfinancial equity investment</E> means any equity investment held by a bank in a nonfinancial company through a small business investment company (SBIC) under section 302(b) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 682(b)) or under the portfolio investment provisions of Regulation K (12 CFR 211.8(c)(3)). An equity investment made under section 302(b) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 in a SBIC that is not consolidated with the bank is treated as a nonfinancial equity investment in the manner provided in section 2(c)(5)(ii)(C) of this appendix A. A nonfinancial company is an entity that engages in any activity that has not been determined to be permissible for a bank to conduct directly or to be financial in nature or incidental to financial activities under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1843(k)).</P>
          <P>(21) The <E T="03">OECD-based group of countries</E> comprises all full members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) regardless of entry date, as well as countries that have concluded special lending arrangements with the International Monetary Fund (IMF) associated with the <PRTPAGE P="23"/>IMF's General Arrangements to Borrow,<SU>1</SU>

            <FTREF/> but excludes any country that has rescheduled its external sovereign debt within the previous five years. These countries are hereinafter referred to as <E T="03">OECD countries.</E> A rescheduling of external sovereign debt generally would include any renegotiation of terms arising from a country's inability or unwillingness to meet its external debt service obligations, but generally would not include renegotiations of debt in the normal course of business, such as a renegotiation to allow the borrower to take advantage of a decline in interest rates or other change in market conditions.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> As of November 1995, the OECD included the following countries: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom, and the United States; and Saudi Arabia had concluded special lending arrangements with the IMF associated with the IMF's General Arrangements to Borrow.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(22) <E T="03">Original maturity</E> means, with respect to a commitment, the earliest possible date after a commitment is made on which the commitment is scheduled to expire (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> it will reach its stated maturity and cease to be binding on either party), <E T="03">provided that</E> either:</P>
          <P>(i) The commitment is not subject to extension or renewal and will actually expire on its stated expiration date; or</P>

          <P>(ii) If the commitment is subject to extension or renewal beyond its stated expiration date, the stated expiration date will be deemed the original maturity only if the extension or renewal must be based upon terms and conditions independently negotiated in good faith with the customer at the time of the extension or renewal and upon a new, <E T="03">bona fide</E> credit analysis utilizing current information on financial condition and trends.</P>
          <P>(23) <E T="03">Preferred stock</E> includes the following instruments: (i) <E T="03">Convertible preferred stock,</E> which means preferred stock that is mandatorily convertible into either common or perpetual preferred stock; (ii) <E T="03">Intermediate-term preferred stock,</E> which means preferred stock with an original maturity of at least five years, but less than 20 years; (iii) <E T="03">Long-term preferred stock,</E> which means preferred stock with an original maturity of 20 years or more; and (iv) <E T="03">Perpetual preferred stock,</E> which means preferred stock without a fixed maturity date that cannot be redeemed at the option of the holder, and that has no other provisions that will require future redemption of the issue. For purposes of these instruments, preferred stock that can be redeemed at the option of the holder is deemed to have an <E T="03">original maturity</E> of the earliest possible date on which it may be so redeemed.</P>
          <P>(24) <E T="03">Public-sector entities</E> include states, local authorities and governmental subdivisions below the central government level in an OECD country. In the United States, this definition encompasses a state, county, city, town, or other municipal corporation, a public authority, and generally any publicly-owned entity that is an instrumentality of a state or municipal corporation. This definition does not include commercial companies owned by the public sector.<SU>1a</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1a</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E> Definition (5), <E T="03">Central government,</E> for further explanation of commercial companies owned by the public sector.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(25) <E T="03">Reciprocal holdings of bank capital instruments</E> means cross-holdings or other formal or informal arrangements in which two or more banking organizations swap, exchange, or otherwise agree to hold each other's capital instruments. This definition does not include holdings of capital instruments issued by other banking organizations that were taken in satisfaction of debts previously contracted, provided that the reporting national bank has not held such instruments for more than five years or a longer period approved by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(26) <E T="03">Replacement cost</E> means, with respect to interest rate and exchange rate contracts, the loss that would be incurred in the event of a counterparty default, as measured by the net cost of replacing the contract at the current market value. If default would result in a theoretical profit, the replacement value is considered to be zero. The mark-to-market process should incorporate changes in both interest rates and counterparty credit quality.</P>
          <P>(27) <E T="03">Residential properties</E> means houses, condominiums, cooperative units, and manufactured homes. This definition does not include boats or motor homes, even if used as a primary residence.</P>
          <P>(28) <E T="03">Risk-weighted assets</E> means the sum of total risk-weighted balance sheet assets and the total of risk-weighted off-balance sheet credit equivalent amounts. Risk-weighted balance sheet and off-balance sheet assets are calculated in accordance with section 3 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(29) <E T="03">State</E> means any one of the several states of the United States of America, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, and the territories and possessions of the United States.</P>
          <P>(30) <E T="03">Subsidiary</E> means any corporation, partnership, business trust, joint venture, association or similar organization in which a national bank directly or indirectly holds more than a 50% ownership interest. This definition does not include ownership interests that were taken in satisfaction of debts <PRTPAGE P="24"/>previously contracted, provided that the reporting bank has not held the interest for more than five years or a longer period approved by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(31) <E T="03">Total capital</E> means the sum of a national bank's core (Tier 1) and qualifying supplementary (Tier 2) capital elements.</P>
          <P>(32) <E T="03">Unconditionally cancelable</E> means, with respect to a commitment-type lending arrangement, that the bank may, at any time, with or without cause, refuse to advance funds or extend credit under the facility. In the case of home equity lines of credit, the bank is deemed able to unconditionally cancel the commitment if it can, at its option, prohibit additional extensions of credit, reduce the line, and terminate the commitment to the full extent permitted by relevant Federal law.</P>
          <P>(33) <E T="03">United States Government or its agencies</E> means an instrumentality of the U.S. Government whose debt obligations are fully and explicitly guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.</P>
          <P>(34) <E T="03">United States Government-sponsored agency</E> means an agency originally established or chartered to serve public purposes specified by the United States Congress, but whose obligations are not explicitly guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.</P>
          <P>(35) <E T="03">Walkaway clause</E> means a provision in a bilateral netting contract that permits a nondefaulting counterparty to make a lower payment than it would make otherwise under the bilateral netting contract, or no payment at all, to a defaulter or the estate of a defaulter, even if the defaulter or the estate of the defaulter is a net creditor under the bilateral netting contract.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 2. Components of Capital.</HD>
          <P>A national bank's qualifying capital base consists of two types of capital—core (Tier 1) and supplementary (Tier 2).</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Tier 1 Capital.</E> The following elements comprise a national bank's Tier 1 capital:</P>
          <P>(1) Common stockholders’ equity;</P>
          <P>(2) Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus; and <SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU> Preferred stock issues where the dividend is reset periodically based upon current market conditions and the bank's current credit rating, including but not limited to, auction rate, money market or remarketable preferred stock, are assigned to Tier 2 capital, regardless of whether the dividends are cumulative or noncumulative.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(3) Minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, except that minority interests in a small business investment company or investment fund that holds nonfinancial equity investments, and minority interests in a subsidiary that is engaged in nonfinancial activities and is held under one of the legal authorities listed in section 1(c)(19) of this appendix A, are not included in Tier 1 capital or total capital.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Tier 2 Capital.</E> The following elements comprise a national bank's Tier 2 capital:</P>
          <P>(1) Allowance for loan and lease losses, up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets,<SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/> subject to the transition rules in section 4(a)(2) of this appendix A;</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>3</SU> The amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses that may be included in capital is based on a percentage of risk-weighted assets. The gross sum of risk-weighted assets used in this calculation includes all risk-weighted assets, with the exception of the assets required to be deducted under section 3 in establishing risk-weighted assets (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, the assets required to be deducted from capital under section 2(c)) of this appendix. A banking organization may deduct reserves for loan and lease losses in excess of the amount permitted to be included as capital, as well as allocated transfer risk reserves and reserves held against other real estate owned, from the gross sum of risk-weighted assets in computing the denominator of the risk-based capital ratio.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) Cumulative perpetual preferred stock, long-term preferred stock, convertible preferred stock, and any related surplus, without limit, if the issuing national bank has the option to defer payment of dividends on these instruments. For long-term preferred stock, the amount that is eligible to be included as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20% of the original amount of the instrument (net of redemptions) at the beginning of each of the last five years of the life of the instrument;</P>
          <P>(3) Hybrid capital instruments, without limit. Hybrid capital instruments are those instruments that combine certain characteristics of debt and equity, such as perpetual debt. To be included as Tier 2 capital, these instruments must meet the following criteria: <SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU> Mandatory convertible debt instruments that meet the requirements of 12 CFR 3.100(e)(5), or that have been previously approved as capital by the OCC, are treated as qualifying hybrid capital instruments.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) The instrument must be unsecured, subordinated to the claims of depositors and general creditors, and fully paid-up;</P>
          <P>(ii) The instrument must not be redeemable at the option of the holder prior to maturity, except with the prior approval of the OCC;</P>

          <P>(iii) The instrument must be available to participate in losses while the issuer is operating as a going concern (in this regard, the instrument must automatically convert to common stock or perpetual preferred stock, <PRTPAGE P="25"/>if the sum of the retained earnings and capital surplus accounts of the issuer shows a negative balance); and</P>
          <P>(iv) The instrument must provide the option for the issuer to defer principal and interest payments, if</P>
          <P>(A) The issuer does not report a net profit for the most recent combined four quarters, and</P>
          <P>(B) The issuer eliminates cash dividends on its common and preferred stock.</P>
          <P>(4) Term subordinated debt instruments, and intermediate-term preferred stock and related surplus are included in Tier 2 capital, but only to a maximum of 50% of Tier 1 capital as calculated after deductions pursuant to section 2(c) of this appendix. To be considered capital, term subordinated debt instruments shall meet the requirements of § 3.100(f)(1). However, pursuant to 12 CFR 5.47, the OCC may, in some cases, require that the subordinated debt be approved by the OCC before the subordinated debt may qualify as Tier 2 capital or may require prior approval for any prepayment (including payment pursuant to an acceleration clause or redemption prior to maturity) of the subordinated debt. Also, at the beginning of each of the last five years for the life of either type of instrument, the amount that is eligible to be included as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20% of the original amount of that instrument (net of redemptions).<FTREF/>
          </P>
          <P>(5) Up to 45 percent of the pretax net unrealized holding gains (that is, the excess, if any, of the fair value over historical cost) on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values.<SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/> Unrealized gains (losses) on other types of assets, such as bank premises and available-for-sale debt securities, are not included in Tier 2 capital, but the OCC may take these unrealized gains (losses) into account as additional factors when assessing a bank's overall capital adequacy.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU> The OCC reserves the authority to exclude all or a portion of unrealized gains from Tier 2 capital if the OCC determines that the equity securities are not prudently valued.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Deductions from Capital.</E> The following items are deducted from the appropriate portion of a national bank's capital base when calculating its risk-based capital ratio:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Deductions from Tier 1 Capital.</E> The following items are deducted from Tier 1 capital before the Tier 2 portion of the calculation is made:</P>
          <P>(i) Goodwill;</P>
          <P>(ii) Other intangible assets, except as provided in section 2(c)(2) of this appendix A;</P>
          <P>(iii) Deferred tax assets, except as provided in section 2(c)(3) of this appendix A, that are dependent upon future taxable income, which exceed the lesser of either:</P>
          <P>(A) The amount of deferred tax assets that the bank could reasonably expect to realize within one year of the quarter-end Call Report, based on its estimate of future taxable income for that year; or</P>
          <P>(B) 10% of Tier 1 capital, net of goodwill and all intangible assets other than purchased credit card relationships, mortgage servicing assets and non-mortgage servicing assets; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Credit-enhancing interest-only strips (as defined in section 4(a)(3) of this appendix A), as provided in section 2(c)(4).</P>
          <P>(v) Nonfinancial equity investments as provided by section 2(c)(5) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Qualifying intangible assets.</E> Subject to the following conditions, mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets <SU>6</SU>
            <FTREF/> and purchased credit card relationships need not be deducted from Tier 1 capital:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>6</SU> Intangible assets are defined to exclude IO strips receivable related to these mortgage and non-mortgage servicing assets. See section 1(c)(14) of this appendix A. Consequently, IO strips receivable related to mortgage and non-mortgage servicing assets are not required to be deducted under section 2(c)(2) of this appendix A. However, credit-enhancing interest-only strips as defined in section 4(a)(3) are deducted from Tier 1 capital in accordance with section 2(c)(4) of this appendix A. Any non credit-enhancing IO strips receivable are subject to a 100% risk weight under section 3(a)(4) of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) The total of all intangible assets that are included in Tier 1 capital is limited to 100 percent of Tier 1 capital, of which no more than 25 percent of Tier 1 capital can consist of purchased credit card relationships and non-mortgage servicing assets in the aggregate. Calculation of these limitations must be based on Tier 1 capital net of goodwill and all other identifiable intangibles, other than purchased credit card relationships, mortgage servicing assets and non-mortgage servicing assets.</P>
          <P>(ii) Banks must value each intangible asset included in Tier 1 capital at least quarterly at the lesser of:</P>
          <P>(A) 90 percent of the fair value of each intangible asset, determined in accordance with section 2(c)(2)(iii) of this appendix A; or</P>
          <P>(B) 100 percent of the remaining unamortized book value.</P>

          <P>(iii) The quarterly determination of the current fair value of the intangible asset must include adjustments for any significant changes in original valuation assumptions, including changes in prepayment estimates.<PRTPAGE P="26"/>
          </P>
          <P>(iv) Banks may elect to deduct disallowed servicing assets on a basis that is net of any associated deferred tax liability. Deferred tax liabilities netted in this manner cannot also be netted against deferred tax assets when determining the amount of deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Deferred tax assets</E>—(i) Net unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities. Before calculating the amount of deferred tax assets subject to the limit in section 2(c)(1)(iii) of this appendix A, a bank may eliminate the deferred tax effects of any net unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale debt securities. Banks report these net unrealized holding gains and losses in their Call Reports as a separate component of equity capital, but exclude them from the definition of common stockholders’ equity for regulatory capital purposes. A bank that adopts a policy to deduct these amounts must apply that approach consistently in all future calculations of the amount of disallowed deferred tax assets under section 2(c)(1)(iii) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Consolidated groups.</E> The amount of deferred tax assets that a bank can realize from taxes paid in prior carryback years and from reversals of existing taxable temporary differences generally would not be deducted from capital. However, for a bank that is a member of a consolidated group (for tax purposes), the amount of carryback potential a bank may consider in calculating the limit on deferred tax assets under section 2(c)(1)(iii) of this appendix A, may not exceed the amount that the bank could reasonably expect to have refunded by its parent holding company.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Nontaxable Purchase Business Combination.</E> In calculating the amount of net deferred tax assets under section 2(c)(1)(iii) of this appendix A, a deferred tax liability that is specifically associated with an intangible asset (other than purchased mortgage servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships) due to a nontaxable purchase business combination may be netted against that intangible asset. Only the net amount of the intangible asset must be deducted from Tier 1 capital. Deferred tax liabilities netted in this manner cannot also be netted against deferred tax assets when determining the amount of net deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Estimated future taxable income.</E> Estimated future taxable income does not include net operating loss carryforwards to be used during that year or the amount of existing temporary differences expected to reverse within the year. A bank may use future taxable income projections for their closest fiscal year, provided it adjusts the projections for any significant changes that occur or that it expects to occur. Such projections must include the estimated effect of tax planning strategies that the bank expects to implement to realize net operating losses or tax credit carryforwards that will otherwise expire during the year.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing interest-only strips.</E> Credit-enhancing interest-only strips, whether purchased or retained, that exceed 25% of Tier 1 capital must be deducted from Tier 1 capital. Purchased and retained credit-enhancing interest-only strips, on a non-tax adjusted basis, are included in the total amount that is used for purposes of determining whether a bank exceeds its Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(i) The 25% limitation on credit-enhancing interest-only strips will be based on Tier 1 capital net of goodwill and all identifiable intangibles, other than purchased credit card relationships, mortgage servicing assets and non-mortgage servicing assets.</P>
          <P>(ii) Banks must value each credit-enhancing interest-only strip included in Tier 1 capital at least quarterly. The quarterly determination of the current fair value of the credit-enhancing interest-only strip must include adjustments for any significant changes in original valuation assumptions, including changes in prepayment estimates.</P>
          <P>(iii) Banks may elect to deduct disallowed credit-enhancing interest-only strips on a basis that is net of any associated deferred tax liability. Deferred tax liabilities netted in this manner cannot also be netted against deferred tax assets when determining the amount of deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Nonfinancial equity investments—(i) General.</E> (A) A bank must deduct from its Tier 1 capital the appropriate percentage, as determined in accordance with Table A, of the adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments held by the bank and its subsidiaries.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s200,xs84" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table A.—Deduction for Nonfinancial Equity Investments</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Aggregate adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments held directly or indirectly by banks (as a percentage of the Tier 1 capital of the bank)<SU>1</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Deduction from Tier 1 Capital (as a percentage of the adjusted carrying value of the investment)</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Less than 15 percent</ENT>
              <ENT>8.0 percent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Greater than or equal to 15 percent but less than 25 percent</ENT>
              <ENT>12.0 percent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <PRTPAGE P="27"/>
              <ENT I="01">Greater than or equal to 25 percent</ENT>
              <ENT>25.0 percent.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU> For purposes of calculating the adjusted carrying value of nonfinancial equity investments as a percentage of Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital is defined as the sum of the Tier 1 capital elements net of goodwill and net of all identifiable intangible assets other than mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships, but prior to the deduction for disallowed mortgage servicing assets, disallowed nonmortgage servicing assets, disallowed purchased credit card relationships, disallowed credit-enhancing interest only strips (both purchased and retained), disallowed deferred tax assets, and nonfinancial equity investments.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(B) Deductions for nonfinancial equity investments must be applied on a marginal basis to the portions of the adjusted carrying value of nonfinancial equity investments that fall within the specified ranges of the bank's Tier 1 capital. For example, if the adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments held by a bank equals 20 percent of the Tier 1 capital of the bank, then the amount of the deduction would be 8 percent of the adjusted carrying value of all investments up to 15 percent of the bank's Tier 1 capital, and 12 percent of the adjusted carrying value of all investments equal to, or in excess of, 15 percent of the bank's Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(C) The total adjusted carrying value of any nonfinancial equity investment that is subject to deduction under section 2(c)(5) of this appendix A is excluded from the bank's weighted risk assets for purposes of computing the denominator of the bank's risk-based capital ratio. For example, if 8 percent of the adjusted carrying value of a nonfinancial equity investment is deducted from Tier 1 capital, the entire adjusted carrying value of the investment will be excluded from risk-weighted assets in calculating the denominator of the risk-based capital ratio.</P>
          <P>(D) Banks engaged in equity investment activities, including those banks with a high concentration in nonfinancial equity investments (e.g., in excess of 50 percent of Tier 1 capital), will be monitored and may be subject to heightened supervision, as appropriate, by the OCC to ensure that such banks maintain capital levels that are appropriate in light of their equity investment activities, and the OCC may impose a higher capital charge in any case where the circumstances, such as the level of risk of the particular investment or portfolio of investments, the risk management systems of the bank, or other information, indicate that a higher minimum capital requirement is appropriate.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Small business investment company investments.</E> (A) Notwithstanding section 2(c)(5)(i) of this appendix A, no deduction is required for nonfinancial equity investments that are made by a bank or its subsidiary through a SBIC that is consolidated with the bank, or in a SBIC that is not consolidated with the bank, to the extent that such investments, in the aggregate, do not exceed 15 percent of the Tier 1 capital of the bank. Except as provided in paragraph (c)(5)(ii)(B) of this section, any nonfinancial equity investment that is held through or in a SBIC and not deducted from Tier 1 capital will be assigned to the 100 percent risk-weight category and included in the bank's consolidated risk-weighted assets.</P>

          <P>(B) If a bank has an investment in a SBIC that is consolidated for accounting purposes but the SBIC is not wholly owned by the bank, the adjusted carrying value of the bank's nonfinancial equity investments held through the SBIC is equal to the bank's proportionate share of the SBIC's adjusted carrying value of its equity investments in nonfinancial companies. The remainder of the SBIC's adjusted carrying value (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> the minority interest holders' proportionate share) is excluded from the risk-weighted assets of the bank.</P>
          <P>(C) If a bank has an investment in a SBIC that is not consolidated for accounting purposes and has current information that identifies the percentage of the SBIC's assets that are equity investments in nonfinancial companies, the bank may reduce the adjusted carrying value of its investment in the SBIC proportionately to reflect the percentage of the adjusted carrying value of the SBIC's assets that are not equity investments in nonfinancial companies. The amount by which the adjusted carrying value of the bank's investment in the SBIC is reduced under this paragraph will be risk weighted at 100 percent and included in the bank's risk-weighted assets.</P>

          <P>(D) To the extent the adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments that the bank holds through a consolidated SBIC or in a nonconsolidated SBIC equals or exceeds, in the aggregate, 15 percent of the Tier 1 capital of the bank, the appropriate percentage of such amounts, as set forth in Table A, must be deducted from the bank's Tier 1 capital. In addition, the aggregate adjusted carrying value of all nonfinancial equity investments held through a consolidated SBIC and in a nonconsolidated SBIC <PRTPAGE P="28"/>(including any nonfinancial equity investments for which no deduction is required) must be included in determining, for purposes of Table A the total amount of nonfinancial equity investments held by the bank in relation to its Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Nonfinancial equity investments excluded.</E> (A) Notwithstanding section 2(c)(5)(i) and (ii) of this appendix A, no deduction from Tier 1 capital is required for the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Nonfinancial equity investments (or portion of such investments) made by the bank prior to March 13, 2000, and continuously held by the bank since March 13, 2000.</P>
          <P>(2) Nonfinancial equity investments made on or after March 13, 2000, pursuant to a legally binding written commitment that was entered into by the bank prior to March 13, 2000, and that required the bank to make the investment, if the bank has continuously held the investment since the date the investment was acquired.</P>
          <P>(3) Nonfinancial equity investments received by the bank through a stock split or stock dividend on a nonfinancial equity investment made prior to March 13, 2000, provided that the bank provides no consideration for the shares or interests received, and the transaction does not materially increase the bank's proportional interest in the nonfinancial company.</P>
          <P>(4) Nonfinancial equity investments received by the bank through the exercise on or after March 13, 2000, of an option, warrant, or other agreement that provides the bank with the right, but not the obligation, to acquire equity or make an investment in a nonfinancial company, if the option, warrant, or other agreement was acquired by the bank prior to March 13, 2000, and the bank provides no consideration for the nonfinancial equity investments.</P>
          <P>(B) Any excluded nonfinancial equity investments described in section 2(c)(5)(iii)(A) of this appendix A must be included in determining the total amount of nonfinancial equity investments held by the bank in relation to its Tier 1 capital for purposes of Table A. In addition, any excluded nonfinancial equity investments will be risk weighted at 100 percent and included in the bank's risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Deductions from total capital.</E> The following items are deducted from total capital:</P>
          <P>(i) Investments, both equity and debt, in unconsolidated banking and finance subsidiaries that are deemed to be capital of the subsidiary;<SU>7</SU>
            <FTREF/> and</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU> The OCC may require deduction of investments in other subsidiaries and associated companies, on a case-by-case basis.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) Reciprocal holdings of bank capital instruments.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 3. Risk Categories/Weights for On-Balance Sheet Assets and Off-Balance Sheet Items</HD>
          <P>The denominator of the risk-based capital ratio, <E T="03">i.e.</E>, a national bank's risk-weighted assets,<SU>8</SU>
            <FTREF/> is derived by assigning that bank's assets and off-balance sheet items to one of the four risk categories detailed in section 3(a) of this appendix A. Each category has a specific risk weight. Before an off-balance sheet item is assigned a risk weight, it is converted to an on-balance sheet credit equivalent amount in accordance with section 3(b) of this appendix A. The risk weight assigned to a particular asset or on-balance sheet credit equivalent amount determines the percentage of that asset/credit equivalent that is included in the denominator of the bank's risk-based capital ratio. Any asset deducted from a bank's capital in computing the numerator of the risk-based capital ratio is not included as part of the bank's risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>8</SU> The OCC reserves the right to require a bank to compute its risk-based capital ratio on the basis of average, rather than period-end, risk-weighted assets when necessary to carry out the purposes of these guidelines.</P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>Some of the assets on a bank's balance sheet may represent an indirect holding of a pool of assets, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> mutual funds, that encompasses more than one risk weight within the pool. In those situations, the bank may assign the asset to the risk category applicable to the highest risk-weighted asset that pool is permitted to hold pursuant to its stated investment objectives in the fund's prospectus. Alternatively, the bank may assign the asset on a pro rata basis to different risk categories according to the investment limits in the fund's prospectus. In either case, the minimum risk weight that may be assigned to such a pool is 20%. If a bank assigns the asset on a pro rata basis, and the sum of the investment limits in the fund's prospectus exceeds 100%, the bank must assign the highest pro rata amounts of its total investment to the higher risk category. If, in order to maintain a necessary degree of liquidity, the fund is permitted to hold an insignificant amount of its assets in short-term, highly-liquid securities of superior credit quality (that do not qualify for a preferential risk weight), such securities generally will not be taken into account in determining the risk category into which the bank's holding in the overall pool should be assigned. The prudent use of hedging instruments by a fund to reduce the risk of its assets will not increase the risk weighting of the investment in that fund above the 20% category. However, if a fund engages in any activities that are deemed to be speculative in nature or has any other characteristics that are inconsistent with the preferential <PRTPAGE P="29"/>risk weighting assigned to the fund's assets, the bank's investment in the fund will be assigned to the 100% risk category. More detail on the treatment of mortgage-backed securities is provided in section 3(a)(3)(vi) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">On-Balance Sheet Assets.</E> The following are the risk categories/weights for on-balance sheet assets.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Zero percent risk weight.</E> (i) Cash, including domestic and foreign currency owned and held in all offices of a national bank or in transit. Any foreign currency held by a national bank should be converted into U.S. dollar equivalents.</P>
          <P>(ii) Deposit reserves and other balances at Federal Reserve Banks.</P>
          <P>(iii) Securities issued by, and other direct claims on, the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country.</P>
          <P>(iv) That portion of assets directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country.<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>9</SU> For the treatment of privately-issued mortgage-backed securities where the underlying pool is comprised solely of mortgage-related securities issued by GNMA, <E T="03">see infra</E> note 10.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(v) That portion of local currency claims on or unconditionally guaranteed by central governments of non-OECD countries, to the extent the bank has local currency liabilities in that country. Any amount of such claims that exceeds the amount of the bank's local currency liabilities is assigned to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(vi) Gold bullion held in the bank's own vaults or in another bank's vaults on an allocated basis, to the extent it is backed by gold bullion liabilities.</P>
          <P>(vii) The book value of paid-in Federal Reserve Bank stock.</P>
          <P>(viii) That portion of assets and off-balance sheet transactions <SU>9a</SU>
            <FTREF/> collateralized by cash or securities issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country, provided that: <SU>9b</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9a</SU> See footnote 22 in section 3(b)(5)(iii) of this appendix A (collateral held against derivative contracts).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9b</SU> Assets and off-balance sheet transactions collateralized by securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country include, but are not limited to, securities lending transactions, repurchase agreements, collateralized letters of credit, such as reinsurance letters of credit, and other similar financial guarantees. Swaps, forwards, futures, and options transactions are also eligible, if they meet the collateral requirements. However, the OCC may at its discretion require that certain collateralized transactions be risk weighted at 20 percent if they involve more than a minimal risk.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(A) The bank maintains control over the collateral:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) If the collateral consists of cash, the cash must be held on deposit by the bank or by a third-party for the account of the bank;</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) If the collateral consists of OECD government securities, then the OECD government securities must be held by the bank or by a third-party acting on behalf of the bank;</P>
          <P>(B) The bank maintains a daily positive margin of collateral fully taking into account any change in the market value of the collateral held as security;</P>
          <P>(C) Where the bank is acting as a customer's agent in a transaction involving the loan or sale of securities that is collateralized by cash or OECD government securities delivered to the bank, any obligation by the bank to indemnify the customer is limited to no more than the difference between the market value of the securities lent and the market value of the collateral received, and any reinvestment risk associated with the collateral is borne by the customer; and</P>
          <P>(D) The transaction involves no more than minimal risk.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">20 percent risk weight.</E> (i) All claims on depository institutions incorporated in an OECD country, and all assets backed by the full faith and credit of depository institutions incorporated in an OECD country. This includes the credit equivalent amount of participations in commitments and standby letters of credit sold to other depository institutions incorporated in an OECD country, but only if the originating bank remains liable to the customer or beneficiary for the full amount of the commitment or standby letter of credit. Also included in this category are the credit equivalent amounts of risk participations in bankers’ acceptances conveyed to other depository institutions incorporated in an OECD country. However, bank-issued securities that qualify as capital of the issuing bank are not included in this risk category, but are assigned to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(ii) Claims on, or guaranteed by depository institutions, other than the central bank, incorporated in a non-OECD country, with a residual maturity of one year or less.</P>
          <P>(iii) Cash items in the process of collection.</P>

          <P>(iv) That portion of assets collateralized by cash or by securities issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the United <PRTPAGE P="30"/>States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country, that does not qualify for the zero percent risk-weight category.</P>
          <P>(v) That portion of assets conditionally guaranteed by the United States Government or its agencies, or the central government of an OECD country.</P>
          <P>(vi) Securities issued by, or other direct claims on, United States Government-sponsored agencies.</P>
          <P>(vii) That portion of assets guaranteed by United States Government-sponsored agencies.<SU>10</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>10</SU> Privately issued mortgage-backed securities, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> CMOs and REMICs, where the underlying pool is comprised solely of mortgage-related securities issued by GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC, will be treated as an indirect holding of the underlying assets and assigned to the 20% risk category of this section 3(a)(2). If the underlying pool is comprised of assets which attract different risk weights, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> FNMA securities and conventional mortgages, the bank should generally assign the security to the highest risk category appropriate for any asset in the pool. However, on a case-by-case basis, the OCC may allow the bank to assign the security proportionately to the various risk categories based on the proportion in which the risk categories are represented by the composition cash flows of the underlying pool of assets. Before the OCC will consider a request to proportionately risk-weight such a security, the bank must have current information for the reporting date that details the composition and cash flows of the underlying pool of assets. Furthermore, before a mortgage-related security will receive a risk weight lower than 100%, it must meet the criteria set forth in section 3(a)(3)(vi) of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(viii) That portion of assets collateralized by the current market value of securities issued or guaranteed by United States Government-sponsored agencies.</P>
          <P>(ix) Claims representing general obligations of any public-sector entity in an OECD country, and that portion of any claims guaranteed by any such public-sector entity. In the U.S., these obligations must meet the requirements of 12 CFR 1.3(g).</P>
          <P>(x) Claims on, or guaranteed by, official multilateral lending institutions or regional development institutions in which the United States Government is a shareholder or contributing member.<SU>11</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11</SU> These institutions include, but are not limited to, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), the Inter-American Development Bank, the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the European Investments Bank, the International Monetary Fund and the Bank for International Settlements.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(xi) That portion of assets collateralized by the current market value of securities issued by official multilateral lending institutions or regional development institutions in which the United States Government is a shareholder or contributing member.</P>
          <P>(xii) That portion of local currency claims conditionally guaranteed by central governments of non-OECD countries, to the extent the bank has local currency liabilities in that country. Any amount of such claims that exceeds the amount of the bank's local currency liabilities is assigned to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(xiii) Claims on, or guaranteed by, a securities firm incorporated in an OECD country, that satisfies the following conditions:</P>
          <P>(A) If the securities firm is incorporated in the United States, then the firm must be a broker-dealer that is registered with the SEC and must be in compliance with the SEC's net capital regulation (17 CFR 240.15c3(1)).</P>
          <P>(B) If the securities firm is incorporated in any other OECD country, then the bank must be able to demonstrate that the firm is subject to consolidated supervision and regulation, including its subsidiaries, comparable to that imposed on depository institutions in OECD countries; such regulation must include risk-based capital standards comparable to those applied to depository institutions under the Basel Capital Accord.<SU>11a</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11a</SU>
              <E T="03">See</E> Accord on International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards as adopted by the Basle Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (renamed as the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision), dated July 1988 (amended 1998). </P>
          </FTNT>

          <P>(C) The securities firm, whether incorporated in the United States or another OECD country, must also have a long-term credit rating in accordance with section 3(a)(2)(xiii)(C)(<E T="03">1</E>) of this appendix A; a parent company guarantee in accordance with section 3(a)(2)(xiii)(C)(<E T="03">2</E>) of this appendix A; or a collateralized claim in accordance with section 3(a)(2)(xiii)(C)(<E T="03">3</E>) of this appendix A. Claims representing capital of a securities firm must be risk weighted at 100 percent in accordance with section 3(a)(4) of this Appendix A.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Credit rating</E>. The securities firm must have either a long-term issuer credit rating or a credit rating on at least one issue of long-term unsecured debt, from a NRSRO that is in one of the three highest investment-grade categories used by the NRSRO. If the securities firm has a credit rating from more than one NRSRO, the lowest credit rating must be used to determine the credit rating under this paragraph.<PRTPAGE P="31"/>
          </P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Parent company guarantee.</E> The claim on, or guaranteed by, the securities firm must be guaranteed by the firm's parent company, and the parent company must have either a long-term issuer credit rating or a credit rating on at least one issue of long-term unsecured debt, from a NRSRO that is in one of the three highest investment-grade categories used by the NRSRO.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) <E T="03">Collateralized claim</E>. The claim on the securities firm must be collateralized subject to all of the following requirements:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The claim must arise from a reverse repurchase/repurchase agreement or securities lending/borrowing contract executed using standard industry documentation.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The collateral must consist of debt or equity securities that are liquid and readily marketable.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) The claim and collateral must be marked-to-market daily.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">iv</E>) The claim must be subject to daily margin maintenance requirements under standard industry documentation.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">v</E>) The contract from which the claim arises can be liquidated, terminated, or accelerated immediately in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, and the security or collateral agreement will not be stayed oravoided under the applicable law of the relevant jurisdiction. To be exempt from the automatic stay in bankruptcy in the United States, the claim must arise from a securities contract or a repurchase agreement under section 555 or 559, respectively, of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 555 or 559), a qualified financial contract under section 11(e)(8) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)), or a netting contract between or among financial institutions under sections 401-407 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (912 U.S.C. 4407), or the Regulation EE (12 CFR part 231).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">50 percent risk weight.</E> (i) Revenue obligations of any public-sector entity in an OECD country for which the underlying obligor is the public-sector entity, but which are repayable solely from the revenues generated by the project financed through the issuance of the obligations.</P>
          <P>(ii) The credit equivalent amount of derivative contracts, calculated in accordance with section 3(b)(5) of this appendix A, that do not qualify for inclusion in a lower risk category.</P>
          <P>(iii) Loans secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residential properties, either owner-occupied or rented, provided that such loans are not otherwise 90 days or more past due, or on nonaccrual or restructured. It is presumed that such loans will meet prudent underwriting standards. If a bank holds a first lien and junior lien on a one-to-four family residential property and no other party holds an intervening lien, the transaction is treated as a single loan secured by a first lien for the purposes of both determining the loan-to-value ratio and assigning a risk weight to the transaction. Furthermore, residential property loans made for the purpose of construction financing are assigned to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix A; however, these loans may be included in the 50% risk category of this section 3(a)(3) of this appendix A if they are subject to a legally binding sales contract and satisfy the requirements of section 3(a)(3)(iv) of this appendix A.</P>

          <P>(iv) Loans to residential real estate builders for one-to-four family residential property construction, if the bank obtains sufficient documentation demonstrating that the buyer of the home intends to purchase the home (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> a legally binding written sales contract) and has the ability to obtain a mortgage loan sufficient to purchase the home (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> a firm written commitment for permanent financing of the home upon completion), subject to the following additional criteria:</P>

          <P>(A) The builder must incur at least the first 10% of the direct costs (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> actual costs of the land, labor, and material) before any drawdown is made under the construction loan and the construction loan may not exceed 80% of the sales price of the resold home;</P>
          <P>(B) The individual purchaser has made a substantial “earnest money deposit” of no less than 3% of the sales price of the home that must be subject to forfeiture by the individual purchaser if the sales contract is terminated by the individual purchaser; however, the earnest money deposit shall not be subject to forfeiture by reason of breach or termination of the sales contract on the part of the builder;</P>
          <P>(C) The earnest money deposit must be held in escrow by the bank financing the builder or by an independent party in a fiduciary capacity; the escrow agreement must provide that in the event of default the escrow funds must be used to defray any cost incurred relating to any cancellation of the sales contract by the buyer;</P>
          <P>(D) If the individual purchaser terminates the contract or if the loan fails to satisfy any other criterion under this section, then the bank must immediately recategorize the loan at a 100% risk weight and must accurately report the loan in the bank's next quarterly Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (Call Report);</P>
          <P>(E) The individual purchaser must intend that the home will be owner-occupied;</P>
          <P>(F) The loan is made by the bank in accordance with prudent underwriting standards;</P>
          <P>(G) The loan is not more than 90 days past due, or on nonaccrual; and</P>

          <P>(H) The purchaser is an individual(s) and not a partnership, joint venture, trust, corporation, or any other entity (including an <PRTPAGE P="32"/>entity acting as a sole proprietorship) that is purchasing one or more of the homes for speculative purposes.</P>
          <P>(v) Loans secured by a first mortgage on multifamily residential properties: <SU>11b</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>11b</SU> The portion of multifamily residential property loans that is sold subject to a pro rata loss sharing arrangement may be treated by the selling bank as sold to the extent that the sales agreement provides for the purchaser of the loan to share in any loss incurred on the loan on a pro rata basis with the selling bank. The portion of multifamily residential property loans sold subject to any loss sharing arrangement other than <E T="03">pro rata</E> sharing of the loss shall be accorded the same treatment as any other asset sold under an agreement to repurchase or sold with recourse under section 4(b) of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(A) The amortization of principal and interest occurs in not more than 30 years;</P>
          <P>(B) The minimum original maturity for repayment of principal is not less than 7 years;</P>
          <P>(C) All principal and interest payments have been made on a timely basis in accordance with the terms of the loan for at least one year immediately preceding the risk weighting of the loan in the 50% risk weight category, and the loan is not otherwise 90 days or more past due, or on nonaccrual status;</P>
          <P>(D) The loan is made in accordance with all applicable requirements and prudent underwriting standards;</P>
          <P>(E) If the rate of interest does not change over the term of the loan:</P>
          <P>(I) The current loan amount outstanding does not exceed 80% of the current value of the property, as measured by either the value of the property at origination of the loan (which is the lower of the purchase price or the value as determined by the initial appraisal, or if appropriate, the initial evaluation) or the most current appraisal, or if appropriate, the most current evaluation; and</P>
          <P>(II) In the most recent fiscal year, the ratio of annual net operating income generated by the property (before payment of any debt service on the loan) to annual debt service on the loan is not less than 120%;<SU>11c</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11c</SU> For the purposes of the debt service requirements in sections 3(a)(3)(v)(E)(II) and 3(a)(3)(v)(F)(II) of this appendix A, other forms of debt service coverage that generate sufficient cash flows to provide comparable protection to the institution may be considered for (a) a loan secured by cooperative housing or (b) a multifamily residential property loan if the purpose of the loan is for the development or purchase of multifamily residential property primarily intended to provide low- to moderate-income housing, including special operating reserve accounts or special operating subsidies provided by federal, state, local or private sources. However, the OCC reserves the right, on a case-by-case basis, to review the adequacy of any other forms of comparable debt service coverage relied on by the bank.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(F) If the rate of interest changes over the term of the loan:</P>
          <P>(I) The current loan amount outstanding does not exceed 75% of the current value of the property, as measured by either the value of the property at origination of the loan (which is the lower of the purchase price or the value as determined by the initial appraisal, or if appropriate, the initial evaluation) or the most current appraisal, or if appropriate, the most current evaluation; and</P>
          <P>(II) In the most recent fiscal year, the ratio of annual net operating income generated by the property (before payment of any debt service on the loan) to annual debt service on the loan is not less than 115%; and</P>
          <P>(G) If the loan was refinanced by the borrower:</P>
          <P>(I) All principal and interest payments on the loan being refinanced which were made in the preceding year prior to refinancing shall apply in determining the one-year timely payment requirement under paragraph (a)(3)(v)(C) of this section; and</P>
          <P>(II) The net operating income generated by the property in the preceding year prior to refinancing shall apply in determining the applicable debt service requirements under paragraphs (a)(3)(v)(E) and (a)(3)(v)(F) of this section.</P>
          <P>(vi) Privately-issued mortgage-backed securities, <E T="03">i.e.</E> those that do not carry the guarantee of a government or government-sponsored agency, if the privately-issued mortgage-backed securities are at the time the mortgage-backed securities are originated fully secured by or otherwise represent a sufficiently secure interest in mortgages that qualify for the 50% risk weight under paragraphs (a)(3) (iii), (iv) and (v) of this section,<SU>12</SU>
            <FTREF/> provided that they meet the following criteria:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12</SU> If all of the underlying mortgages in the pool do not qualify for the 50% risk weight, the bank should generally assign the entire value of the security to the 100% risk category of section 3(a)(4) of this appendix A; however, on a case-by-case basis, the OCC may allow the bank to assign only the portion of the security which represents an interest in, and the cash flows of, nonqualifying mortgages to the 100% risk category, with the remainder being assigned a risk weight of 50%. Before the OCC will consider a request to risk weight a mortgage-backed security on a proportionate basis, the bank must have current information for the reporting date that details the composition <PRTPAGE/>and cash flows of the underlying pool of mortgages.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="33"/>
          <P>(A) The underlying assets must be held by an independent trustee that has a first priority, perfected security interest in the underlying assets for the benefit of the holders of the security;</P>
          <P>(B) The holder of the security must have an undivided pro rata ownership interest in the underlying assets or the trust that issues the security must have no liabilities unrelated to the issued securities;</P>
          <P>(C) The trust that issues the security must be structured such that the cash flows from the underlying assets fully meet the cash flows requirements of the security without undue reliance on any reinvestment income; and</P>
          <P>(D) There must not be any material reinvestment risk associated with any funds awaiting distribution to the holder of the security.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">100 percent risk weight.</E> All other assets not specified above, <SU>12a</SU>
            <FTREF/> including:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12a</SU> A bank subject to the market risk capital requirements pursuant to appendix B of this part 3 may calculate the capital requirement for qualifying securities borrowing transactions pursuant to section 3(a)(1)(ii) of appendix B of this part 3.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) Claims on or guaranteed by depository institutions incorporated in a non-OECD country, as well as claims on the central bank of a non-OECD country, with a residual maturity exceeding one year.</P>
          <P>(ii) All non-local currency claims on non-OECD central governments, as well as local currency claims on non-OECD central governments that are not included in section 3(a)(1)(v) of this appendix A.</P>

          <P>(iii) Any classes of a mortgage-backed security that can absorb more than their pro rata share of the principal loss without the whole issue being in default, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> subordinated classes or residual interests, regardless of the issuer or guarantor.</P>
          <P>(iv) All stripped mortgage-backed securities, including interest only portions (IOs), principal only portions (POs) and other similar instruments, regardless of the issuer or guarantor.</P>

          <P>(v) Obligations issued by any state or any political subdivision thereof for the benefit of a private party or enterprise where that party or enterprise, rather than the issuing state or political subdivision, is responsible for the timely payment of principal and interest on the obligation, <E T="03">e.g.,</E> industrial development bonds.</P>
          <P>(vi) Claims on commercial enterprises owned by non-OECD and OECD central governments.</P>
          <P>(vii) Any investment in an unconsolidated subsidiary that is not required to be deducted from total capital pursuant to section 2(c)(3) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(viii) Instruments issued by depository institutions incorporated in OECD and non-OECD countries that qualify as capital of the issuer.</P>
          <P>(ix) Investments in fixed assets, premises, and other real estate owned.</P>
          <P>(x) Claims representing capital of a securities firm notwithstanding section 3(a)(2)(xiii) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Off-Balance Sheet Activities.</E> The risk weight assigned to an off-balance sheet item is determined by a two-step process. First, the face amount of the off-balance sheet item is multiplied by the appropriate credit conversion factor specified in this section. This calculation translates the face amount of an off-balance sheet item into an on-balance sheet credit equivalent amount. Second, the resulting credit equivalent amount is then assigned to the proper risk category using the criteria regarding obligors, guarantors, and collateral listed in section 3(a) of this appendix A. Collateral and guarantees are applied to the face amount of an off-balance sheet item; however, with respect to derivative contracts under section 3(b)(5) of this appendix A, collateral and guarantees are applied to the credit equivalent amounts of such derivative contracts. The following are the credit conversion factors and the off-balance sheet items to which they apply. However, direct credit substitutes, recourse obligations, and securities issued in connection with asset securitizations are treated as described in section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">100 percent credit conversion factor.</E> (i) [Reserved] <SU>13</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>13</SU> [Reserved]</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) Risk participations purchased in bankers' acceptances;</P>
          <P>(iii) [Reserved] <SU>14</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>14</SU> [Reserved]</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iv) Contingent obligations with a certain draw down, <E T="03">e.g.</E>, legally binding agreements to purchase assets as a specified future date.</P>
          <P>(v) Indemnification of customers whose securities the bank has lent as agent. If the customer is not indemnified against loss by the bank, the transaction is excluded from the risk-based capital calculation.<SU>15</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>15</SU> When a bank lends its own securities, the transaction is treated as a loan. When a bank lends its own securities or, acting as agent, agrees to indemnify a customer, the transaction is assigned to the risk weight appropriate to the obligor or collateral that is delivered to the lending or indemnifying institution or to an independent custodian acting on their behalf.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">50 percent credit conversion factor.</E> (i) Transaction-related contingencies including, among other things, performance bonds and performance-based standby letters of credit <PRTPAGE P="34"/>related to a particular transaction.<SU>16</SU>
            <FTREF/> To the extent permitted by law or regulation, performance-based standby letters of credit include such things as arrangements backing subcontractors’ and suppliers’ performance, labor and materials contracts, and construction bids;</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>16</SU> For purposes of this section 3(b)(2)(i), a “performance-based standby letter of credit” is any letter of credit, or similar arrangement, however named or described, which represents an irrevocable obligation to the beneficiary on the part of the issuer to make payment on account of any default by the account party in the performance of a non-financial or commercial obligation. Participations in performance-based standby letters of credit are treated in accordance with section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) Unused portion of commitments, including home equity lines of credit, with an original maturity exceeding one year; <SU>17</SU>
            <FTREF/> and</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>17</SU> Participations in commitments are treated in accordance with section 4 of this appendix A.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iii) Revolving underwriting facilities, note issuance facilities, and similar arrangements pursuant to which the bank's customer can issue short-term debt obligations in its own name, but for which the bank has a legally binding commitment to either:</P>
          <P>(A) Purchase the obligations the customer is unable to sell by a stated date; or</P>
          <P>(B) Advance funds to its customer, if the obligations cannot be sold.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">20 percent credit conversion factor.</E> (i) Trade-related contingencies. These are short-term self-liquidating instruments used to finance the movement of goods and are collateralized by the underlying shipment. A commercial letter of credit is an example of such an instrument.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Zero percent credit conversion factor.</E> (i) Unused portion of commitments with an original maturing of one year or less;</P>
          <P>(ii) Unused portion of commitments with an original maturity of greater than one year, if they are unconditionally cancelable <SU>18</SU>
            <FTREF/> at any time at the option of the bank and the bank has the contractual right to make, and in fact does make, either—</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>18</SU> See section 1(c)(26) of appendix A to this part.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(A) A separate credit decision based upon the borrower's current financial condition, before each drawing under the lending facility; or</P>
          <P>(B) An annual (or more frequent) credit review based upon the borrower's current financial condition to determine whether or not the lending facility should be continued; and</P>
          <P>(iii) The unused portion of retail credit card lines or other related plans that are unconditionally cancelable by the bank in accordance with applicable law.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Derivative contracts</E>—(i) <E T="03">Calculation of credit equivalent amounts.</E> The credit equivalent amount of a derivative contract equals the sum of the current credit exposure and the potential future credit exposure of the derivative contract. The calculation of credit equivalent amounts must be measured in U.S. dollars, regardless of the currency or currencies specified in the derivative contract.</P>
          <P>(A) <E T="03">Current credit exposure.</E> The current credit exposure for a single derivative contract is determined by the mark-to-market value of the derivative contract. If the mark-to-market value is positive, then the current credit exposure equals that mark-to-market value. If the mark-to-market is zero or negative, then the current credit exposure is zero. The current credit exposure for multiple derivative contracts executed with a single counterparty and subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract is determined as provided by section 3(b)(5)(ii)(A) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(B) <E T="03">Potential future credit exposure.</E> The potential future credit exposure for a single derivative contract, including a derivative contract with negative mark-to-market value, is calculated by multiplying the notional principal <SU>19</SU>
            <FTREF/> of the derivative contract by one of the credit conversion factors in Table A—Conversion Factor Matrix of this appendix A, for the appropriate category.<SU>20</SU>

            <FTREF/> The potential future credit exposure for gold contracts shall be calculated using the foreign exchange rate conversion factors. For any derivative contract that does not fall within one of the specified categories in Table A—Conversion Factor Matrix of this appendix A, the potential future credit exposure shall be calculated using the other commodity conversion factors. Subject to examiner review, banks should use the effective rather than the apparent or stated notional amount in calculating the potential future credit exposure. The potential future credit exposure for multiple derivatives contracts executed with <PRTPAGE P="35"/>a single counterparty and subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract is determined as provided by section 3(b)(5)(ii)(A) of this appendix A.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>19</SU> For purposes of calculating either the potential future credit exposure under section 3(b)(5)(i)(B) of this appendix A or the gross potential future credit exposure under section 3(b)(5)(ii)(A)(2) of this appendix A for foreign exchange contracts and other similar contracts in which the notional principal is equivalent to the cash flows, total notional principal is the net receipts to each party falling due on each value date in each currency.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>20</SU> No potential future credit exposure is calculated for single currency interest rate swaps in which payments are made based upon two floating indices, so-called floating/floating or basis swaps; the credit equivalent amount is measured solely on the basis of the current credit exposure.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,10,10,10,10,10" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table B—Conversion Factor Matrix<SU>1</SU>
            </TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Remaining maturity <SU>2</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Interest rate</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Foreign exchange rate and gold</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Equity<SU>2</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Precious metals</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Other commodity</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">One year or less </ENT>
              <ENT>0.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>1.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>6.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>7.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>10.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Over one to five years </ENT>
              <ENT>0.5 </ENT>
              <ENT>5.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>8.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>7.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Over five years </ENT>
              <ENT>1.5 </ENT>
              <ENT>7.5 </ENT>
              <ENT>10.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>8.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>15.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU> For derivative contracts with multiple exchanges of principal, the conversion factors are multiplied by the number of remaining payments in the derivative contract.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>2</SU> For derivative contracts that automatically reset to zero value following a payment, the remaining maturity equals the time until the next payment. However, interest rate contracts with remaining maturities of greater than one year shall be subject to a minimum conversion factor of 0.5 percent.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Derivative contracts subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract</E>—(A) <E T="03">Netting calculation.</E> The credit equivalent amount for multiple derivative contracts executed with a single counterparty and subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract as provided by section (3)(b)(5)(ii)(B) of this appendix A is calculated by adding the net current credit exposure and the adjusted sum of the potential future credit exposure for all derivative contracts subject to the qualifying bilateral netting contract.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) <E T="03">Net current credit exposure.</E> The net current credit exposure is the net sum of all positive and negative mark-to-market values of the individual derivative contracts subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract. If the net sum of the mark-to-market value is positive, then the net current credit exposure equals that net sum of the mark-to-market value. If the net sum of the mark-to-market value is zero or negative, then the net current credit exposure is zero.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) <E T="03">Adjusted sum of the potential future credit exposure.</E> The adjusted sum of the potential future credit exposure is calculated as:
          </P>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">A<E T="52">net</E>=0.4×A<E T="52">gross</E>+(0.6×NGR×A<E T="52">gross</E>)</FP>
          
          <FP>A<E T="52">net</E> is the adjusted sum of the potential future credit exposure, A<E T="52">gross</E> is the gross potential future credit exposure, and NGR is the net to gross ratio. A<E T="52">gross</E> is the sum of the potential future credit exposure (as determined under section 3(b)(5)(i)(B) of this appendix A) for each individual derivative contract subject to the qualifying bilateral netting contract. The NGR is the ratio of the net current credit exposure to the gross current credit exposure. In calculating the NGR, the gross current credit exposure equals the sum of the positive current credit exposures (as determined under section 3(b)(5)(i)(A) of this appendix A) of all individual derivative contracts subject to the qualifying bilateral netting contract.</FP>
          <P>(B) <E T="03">Qualifying bilateral netting contract.</E> In determining the current credit exposure for multiple derivative contracts executed with a single counterparty, a bank may net derivative contracts subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract by offsetting positive and negative mark-to-market values, provided that:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) The qualifying bilateral netting contract is in writing.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) The qualifying bilateral netting contract is not subject to a walkaway clause.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) The qualifying bilateral netting contract creates a single legal obligation for all individual derivative contracts covered by the qualifying bilateral netting contract. In effect, the qualifying bilateral netting contract must provide that the bank would have a single claim or obligation either to receive or to pay only the net amount of the sum of the positive and negative mark-to-market values on the individual derivative contracts covered by the qualifying bilateral netting contract. The single legal obligation for the net amount is operative in the event that a counterparty, or a counterparty to whom the qualifying bilateral netting contract has been assigned, fails to perform due to any of the following events: default, insolvency, bankruptcy, or other similar circumstances.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">4</E>) The bank obtains a written and reasoned legal opinion(s) that represents, with a high degree of certainty, that in the event of a legal challenge, including one resulting from default, insolvency, bankruptcy, or similar circumstances, the relevant court and administrative authorities would find the bank's exposure to be the net amount under:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">i</E>) The law of the jurisdiction in which the counterparty is chartered or the equivalent location in the case of noncorporate entities, and if a branch of the counterparty is involved, then also under the law of the jurisdiction in which the branch is located;</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">ii</E>) The law of the jurisdiction that governs the individual derivative contracts covered by the bilateral netting contract; and</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">iii</E>) The law of the jurisdiction that governs the qualifying bilateral netting contract.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">5</E>) The bank establishes and maintains procedures to monitor possible changes in <PRTPAGE P="36"/>relevant law and to ensure that the qualifying bilateral netting contract continues to satisfy the requirement of this section.</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">6</E>) The bank maintains in its files documentation adequate to support the netting of a derivative contract.<SU>21</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>21</SU> By netting individual derivative contracts for the purpose of calculating its credit equivalent amount, a bank represents that documentation adequate to support the netting of a set of derivative contract is in the bank's files and available for inspection by the OCC. Upon determination by the OCC that a bank's files are inadequate or that a qualifying bilateral netting contract may not be legally enforceable in any one of the bodies of law described in section 3(b)(5)(ii)(B)(<E T="03">3</E>)(<E T="03">i</E>) through (<E T="03">iii</E>) of this appendix A, the underlying derivative contracts may not be netted for the purposes of this section.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Risk weighting.</E> Once the bank determines the credit equivalent amount for a derivative contract or a set of derivative contracts subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract, the bank assigns that amount to the risk weight category appropriate to the counterparty, or, if relevant, the nature of any collateral or guarantee.<SU>22</SU>
            <FTREF/> However, the maximum weight that will be applied to the credit equivalent amount of such derivative contract(s) is 50 percent.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>22</SU> Derivative contracts are an exception to the general rule of applying collateral and guarantees to the face value of off-balance sheet items. The sufficiency of collateral and guarantees is determined on the basis of the credit equivalent amount of derivative contracts. However, collateral and guarantees held against a qualifying bilateral netting contract is not recognized for capital purposes unless it is legally available for all contracts included in the qualifying bilateral netting contract.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> The following derivative contracts are not subject to the above calculation, and therefore, are not part of the denominator of a national bank's risk-based capital ratio:</P>
          <P>(A) An exchange rate contract with an original maturity of 14 calendar days or less;<SU>23</SU>
            <FTREF/> and</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>23</SU> Notwithstanding section 3(b)(5)(B) of this appendix A, gold contracts do not qualify for this exception.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(B) A derivative contract that is traded on an exchange requiring the daily payment of any variations in the market value of the contract.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 4. Recourse, Direct Credit Substitutes and Positions in Securitizations</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section 4 of this appendix A, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Credit derivative</E> means a contract that allows one party (the protection purchaser) to transfer the credit risk of an asset or off-balance sheet credit exposure to another party (the protection provider). The value of a credit derivative is dependent, at least in part, on the credit performance of a “reference asset.”</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing interest-only strip</E> means an on-balance sheet asset that, in form or in substance:</P>
          <P>(i) Represents the contractual right to receive some or all of the interest due on transferred assets; and</P>

          <P>(ii) Exposes the bank to credit risk directly or indirectly associated with the transferred assets that exceeds its <E T="03">pro rata</E> claim on the assets whether through subordination provisions or other credit enhancing techniques.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing representations and warranties</E> means representations and warranties that are made or assumed in connection with a transfer of assets (including loan servicing assets) and that obligate a bank to protect investors from losses arising from credit risk in the assets transferred or the loans serviced. Credit-enhancing representations and warranties include promises to protect a party from losses resulting from the default or nonperformance of another party or from an insufficiency in the value of the collateral. Credit-enhancing representations and warranties do not include:</P>
          <P>(i) Early-default clauses and similar warranties that permit the return of, or premium refund clauses covering, 1-4 family residential first mortgage loans (as described in section 3(a)(3)(iii) of this appendix A) for a period not to exceed 120 days from the date of transfer. These warranties may cover only those loans that were originated within 1 year of the date of transfer;</P>
          <P>(ii) Premium refund clauses that cover assets guaranteed, in whole or in part, by the U.S. Government, a U.S. Government agency, or a U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise, provided the premium refund clauses are for a period not to exceed 120 days from the date of transfer; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Warranties that permit the return of assets in instances of fraud, misrepresentation or incomplete documentation.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Direct credit substitute</E> means an arrangement in which a bank assumes, in form or in substance, credit risk associated with an on- or off-balance sheet asset or exposure that was not previously owned by the bank (third-party asset) and the risk assumed by the bank exceeds the <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the bank's interest in the third-party asset. If a bank has no claim on the third-party asset, then the bank's assumption of any credit risk is a direct credit substitute. Direct credit substitutes include:</P>

          <P>(i) Financial standby letters of credit that support financial claims on a third party <PRTPAGE P="37"/>that exceed a bank's <E T="03">pro rata</E> share in the financial claim;</P>

          <P>(ii) Guarantees, surety arrangements, credit derivatives and similar instruments backing financial claims that exceed a bank's <E T="03">pro rata</E> share in the financial claim;</P>

          <P>(iii) Purchased subordinated interests that absorb more than their <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of losses from the underlying assets;</P>

          <P>(iv) Credit derivative contracts under which the bank assumes more than its <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of credit risk on a third-party asset or exposure;</P>
          <P>(v) Loans or lines of credit that provide credit enhancement for the financial obligations of a third party;</P>
          <P>(vi) Purchased loan servicing assets if the servicer is responsible for credit losses or if the servicer makes or assumes credit-enhancing representations and warranties with respect to the loans serviced. Mortgage servicer cash advances that meet the conditions of section 4(a)(8)(i) and (ii) of this appendix A, are not direct credit substitutes; and</P>
          <P>(vii) Clean-up calls on third-party assets. Clean-up calls that are 10% or less of the original pool balance and that are exercisable at the option of the bank are not direct credit substitutes.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Externally rated</E> means that an instrument or obligation has received a credit rating from at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Face amount</E> means the notional principal, or face value, amount of an off-balance sheet item; the amortized cost of an asset not held for trading purposes; and the fair value of a trading asset.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Financial asset</E> means cash or other monetary instrument, evidence of debt, evidence of an ownership interest in an entity, or a contract that conveys a right to receive or exchange cash or another financial instrument from another party.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Financial standby letter of credit</E> means a letter of credit or similar arrangement that represents an irrevocable obligation to a third-party beneficiary:</P>
          <P>(i) To repay money borrowed by, or advanced to, or for the account of, a second party (the account party); or</P>
          <P>(ii) To make payment on behalf of the account party, in the event that the account party fails to fulfill its obligation to the beneficiary.</P>
          <P>(9) <E T="03">Mortgage servicer cash advance</E> means funds that a residential mortgage servicer advances to ensure an uninterrupted flow of payments, including advances made to cover foreclosure costs or other expenses to facilitate the timely collection of the loan. A mortgage servicer cash advance is not a recourse obligation or a direct credit substitute if:</P>
          <P>(i) The servicer is entitled to full reimbursement and this right is not subordinated to other claims on the cash flows from the underlying asset pool; or</P>
          <P>(ii) For any one loan, the servicer's obligation to make nonreimbursable advances is contractually limited to an insignificant amount of the outstanding principal amount of that loan.</P>
          <P>(10) <E T="03">Nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO)</E> means an entity recognized by the Division of Market Regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor Division) (Commission) as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization for various purposes, including the Commission's uniform net capital requirements for brokers and dealers.</P>
          <P>(11) <E T="03">Recourse</E> means a bank's retention, in form or in substance, of any credit risk directly or indirectly associated with an asset it has sold that exceeds a <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of that bank's claim on the asset. If a bank has no claim on a sold asset, then the retention of any credit risk is recourse. A recourse obligation typically arises when a bank transfers assets and retains an explicit obligation to repurchase assets or to absorb losses due to a default on the payment of principal or interest or any other deficiency in the performance of the underlying obligor or some other party. Recourse may also exist implicitly if a bank provides credit enhancement beyond any contractual obligation to support assets it has sold. The following are examples of recourse arrangements:</P>
          <P>(i) Credit-enhancing representations and warranties made on transferred assets;</P>
          <P>(ii) Loan servicing assets retained pursuant to an agreement under which the bank will be responsible for losses associated with the loans serviced. Mortgage servicer cash advances that meet the conditions of section 4(a)(8)(i) and (ii) of this appendix A, are not recourse arrangements;</P>

          <P>(iii) Retained subordinated interests that absorb more than their <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of losses from the underlying assets;</P>
          <P>(iv) Assets sold under an agreement to repurchase, if the assets are not already included on the balance sheet;</P>
          <P>(v) Loan strips sold without contractual recourse where the maturity of the transferred portion of the loan is shorter than the maturity of the commitment under which the loan is drawn;</P>

          <P>(vi) Credit derivatives issued that absorb more than the bank's <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of losses from the transferred assets; and</P>
          <P>(vii) Clean-up calls. Clean-up calls that are 10% or less of the original pool balance and that are exercisable at the option of the bank are not recourse arrangements.</P>
          <P>(12) <E T="03">Residual interest</E> means any on-balance sheet asset that represents an interest (including a beneficial interest) created by a transfer that qualifies as a sale (in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) of financial assets, whether <PRTPAGE P="38"/>through a securitization or otherwise, and that exposes a bank to any credit risk directly or indirectly associated with the transferred asset that exceeds a <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of that bank's claim on the asset, whether through subordination provisions or other credit enhancement techniques. Residual interests generally include credit-enhancing interest-only strips, spread accounts, cash collateral accounts, retained subordinated interests (and other forms of overcollateralization) and similar assets that function as a credit enhancement. Residual interests further include those exposures that, in substance, cause the bank to retain the credit risk of an asset or exposure that had qualified as a residual interest before it was sold. Residual interests generally do not include interests purchased from a third party.</P>
          <P>(13) <E T="03">Risk participation</E> means a participation in which the originating party remains liable to the beneficiary for the full amount of an obligation (<E T="03">e.g.</E> a direct credit substitute) notwithstanding that another party has acquired a participation in that obligation.</P>
          <P>(14) <E T="03">Securitization</E> means the pooling and repackaging by a special purpose entity of assets or other credit exposures that can be sold to investors. Securitization includes transactions that create stratified credit risk positions whose performance is dependent upon an underlying pool of credit exposures, including loans and commitments.</P>
          <P>(15) <E T="03">Structured finance program</E> means a program where receivable interests and asset-backed securities issued by multiple participants are purchased by a special purpose entity that repackages those exposures into securities that can be sold to investors. Structured finance programs allocate credit risks, generally, between the participants and credit enhancement provided to the program.</P>
          <P>(16) <E T="03">Traded position</E> means a position retained, assumed or issued in connection with a securitization that is externally rated, where there is a reasonable expectation that, in the near future, the rating will be relied upon by:</P>
          <P>(i) Unaffiliated investors to purchase the position; or</P>
          <P>(ii) An unaffiliated third party to enter into a transaction involving the position, such as a purchase, loan or repurchase agreement.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Credit equivalent amounts and risk weights of recourse obligations and direct credit substitutes</E>—(1) <E T="03">Credit-equivalent amount.</E> Except as otherwise provided, the credit-equivalent amount for a recourse obligation or direct credit substitute is the full amount of the credit-enhanced assets for which the bank directly or indirectly retains or assumes credit risk multiplied by a 100% conversion factor.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Risk-weight factor.</E> To determine the bank's risk-weighted assets for off-balance sheet recourse obligations and direct credit substitutes, the credit equivalent amount is assigned to the risk category appropriate to the obligor in the underlying transaction, after considering any associated guarantees or collateral. For a direct credit substitute that is an on-balance sheet asset (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a purchased subordinated security), a bank must calculate risk-weighted assets using the amount of the direct credit substitute and the full amount of the assets it supports, <E T="03">i.e.,</E> all the more senior positions in the structure.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Credit equivalent amount and risk weight of participations in, and syndications of, direct credit substitutes.</E> The credit equivalent amount for a participation interest in, or syndication of, a direct credit substitute is calculated and risk weighted as follows:</P>

          <P>(1) In the case of a direct credit substitute in which a bank has conveyed a risk participation, the full amount of the assets that are supported by the direct credit substitute is converted to a credit equivalent amount using a 100% conversion factor. The <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the credit equivalent amount that has been conveyed through a risk participation is then assigned to whichever risk-weight category is lower: the risk-weight category appropriate to the obligor in the underlying transaction, after considering any associated guarantees or collateral, or the risk-weight category appropriate to the party acquiring the participation. The <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the credit equivalent amount that has not been participated out is assigned to the risk-weight category appropriate to the obligor after considering any associated guarantees or collateral.</P>

          <P>(2) In the case of a direct credit substitute in which the bank has acquired a risk participation, the acquiring bank's <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the direct credit substitute is multiplied by the full amount of the assets that are supported by the direct credit substitute and converted using a 100% credit conversion factor. The resulting credit equivalent amount is then assigned to the risk-weight category appropriate to the obligor in the underlying transaction, after considering any associated guarantees or collateral.</P>

          <P>(3) In the case of a direct credit substitute that takes the form of a syndication where each bank or participating entity is obligated only for its <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the risk and there is no recourse to the originating entity, each bank's credit equivalent amount will be calculated by multiplying only its <E T="03">pro rata</E> share of the assets supported by the direct credit substitute by a 100% conversion factor. The resulting credit equivalent amount is then assigned to the risk-weight category appropriate to the obligor in the underlying transaction, after considering any associated guarantees or collateral.<PRTPAGE P="39"/>
          </P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Externally rated positions: credit-equivalent amounts and risk weights.</E>—(1) <E T="03">Traded positions.</E> With respect to a recourse obligation, direct credit substitute, residual interest (other than a credit-enhancing interest-only strip) or asset- or mortgage-backed security that is a “traded position” and that has received an external rating on a long-term position that is one grade below investment grade or better or a short-term position that is investment grade, the bank may multiply the face amount of the position by the appropriate risk weight, determined in accordance with Tables C or D of this Appendix A.<SU>24</SU>
            <FTREF/> If a traded position receives more than one external rating, the lowest single rating will apply.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>24</SU> Stripped mortgage-backed securities or other similar instruments, such as interest-only or principal-only strips, that are not credit enhancing must be assigned to the 100% risk category.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,12" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table C</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Long-term rating category</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Examples</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Risk weight<LI>(In percent)</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Highest or second highest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>AAA, AA</ENT>
              <ENT>20</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Third highest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>A</ENT>
              <ENT>50</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Lowest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>BBB</ENT>
              <ENT>100</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">One category below investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>BB</ENT>
              <ENT>200</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,12" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table D</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Short-term rating category</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Examples</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Risk weight<LI>(In percent)</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Highest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>A-1, P-1</ENT>
              <ENT>20</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Second highest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>A-2, P-2</ENT>
              <ENT>50</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Lowest investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>A-3, P-3</ENT>
              <ENT>100</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Non-traded positions.</E> A recourse obligation, direct credit substitute, residual interest (but not a credit-enhancing interest-only strip) or asset- or mortgage-backed security extended in connection with a securitization that is not a “traded position” may be assigned a risk weight in accordance with section 4(d)(1) of this appendix A if:</P>
          <P>(i) It has been externally rated by more than one NRSRO;</P>
          <P>(ii) It has received an external rating on a long-term position that is one category below investment grade or better or a short-term position that is investment grade by all NRSROs providing a rating;</P>
          <P>(iii) The ratings are publicly available; and</P>

          <P>(iv) The ratings are based on the same criteria used to rate traded positions.
          </P>
          <FP>If the ratings are different, the lowest rating will determine the risk category to which the recourse obligation, residual interest or direct credit substitute will be assigned.</FP>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Senior positions not externally rated.</E> For a recourse obligation, direct credit substitute, residual interest or asset- or mortgage-backed security that is not externally rated but is senior or preferred in all features to a traded position (including collateralization and maturity), a bank may apply a risk weight to the face amount of the senior position in accordance with section 4(d)(1) of this appendix A, based upon the traded position, subject to any current or prospective supervisory guidance and the bank satisfying the OCC that this treatment is appropriate. This section will apply only if the traded position provides substantive credit support to the unrated position until the unrated position matures.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Residual Interests</E>—(1) <E T="03">Concentration limit on credit-enhancing interest-only strips.</E> In addition to the capital requirement provided by section 4(f)(2) of this appendix A, a bank must deduct from Tier 1 capital all credit-enhancing interest-only strips in excess of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital in accordance with section 2(c)(2)(iv) of this appendix A.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Credit-enhancing interest-only strip capital requirement.</E> After applying the concentration limit to credit-enhancing interest-only strips in accordance with section (f)(1), a bank must maintain risk-based capital for a credit-enhancing interest-only strip equal to the remaining amount of the credit-enhancing interest-only strip (net of any existing associated deferred tax liability), even if the amount of risk-based capital required to be maintained exceeds the full risk-based capital requirement for the assets transferred. Transactions that, in substance, result in the retention of credit risk associated with a transferred credit-enhancing interest-only strip will be treated as if the credit-enhancing interest-only strip was retained by the bank and not transferred.<PRTPAGE P="40"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Other residual interests capital requirement.</E> Except as provided in sections (d) or (e) of this section, a bank must maintain risk-based capital for a residual interest (excluding a credit-enhancing interest-only strip) equal to the face amount of the residual interest that is retained on the balance sheet (net of any existing associated deferred tax liability), even if the amount of risk-based capital required to be maintained exceeds the full risk-based capital requirement for the assets transferred. Transactions that, in substance, result in the retention of credit risk associated with a transferred residual interest will be treated as if the residual interest was retained by the bank and not transferred.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Residual interests and other recourse obligations.</E> Where the aggregate capital requirement for residual interests (including credit-enhancing interest-only strips) and recourse obligations arising from the same transfer of assets exceed the full risk-based capital requirement for those assets, a bank must maintain risk-based capital equal to the greater of the risk-based capital requirement for the residual interest as calculated under sections 4(f)(1) through (3) of this appendix A or the full risk-based capital requirement for the assets transferred.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Positions that are not rated by an NRSRO.</E> A position (but not a residual interest) extended in connection with a securitization and that is not rated by an NRSRO may be risk-weighted based on the bank's determination of the credit rating of the position, as specified in Table E of this appendix A, multiplied by the face amount of the position. In order to qualify for this treatment, the bank's system for determining the credit rating of the position must meet one of the three alternative standards set out in section 4(g)(1)through (3) of this appendix A.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,r50,12" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table E</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Rating category</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Examples</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Risk weight<LI>(In percent)</LI>
              </CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>BBB, or better</ENT>
              <ENT>100</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">One category below investment grade</ENT>
              <ENT>BB</ENT>
              <ENT>200</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Internal risk rating used for asset-backed programs.</E> A direct credit substitute (but not a purchased credit-enhancing interest-only strip) is assumed by a bank in connection with an asset-backed commercial paper program sponsored by the bank and the bank is able to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OCC, prior to relying upon its use, that the bank's internal credit risk rating system is adequate. Adequate internal credit risk rating systems usually contain the following criteria:</P>
          <P>(i) The internal credit risk system is an integral part of the bank's risk management system that explicitly incorporates the full range of risks arising from a bank's participation in securitization activities;</P>
          <P>(ii) Internal credit ratings are linked to measurable outcomes, such as the probability that the position will experience any loss, the position's expected loss given default, and the degree of variance in losses given default on that position;</P>
          <P>(iii) The bank's internal credit risk system must separately consider the risk associated with the underlying loans or borrowers, and the risk associated with the structure of a particular securitization transaction;</P>
          <P>(iv) The bank's internal credit risk system must identify gradations of risk among “pass” assets and other risk positions;</P>
          <P>(v) The bank must have clear, explicit criteria that are used to classify assets into each internal risk grade, including subjective factors;</P>
          <P>(vi) The bank must have independent credit risk management or loan review personnel assigning or reviewing the credit risk ratings;</P>
          <P>(vii) An internal audit procedure should periodically verify that internal risk ratings are assigned in accordance with the bank's established criteria.</P>
          <P>(viii) The bank must monitor the performance of the internal credit risk ratings assigned to nonrated, nontraded direct credit substitutes over time to determine the appropriateness of the initial credit risk rating assignment and adjust individual credit risk ratings, or the overall internal credit risk ratings system, as needed; and</P>
          <P>(ix) The internal credit risk system must make credit risk rating assumptions that are consistent with, or more conservative than, the credit risk rating assumptions and methodologies of NRSROs.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Program Ratings.</E> A direct credit substitute or recourse obligation (but not a residual interest) is assumed or retained by a bank in connection with a structured finance program and a NRSRO has reviewed the terms of the program and stated a rating for positions associated with the program. If the program has options for different combinations of assets, standards, internal credit enhancements and other relevant factors, and the NRSRO specifies ranges of rating categories to them, the bank may apply the rating category applicable to the option that corresponds to the bank's position. In order <PRTPAGE P="41"/>to rely on a program rating, the bank must demonstrate to the OCC's satisfaction that the credit risk rating assigned to the program meets the same standards generally used by NRSROs for rating traded positions. The bank must also demonstrate to the OCC's satisfaction that the criteria underlying the NRSRO's assignment of ratings for the program are satisfied for the particular position. If a bank participates in a securitization sponsored by another party, the OCC may authorize the bank to use this approach based on a program rating obtained by the sponsor of the program.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Computer Program.</E> The bank is using an acceptable credit assessment computer program to determine the rating of a direct credit substitute or recourse obligation (but not a residual interest) extended in connection with a structured finance program. A NRSRO must have developed the computer program and the bank must demonstrate to the OCC's satisfaction that ratings under the program correspond credibly and reliably with the rating of traded positions.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Limitations on risk-based capital requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">Low-level exposure rule.</E> If the maximum contractual exposure to loss retained or assumed by a bank is less than the effective risk-based capital requirement, as determined in accordance with section 4(b) of this appendix A, for the asset supported by the bank's position, the risk based capital required under this appendix A is limited to the bank's contractual exposure, less any recourse liability account established in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. This limitation does not apply when a bank provides credit enhancement beyond any contractual obligation to support assets that it has sold.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Related on-balance sheet assets.</E> If an asset is included in the calculation of the risk-based capital requirement under this section 4 of this appendix A and also appears as an asset on a bank's balance sheet, the asset is risk-weighted only under this section 4 of this appendix A, except in the case of loan servicing assets and similar arrangements with embedded recourse obligations or direct credit substitutes. In that case, both the on-balance sheet servicing assets and the related recourse obligations or direct credit substitutes must both be separately risk weighted and incorporated into the risk-based capital calculation.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Alternative Capital Calculation for Small Business Obligations.</E> (1) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section 4(i):</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Qualified bank</E> means a bank that:</P>
          <P>(A) Is well capitalized as defined in 12 CFR 6.4 without applying the capital treatment described in this section 4(i), or</P>
          <P>(B) Is adequately capitalized as defined in 12 CFR 6.4 without applying the capital treatment described in this section 4(i) and has received written permission from the appropriate district office of the OCC to apply the capital treatment described in this section 4(i).</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Recourse</E> has the meaning given to such term under generally accepted accounting principles.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Small business</E> means a business that meets the criteria for a small business concern established by the Small Business Administration in 13 CFR part 121 pursuant to 15 U.S.C. 632.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Capital and reserve requirements.</E> Notwithstanding the risk-based capital treatment outlined in section 2(c)(4) and any other subsection (other than subsection (i)) of this section 4, with respect to a transfer of a small business loan or a lease of personal property with recourse that is a sale under generally accepted accounting principles, a qualified bank may elect to apply the following treatment:</P>
          <P>(i) The bank establishes and maintains a non-capital reserve under generally accepted accounting principles sufficient to meet the reasonable estimated liability of the bank under the recourse arrangement; and</P>
          <P>(ii) For purposes of calculating the bank's risk-based capital ratio, the bank includes only the face amount of its recourse in its risk-weighted assets.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Limit on aggregate amount of recourse.</E> The total outstanding amount of recourse retained by a qualified bank with respect to transfers of small business loans and leases of personal property and included in the risk-weighted assets of the bank as described in section 4(i)(2) of this appendix A may not exceed 15 percent of the bank's total capital after adjustments and deductions, unless the OCC specifies a greater amount by order.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Bank that ceases to be qualified or that exceeds aggregate limit.</E> If a bank ceases to be a qualified bank or exceeds the aggregate limit in section 4(i)(3) of this appendix A, the bank may continue to apply the capital treatment described in section 4(i)(2) of this appendix A to transfers of small business loans and leases of personal property that occurred when the bank was qualified and did not exceed the limit.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Prompt Corrective Action not affected.</E> (i) A bank shall compute its capital without regard to this section 4(i) for purposes of prompt corrective action (12 U.S.C. 1831o and 12 CFR part 6) unless the bank is an adequately or well capitalized bank (without applying the capital treatment described in this section 4(i)) and, after applying the capital treatment described in this section 4(i), the bank would be well capitalized.</P>

          <P>(ii) A bank shall compute its capital without regard to this section 4(i) for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 1831o(g) regardless of the bank's capital level.<PRTPAGE P="42"/>
          </P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 5.Implementation, Transition Rules, and Target Ratios</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">December 31, 1990 to December 30, 1992.</E> During this time period:</P>
          <P>(1) All national banks are expected to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital (after deductions) to risk-weighted assets of 7.25%.</P>
          <P>(i) Fifty percent of this 7.25% must be made up of Tier 1 capital; however, up to 10% of Tier 1 capital can be comprised of Tier 2 capital elements, before any deductions for goodwill. The amount of Tier 2 elements included in Tier 1 will not be subject to the sublimits on the amount of such elements in Tier 2 capital, with the exception of the allowance for loan and lease losses.</P>
          <P>(ii) Goodwill that national banks have been allowed to count as capital as a result of the transition rules contained in 12 CFR 3.3 is grandfathered until December 31, 1992, but will be deducted from Tier 1 capital after that date.</P>
          <P>(2) The allowance for loan and lease losses can be included in total capital up to a maximum of 1.5% of a bank's risk-weighted assets, including the portion that can be borrowed to make up Tier 1.</P>
          <P>(3) Tier 2 capital elements that are not used as part of Tier 1 capital will qualify as part of a national bank's total capital base up to a maximum of 100% of the bank's Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(4) In addition to the standards established by these risk-based capital guidelines, all national banks must maintain a minimum capital-to-total assets ratio in accordance with the provisions of 12 CFR part 3.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">On December 31, 1992.</E> (1) All national banks are expected to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital (after deductions) to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%.</P>
          <P>(2) Tier 2 capital elements qualify as part of a national bank's total capital base up to a maximum of 100% of that bank's Tier 1 capital.</P>
          <P>(3) In addition to the standards established by these risk-based capital guidelines, all national banks must maintain a minimum capital-to-total assets ratio in accordance with the provisions of 12 CFR part 3.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 1—Summary of Risk Weights and Risk Categories</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Category 1: Zero Percent</HD>
          <P>1. Cash (domestic and foreign).</P>
          <P>2. Balances due from, and claims on, Federal Reserve Banks and central banks in other OECD countries.</P>
          <P>3. Claims on, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the U.S. Government or its agencies, or other OECD central governments.<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> For the purpose of calculating the risk-based capital ratio, a U.S. Government agency is defined as an instrumentality of the U.S. Government whose obligations are fully and explicitly guaranteed as to the timely repayment of principal and interest by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>4. That portion of local currency claims on or unconditionally guaranteed by non-OECD central governments to the extent the bank has local currency liabilities in that country.</P>
          <P>5. Gold bullion held in the bank's own vaults or in another bank's vaults on an allocated basis, to the extent it is backed by gold bullion liabilities.</P>
          <P>6. Federal Reserve Bank stock.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Category 2: 20 Percent</HD>
          <P>1. Portions of loans and other assets collateralized by securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, or other OECD central governments.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU> Degree of collateralization is determined by current market value.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>2. Portions of loans and other assets conditionally guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies, or other OECD central governments.</P>
          <P>3. Portions of loans and other assets collateralized by cash on deposit in the lending institution.</P>
          <P>4. All claims (long- and short-term) on, or guaranteed by, OECD depository institutions.</P>
          <P>5. Claims on, or guaranteed by, non-OECD depository institutions with a residual maturity of one year or less.</P>
          <P>6. Cash items in the process of collection.</P>
          <P>7. Securities and other claims on, or guaranteed by, U.S. Government-sponsored agencies.<SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>3</SU> For the purpose of calculating the risk-based capital ratio, a U.S. Government-sponsored agency is defined as an agency originally established or chartered to serve public purposes specified by the U.S. Congress but whose obligations are not explicitly guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>8. Portions of loans and other assets collateralized by securities issued by, or guaranteed by, U.S. Government-sponsored agencies.<SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU> Degree of collateralization is determined by current market value.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>9. Claims that represent general obligations of, and portions of claims guaranteed by, public-sector entities in OECD countries, below the level of central government.</P>

          <P>10. Claims on or guaranteed by official multilateral lending institutions or regional development institutions in which the U.S. Government is a shareholder or a contributing member.<PRTPAGE P="43"/>
          </P>
          <P>11. Portions of loans and other assets collateralized with securities issued by official multilateral lending institutions or regional development institutions in which the U.S. Government is a shareholder or a contributing member.</P>
          <P>12. That portion of local currency claims conditionally guaranteed by central governments of non-OECD countries, to the extent the bank has local currency liabilities in that country.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Category 3: 50 Percent</HD>
          <P>1. Revenue bonds or similar obligations, including loans and leases, that are obligations of public sector entities in OECD countries, but for which the government entity is committed to repay the debt only out of revenues from the facilities financed.</P>
          <P>2. Credit equivalent amounts of interest rate and exchange rate related contracts, except for those assigned to a lower risk category.</P>
          <P>3. Assets secured by a first mortgage on a one-to-four family residential property that are not more than 90 days past due, on nonaccrual or restructured.</P>
          <P>4. Loans to residential real estate builders for one-to-four family residential property construction that have been presold pursuant to legally binding written sales contract.</P>
          <P>5. Assets secured by a first mortgage on multifamily residential properties.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Category 4: 100 Percent</HD>
          <P>1. All other claims on private obligors.</P>
          <P>2. Claims on non-OECD financial institutions with a residual maturity exceeding one year. Claims on non-OECD central banks with a residual maturity exceeding one year are included in this category unless they qualify for item 4 of Category 1.</P>
          <P>3. Claims on non-OECD central governments that are not included in item 4 of Category 1.</P>
          <P>4. Obligations issued by state or local governments (including industrial development authorities and similar entities) repayable solely by a private party or enterprise.</P>
          <P>5. Premises, plant, and equipment; other fixed assets; and other real estate owned.</P>
          <P>6. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, joint ventures, or associated companies (unless deducted from capital).</P>
          <P>7. Capital instruments issued by other banking organizations.</P>
          <P>8. All other assets (including claims on commercial firms owned by the public sector).</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 2—Credit Conversion Factors for Off-Balance Sheet Items</HD>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s200" COLS="1" OPTS="L1,p1,8/9,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 2—Credit Conversion Factors for Off-Balance Sheet Items</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1"/>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="28">100 Percent Conversion Factor</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22">1. [Reserved]</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">50 Percent Conversion Factor</HD>
          <P>1. Transaction-related contingencies (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> bid bonds, performance bonds, warranties, and standby letters of credit related to particular transactions).</P>
          <P>2. Unused portion of commitments with an original maturity exceeding one year.</P>
          <P>3. Revolving underwriting facilities (RUFs), note issuance facilities (NIFs) and other similar arrangements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">20 Percent Conversion Factor</HD>
          <P>1. Short-term, self-liquidating trade-related contingencies, including commercial letters of credit.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Zero Percent Conversion Factor</HD>
          <P>1. Unused portion of commitments with an original maturity of one year or less.</P>
          <P>2. Unused portion of commitments which are unconditionally cancelable at any time, regardless of maturity.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 3—Treatment of Derivative Contracts</HD>

          <P>1. The current exposure method is used to calculate the credit equivalent amounts of derivative contracts. These amounts are assigned a risk weight appropriate to the obligor or any collateral or guarantee. However, the maximum risk weight is limited to 50 percent. Multiple derivative contracts with a single counterparty may be netted if those contracts are subject to a qualifying bilateral netting contract.<PRTPAGE P="44"/>
          </P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s100,10,10,10,10,10" COLS="6" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Conversion Factor Matrix <SU>1</SU>
            </TTITLE>
            <TDESC>[Percent]</TDESC>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Remaining maturity <SU>2</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Interest rate</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Foreign exchange rate and gold</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Equity <SU>2</SU>
              </CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Precious metals</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Other commodity</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">One year or less </ENT>
              <ENT>0.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>1.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>6.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>7.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>10.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Over one to five years </ENT>
              <ENT>0.5 </ENT>
              <ENT>5.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>8.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>7.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>12.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Over five years </ENT>
              <ENT>1.5 </ENT>
              <ENT>7.5 </ENT>
              <ENT>10.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>8.0 </ENT>
              <ENT>15.0</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU> For derivative contracts with multiple exchanges of principal, the conversion factors are multiplied by the number of remaining payments in the derivative contract.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>2</SU> For derivative contracts that automatically reset to zero value following a payment, the remaining maturity equals the time until the next payment. However, interest rate contracts with remaining maturities of greater than one year shall be subject to a minimum conversion factor of 0.5 percent.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>2. The following derivative contracts will be excluded:</P>
          <P>a. Exchange rate contract with an original maturity of 14 calendar days or less; and</P>
          <P>b. Derivative contract traded on exchanges and subject to daily margin requirements.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">Table 4—Definition of Capital</HD>
          <P>Capital components are distributed between two categories (Tier 1 and Tier 2). Tier 2 capital elements will qualify as part of a bank's total capital base up to a maximum of 100% of that bank's Tier 1 capital. Beginning December 31, 1992, the minimum risk-based capital standard will be 8.0%.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Definition of Capital</HD>
          <P>Tier 1:</P>
          <P>• Common stockholders’ equity;</P>
          <P>• Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and any related surplus; and</P>
          <P>• Minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries.</P>
          <P>Tier 2:</P>
          <P>• Cumulative perpetual, long-term and convertible preferred stock, and any related surplus; <SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU> The amount of long-term and intermediate-term preferred stock, as well as term subordinated debt that is eligible to be included as Tier 2 capital is reduced by 20% of the original amount of the instrument at the beginning of each of the last five years of the life of the instrument.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>• Perpetual debt and other hybrid debt/equity instruments;</P>
          <P>• Intermediate-term preferred stock and term subordinated debt (to a maximum of 50% of Tier 1 capital); and</P>
          <P>• Loan loss reserves (to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets).</P>
          <P>Deductions from Capital:</P>
          <P>From Tier 1:</P>
          <P>• Goodwill and other intangibles, with the exception of identified intangibles that satisfy the criteria included in the guidelines.</P>
          <P>From Total Capital:</P>
          <P>• Investments in unconsolidated banking and finance subsidiaries;</P>
          <P>• Reciprocal holdings of capital instruments</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Transitional Definition</HD>
          <P>During a transition period beginning December 31, 1990, all national banks are expected to maintain a capital to risk-weighted asset ratio of 7.25%, of which at least 3.25 percentage points must consist of Tier 1 capital. In other words, during this period upon to approximately 4 percentage points of the 7.25% capital ratio may consist of Tier 2 capital. Also during this period, the sublimit on loan loss reserves will be 1.5% of risk-weighted assets.Q04</P>
          <CITA>[54 FR 4177, Jan. 27, 1989]</CITA>
          <EDNOTE>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Editorial Note:</HD>
            <P>For <E T="04">Federal Register</E> citations affecting Appendix A to part 3 of title 12, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO Access.</P>
          </EDNOTE>
        </APPENDIX>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 3, App. B</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix B to Part 3—Risk-Based Capital Guidelines; Market Risk Adjustment</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 1. Purpose, Applicability, Scope, and Effective Date</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose</E>. The purpose of this appendix is to ensure that banks with significant exposure to market risk maintain adequate capital to support that exposure.<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/> This appendix supplements and adjusts the risk-based capital ratio calculations under appendix A of this part with respect to those banks.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> This appendix is based on a framework developed jointly by supervisory authorities from the countries represented on the Basle Committee on Banking Supervision and endorsed by the Group of Ten Central Bank Governors. The framework is described in a Basle Committee paper entitled “Amendment to the Capital Accord to Incorporate Market Risk,” January 1996.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="45"/>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability</E>. (1) This appendix applies to any national bank whose trading activity <SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/> (on a worldwide consolidated basis) equals:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU> Trading activity means the gross sum of trading assets and liabilities as reported in the bank's most recent quarterly Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (Call Report).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) 10 percent or more of total assets; <SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/> or</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>3</SU> Total assets means quarter-end total assets as reported in the bank's most recent Call Report.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) $1 billion or more.</P>
          <P>(2) The OCC may apply this appendix to any national bank if the OCC deems it necessary or appropriate for safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(3) The OCC may exclude a national bank otherwise meeting the criteria of paragraph (b)(1) of this section from coverage under this appendix if it determines the bank meets such criteria as a consequence of accounting, operational, or similar considerations, and the OCC deems it consistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope</E>. The capital requirements of this appendix support market risk associated with a bank's covered positions.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Effective date</E>. This appendix is effective as of January 1, 1997. Compliance is not mandatory until January 1, 1998. Subject to supervisory approval, a bank may opt to comply with this appendix as early as January 1, 1997.<SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>4</SU> A bank that voluntarily complies with the final rule prior to January 1, 1998, must comply with all of its provisions.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 2. Definitions</HD>
          <P>For purposes of this appendix, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Covered positions</E> means all positions in a bank's trading account, and all foreign exchange <SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/> and commodity positions, whether or not in the trading account.<SU>6</SU>
            <FTREF/> Positions include on-balance-sheet assets and liabilities and off-balance-sheet items. Securities subject to repurchase and lending agreements are included as if they are still owned by the lender.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU> Subject to supervisory review, a bank may exclude structural positions in foreign currencies from its covered positions.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>6</SU> The term trading account is defined in the instructions to the Call Report.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Market risk</E> means the risk of loss resulting from movements in market prices. Market risk consists of general market risk and specific risk components.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">General market risk</E> means changes in the market value of covered positions resulting from broad market movements, such as changes in the general level of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, or commodity prices.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Specific risk</E> means changes in the market value of specific positions due to factors other than broad market movements and includes default and event risk as well as idiosyncratic variations.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Tier 1</E> and <E T="03">Tier 2</E> capital are the same as defined in appendix A of this part.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Tier 3 capital</E> is subordinated debt that is unsecured; is fully paid up; has an original maturity of at least two years; is not redeemable before maturity without prior approval by the OCC; includes a lock-in clause precluding payment of either interest or principal (even at maturity) if the payment would cause the issuing bank's risk-based capital ratio to fall or remain below the minimum required under appendix A of this part; and does not contain and is not covered by any covenants, terms, or restrictions that are inconsistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Value-at-risk (VAR)</E> means the estimate of the maximum amount that the value of covered positions could decline during a fixed holding period within a stated confidence level, measured in accordance with section 4 of this appendix.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 3. Adjustments to the Risk-Based Capital Ratio Calculations</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Risk-based capital ratio denominator</E>. A bank subject to this appendix shall calculate its risk-based capital ratio denominator as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Adjusted risk-weighted assets.</E> (i) <E T="03">Covered positions.</E> Calculate adjusted risk-weighted assets, which equal risk-weighted assets (as determined in accordance with appendix A of this part), excluding the risk-weighted amount of all covered positions (except foreign exchange positions outside the trading account and over-the-counter derivatives positions).<SU>7</SU>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Securities borrowing transactions.</E> In calculating adjusted risk-weighted assets, a bank also may exclude a receivable that results from the bank's posting of cash collateral in a securities borrowing transaction to the extent that the receivable is collateralized by the market value of the borrowed securities and subject to the following conditions:</P>
          <P>(A) The borrowed securities must be includable in the trading account and must be liquid and readily marketable;</P>
          <P>(B) The borrowed securities must be marked to market daily;</P>
          <P>(C) The receivable must be subject to a daily margining requirement; and</P>

          <P>(D) The securities borrowing transaction must be a securities contract for purposes of section 555 of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 555741(7)), a qualified financial contract for purposes of section 11(e)(8) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821(e)(8)), or a <PRTPAGE P="46"/>netting contract between or among financial institutions, for purposes of sections 401-407 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (12 U.S.C. 4401-4407) or Regulation EE (12 CFR Part 231).</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>7</SU> Foreign exchange positions outside the trading account and all over-the-counter derivative positions, whether or not in the trading account, must be included in adjusted risk-weighted assets as determined in appendix A of this part.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Measure for market risk</E>. Calculate the measure for market risk, which equals the sum of the VAR-based capital charge, the specific risk add-on (if any), and the capital charge for de minimis exposure (if any).</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">VAR-based capital charge</E>. The VAR-based capital charge equals the higher of:</P>
          <P>(A) The previous day's VAR measure; or</P>
          <P>(B) The average of the daily VAR measures for each of the preceding 60 business days multiplied by three, except as provided in section 4(e) of this appendix;</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Specific risk add-on</E>. The specific risk add-on is calculated in accordance with section 5 of this appendix; and</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Capital charge for de minimis exposure</E>. The capital charge for de minimis exposure is calculated in accordance with section 4(a) of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Market risk equivalent assets</E>. Calculate market risk equivalent assets by multiplying the measure for market risk (as calculated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section) by 12.5.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Denominator calculation.</E> Add market risk equivalent assets (as calculated in paragraph (a)(3) of this section) to adjusted risk-weighted assets (as calculated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section). The resulting sum is the bank's risk-based capital ratio denominator.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Risk-based capital ratio numerator.</E> A bank subject to this appendix shall calculate its risk-based capital ratio numerator by allocating capital as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Credit risk allocation.</E> Allocate Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital equal to 8.0 percent of adjusted risk-weighted assets (as calculated in paragraph (a)(1) of this section).<SU>8</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>8</SU> A bank may not allocate Tier 3 capital to support credit risk (as calculated under appendix A).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Market risk allocation.</E> Allocate Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 capital equal to the measure for market risk as calculated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. The sum of Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital allocated for market risk must not exceed 250 percent of Tier 1 capital allocated for market risk. (This requirement means that Tier 1 capital allocated in this paragraph (b)(2) must equal at least 28.6 percent of the measure for market risk.)</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Restrictions.</E> (i) The sum of Tier 2 capital (both allocated and excess) and Tier 3 capital (allocated in paragraph (b)(2) of this section) may not exceed 100 percent of Tier 1 capital (both allocated and excess).<SU>9</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>9</SU> Excess Tier 1 capital means Tier 1 capital that has not been allocated in paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section. Excess Tier 2 capital means Tier 2 capital that has not been allocated in paragraph (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section, subject to the restrictions in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(ii) Term subordinated debt (and intermediate-term preferred stock and related surplus) included in Tier 2 capital (both allocated and excess) may not exceed 50 percent of Tier 1 capital (both allocated and excess).</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Numerator calculation.</E> Add Tier 1 capital (both allocated and excess), Tier 2 capital (both allocated and excess), and Tier 3 capital (allocated under paragraph (b)(2) of this section). The resulting sum is the bank's risk-based capital ratio numerator.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 4. Internal Models</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> For risk-based capital purposes, a bank subject to this appendix must use its internal model to measure its daily VAR, in accordance with the requirements of this section.<SU>10</SU>
            <FTREF/> The OCC may permit a bank to use alternative techniques to measure the market risk of de minimis exposures so long as the techniques adequately measure associated market risk.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>10</SU> A bank's internal model may use any generally accepted measurement techniques, such as variance-covariance models, historical simulations, or Monte Carlo simulations. However, the level of sophistication and accuracy of a bank's internal model must be commensurate with the nature and size of its covered positions. A bank that modifies its existing modeling procedures to comply with the requirements of this appendix for risk-based capital purposes should, nonetheless, continue to use the internal model it considers most appropriate in evaluating risks for other purposes.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Qualitative requirements.</E> A bank subject to this appendix must have a risk management system that meets the following minimum qualitative requirements:</P>
          <P>(1) The bank must have a risk control unit that reports directly to senior management and is independent from business trading units.</P>
          <P>(2) The bank's internal risk measurement model must be integrated into the daily management process.</P>
          <P>(3) The bank's policies and procedures must identify, and the bank must conduct, appropriate stress tests and backtests.<SU>11</SU>
            <FTREF/> The bank's policies and procedures must identify the procedures to follow in response to the results of such tests.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>11</SU> Stress tests provide information about the impact of adverse market events on a bank's covered positions. Backtests provide information about the accuracy of an internal model by comparing a bank's daily VAR measures to its corresponding daily trading profits and losses.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="47"/>
          <P>(4) The bank must conduct independent reviews of its risk measurement and risk management systems at least annually.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Market risk factors.</E> The bank's internal model must use risk factors sufficient to measure the market risk inherent in all covered positions. The risk factors must address interest rate risk,<SU>12</SU>
            <FTREF/> equity price risk, foreign exchange rate risk, and commodity price risk.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>12</SU> For material exposures in the major currencies and markets, modeling techniques must capture spread risk and must incorporate enough segments of the yield curve—at least six—to capture differences in volatility and less than perfect correlation of rates along the yield curve.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Quantitative requirements.</E> For regulatory capital purposes, VAR measures must meet the following quantitative requirements:</P>
          <P>(1) The VAR measures must be calculated on a daily basis using a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level with a price shock equivalent to a ten-business day movement in rates and prices. In order to calculate VAR measures based on a ten-day price shock, the bank may either calculate ten-day figures directly or convert VAR figures based on holding periods other than ten days to the equivalent of a ten-day holding period (for instance, by multiplying a one-day VAR measure by the square root of ten).</P>
          <P>(2) The VAR measures must be based on an historical observation period (or effective observation period for a bank using a weighting scheme or other similar method) of at least one year. The bank must update data sets at least once every three months or more frequently as market conditions warrant.</P>
          <P>(3) The VAR measures must include the risks arising from the non-linear price characteristics of options positions and the sensitivity of the market value of the positions to changes in the volatility of the underlying rates or prices. A bank with a large or complex options portfolio must measure the volatility of options positions by different maturities.</P>
          <P>(4) The VAR measures may incorporate empirical correlations within and across risk categories, provided that the bank's process for measuring correlations is sound. In the event that the VAR measures do not incorporate empirical correlations across risk categories, then the bank must add the separate VAR measures for the four major risk categories to determine its aggregate VAR measure.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Backtesting.</E> (1) Beginning one year after a bank starts to comply with this appendix, a bank must conduct backtesting by comparing each of its most recent 250 business days’ actual net trading profit or loss <SU>13</SU>
            <FTREF/> with the corresponding daily VAR measures generated for internal risk measurement purposes and calibrated to a one-day holding period and a 99 percent, one-tailed confidence level.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>13</SU> Actual net trading profits and losses typically include such things as realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio positions as well as fee income and commissions associated with trading activities.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) Once each quarter, the bank must identify the number of exceptions, that is, the number of business days for which the magnitude of the actual daily net trading loss, if any, exceeds the corresponding daily VAR measure.</P>
          <P>(3) A bank must use the multiplication factor indicated in Table 1 of this appendix in determining its capital charge for market risk under section 3(a)(2)(i)(B) of this appendix until it obtains the next quarter's backtesting results, unless the OCC determines that a different adjustment or other action is appropriate.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s10,9" COLS="2" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 1.—Multiplication Factor Based on Results of Backtesting</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Number of exceptions</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Multiplication factor</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">4 or fewer </ENT>
              <ENT>3.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">5 </ENT>
              <ENT>3.40</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">6 </ENT>
              <ENT>3.50</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">7 </ENT>
              <ENT>3.65</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">8 </ENT>
              <ENT>3.75</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">9 </ENT>
              <ENT>3.85</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">10 or more </ENT>
              <ENT>4.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 5. Specific Risk</HD>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Specific risk surcharge.</E> For purposes of section 3(a)(2)(ii) of this appendix, a bank shall calculate its specific risk surcharge as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Internal models that incorporate specific risk.</E> (i) <E T="03">No specific risk surcharge required for qualifying internal models.</E> A bank that incorporates specific risk in its internal model has no specific risk surcharge for purposes of section 3(a)(2)(ii) of this appendix if the bank demonstrates to the OCC that its internal model adequately measures all aspects of specific risk, including default and event risk, of covered debt and equity positions. In evaluating a bank's internal model the OCC will take into account the extent to which the internal model:</P>
          <P>(A) Explains the historical price variation in the trading portfolio; and</P>
          <P>(B) Captures concentrations.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Specific risk surcharge for modeled specific risk that fails to adequately measure default or event risk.</E> A bank that incorporates specific risk in its internal model but fails to <PRTPAGE P="48"/>demonstrate that its internal model adequately measures all aspects of specific risk, including default and event risk, as provided by this section 5(a)(1), must calculate its specific risk surcharge in accordance with one of the following methods:</P>
          <P>(A) If the bank's internal model separates the VAR measure into a specific risk portion and a general market risk portion, then the specific risk surcharge equals the previous day's specific risk portion.</P>
          <P>(B) If the bank's internal model does not separate the VAR measure into a specific risk portion and a general market risk portion, then the specific risk surcharge equals the sum of the previous day's VAR measure for subportfolios of covered debt and equity positions.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Specific risk surcharge for specific risk not modeled.</E> If a bank does not model specific risk in accordance with section 5(a)(1) of this appendix, then the bank shall calculate its specific risk surcharge using the standard specific risk capital charge in accordance with section 5(c) of this appendix.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Covered debt and equity positions.</E> If a model includes the specific risk of covered debt positions but not covered equity positions (or vice versa), then the bank may reduce its specific risk charge for the included positions under section 5(a)(1)(ii) of this appendix. The specific risk charge for the positions not included equals the standard specific risk capital charge under paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Standard specific risk capital charge.</E> The standard specific risk capital charge equals the sum of the components for covered debt and equity positions as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) Covered debt positions. (i) For purposes of this section 5, covered debt positions means fixed-rate or floating-rate debt instruments located in the trading account and instruments located in the trading account with values that react primarily to changes in interest rates, including certain non-convertible preferred stock, convertible bonds, and instruments subject to repurchase and lending agreements. Also included are derivatives (including written and purchased options) for which the underlying instrument is a covered debt instrument that is subject to a non-zero specific risk capital charge.</P>
          <P>(A) For covered debt positions that are derivatives, a bank must risk-weight (as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section) the market value of the effective notional amount of the underlying debt instrument or index portfolio. Swaps must be included as the notional position in the underlying debt instrument or index portfolio, with a receiving side treated as a long position and a paying side treated as a short position; and</P>
          <P>(B) For covered debt positions that are options, whether long or short, a bank must risk-weight (as described in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section) the market value of the effective notional amount of the underlying debt instrument or index multiplied by the option's delta.</P>
          <P>(ii) A bank may net long and short covered debt positions (including derivatives) in identical debt issues or indices.</P>
          <P>(iii) A bank must multiply the absolute value of the current market value of each net long or short covered debt position by the appropriate specific risk weighting factor indicated in Table 2 of this appendix. The specific risk capital charge component for covered debt positions is the sum of the weighted values.</P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="s10,r10,7" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <TTITLE>Table 2—Specific Risk Weighting Factors for Covered Debt Positions</TTITLE>
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">Category</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Remaining maturity (contractual)</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Weighting factor (in percent)</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Government <SU>1</SU>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>N/A </ENT>
              <ENT>0.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Qualifying <SU>2</SU>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>6 months or less </ENT>
              <ENT>0.25</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Over 6 months to 24 months </ENT>
              <ENT>1.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="22"/>
              <ENT>Over 24 months </ENT>
              <ENT>1.60</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Other <SU>3</SU>
              </ENT>
              <ENT>N/A </ENT>
              <ENT>8.00</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>1</SU> The “government” category includes all debt instruments of central governments of OECD countries (as defined in appendix A of this part) including bonds, Treasury bills, and other short-term instruments, as well as local currency instruments of non-OECD central governments to the extent the bank has liabilities booked in that currency.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>2</SU> The “qualifying” category includes debt instruments of U.S. government-sponsored agencies (as defined in appendix A of this part), general obligation debt instruments issued by states and other political subdivisions of OECD countries, multilateral development banks (as defined in appendix A of this part), and debt instruments issued by U.S. depository institutions or OECD-banks (as defined in appendix A of this part) that do not qualify as capital of the issuing institution. This category also includes other debt instruments, including corporate debt and revenue instruments issued by states and other political subdivisions of OECD countries, that are: (1) Rated investment grade by at least two nationally recognized credit rating services; (2) rated investment grade by one nationally recognized credit rating agency and not rated less than investment grade by any other credit rating agency; or (3) unrated, but deemed to be of comparable investment quality by the reporting bank and the issuer has instruments listed on a recognized stock exchange, subject to review by the OCC.</TNOTE>
            <TNOTE>
              <SU>3</SU> The “other” category includes debt instruments that are not included in the government or qualifying categories.</TNOTE>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Covered equity positions.</E> (i) For purposes of this section 5, covered equity positions means equity instruments located in the trading account and instruments located in the trading account with values that react primarily to changes in equity prices, including voting or non-voting common stock, certain convertible bonds, and commitments to buy or sell equity instruments. Also included are derivatives (including written and purchased options) for which the underlying is a covered equity position.<PRTPAGE P="49"/>
          </P>
          <P>(A) For covered equity positions that are derivatives, a bank must risk weight (as described in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section) the market value of the effective notional amount of the underlying equity instrument or equity portfolio. Swaps must be included as the notional position in the underlying equity instrument or index portfolio, with a receiving side treated as a long position and a paying side treated as a short position; and</P>
          <P>(B) For covered equity positions that are options, whether long or short, a bank must risk weight (as described in paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section) the market value of the effective notional amount of the underlying equity instrument or index multiplied by the option's delta.</P>
          <P>(ii) A bank may net long and short covered equity positions (including derivatives) in identical equity issues or equity indices in the same market.<SU>14</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>14</SU> A bank may also net positions in depository receipts against an opposite position in the underlying equity or identical equity in different markets, provided that the bank includes the costs of conversion.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(iii)(A) A bank must multiply the absolute value of the current market value of each net long or short covered equity position by a risk weighting factor of 8.0 percent, or by 4.0 percent if the equity is held in a portfolio that is both liquid and well-diversified.<SU>15</SU>
            <FTREF/> For covered equity positions that are index contracts comprising a well-diversified portfolio of equity instruments, the net long or short position is multiplied by a risk weighting factor of 2.0 percent.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>15</SU> A portfolio is liquid and well-diversified if: (1) It is characterized by a limited sensitivity to price changes of any single equity issue or closely related group of equity issues held in the portfolio; (2) the volatility of the portfolio's value is not dominated by the volatility of any individual equity issue or by equity issues from any single industry or economic sector; (3) it contains a large number of individual equity positions, with no single position representing a substantial portion of the portfolio's total market value; and (4) it consists mainly of issues traded on organized exchanges or in well-established over-the-counter markets.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(B) For covered equity positions from the following futures-related arbitrage strategies, a bank may apply a 2.0 percent risk weighting factor to one side (long or short) of each position with the opposite side exempt from charge:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Long and short positions in exactly the same index at different dates or in different market centers; or</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Long and short positions in index contracts at the same date in different but similar indices.</P>
          <P>(C) For futures contracts on broadly-based indices that are matched by offsetting positions in a basket of stocks comprising the index, a bank may apply a 2.0 percent risk weighting factor to the futures and stock basket positions (long and short), provided that such trades are deliberately entered into and separately controlled, and that the basket of stocks comprises at least 90 percent of the capitalization of the index.</P>
          <P>(iv) The specific risk capital charge component for covered equity positions is the sum of the weighted values.</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">Section 6. Reservation of Authority</HD>
          <P>The OCC reserves the authority to modify the application of any of the provisions in this appendix to any bank, upon reasonable justification.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 47367, Sept. 6, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 68067, Dec. 30, 1997; 65 FR 75858, Dec. 5, 2000]</CITA>
        </APPENDIX>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 4</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 4—ORGANIZATION AND FUNCTIONS, AVAILABILITY AND RELEASE OF INFORMATION, CONTRACTING OUTREACH PROGRAM</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Organization and Functions</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>4.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Comptroller of the Currency.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Washington office.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>District and field offices.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Frequency of examination of national banks.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Frequency of examination of Federal agencies and branches.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Availability of Information Under the Freedom of Information Act</HD>
          <SECTNO>4.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Information available under the FOIA.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Publication in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public inspection and copying.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Specific requests for records.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Predisclosure notice for confidential commercial information.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees for services.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Release of Non-Public OCC Information</HD>
          <SECTNO>4.31</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.32</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Requirements for a request of records or testimony.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Where to submit a request.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Consideration of requests.<PRTPAGE P="50"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Disclosure of non-public OCC information.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Persons and entities with access to OCC information; prohibition on dissemination.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.38</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restrictions on dissemination of released information.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notification of parties and procedures for sharing and using OCC records in litigation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees for services.</SUBJECT>
          <APP>Appendix A to Subpart C—Model Stipulation for Protective Order and Model Protective Order</APP>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Minority-, Women-, and Individuals With Disabilities-Owned Business Contracting Outreach Program; Contracting for Goods and Services</HD>
          <SECTNO>4.61</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.62</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.63</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.64</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Promotion.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.65</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Certification.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>4.66</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Oversight and monitoring.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>

        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a. Subpart A also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552; Subpart B also issued under 5 U.S.C. 552; E.O. 12600 (3 CFR 1987 Comp., p. 235). Subpart C also issued under 5 U.S.C. 301, 552; 12 U.S.C. 161, 481, 482, 484(a), 1442, 1817(a)(3), 1818(u) and (v), 1820(d)(6), 1821(c), 1821(o), 1821(t), 1831m, 1831p-1, 1831o, 1867, 1951 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 2601 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 2801 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 2901 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 3101 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 3401 <E T="03">et seq.</E>; 15 U.S.C. 77uu(b), 78q(c)(3); 18 U.S.C. 641, 1905, 1906; 29 U.S.C. 1204; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 42 U.S.C. 3601; 44 U.S.C. 3506, 3510. Subpart D also issued under 12 U.S.C. 1833e.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Organization and Functions</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart describes the organization and functions of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), and provides the OCC's principal addresses.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The OCC supervises and regulates national banks and Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks by examining these institutions to determine compliance with applicable laws and regulations; approving or denying applications for new charters or for changes in corporate or banking structure; approving or denying activities; taking supervisory or enforcement actions; appointing receivers and conservators; and issuing rules and regulations applicable to these institutions, their subsidiaries, and affiliates.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Comptroller of the Currency.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Comptroller of the Currency (Comptroller), as head of the OCC, is responsible for all OCC programs and functions. The Comptroller is appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, for a term of five years. The Comptroller serves as a member of the board of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a member of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, and a member of the board of the Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation. The Comptroller is advised and assisted by OCC staff, who perform the duties and functions that the Comptroller directs.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Washington office.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Washington office of the OCC is the main office and headquarters of the OCC. The Washington office directs OCC policy, oversees OCC operations, and is responsible for the direct supervision of certain national banks, including the largest national banks (through its Multinational Banking Department) and other national banks requiring special supervision. The Washington office is located at 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>District and field offices.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">District offices.</E> Each district office of the OCC is responsible for the direct supervision of the national banks and Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks in its district, with the exception of the national banks supervised by the Washington office. The six district offices cover the United States, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and the Northern Mariana Islands. The office address and the geographical composition of each district follows:<PRTPAGE P="51"/>
          </P>
          <GPOTABLE CDEF="xs75,r100,r100" COLS="3" OPTS="L2,i1">
            <BOXHD>
              <CHED H="1">District</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Office address</CHED>
              <CHED H="1">Geographical composition</CHED>
            </BOXHD>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Northeastern</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 1114 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 3900, New York, NY 10036</ENT>
              <ENT>Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virgin Islands</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Southeastern</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Marquis One Tower, Suite 600, 245 Peachtree Center Ave., NE, Atlanta, GA 30303 </ENT>
              <ENT>Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, West Virginia</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Central</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, One Financial Place, Suite 2700, 440 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, IL 60605</ENT>
              <ENT>Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Michigan, Ohio, Wisconsin</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Midwestern</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 2345 Grand Ave., Suite 700, Kansas City, MO 64108 </ENT>
              <ENT>Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Southwestern</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 1600 Lincoln Plaza, 500 N. Akard Street, Dallas, TX 75201</ENT>
              <ENT>Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas.</ENT>
            </ROW>
            <ROW>
              <ENT I="01">Western</ENT>
              <ENT>Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 50 Fremont Street, Suite 3900, San Francisco, CA 94105</ENT>
              <ENT>Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Guam, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Northern Mariana Islands, Oregon, Washington, Wyoming, Utah.</ENT>
            </ROW>
          </GPOTABLE>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Field offices and duty stations.</E> Field offices and duty stations support the bank supervisory responsibilities of the district offices.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Frequency of examination of national banks.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC examines national banks pursuant to authority conferred by 12 U.S.C. 481 and the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 1820(d). The OCC is required to conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of every national bank at least once during each 12-month period.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">18-month rule for certain small institutions.</E> The OCC may conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of a national bank at least once during each 18-month period, rather than each 12-month period as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, if the following conditions are satisfied:</P>
          <P>(1) The bank has total assets of $250 million or less;</P>
          <P>(2) The bank is well capitalized as defined in part 6 of this chapter;</P>
          <P>(3) At the most recent examination, the OCC found the bank to be well managed;</P>
          <P>(4) At the most recent examination, the OCC assigned the bank a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (copies are available at the addresses specified in § 4.14);</P>
          <P>(5) The bank currently is not subject to a formal enforcement proceeding or order by the FDIC, OCC, or Federal Reserve System; and</P>
          <P>(6) No person acquired control of the bank during the preceding 12-month period in which a full-scope, on-site examination would have been required but for this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Authority to conduct more frequent examinations.</E> This section does not limit the authority of the OCC to examine any national bank as frequently as the agency deems necessary.</P>
          <CITA>[63 FR 16380, Apr. 2, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Frequency of examination of Federal agencies and branches.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC examines Federal agencies and Federal branches (as these entities are defined in § 28.11 (h) and (i), respectively, of this chapter) pursuant to the authority conferred by 12 U.S.C. 3105(c)(1)(C). Except as noted in paragraph (b) of this section, the OCC will conduct a full-scope, on-site examination of every Federal branch and agency at least once during each 12-month period.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">18-month rule for certain small institutions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Mandatory standards</E>. The OCC may conduct a full-scope, on-site examination at least once during each 18-month period, rather than each 12-month period as provided in paragraph (a) of this section, if the Federal branch or AGENCY:</P>
          <P>(i) Has total assets of $250 million or less;<PRTPAGE P="52"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) Has received a composite ROCA supervisory rating (which rates risk management, operational controls, compliance, and asset quality) of 1 or 2 at its most recent examination;</P>
          <P>(iii) Satisfies the requirements of either the following paragraph (b)(1)(iii) (A) or (B):</P>
          <P>(A) The foreign bank's most recently reported capital adequacy position consists of, or is equivalent to, Tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios of at least 6 percent and 10 percent, respectively, on a consolidated basis; or</P>
          <P>(B) The branch or agency has maintained on a daily basis, over the past three quarters, eligible assets in an amount not less than 108 percent of the preceding quarter's average third party liabilities (determined consistent with applicable federal and state law), and sufficient liquidity is currently available to meet its obligations to third parties;</P>
          <P>(iv) Is not subject to a formal enforcement action or order by the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the OCC; and</P>
          <P>(v) Has not experienced a change in control during the preceding 12-month period in which a full-scope, on-site examination would have been required but for this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Discretionary standards.</E> In determining whether a Federal branch or agency that meets the standards of paragraph (b)(1) of this section should not be eligible for an 18-month examination cycle pursuant to this paragraph (b), the OCC may consider additional factors, including whether:</P>
          <P>(i) Any of the individual components of the ROCA rating of the Federal branch or agency is rated “3” or worse;</P>
          <P>(ii) The results of any off-site supervision indicate a deterioration in the condition of the Federal branch or agency;</P>
          <P>(iii) The size, relative importance, and role of a particular office when reviewed in the context of the foreign bank's entire U.S. operations otherwise necessitate an annual examination; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The condition of the foreign bank gives rise to such a need.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Authority to conduct more frequent examinations.</E> Nothing in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section limits the authority of the OCC to examine any Federal branch or agency as frequently as the OCC deems necessary.</P>
          <CITA>[63 FR 46120, Aug. 28, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 56952, Oct. 22, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Availability of Information Under the Freedom of Information Act</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This subpart sets forth the standards, policies, and procedures that the OCC applies in administering the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552) to facilitate the OCC's interaction with the banking industry and the public.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> (1) This subpart describes the information that the FOIA requires the OCC to disclose to the public (§ 4.12), and the three methods by which the OCC discloses that information under the FOIA (§§ 4.13, 4.14, and 4.15).</P>
          <P>(2) This subpart also sets forth predisclosure notice procedures that the OCC follows, in accordance with Executive Order 12600 (3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 235), when the OCC receives a request under § 4.15 for disclosure of records that arguably are exempt from disclosure as confidential commercial information (§ 4.16). Finally, this subpart describes the fees that the OCC assesses for the services it renders in providing information under the FOIA (§ 4.17).</P>
          <P>(3) This subpart does not apply to a request for records pursuant to the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a). A person requesting records from the OCC pursuant to the Privacy Act should refer to 31 CFR part 1, subpart C, and appendix J of subpart C.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Information available under the FOIA.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> In accordance with the FOIA, OCC records are available to the public, except the exempt records described in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Exemptions from availability.</E> The following records, or portions thereof, are exempt from disclosure under the FOIA:</P>

          <P>(1) A record that is specifically authorized, under criteria established by <PRTPAGE P="53"/>an Executive order, to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy, and that is properly classified pursuant to that Executive order;</P>
          <P>(2) A record relating solely to the internal personnel rules and practices of an agency;</P>
          <P>(3) A record specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than 5 U.S.C. 552b), provided that the statute requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue, establishes particular criteria for withholding, or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld;</P>
          <P>(4) A record that is privileged or contains trade secrets, or commercial or financial information, furnished in confidence, that relates to the business, personal, or financial affairs of any person (see § 4.16 for notice requirements regarding disclosure of confidential commercial information);</P>
          <P>(5) An intra-agency or interagency memorandum or letter not routinely available by law to a private party in litigation, including memoranda, reports, and other documents prepared by OCC employees, and records of deliberations and discussions at meetings of OCC employees;</P>
          <P>(6) A personnel, medical, or similar record, including a financial record, or any portion thereof, where disclosure would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;</P>
          <P>(7) A record or information compiled for law enforcement purposes, but only to the extent that the OCC reasonably believes that producing the record or information may:</P>
          <P>(i) Interfere with enforcement proceedings;</P>
          <P>(ii) Deprive a person of the right to a fair trial or an impartial adjudication;</P>
          <P>(iii) Constitute an unwarranted invasion of personal privacy;</P>
          <P>(iv) Disclose the identity of a confidential source, including a State, local, or foreign agency or authority, or any private institution that furnished information on a confidential basis;</P>
          <P>(v) Disclose information furnished by a confidential source, in the case of a record or information compiled by a criminal law enforcement authority in the course of a criminal investigation, or by an agency conducting a lawful national security intelligence investigation;</P>
          <P>(vi) Disclose techniques and procedures for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions, or disclose guidelines for law enforcement investigations or prosecutions if such disclosure reasonably could be expected to risk circumvention of the law; or</P>
          <P>(vii) Endanger the life or physical safety of any individual;</P>
          <P>(8) A record contained in or related to an examination, operating, or condition report prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of the OCC or any other agency responsible for regulating or supervising financial institutions; and</P>
          <P>(9) A record containing or relating to geological and geophysical information and data, including maps, concerning wells.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Discretionary disclosure of exempt records.</E> Even if a record is exempt under paragraph (b) of this section, the OCC may elect, on a case-by-case basis, not to apply the exemption to the requested record. The OCC's election not to apply an exemption to a requested record has no precedential significance as to the application or nonapplication of the exemption to any other requested record, regardless of who requests the record or when the OCC receives the request. The OCC will provide predisclosure notice to submitters of confidential commercial information in accordance with § 4.16.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Segregability.</E> The OCC provides copies of reasonably segregable portions of a record to any person properly requesting the record pursuant to § 4.15, after redacting any portion that is exempt under paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Publication in the Federal Register.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The OCC publishes certain documents in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E> for the guidance of the public, including the following:</P>
          <P>(a) Proposed and final rules; and</P>
          <P>(b) Certain notices and policy statements of concern to the general public.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public inspection and copying.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Available information</E>. Subject to the exemptions listed in § 4.12(b), the <PRTPAGE P="54"/>OCC makes the following information readily available for public inspection and copying:</P>
          <P>(1) Any final order, agreement, or other enforceable document issued in the adjudication of an OCC enforcement case, including a final order published pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818(u);</P>
          <P>(2) Any final opinion issued in the adjudication of an OCC enforcement case;</P>

          <P>(3) Any statement of general policy or interpretation of general applicability not published in the <E T="04">Federal Register</E>;</P>
          <P>(4) Any administrative staff manual or instruction to staff that may affect a member of the public as such;</P>
          <P>(5) A current index identifying the information referred to in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section issued, adopted, or promulgated after July 4, 1967;</P>
          <P>(6) A list of available OCC publications;</P>
          <P>(7) A list of forms available from the OCC, and specific forms and instructions; <SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> Some forms and instructions that national banks use, such as the Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (FFIEC 031-034), are not available from the OCC. The OCC will provide information on where persons may obtain these forms and instructions upon request.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(8) Any public Community Reinvestment Act performance evaluation;</P>
          <P>(9) Any public securities-related filing required under part 11 or 16 of this chapter;</P>
          <P>(10) Any public comment letter regarding a proposed rule; and</P>
          <P>(11) The public file (as defined in 12 CFR 5.9) with respect to a pending application described in part 5 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Redaction of identifying details.</E> To the extent necessary to prevent an invasion of personal privacy, the OCC may redact identifying details from any information described in paragraph (a) of this section before making the information available for public inspection and copying.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Addresses.</E> The information described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(10) of this section is available from the Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219. The information described in paragraph (a)(11) of this section is available from the Licensing Manager at the appropriate district office at the address listed in § 4.5(a), or in the case of banks supervised by the Multinational Banking Department, from the Licensing Manager, Multinational Banking, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Specific requests for records.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Available information.</E> Subject to the exemptions described in § 4.12(b), any OCC record is available to any person upon specific request in accordance with this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Where to submit request or appeal</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a person requesting a record or filing an administrative appeal under this section must submit the request or appeal to the Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exceptions</E>—(i) <E T="03">Records at the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation</E>. A person requesting any of the following records, other than blank forms (see § 4.14(a)(7)), must submit the request to the Disclosure Group, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550-17th Street, NW, Washington, DC 20429, (800) 945-2186:</P>
          <P>(A) Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (FFIEC 031, 032, 033, 034);</P>
          <P>(B) Annual Report of Trust Assets (FFIEC 001);</P>
          <P>(C) Uniform Bank Performance Report; and</P>
          <P>(D) Special Report.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Records of another agency.</E> When the OCC receives a request for records in its possession that another Federal agency either generated or provided to the OCC, the OCC promptly informs the requester and immediately forwards the request to that agency for processing in accordance with that agency's regulations.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Request for records</E>—(1) <E T="03">Content of request for records.</E> A person requesting records under this section must state, in writing:</P>

          <P>(i) The requester's full name, address, and telephone number;<PRTPAGE P="55"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) A reasonable description of the records sought (including sufficient detail to enable OCC employees who are familiar with the subject matter of the request to locate the records with a reasonable amount of effort);</P>
          <P>(iii) A statement agreeing to pay all fees that the OCC assesses under § 4.17;</P>
          <P>(iv) A description of how the requester intends to use the records, if a requester seeks placement in a lower fee category (i.e., a fee category other than “commercial use requester”) under § 4.17; and</P>
          <P>(v) Whether the requester prefers the OCC to deliver a copy of the records or to allow the requester to inspect the records at the appropriate OCC office.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Initial determination.</E> The OCC's Director of Communications or that person's delegate initially determines whether to grant a request for OCC records.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">If request is granted.</E> If the OCC grants a request for records, in whole or in part, the OCC promptly discloses the records in one of two ways, depending on the requester's stated preference:</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC may deliver a copy of the records to the requester. If the OCC delivers a copy of the records to the requester, the OCC duplicates the records at reasonable and proper times that do not interfere with their use by the OCC or preclude other persons from making inspections; or</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC may allow the requester to inspect the records at reasonable and proper times that do not interfere with their use by the OCC or preclude other persons from making inspections. If the OCC allows the requester to inspect the records, the OCC may place a reasonable limit on the number of records that a person may inspect during a day.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">If request is denied.</E> If the OCC denies a request for records, in whole or in part, the OCC notifies the requester by mail. The notification is dated and contains a brief statement of the reasons for the denial, sets forth the name and title or position of the official making the decision, and advises the requester of the right to an administrative appeal in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Administrative appeal of a denial</E>—(1) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> A requester must submit an administrative appeal of denial of a request for records in writing within 35 days of the date of the initial determination. The appeal must include the circumstances and arguments supporting disclosure of the requested records.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Appellate determination.</E> The Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate determines whether to grant an appeal of a denial of a request for OCC records.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">If appeal is granted.</E> If the OCC grants an appeal, in whole or in part, the OCC treats the request as if it were originally granted, in whole or in part, by the OCC in accordance with paragraph (c)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">If appeal is denied.</E> If the OCC denies an appeal, in whole or in part, the OCC notifies the requester by mail. The notification contains a brief statement of the reasons for the denial, sets forth the name and title or position of the official making the decision, and advises the requester of the right to judicial review of the denial under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(B).</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Judicial review</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> If the OCC denies an appeal pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, or if the OCC fails to make a determination within the time limits specified in paragraph (f) of this section, the requester may commence an action to compel disclosure of records, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(B), in the United States district court in:</P>
          <P>(i) The district where the requester resides;</P>
          <P>(ii) The district where the requester's principal place of business is located;</P>
          <P>(iii) The district where the records are located; or</P>
          <P>(iv) The District of Columbia.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Service of process.</E> In commencing an action described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the requester, in addition to complying with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 U.S.C. appendix) for service upon the United States or agencies thereof, must serve process on the Chief Counsel or the Chief Counsel's delegate at the following location: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.<PRTPAGE P="56"/>
          </P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Time limits</E>—(1) <E T="03">Request.</E> The OCC makes an initial determination to grant or deny a request for records within 10 business days after the date of receipt of the request, as described in paragraph (g) of this section, except as stated in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Appeal.</E> The OCC makes a determination to grant or deny an administrative appeal within 20 business days after the date of receipt of the appeal, as described in paragraph (g) of this section, except as stated in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Extension of time.</E> The time limits set forth in paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section may be extended as follows:</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">In unusual circumstances.</E> The OCC may extend the time limits in unusual circumstances for a maximum of 10 business days. If the OCC extends the time limits, the OCC provides written notice to the person making the request or appeal, containing the reason for the extension and the date on which the OCC expects to make a determination. Unusual circumstances exist when the OCC requires additional time to:</P>
          <P>(A) Search for and collect the requested records from field facilities or other buildings that are separate from the office processing the request or appeal;</P>
          <P>(B) Search for, collect, and appropriately examine a voluminous amount of requested records;</P>
          <P>(C) Consult with another agency that has a substantial interest in the determination of the request; or</P>
          <P>(D) Allow two or more components of the OCC that have substantial interest in the determination of the request to consult with each other;</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">By agreement.</E> A requester may agree to extend the time limits for any amount of time; or</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">By judicial action.</E> If a requester commences an action pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section for failure to comply with the time limits set forth in this paragraph (f), a court with jurisdiction may, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(C), allow the OCC additional time to complete the review of the records requested.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Date of receipt of request or appeal.</E> The date of receipt of a request for records or an appeal is the date that OCC Communications Division receives a request that satisfies the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) or (d)(1) of this section, except as provided in § 4.17(d).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Predisclosure notice for confidential commercial information.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Confidential commercial information</E> means records that arguably contain material exempt from release under Exemption 4 of the FOIA (5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4); § 4.12(b)(4)), because disclosure reasonably could cause substantial competitive harm to the submitter.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Submitter</E> means any person or entity that provides confidential commercial information to the OCC. This term includes corporations, State governments, foreign governments, and banks and their employees, officers, directors, and principal shareholders.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice to submitter</E>—(1) <E T="03">When provided.</E> In accordance with Executive Order 12600 (3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 235), when the OCC receives a request under § 4.15(c) or, where appropriate, an appeal under § 4.15(d) for disclosure of confidential commercial information, the OCC provides a submitter with prompt written notice of the receipt of that request (except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section) in the following circumstances:</P>
          <P>(i) With respect to confidential commercial information submitted to the OCC prior to January 1, 1988, if:</P>
          <P>(A) The records are less than 10 years old and the submitter designated the information as confidential commercial information;</P>
          <P>(B) The OCC reasonably believes that disclosure of the information may cause substantial competitive harm to the submitter; or</P>
          <P>(C) The information is subject to a prior express OCC commitment of confidentiality; and</P>

          <P>(ii) With respect to confidential commercial information submitted to the OCC on or after January 1, 1988, if:<PRTPAGE P="57"/>
          </P>
          <P>(A) The submitter in good faith designated the information as confidential commercial information;</P>
          <P>(B) The OCC designated the class of information to which the requested information belongs as confidential commercial information; or</P>
          <P>(C) The OCC reasonably believes that disclosure of the information may cause substantial competitive harm to the submitter.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> The OCC generally does not provide notice under paragraph (b)(1) of this section if the OCC determines that:</P>
          <P>(i) It will not disclose the information;</P>
          <P>(ii) The information already has been disclosed officially to the public;</P>
          <P>(iii) The OCC is required by law (other than 5 U.S.C. 552) to disclose the information;</P>
          <P>(iv) The OCC acquired the information in the course of a lawful investigation of a possible violation of criminal law;</P>
          <P>(v) The submitter had an opportunity to designate the requested information as confidential commercial information at the time of submission of the information or a reasonable time thereafter and did not do so, unless the OCC has substantial reason to believe that disclosure of the information would result in competitive harm; or</P>
          <P>(vi) The OCC determines that the submitter's designation under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section is frivolous; in such case, however, the OCC will provide the submitter with written notice of any final administrative determination to disclose the information at least 10 business days prior to the date that the OCC intends to disclose the information.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Content of notice.</E> The OCC either describes in the notice the exact nature of the confidential commercial information requested or includes with the notice copies of the records or portions of records containing that information.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Expiration of notice period.</E> The OCC provides notice under this paragraph (b) with respect to information that the submitter designated under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section only for a period of 10 years after the date of the submitter's designation, unless the submitter requests and justifies to the OCC's satisfaction a specific notice period of greater duration.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Certification of confidentiality.</E> If possible, the submitter should support the claim of confidentiality with a statement or certification that the requested information is confidential commercial information that the submitter has not disclosed to the public. This statement should be prepared by an officer or authorized representative if the submitter is a corporation or other entity.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Notice to requester.</E> If the OCC provides notice to a submitter under paragraph (b) of this section, the OCC notifies the person requesting confidential commercial information (requester) that it has provided notice to the submitter. The OCC also advises the requester that if there is a delay in its decision whether to grant or deny access to the information sought, the delay may be considered a denial of access to the information, and that the requester may proceed with an administrative appeal or seek judicial review. However, the requester may agree to a voluntary extension of time to allow the OCC to review the submitter's objection to disclosure (see § 4.15(f)(3)(ii)).</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Opportunity to object to disclosure.</E> Within 10 days after receiving notice under paragraph (b) of this section, the submitter may provide the OCC with a detailed statement of objection to disclosure of the information. That statement must specify the grounds for withholding any of the information under any exemption of the FOIA. Any statement that the submitter provides under this paragraph (d) may be subject to disclosure under the FOIA.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Notice of intent to disclose.</E> The OCC considers carefully a submitter's objection and specific grounds for nondisclosure prior to determining whether to disclose the requested information. If the OCC decides to disclose information over the objection of the submitter, the OCC provides to the submitter, with a copy to the requester, a written notice that includes:</P>
          <P>(1) A statement of the OCC's reasons for not sustaining the submitter's objections to disclosure;</P>

          <P>(2) A description of the information to be disclosed;<PRTPAGE P="58"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) The anticipated disclosure date, which is not less than 10 business days after the OCC mails the written notice required under this paragraph (e); and</P>
          <P>(4) A statement that the submitter must notify the OCC immediately if the submitter intends to seek injunctive relief.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Notice of requester's lawsuit.</E> Whenever the OCC receives service of process indicating that a requester has brought suit seeking to compel the OCC to disclose information covered by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the OCC promptly notifies the submitter.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees for services.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Actual costs</E> means those expenditures that the OCC incurs in providing services (including searching for, reviewing, and duplicating records) in response to a request for records under § 4.15.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Search</E> means the process of locating a record in response to a request, including page-by-page or line-by-line identification of material within a record. The OCC may perform a search manually or by electronic means.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Review</E> means the process of examining a record located in response to a request to determine which portions of that record should be released. It also includes processing a record for disclosure.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Duplication</E> means the process of copying a record in response to a request. A copy may take the form of a paper copy, microform, audiovisual materials, or machine readable material (e.g., magnetic tape or disk), among others.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Commercial use requester</E> means a person who seeks records for a use or purpose that furthers the commercial, trade, or profit interests of the requester or the person on whose behalf the request is made.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Educational institution requester</E> means a person who seeks records on behalf of a public or private educational institution, including a preschool, an elementary or secondary school, an institution of undergraduate or graduate higher education, an institution of professional education, or an institution of vocational education that operates a program of scholarly research.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Noncommercial scientific institution requester</E> means a person who is not a “commercial use requester,” as that term is defined in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, and who seeks records on behalf of an institution operated solely for the purpose of conducting scientific research, the results of which are not intended to promote any particular product or industry.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Requester who is a representative of the news media</E> means a person who seeks records for the purpose of gathering news (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, information about current events or of current interest to the public) on behalf of, or a free-lance journalist who reasonably expects to have his or her work product published or broadcast by, an entity organized and operated to publish or broadcast news to the public.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Fees</E>—(1) <E T="03">General</E>. The hourly and per page rate that the OCC generally charges requesters is set forth in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees” (Notice) described in 12 CFR 8.8. Any interested person may request a copy of the Notice from the OCC by mail or may obtain a copy at the location described in § 4.14(c). The OCC may contract with a commercial service to search for, duplicate, or disseminate records, provided that the OCC determines that the fee assessed upon a requester is no greater than if the OCC performed the tasks itself. The OCC does not contract out responsibilities that the FOIA provides that the OCC alone may discharge, such as determining the applicability of an exemption or whether to waive or reduce a fee.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Fee categories.</E> The OCC assesses a fee based on the fee category in which the OCC places the requester. If the request states how the requester intends to use the requested records (see § 4.15(c)(1)(iv)), the OCC may place the requester in a lower fee category; otherwise, the OCC categorizes the requester as a “commercial use requester.” If the OCC reasonably doubts the requester's stated intended use, or if that use is not clear from the request, the OCC may place the requester in the “commercial use” category or <PRTPAGE P="59"/>may seek additional clarification. The fee categories are as follows:</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Commercial use requesters</E>. The OCC assesses a fee for a requester in this category for the actual cost of search, review, and duplication. A requester in this category does not receive any free search, review, or duplication services.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Educational institution requesters, noncommercial scientific institution requesters, and requesters who are representatives of the news media.</E> The OCC assesses a fee for a requester in this category for the actual cost of duplication. A requester in this category receives 100 free pages.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">All other requesters.</E> The OCC assesses a fee for a requester who does not fit into either of the above categories for the actual cost of search and duplication. A requester in this category receives 100 free pages and two hours of free search time.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Special services.</E> The OCC may, in its discretion, accommodate a request for special services. The OCC may recover the actual cost of providing any special services.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Waiving or reducing a fee</E>. The OCC may waive or reduce a fee under this section whenever, in its opinion, disclosure of records is in the public interest because the disclosure:</P>
          <P>(i) Is likely to contribute significantly to public understanding of the operations or activities of the government; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Is not primarily in the commercial interest of the requester.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Fee for unsuccessful search</E>. The OCC may assess a fee for time spent searching for records, even if the OCC does not locate the records requested.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Payment of fees</E>—(1) <E T="03">General</E>. The OCC generally assesses a fee when it delivers the records in response to the request, if any. A requester must send payment within 30 calendar days of the billing date to the Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20219.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Fee likely to exceed $25</E>. If the OCC estimates that a fee is likely to exceed $25, the OCC notifies the requester of the estimated fee, unless the requester has indicated in advance a willingness to pay a fee as high as the estimated fee. If so notified by the OCC, the requester may confer with OCC employees to revise the request to reflect a lower fee.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Fee likely to exceed $250</E>. If the OCC estimates that a fee is likely to exceed $250, the OCC notifies the requester of the estimated fee. In this circumstance, the OCC may require, as a condition to processing the request, that the requester:</P>
          <P>(i) Provide satisfactory assurance of full payment, if the requester has a history of prompt payment; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Pay the estimated fee in full, if the requester does not have a history of prompt payment.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Failure to pay a fee</E>. If the requester fails to pay a fee within 30 days of the date of the billing, the OCC may require, as a condition to processing any further request, that the requester pay any unpaid fee, plus interest (as provided in paragraph (c)(5) of this section), and any estimated fee in full for that further request.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Interest on unpaid fee</E>. The OCC may assess interest charges on an unpaid fee beginning on the 31st day following the billing date. The OCC charges interest at the rate prescribed in 31 U.S.C. 3717.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Tolling of time limits</E>. Under the circumstances described in paragraphs (c) (2), (3), and (4) of this section, the time limits set forth in § 4.15(f) (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, 10 business days from the receipt of a request for records and 20 business days from the receipt of an administrative appeal, plus any permissible extension) begin only after the OCC receives a revised request under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, an assurance of payment under paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this section, or the required payments under paragraph (c)(3)(i) or (c)(4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Aggregating requests</E>. When the OCC reasonably believes that a requester or group of requesters is attempting to break a request into a series of requests for the purpose of evading the assessment of a fee, the OCC may aggregate the requests and assess a fee accordingly.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <PRTPAGE P="60"/>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Release of Non-Public OCC Information</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.31</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose</E>. The purposes of this subpart are to:</P>
          <P>(1) Afford an orderly mechanism for the OCC to process expeditiously requests for non-public OCC information; to address the release of non-public OCC information without a request; and, when appropriate, for the OCC to assert evidentiary privileges in litigation;</P>
          <P>(2) Recognize the public's interest in obtaining access to relevant and necessary information and the countervailing public interest of maintaining the effectiveness of the OCC supervisory process and appropriate confidentiality of OCC supervisory information;</P>
          <P>(3) Ensure that the OCC's information is used in a manner that supports the public interest and the interests of the OCC;</P>
          <P>(4) Ensure that OCC resources are used in the most efficient manner consistent with the OCC's statutory mission;</P>
          <P>(5) Minimize burden on national banks, the public, and the OCC;</P>
          <P>(6) Limit the expenditure of government resources for private purposes; and</P>
          <P>(7) Maintain the OCC's impartiality among private litigants.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> (1) This subpart applies to requests for, and dissemination of, non-public OCC information, including requests for records or testimony arising out of civil lawsuits and administrative proceedings to which the OCC is not a party and the release of non-public OCC information without a specific request. Lawsuits and administrative proceedings to which the OCC is not a party include proceedings in which a Federal agency is a party in opposition to the private requester.</P>
          <P>(2) This subpart does not apply to:</P>
          <P>(i) A request for a record or testimony in a proceeding in which the OCC is a party; or</P>
          <P>(ii) A request for a record that is required to be disclosed under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552), as described in § 4.12.</P>
          <P>(3) A request for a record or testimony made by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, a government agency of the United States or a foreign government, a state agency with authority to investigate violations of criminal law, or a state bank regulatory agency is governed solely by § 4.37(c).</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998; 64 FR 29216, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.32</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Complete request</E> means a request containing sufficient information to allow the OCC to make an informed decision.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Non-public OCC information.</E> Non-public OCC information:</P>
          <P>(1) Means information that the OCC is not required to release under the FOIA (5 U.S.C. 552) or that the OCC has not yet published or made available pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818(u) and includes:</P>
          <P>(i) A record created or obtained by the OCC in connection with the OCC's performance of its responsibilities, such as a record concerning supervision, licensing, regulation, and examination of a national bank, a bank holding company, or an affiliate;</P>
          <P>(ii) A record compiled by the OCC in connection with the OCC's enforcement responsibilities;</P>
          <P>(iii) A report of examination, supervisory correspondence, an investigatory file compiled by the OCC in connection with an investigation, and any internal agency memorandum, whether the information is in the possession of the OCC or some other individual or entity;</P>
          <P>(iv) Confidential OCC information obtained by a third party or otherwise incorporated in the records of a third party, including another government agency;</P>

          <P>(v) Testimony from, or an interview with, a current or former OCC employee, officer, or agent concerning information acquired by that person in the course of his or her performance of official duties with the OCC or due to that person's official status at the OCC;<PRTPAGE P="61"/>
          </P>
          <P>(vi) Confidential information relating to operating and no longer operating national banks as well as their subsidiaries and their affiliates; and</P>
          <P>(vii) A Suspicious Activity Report filed by the OCC, a national bank, or a Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank licensed or chartered by the OCC under 12 CFR 21.11; and</P>
          <P>(2) Is the property of the Comptroller. A report of examination is loaned to the bank or holding company for its confidential use only.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Relevant</E> means could contribute substantially to the resolution of one or more specifically identified issues in the case.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Show a compelling need</E> means, in support of a request for testimony, demonstrate with as much detail as is necessary under the circumstances, that the requested information is relevant and that the relevant material contained in the testimony is not available from any other source. Sources, without limitation, include the books and records of other persons or entities and non-public OCC records that have been, or might be, released.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Supervised entity</E> includes a national bank, a subsidiary of a national bank, a Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank licensed by the OCC as defined under 12 CFR 28.11(h) and (i), or any other entity supervised by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Testimony</E> means an interview or sworn testimony on the record.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, as amended at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998; 64 FR 29216, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Requirements for a request of records or testimony.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Generally</E>—(1) <E T="03">Form of request.</E> A person seeking non-public OCC information must submit a request in writing to the OCC. The requester must explain, in as detailed a description as is necessary under the circumstances, the bases for the request and how the requested non-public OCC information relates to the issues in the lawsuit or matter.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Expedited request.</E> A requester seeking a response in less than 60 days must explain why the request was not submitted earlier and why the OCC should expedite the request.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Request arising from adversarial matters.</E> Where the requested information is to be used in connection with an adversarial matter:</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC generally will require that the lawsuit or administrative action has been filed before it will consider the request;</P>
          <P>(ii) The request must include:</P>
          <P>(A) A copy of the complaint or other pleading setting forth the assertions in the case;</P>
          <P>(B) The caption and docket number of the case;</P>
          <P>(C) The name, address, and phone number of counsel to each party in the case; and</P>
          <P>(D) A description of any prior judicial decisions or pending motions in the case that may bear on the asserted relevance of the requested information;</P>
          <P>(iii) The request must also:</P>
          <P>(A) Show that the information is relevant to the purpose for which it is sought;</P>
          <P>(B) Show that other evidence reasonably suited to the requester's needs is not available from any other source;</P>
          <P>(C) Show that the need for the information outweighs the public interest considerations in maintaining the confidentiality of the OCC information and outweighs the burden on the OCC to produce the information;</P>
          <P>(D) Explain how the issues in the case and the status of the case warrant that the OCC allow disclosure; and</P>
          <P>(E) Identify any other issue that may bear on the question of waiver of privilege by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Request for records.</E> If the request is for a record, the requester must adequately describe the record or records sought by type and date.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Request for testimony</E>—(1) <E T="03">Generally.</E> A requester seeking testimony:</P>
          <P>(i) Must show a compelling need for the requested information; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Should request OCC testimony with sufficient time to obtain the testimony in deposition form.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Trial or hearing testimony.</E> A requester seeking testimony at a trial or hearing must show that a deposition would not suffice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="62"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Where to submit a request.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">A request for non-public OCC information.</E> A person requesting information under this subpart, requesting authentication of a record under § 4.39(d), or submitting a notification of the issuance of a subpoena or compulsory process under § 4.37, shall send the request or notification to: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219, Attention: Director, Litigation Division.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Combined requests for non-public and other OCC information.</E> A person requesting public OCC information and non-public OCC information under this subpart may submit a combined request for both to the address in paragraph (a) of this section. If a requester decides to submit a combined request under this section, the OCC will process the combined request under this subpart and not under subpart B of this part (FOIA).</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Request by government agencies.</E> A request made pursuant to § 4.37(c) must be submitted:</P>
          <P>(1) In a civil action, to the Director of the OCC's Litigation Division at the Washington office; or</P>
          <P>(2) In a criminal action, to the appropriate district counsel or the Director of the OCC's Enforcement and Compliance Division at the Washington office.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 29216, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Consideration of requests.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">In general</E>—(1) <E T="03">OCC discretion.</E> The OCC decides whether to release non-public OCC information based on its weighing of all appropriate factors including the requestor's fulfilling of the requirements enumerated in § 4.33. Each decision is at the sole discretion of the Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate and is a final agency decision. OCC action on a request for non-public OCC information exhausts administrative remedies for discovery of the information.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Bases for denial.</E> The OCC may deny a request for non-public OCC information for reasons that include the following:</P>
          <P>(i) The requester was unsuccessful in showing that the information is relevant to the pending matter;</P>
          <P>(ii) The requester seeks testimony and the requestor did not show a compelling need for the information;</P>
          <P>(iii) The request arises from an adversarial matter and other evidence reasonably suited to the requester's need is available from another source;</P>
          <P>(iv) A lawsuit or administrative action has not yet been filed and the request was made in connection with potential litigation; or</P>
          <P>(v) The production of the information would be contrary to the public interest or unduly burdensome to the OCC.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Additional information.</E> A requester must submit a complete request. The OCC may require the requester to provide additional information to complete a request. Consistent with the purposes stated in § 4.31, the OCC may inquire into the circumstances of any case underlying the request and rely on sources of information other than the requester, including other parties.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Time required by the OCC to respond.</E> The OCC generally will process requests in the order in which they are received. The OCC will notify the requester in writing of the final decision. Absent exigent or unusual circumstances, the OCC will respond to a request within 60 days from the date that the OCC receives a request that it deems a complete request. Consistent with § 4.33(a)(2), the OCC weighs a request to respond to provide information in less than 60 days against the unfairness to other requesters whose pending requests may be delayed and the burden imposed on the OCC by the expedited processing.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Notice to subject national banks.</E> Following receipt of a request for non-public OCC information, the OCC generally notifies the national bank that is the subject of the requested information, unless the OCC, in its discretion, determines that to do so would advantage or prejudice any of the parties in the matter at issue.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Testimony.</E> (1) The OCC generally will not authorize a current OCC employee to provide expert or opinion evidence for a private party.</P>

          <P>(2) The OCC may restrict the scope of any authorized testimony and may act to ensure that the scope of testimony given by the OCC employee adheres to the scope authorized by the OCC.<PRTPAGE P="63"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) Once a request for testimony has been submitted, and before the requested testimony occurs, a party to the relevant case, who did not join in the request and who wishes to question the witness beyond the scope of testimony sought by the request, shall timely submit the party's own request for OCC information pursuant to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(4) The OCC may offer the requester the employee's written declaration in lieu of testimony.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Release of non-public OCC information by others.</E> In appropriate cases, the OCC may respond to a request for information by authorizing a party to the case who is in possession of non-public OCC information to release the information to the requester. An OCC authorization to release records does not preclude the party in possession from asserting its own privilege, arguing that the records are not relevant, or asserting any other argument for which it has standing to protect the records from release.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Disclosure of non-public OCC information.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Discretionary disclosure of non-public OCC information.</E> The OCC may make non-public OCC information available to a supervised entity and to other persons, that in the sole discretion of the Comptroller may be necessary or appropriate, without a request for records or testimony.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">OCC policy.</E> It is the OCC's policy regarding non-public OCC information that such information is confidential and privileged. Accordingly, the OCC will not normally disclose this information to third parties.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Conditions and limitations.</E> The OCC may impose any conditions or limitations on disclosures under this section, including the restrictions on dissemination contained in § 4.38, that it determines are necessary to effect the purposes of this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Unauthorized disclosures prohibited.</E> All non-public OCC information remains the property of the OCC. No supervised entity, government agency, person, or other party to whom the information is made available, or any officer, director, employee, or agent thereof, may disclose non-public OCC information without the prior written permission of the OCC, except in published statistical material that does not disclose, either directly or when used in conjunction with other publicly available information, the affairs of any individual, corporation, or other entity. Except as authorized by the OCC, no person obtaining access to non-public OCC information under this section may make a copy of the information and no person may remove non-public OCC information from the premises of the institution, agency, or other party in authorized possession of the information.</P>
          <CITA>[63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998, as amended at 64 FR 29216, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Persons and entities with access to OCC information; prohibition on dissemination.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Current and former OCC employees or agents</E>—(1) <E T="03">Generally.</E> Except as authorized by this subpart or otherwise by the OCC, no current or former OCC employee or agent may, in any manner, disclose or permit the disclosure of any non-public OCC information to anyone other than an employee or agent of the Comptroller for use in the performance of OCC duties.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Duty of person served.</E> Any current or former OCC employee or agent subpoenaed or otherwise requested to provide information covered by this subpart must immediately notify the OCC as provided in this paragraph. The OCC may intervene, attempt to have the compulsory process withdrawn, and register appropriate objections when a current or former OCC employee or agent receives a subpoena and the subpoena requires the current or former employee or agent to appear or produce OCC information. If necessary, the current or former employee or agent must appear as required and respectfully decline to produce the information sought, citing this subpart as authority and United States ex rel. Touhy v. Ragen, 340 U.S. 462 (1951). The current or former OCC employee or agent must immediately notify the OCC if subpoenaed or otherwise asked for non-public OCC information:</P>

          <P>(i) In a civil action, by notifying the Director of the OCC's Litigation Division at the Washington office; or<PRTPAGE P="64"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) In a criminal action, by notifying the appropriate district counsel for current and former district employees or agents; or the Director of the OCC's Enforcement and Compliance Division at the Washington office, for current and former Washington employees or agents.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Non-OCC employees or entities</E>—(1) <E T="03">Generally.</E> (i) Without OCC approval, no person, national bank, or other entity, including one in lawful possession of non-public OCC information under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may disclose information covered by this subpart in any manner, except:</P>
          <P>(A) After the requester has sought the information from the OCC pursuant to the procedures set forth in this subpart; and</P>
          <P>(B) As ordered by a Federal court in a judicial proceeding in which the OCC has had the opportunity to appear and oppose discovery.</P>
          <P>(ii) Any person who discloses or uses non-public OCC information except as expressly permitted by the Comptroller of the Currency or as ordered by a Federal court, under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, may be subject to the penalties provided in 18 U.S.C. 641.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exception for national banks.</E> When necessary or appropriate for bank business purposes, a national bank or holding company, or any director, officer, or employee thereof, may disclose non-public OCC information, including information contained in, or related to, OCC reports of examination, to a person or organization officially connected with the bank as officer, director, employee, attorney, auditor, or independent auditor. A national bank or holding company or a director, officer, or employee thereof may also release non-public OCC information to a consultant under this paragraph if the consultant is under a written contract to provide services to the bank and the consultant has a written agreement with the bank in which the consultant:</P>
          <P>(i) States its awareness of, and agreement to abide by, the prohibition on the dissemination of non-public OCC information contained in paragraph (b)(1) of this section; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Agrees not to use the non-public OCC information for any purpose other than as provided under its contract to provide services to the bank.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Duty of person or entity served.</E> Any person, national bank, or other entity served with a request, subpoena, order, motion to compel, or other judicial or administrative process to provide non-public OCC information shall:</P>
          <P>(i) Immediately notify the Director of the OCC's Litigation Division at the Washington, DC office and inform the Director of all relevant facts, including the documents and information requested, so that the OCC may intervene in the judicial or administrative action if appropriate;</P>
          <P>(ii) Inform the requester of the substance of these rules and, in particular, of the obligation to follow the request procedures in §§ 4.33 and 4.34; and</P>
          <P>(iii) At the appropriate time, inform the court or tribunal that issued the process of the substance of these rules.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Actions of the OCC following notice of service.</E> Following receipt of notice pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the OCC may direct the requester to comply with §§ 4.33 and 4.34, intervene in the judicial or administrative action, attempt to have the compulsory process withdrawn, or register other appropriate objections.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Return of records.</E> The OCC may require any person in possession of OCC records to return the records to the OCC.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Disclosure to government agencies.</E> When not prohibited by law, the Comptroller may make available to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and, in the Comptroller's sole discretion, to certain other government agencies of the United States and foreign governments, state agencies with authority to investigate violations of criminal law, and state bank regulatory agencies, a copy of a report of examination, testimony, or other non-public OCC information for their use, when necessary, in the performance of their official duties. All non-public OCC information made available pursuant to this paragraph is OCC property, and the OCC may condition its use on appropriate confidentiality protections, including the mechanisms identified in § 4.37.<PRTPAGE P="65"/>
          </P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Intention of OCC not to waive rights.</E> The possession by any of the entities or individuals described in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section of non-public OCC information does not constitute a waiver by the OCC of its right to control, or impose limitations on, the subsequent use and dissemination of the information.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995. Redesignated and amended at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998; 64 FR 29217, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.38</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restrictions on dissemination of released information.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Records.</E> The OCC may condition a decision to release non-public OCC information on entry of a protective order by the court or administrative tribunal presiding in the particular case or, in non-adversarial matters, on a written agreement of confidentiality. In a case in which a protective order has already been entered, the OCC may condition approval for release of non-public OCC information upon the inclusion of additional or amended provisions in the protective order. The OCC may authorize a party who obtained records for use in one case to provide them to another party in another case.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Testimony.</E> The OCC may condition its authorization of deposition testimony on an agreement of the parties to appropriate limitations, such as an agreement to keep the transcript of the testimony under seal or to make the transcript available only to the parties, the court, and the jury. Upon request or on its own initiative, the OCC may allow use of a transcript in other litigation. The OCC may require the requester, at the requester's expense, to furnish the OCC with a copy of the transcript. The OCC employee whose deposition was transcribed does not waive his or her right to review the transcript and to note errors.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995. Redesignated at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notification of parties and procedures for sharing and using OCC records in litigation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Responsibility of litigants to notify parties of a request for testimony.</E> Upon submitting a request to the OCC for the testimony of an OCC employee or former employee, the requester shall notify all other parties to the case that a request has been submitted.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Responsibility of litigants to share released records.</E> The requester shall promptly notify other parties to a case of the release of non-public OCC information obtained pursuant to this subpart, and, upon entry of a protective order, shall provide copies of OCC information, including OCC information obtained pursuant to § 4.15, to the other parties.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Retrieval and destruction of released records.</E> At the conclusion of an action:</P>
          <P>(1) The requester shall retrieve any non-public OCC information from the court's file as soon as the court no longer requires the information;</P>
          <P>(2) Each party shall destroy the non-public OCC information covered by the protective order; and</P>
          <P>(3) Each party shall certify to the OCC that the non-public OCC information covered by the protective order has been destroyed.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Authentication for use as evidence.</E> Upon request, the OCC authenticates released records to facilitate their use as evidence. Requesters who require authenticated records or certificates of nonexistence of records should, as early as possible, request certificates from the OCC's Litigation Division pursuant to § 4.34(a).</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995. Redesignated at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees for services.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Fees for records search, copying, and certification.</E> The requester shall pay a fee to the OCC, or to a commercial copier under contract to the OCC, for any records search, copying, or certification in accordance with the standards specified in § 4.17. The OCC may require a requester to remit payment prior to providing the requested information.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Witness fees and mileage.</E> A person whose request for testimony of a current OCC employee is approved shall, upon completion of the testimonial appearance, tender promptly to the OCC payment for the witness fees and mileage. The litigant shall compute these amounts in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1821. A litigant whose request for testimony of a former OCC employee is approved shall tender promptly to the <PRTPAGE P="66"/>witness any witness fees or mileage due in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1821.</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995. Redesignated at 63 FR 62929, Nov. 10, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <APPENDIX>
          <EAR>Pt. 4, Subpt. C, App. A</EAR>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 4—Model Stipulation for Protective Order and Model Protective Order</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">I. Model Stipulation</HD>
          <FP>CASE CAPTION</FP>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">MODEL STIPULATION FOR PROTECTIVE ORDER</HD>
          <P>Whereas, counsel for ______ have applied to the Comptroller of the Currency (hereinafter “Comptroller”) pursuant to 12 CFR Part 4, Subpart C, for permission to have made available, in connection with the captioned action, certain records; and</P>
          <P>Whereas, such records are deemed by the Comptroller to be confidential and privileged, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 481; 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(8); 18 U.S.C. 641, 1906; and 12 CFR 4.12, and Part 4, Subpart C; and</P>
          <P>Whereas, following consideration by the Comptroller of the application of the above described party, the Comptroller has determined that the particular circumstances of the captioned action warrant making certain possibly relevant records as denoted in Appendix “A” to this Stipulation [records to be specified by type and date] available to the parties in this action, provided that appropriate protection of their confidentiality can be secured;</P>
          <P>Therefore, it is hereby stipulated by and between the parties hereto, through their respective attorneys that they will be bound by the following protective order which may be entered by the Court without further notice.</P>
          <P>Dated this _ day of __, 19_.
          </P>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <FP>Attorney for Plaintiff</FP>
          
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <FP>Attorney for Defendant</FP>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">II. Model Protective Order</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">CASE CAPTION</HD>
          <HD SOURCE="HD2">MODEL PROTECTIVE ORDER</HD>
          <P>Whereas, counsel for ______ have applied to the Comptroller of the Currency (hereinafter Comptroller”) pursuant to 12 CFR Part 4, Subpart C, for permission to have made available, in connection with the captioned action, certain records; and</P>
          <P>Whereas, such records are deemed by the Comptroller to be confidential and privileged, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 481; 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(8); 18 U.S.C. 641, 1906; and 12 CFR 4.12, and Part 4, Subpart C;</P>
          <P>Whereas, following consideration by the Comptroller of the application of the above described party, the Comptroller has determined that the particular circumstances of the captioned action warrant making certain possibly relevant records available to the parties in this action, provided that appropriate protection of their confidentiality can be secured;</P>
          <P>Now, Therefore, it is Ordered That:</P>
          <P>1. The records, as denoted in Appendix “A” to the Stipulation for this Protective Order, upon being furnished [or released for use] by the Comptroller, shall be disclosed only to the parties to this action, their counsel, and the court [and the jury].</P>
          <P>2. The parties to this action and their counsel shall keep such records and any information contained in such records confidential and shall in no way divulge the same to any person or entity, except to such experts, consultants and non-party witnesses to whom the records and their contents shall be disclosed, solely for the purpose of properly preparing for and trying the action.</P>
          <P>3. No person to whom information and records covered by this Order are disclosed shall make any copies or otherwise use such information or records or their contents for any purpose whatsoever, except in connection with this action.</P>
          <P>4. Any party or other person who wishes to use the information or records or their contents in any other action shall make a separate application to the Comptroller pursuant to 12 CFR Part 4, Subpart C.</P>
          <P>5. Should any records covered by this Order be filed with the Court or utilized as exhibits at depositions in the captioned action, or should information or records or their contents covered by this Order be disclosed in the transcripts of depositions or the trial in the captioned action, such records, exhibits and transcripts shall be filed in sealed envelopes or other sealed containers marked with the title of this action, identifying each document and article therein and bearing a statement substantially in the following form:</P>
          <HD SOURCE="HD1">CONFIDENTIAL</HD>
          <P>Pursuant to the Order of the Court dated ______ this envelope containing the above-identified papers filed by (the name of the party) is not to be opened nor the contents thereof displayed or revealed except to the parties to this action or their counsel or by further Order of the Court.</P>

          <P>6. FOR JURY TRIAL: Any party offering any of the records into evidence shall offer only those pages, or portions thereof, that are relevant and material to the issues to be decided in the action and shall block out any portion of any page that contains information not relevant or material. Furthermore, the name of any person or entity contained on any page of the records who is not a party <PRTPAGE P="67"/>to this action, or whose name is not otherwise relevant or material to the action, shall be blocked out prior to the admission of such page into evidence. Any disagreement regarding what portion of any page that should be blocked out in this manner shall be resolved by the Court <E T="03">in camera</E>, and the Court shall decide its admissibility into evidence.</P>

          <P>7. At the conclusion of this action, all parties shall certify to the Comptroller that the records covered by this Order have been destroyed. Furthermore, counsel for ______, pursuant to 12 CFR 4.39(c), shall retrieve any records covered by this Order that may have been filed with the Court.
          </P>
          <P>So Ordered:
          </P>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-DASH"/>
          <FP>Judge</FP>
          
          <P>Date</P>
          <CITA>[60 FR 57322, Nov. 15, 1995, as amended at 64 FR 29217, June 1, 1999]</CITA>
        </APPENDIX>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Minority- , Women- , and Individuals With Disabilities-Owned Business Contracting Outreach Program; Contracting for Goods and Services</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.61</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purpose.</SUBJECT>

          <P>Pursuant to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989, Sec. 1216(c), Pub. L. 101-73, 103 Stat. 183, 529 (12 U.S.C. 1833e(c)) and consistent with the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. 701 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), this subpart establishes the OCC Minority- , Women- , and Individuals with Disabilities-Owned Business Contracting Outreach Program (Outreach Program). The Outreach Program is intended to ensure that firms owned and operated by minorities, women, and individuals with disabilities have the opportunity to participate, to the maximum extent possible, in all contracting activities of the OCC.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.62</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Minority- and/or women-owned (small and large) businesses and entities owned by minorities and women (MWOB)</E> means firms at least 51 percent unconditionally-owned by one or more members of a minority group or by one or more women who are citizens of the United States. In the case of publicly-owned companies, at least 51 percent of each class of voting stock must be unconditionally-owned by one or more members of a minority group or by one or more women who are citizens of the United States. In the case of a partnership, at least 51 percent of the partnership interest must be unconditionally-owned by one or more members of a minority group or by one or more women who are citizens of the United States. Additionally, for the foregoing cases, the management and daily business operations must be controlled by one or more such individuals.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Minority</E> means any African American, Native American (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> American Indian, Eskimo, Aleut and Native Hawaiian), Hispanic American, Asian-Pacific American, or Subcontinent-Asian American.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Individual with disabilities-owned (small and large) businesses and entities owned by individuals with disabilities (IDOB)</E> means firms at least 51 percent unconditionally-owned by one or more members who are individuals with disabilities and citizens of the United States. In the case of publicly-owned companies, at least 51 percent of each class of voting stock must be unconditionally-owned by one or more members who are individuals with disabilities and who are citizens of the United States. In the case of a partnership, at least 51 percent of the partnership interest must be unconditionally-owned by one or more members who are individuals with disabilities and citizens of the United States. Additionally, for the foregoing cases, the management and daily business operations must be controlled by one or more such individuals.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Individual with disabilities</E> means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more of such person's major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment. For purposes of this part, it does not include an individual who is currently engaging in the illegal use of drugs nor an individual who has a currently contagious disease or infection and who, by reason of such disease or infection, would constitute a direct threat to the health or safety of other individuals or who, by reason of <PRTPAGE P="68"/>the currently contagious disease or infection, is unable to perform the duties of the job as defined by the IDOB.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Unconditional ownership</E> means ownership that is not subject to conditions or similar arrangements which cause the benefits of the Outreach Program to accrue to persons other than the participating MWOB or IDOB.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.63</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Policy.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The OCC's policy is to ensure that MWOBs and IDOBs have the opportunity to participate, to the maximum extent possible, in contracts awarded by the OCC. The OCC awards contracts consistent with the principles of full and open competition and best value acquisition, and with the concept of contracting for agency needs at the lowest practicable cost. The OCC ensures that MWOBs and IDOBs have the opportunity to participate fully in all contracting activities that the OCC enters into for goods and services, whether generated by the headquarters office in Washington, DC, or any other office of the OCC. Contracting opportunities may include small purchase awards, contracts above the small purchase threshold, and delivery orders issued against other governmental agency contracts.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.64</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Promotion.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Scope.</E> The OCC, under the direction of the Deputy Comptroller for Resource Management, engages in promotion and outreach activities designed to identify MWOBs and IDOBs capable of providing goods and services needed by the OCC, to facilitate interaction between the OCC and the MWOBs and IDOBs community, and to indicate the OCC's commitment to doing business with that community. The Outreach Program is designed to facilitate OCC's participation in business promotion events sponsored by other government agencies and attended by minorities, women and individuals with disabilities. Once the OCC has identified a prospective participant, it will assist the minority- or women-owned business or individual with disabilities-owned business in understanding the OCC's needs and contracting process.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Outreach activities.</E> OCC's Outreach Program includes the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Obtaining various lists and directories of MWOBs and IDOBs maintained by government agencies;</P>
          <P>(2) Contacting appropriate firms for participation in the OCC's Outreach Program;</P>
          <P>(3) Participating in business promotion events comprised of or attended by MWOBs and IDOBs to explain OCC contracting opportunities and to obtain names of potential MWOBs and IDOBs;</P>
          <P>(4) Ensuring that the OCC contracting staff understands and actively promotes this Outreach Program; and</P>
          <P>(5) Registering MWOBs and IDOBs in the Department of the Treasury's database to facilitate their participation in the competitive procurement process for OCC contracts. This database is used by OCC procurement staff to identify firms to be solicited for OCC procurements.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.65</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Certification.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Objective</E>. To preserve the integrity and foster the Outreach Program's objectives, each prospective MWOB or IDOB must demonstrate that it meets the ownership and control requirements for participation in the Outreach Program.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">MWOB</E>. A prospective MWOB may demonstrate its eligibility for participation in the Outreach Program by:</P>
          <P>(1) Submitting a valid MWOB certification received from another government agency whose definition of MWOB is substantially similar to that specified in § 4.62(a);</P>
          <P>(2) Self-certifying MWOB ownership status by filing with the OCC a completed and signed certification form as prescribed by the Federal Acquisition Regulation, 48 CFR 53.301-129; or</P>
          <P>(3) Submitting a valid MWOB certification received from the Small Business Administration.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">IDOB</E>. A prospective IDOB may demonstrate its eligibility for participation in the Outreach Program by:</P>

          <P>(1) Submitting a valid IDOB certification received from another government agency whose definition of IDOB is substantially similar to that specified in § 4.62(c); or<PRTPAGE P="69"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) Self-certifying IDOB ownership status by filing with the OCC a completed and signed certification as prescribed in the Federal Acquisition Regulation, 48 CFR 53.301-129, and adding an additional certifying statement to read as follows:</P>
          <EXTRACT>
            <P>I certify that I am an individual with disabilities as defined in 12 CFR 4.62(d), and that my firm, (Name of Firm) qualifies as an individual with disabilities-owned business as defined in 12 CFR 4.62(c).</P>
          </EXTRACT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 4.66</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Oversight and monitoring.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Deputy Comptroller for Resource Management shall appoint an Outreach Program Manager, who shall appoint an Outreach Program Specialist. The Outreach Program Manager is primarily responsible for program advocacy, oversight and monitoring.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 5</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 5—RULES, POLICIES, AND PROCEDURES FOR CORPORATE ACTIVITIES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>5.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Rules of General Applicability</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Rules of general applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filing required.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>[Reserved]</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investigations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public notice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public availability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Comments.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Hearings and other meetings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Computation of time.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decisions.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Initial Activities</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Organizing a bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conversion.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.26</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fiduciary powers.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Expansion of Activities</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.30</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment, acquisition, and relocation of a branch.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Business combinations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Operating subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Bank service companies.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Other equity investments.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investment in bank premises.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Financial subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Other Changes in Activities and Operations</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in location of main office.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.42</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Corporate title.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.46</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Changes in permanent capital.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.47</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Subordinated debt as capital.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.48</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Voluntary liquidation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.50</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in bank control; reporting of stock loans.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.51</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Changes in directors and senior executive officers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.52</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change of address.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Payment of Dividends</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.60</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, scope, and exceptions to rules of general applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.61</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.62</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Date of declaration of dividend.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.63</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital limitation under 12 U.S.C. 56.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.64</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Earnings limitation under 12 U.S.C. 60.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.65</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restrictions on undercapitalized institutions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.66</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Dividends payable in property other than cash.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>5.67</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fractional shares.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Federal Branches and Agencies</HD>
          <SECTNO>5.70</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Federal branches and agencies.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 24a, 24(Seventh), 93a, and 3101 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
        </P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 5.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>This part establishes rules, policies and procedures of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) for corporate activities and transactions involving national banks. It contains information on rules of general and specific applicability, where and how to file, and requirements and policies applicable to filings. This part also establishes the corporate filing procedures for Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Rules of General Applicability</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Rules of general applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The rules in this subpart apply to all sections in this part unless otherwise stated.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> The OCC may adopt materially different procedures for a particular filing, or class of filings, in exceptional circumstances, such as <PRTPAGE P="70"/>natural disasters or unusual transactions, after providing notice of the change to the applicant and to any other party that the OCC determines should receive notice.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional information.</E> The “Comptroller's Corporate Manual” (Manual) provides additional guidance, including policies, procedures, and sample forms. The Manual is sent to all national banks and is available for a fee by writing to the Comptroller of the Currency, P.O. Box 70004, Chicago, IL 60673-0004.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Applicant</E> means a person or entity that submits a notice or application to the OCC under this part.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Application</E> means a submission requesting OCC approval to engage in various corporate activities and transactions.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Appropriate district office</E> means:</P>
          <P>(1) Bank Organization and Structure for all national bank subsidiaries of certain holding companies assigned to the Washington, DC, licensing unit;</P>
          <P>(2) The appropriate OCC district office for all national bank subsidiaries of certain holding companies assigned to a district office licensing unit;</P>
          <P>(3) The OCC's district office where the national bank's supervisory office is located for all other banks; or</P>
          <P>(4) The OCC's International Banking and Finance Department for federal branches and agencies of foreign banks.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Capital and surplus</E> means:</P>
          <P>(1) A bank's Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital calculated under the OCC's risk-based capital standards set forth in Appendix A to 12 CFR part 3 as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed under 12 U.S.C. 161; plus</P>
          <P>(2) The balance of a bank's allowance for loan and lease losses not included in the bank's Tier 2 capital, for purposes of the calculation of risk-based capital described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section, as reported in the bank's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed under 12 U.S.C. 161.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Central city</E> means the city or cities identified as central cities by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Depository institution</E> means any bank or savings association.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Eligible bank</E> means a national bank that:</P>
          <P>(1) Is well capitalized as defined in 12 CFR 6.4(b)(1);</P>
          <P>(2) Has a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (CAMELS);</P>

          <P>(3) Has a Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), 12 U.S.C. 2901 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> rating of “Outstanding” or “Satisfactory”; and</P>

          <P>(4) Is not subject to a cease and desist order, consent order, formal written agreement, or Prompt Corrective Action directive (<E T="03">see</E> 12 CFR part 6, subpart B) or, if subject to any such order, agreement, or directive, is informed in writing by the OCC that the bank may be treated as an “eligible bank” for purposes of this part.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Eligible depository institution</E> means a state bank or a Federal or state savings association that meets the criteria for an “eligible bank” under § 5.3(g) and is FDIC-insured.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Filing</E> means an application or notice submitted to the OCC under this part.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">National bank</E> means any national banking association and any bank or trust company located in the District of Columbia operating under the OCC's supervision.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Notice</E> means a submission notifying the OCC that a national bank intends to engage in or has commenced certain corporate activities or transactions.</P>
          <P>(l) <E T="03">Short-distance relocation</E> means moving the premises of a branch or main office within a:</P>
          <P>(1) One thousand foot-radius of the site if the branch is located within a central city of an MSA;</P>
          <P>(2) One-mile radius of the site if the branch is not located within a central city, but is located within an MSA; or</P>
          <P>(3) Two-mile radius of the site if the branch is not located within an MSA.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filing required.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Filing.</E> A depository institution shall file an application or notice with <PRTPAGE P="71"/>the OCC to engage in corporate activities and transactions as described in this part.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Availability of forms.</E> Individual sample forms and instructions for filings are available in the Manual and from each district office.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Other applications accepted.</E> At the request of the applicant, the OCC may accept an application form or other filing submitted to another Federal agency that covers the proposed action or transaction and contains substantially the same information as required by the OCC. The OCC may also require the applicant to submit supplemental information.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Where to file.</E> An applicant should address a filing or other submission under this part to the attention of the Licensing Manager at the appropriate district office. However, the OCC may advise an applicant through a pre-filing communication to send the filing or submission directly to the Bank Organization and Structure Department or elsewhere as otherwise directed by the OCC. Relevant addresses are listed in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Incorporation of other material.</E> An applicant may incorporate any material contained in any other application or filing filed with the OCC or other Federal agency by reference, provided that the material is attached to the application and is current and responsive to the information requested by the OCC. The filing must clearly indicate that the information is so incorporated and include a cross-reference to the information incorporated.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
          <P>An applicant shall submit the appropriate filing fee, if any, in connection with its filing. An applicant shall pay the fee by check payable to the Comptroller of the Currency or by other means acceptable to the OCC. The OCC publishes a fee schedule annually in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency fees,” described in 12 CFR 8.8. The OCC generally does not refund the filing fees.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.6</SECTNO>
          <RESERVED>[Reserved]</RESERVED>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investigations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> The OCC may examine or investigate and evaluate facts related to a filing to the extent necessary to reach an informed decision.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Fees.</E> The OCC may assess fees for investigations or examinations conducted under paragraph (a) of this section. The OCC publishes the rates, described in 12 CFR 8.6, annually in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency fees.”</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public notice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> An applicant shall publish a public notice of its filing in a newspaper of general circulation in the community in which the applicant proposes to engage in business, on the date of filing, or as soon as practicable before or after the date of filing.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents of the public notice.</E> The public notice shall state that a filing is being made, the date of the filing, the name of the applicant, the subject matter of the filing, that the public may submit comments to the OCC, the address of the appropriate office(s) where comments should be sent, the closing date of the public comment period, and any other information that the OCC requires.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Confirmation of public notice.</E> The applicant shall mail or otherwise deliver a statement containing the date of publication, the name and address of the newspaper that published the public notice, a copy of the public notice, and any other information that the OCC requires, to the appropriate district office promptly following publication.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Multiple transactions.</E> The OCC may consider more than one transaction, or a series of transactions, to be a single filing for purposes of the publication requirements of this section. When filing a single public notice for multiple transactions, the applicant shall explain in the notice how the transactions are related.<PRTPAGE P="72"/>
          </P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Joint public notices accepted.</E> Upon the request of an applicant for a transaction subject to the OCC's public notice requirements and public notice required by another Federal agency, the OCC may accept publication of a single joint notice containing the information required by both the OCC and the other Federal agency, provided that the notice states that comments must be submitted to both the OCC and, if applicable, the other Federal agency.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Public notice by the OCC.</E> In addition to the foregoing, the OCC may require or give public notice and request comment on any filing and in any manner the OCC determines appropriate for the particular filing.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public availability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC provides a copy of the public file to any person who requests it. A requestor should submit a request for the public file concerning a pending application to the appropriate district office. A requestor should submit a request for the public file concerning a decided or closed application to the Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, at the address listed in the Manual. Requests should be in writing. The OCC may impose a fee in accordance with 12 CFR 4.17 and with the rates the OCC publishes annually in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees” described in 12 CFR 8.8.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Public file.</E> A public file consists of the portions of the filing, supporting data, supplementary information, and information submitted by interested persons, to the extent that those documents have not been afforded confidential treatment. Applicants and other interested persons may request that confidential treatment be afforded information submitted to the OCC pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Confidential treatment.</E> The applicant or an interested person submitting information may request that specific information be treated as confidential under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (<E T="03">see</E> 12 CFR 4.12(b)). A submitter should draft its request for confidential treatment narrowly to extend only to those portions of a document it considers to be confidential. If a submitter requests confidential treatment for information that the OCC does not consider to be confidential, the OCC may include that information in the public file after providing notice to the submitter. Moreover, at its own initiative, the OCC may determine that certain information should be treated as confidential and withhold that information from the public file. A person requesting information withheld from the public file should submit the request to the Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, under the procedures described in 12 CFR part 4, subpart B. That request may be subject to the predisclosure notice procedures of 12 CFR 4.16.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Comments.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Submission of comments.</E> During the comment period, any person may submit written comments on a filing to the appropriate district office.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Comment period—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Unless otherwise stated, the comment period is 30 days after publication of the public notice required by § 5.8(a).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Extension.</E> The OCC may extend the comment period if:</P>
          <P>(i) The applicant fails to file all required publicly available information on a timely basis to permit review by interested persons or makes a request for confidential treatment not granted by the OCC that delays the public availability of that information;</P>
          <P>(ii) Any person requesting an extension of time satisfactorily demonstrates to the OCC that additional time is necessary to develop factual information that the OCC determines is necessary to consider the application; or</P>
          <P>(iii) The OCC determines that other extenuating circumstances exist.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Applicant response.</E> The OCC may give the applicant an opportunity to respond to comments received.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Hearings and other meetings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Hearing requests.</E> Prior to the end of the comment period, any person may submit to the appropriate district office a written request for a hearing on a filing. The request must describe the nature of the issues or facts to be presented and the reasons why written submissions would be insufficient to make an adequate presentation of <PRTPAGE P="73"/>those issues or facts to the OCC. A person requesting a hearing shall simultaneously submit a copy of the request to the applicant.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Action on a hearing request.</E> The OCC may grant or deny a request for a hearing and may limit the issues to those it deems relevant or material. The OCC generally grants a hearing request only if the OCC determines that written submissions would be insufficient or that a hearing would otherwise benefit the decisionmaking process. The OCC also may order a hearing if it concludes that a hearing would be in the public interest.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Denial of a hearing request.</E> If the OCC denies a hearing request, it shall notify the person requesting the hearing of the reason for the denial.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">OCC procedures prior to the hearing—</E>(1) <E T="03">Notice of Hearing.</E> The OCC issues a Notice of Hearing if it grants a request for a hearing or orders a hearing because it is in the public interest. The OCC sends a copy of the Notice of Hearing to the applicant, to the person requesting the hearing, and anyone else requesting a copy. The Notice of Hearing states the subject and date of the filing, the time and place of the hearing, and the issues to be addressed.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Presiding officer.</E> The OCC appoints a presiding officer to conduct the hearing. The presiding officer is responsible for all procedural questions not governed by this section.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Participation in the hearing.</E> Any person who wishes to appear (participant) shall notify the appropriate district office of his or her intent to participate in the hearing within ten days from the date the OCC issues the Notice of Hearing. At least five days before the hearing, each participant shall submit to the appropriate district office, the applicant, and any other person the OCC requires, the names of witnesses, and one copy of each exhibit the participant intends to present.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Transcripts.</E> The OCC arranges for a hearing transcript. The person requesting the hearing generally bears the cost of one copy of the transcript for his or her use.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Conduct of the hearing—</E>(1) <E T="03">Presentations.</E> Subject to the rulings of the presiding officer, the applicant and participants may make opening statements and present witnesses, material, and data.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Information submitted.</E> A person presenting documentary material shall furnish one copy to the OCC, and one copy to the applicant and each participant.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Laws not applicable to hearings.</E> The Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), the Federal Rules of Evidence (28 U.S.C. Appendix), the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 U.S.C. Rule 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), and the OCC's Rules of Practice and Procedure (12 CFR part 19) do not apply to hearings under this section.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Closing the hearing record</E>. At the applicant's or participant's request, the OCC may keep the hearing record open for up to 14 days following the OCC's receipt of the transcript. The OCC resumes processing the filing after the record closes.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Other meetings</E>—(1) <E T="03">Public meetings.</E> The OCC may arrange for a public meeting in connection with an application, either upon receipt of a written request for such a meeting which is made during the comment period, or upon the OCC's own initiative. Public meetings will be arranged and presided over by a presiding officer.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Private meetings.</E> The OCC may arrange a meeting with an applicant or other interested parties to an application, or with an applicant and other interested parties to an application, to clarify and narrow the issues and to facilitate the resolution of the issues.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Computation of time.</SUBJECT>

          <P>In computing the period of days, the OCC includes the day of the act (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, the date an application is received by the OCC) from which the period begins to run and the last day of the period, regardless of whether it is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decisions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC may approve, conditionally approve, or deny a filing after appropriate review and consideration of the record. In deciding an application under this part, the OCC may consider the activities, resources, or <PRTPAGE P="74"/>condition of an affiliate of the applicant that may reasonably reflect on or affect the applicant.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Conditional approval.</E> The OCC may impose conditions on any approval, including to address a significant supervisory, CRA (if applicable), or compliance concern, if the OCC determines that the conditions are necessary or appropriate to ensure that approval is consistent with relevant statutory and regulatory standards and OCC policies thereunder and safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> The OCC grants eligible banks expedited review within a specified time after filing or commencement of the public comment period, including any extension of the comment period granted pursuant to § 5.10, as described in applicable sections of this part.</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC may extend the expedited review process for a filing subject to the CRA up to an additional 10 days if a comment contains specific assertions concerning a bank's CRA performance that, if true, would indicate a reasonable possibility that:</P>
          <P>(A) A bank's CRA rating would be less than satisfactory, institution-wide, or, where applicable, in a state or multistate MSA; or</P>
          <P>(B) A bank's CRA performance would be less than satisfactory in an MSA, or in the non-MSA portion of a state, in which it seeks to expand through approval of an application for a deposit facility as defined in 12 U.S.C. 2902(3).</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC will remove a filing from expedited review procedures, if the OCC concludes that the filing, or an adverse comment regarding the filing, presents a significant supervisory, CRA (if applicable), or compliance concern, or raises a significant legal or policy issue, requiring additional OCC review. The OCC will provide the applicant with a written explanation if it decides not to process an application from an eligible bank under expedited review pursuant to this paragraph (a)(2)(ii). For purposes of this section, a significant CRA concern exists if the OCC concludes that:</P>
          <P>(A) A bank's CRA rating is less than satisfactory, institution-wide, or, where applicable, in a state or multistate MSA; or</P>
          <P>(B) A bank's CRA performance is less than satisfactory in an MSA, or in the non-MSA portion of a state, in which it seeks to expand through approval of an application for a deposit facility as defined in 12 U.S.C. 2902(3).</P>

          <P>(iii) Adverse comments that the OCC determines do not raise a significant supervisory, CRA (if applicable), or compliance concern, or a significant legal or policy issue, or are frivolous, filed primarily as a means of delaying action on the filing, or that raise a CRA concern that the OCC determines has been satisfactorily resolved, do not affect the OCC's decision under paragraphs (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section. The OCC considers a CRA concern to have been satisfactorily resolved if the OCC previously reviewed (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, in an examination or an application) a concern presenting substantially the same issue in substantially the same assessment area during substantially the same time, and the OCC determines that the concern would not warrant denial or imposition of a condition on approval of the application.</P>
          <P>(iv) If a bank files an application for any activity or transaction that is dependent upon the approval of another application under this part, or if requests for approval for more than one activity or transaction are combined in a single application under applicable sections of this part, none of the subject applications may be deemed approved upon expiration of the applicable time periods, unless all of the applications are subject to expedited review procedures and the longest of the time periods expires without the OCC issuing a decision or notifying the bank that the filings are not eligible for expedited review under the standards in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Denial.</E> The OCC may deny a filing if:</P>
          <P>(1) A significant supervisory, CRA (if applicable), or compliance concern exists with respect to the applicant;</P>
          <P>(2) Approval of the filing is inconsistent with applicable law, regulation, or OCC policy thereunder; or</P>

          <P>(3) The applicant fails to provide information requested by the OCC that is necessary for the OCC to make an informed decision.<PRTPAGE P="75"/>
          </P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Required information and abandonment of filing.</E> A filing must contain information required by the applicable section set forth in this part. To the extent necessary to evaluate an application, the OCC may require an applicant to provide additional information. The OCC may deem a filing abandoned if information required or requested by the OCC in connection with the filing is not furnished within the time period specified by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Notification of final disposition.</E> The OCC notifies the applicant, and any person who makes a written request, of the final disposition of a filing, including confirmation of an expedited review under this part. If the OCC denies a filing, the OCC notifies the applicant in writing of the reasons for the denial.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Publication of decision.</E> The OCC will issue a public decision when a decision represents a new or changed policy or presents issues of general interest to the public or the banking industry. In rendering its decisions, the OCC may elect not to disclose information that the OCC deems to be private or confidential.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Appeal.</E> An applicant may file an appeal of an OCC decision with the Deputy Comptroller for Bank Organization and Structure or with the Ombudsman. Relevant addresses and telephone numbers are located in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Extension of time.</E> When the OCC approves or conditionally approves a filing, the OCC generally gives the applicant a specified period of time to commence that new or expanded activity. The OCC does not generally grant an extension of the time specified to commence a new or expanded corporate activity approved under this part, unless the OCC determines that the delay is beyond the applicant's control.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Nullifying a decision</E>—(1) <E T="03">Material misrepresentation or omission.</E> An applicant shall certify that any filing or supporting material submitted to the OCC contains no material misrepresentations or omissions. The OCC may review and verify any information filed in connection with a notice or an application. If the OCC discovers a material misrepresentation or omission after the OCC has rendered a decision on the filing, the OCC may nullify its decision. Any person responsible for any material misrepresentation or omission in a filing or supporting materials may be subject to enforcement action and other penalties, including criminal penalties provided in 18 U.S.C. 1001.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Other nullifications.</E> The OCC may nullify any decision on a filing that is:</P>
          <P>(i) Contrary to law, regulation, or OCC policy thereunder; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Granted due to clerical or administrative error, or a material mistake of law or fact.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Initial Activities</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Organizing a bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 21, 22, 24(Seventh), 26, 27, 92a, 93a, 1814(b), 1816, and 2903.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> Any person desiring to establish a national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the procedures and requirements governing OCC review and approval of an application to establish a national bank, including a national bank with a special purpose. Information regarding an application to establish an interim national bank solely to facilitate a business combination is set forth in § 5.33.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this section:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Bankers’ bank</E> means a bank owned exclusively (except to the extent directors’ qualifying shares are required by law) by other depository institutions or depository institution holding companies (as that term is defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813), the activities of which are limited by its articles of association exclusively to providing services to or for other depository institutions, their holding companies, and the officers, directors, and employees of such institutions and companies, and to providing correspondent banking services at the request of other depository institutions or their holding companies.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Control</E> means control as used in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Final approval</E> means the OCC action issuing a charter certificate and <PRTPAGE P="76"/>authorizing a national bank to open for business.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Holding company</E> means any company that controls or proposes to control a national bank whether or not the company is a bank holding company under section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(1).</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Lead depository institution</E> means the largest depository institution controlled by a bank holding company based on a comparison of the average total assets controlled by each depository institution as reported in its Consolidated Report of Condition and Income required to be filed for the immediately preceding four calendar quarters.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Organizing group</E> means five or more persons acting on their own behalf, or serving as representatives of a sponsoring holding company, who apply to the OCC for a national bank charter.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Preliminary approval</E> means a decision by the OCC permitting an organizing group to go forward with the organization of the proposed national bank. A preliminary approval generally is subject to certain conditions that an applicant must satisfy before the OCC will grant final approval.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Statutory requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC charters a national bank under the authority of the National Bank Act of 1864, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E> The name of a proposed bank must include the word “national.” In determining whether to approve an application to establish a national bank, the OCC verifies that the proposed national bank has complied with the following requirements of the National Bank Act. A national bank shall:</P>
          <P>(i) Draft and file articles of association with the OCC;</P>
          <P>(ii) Draft and file an organization certificate containing specified information with the OCC;</P>
          <P>(iii) Ensure that all capital stock is paid in; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Have at least five elected directors.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Community Reinvestment Act.</E> Twelve CFR part 25 requires the OCC to take into account a proposed insured national bank's description of how it will meet its CRA objectives.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Policy</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The marketplace is normally the best regulator of economic activity, and competition within the marketplace promotes efficiency and better customer service. Accordingly, it is the OCC's policy to approve proposals to establish national banks, including minority-owned institutions, that have a reasonable chance of success and that will be operated in a safe and sound manner. It is not the OCC's policy to ensure that a proposal to establish a national bank is without risk to the organizers or to protect existing institutions from healthy competition from a new national bank.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Policy considerations.</E> (i) In evaluating an application to establish a national bank, the OCC considers whether the proposed bank:</P>
          <P>(A) Has organizers who are familiar with national banking laws and regulations;</P>
          <P>(B) Has competent management, including a board of directors, with ability and experience relevant to the types of services to be provided;</P>
          <P>(C) Has capital that is sufficient to support the projected volume and type of business;</P>
          <P>(D) Can reasonably be expected to achieve and maintain profitability; and</P>
          <P>(E) Will be operated in a safe and sound manner.</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC may also consider additional factors listed in section 6 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1816, including the risk to the Federal deposit insurance fund, and whether the proposed bank's corporate powers are consistent with the purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the National Bank Act.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">OCC evaluation.</E> The OCC evaluates a proposed national bank's organizing group and its operating plan together. The OCC's judgment concerning one may affect the evaluation of the other. An organizing group and its operating plan must be stronger in markets where economic conditions are marginal or competition is intense.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Organizing group</E>—(1) <E T="03">General</E>. Strong organizing groups generally include diverse business and financial interests and community involvement. An organizing group must have the experience, competence, willingness, and ability to be active in directing the <PRTPAGE P="77"/>proposed national bank's affairs in a safe and sound manner. The bank's initial board of directors generally is comprised of many, if not all, of the organizers. The operating plan and other information supplied in the application must demonstrate an organizing group's collective ability to establish and operate a successful bank in the economic and competitive conditions of the market to be served. Each organizer should be knowledgeable about the operating plan. A poor operating plan reflects adversely on the organizing group's ability, and the OCC generally denies applications with poor operating plans.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Management selection.</E> The initial board of directors must select competent senior executive officers before the OCC grants final approval. Early selection of executive officers, especially the chief executive officer, contributes favorably to the preparation and review of an operating plan that is accurate, complete, and appropriate for the type of bank proposed and its market, and reflects favorably upon an application. As a condition of the charter approval, the OCC retains the right to object to and preclude the hiring of any officer, or the appointment or election of any director, for a two-year period from the date the bank commences business.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Financial resources.</E> (i) Each organizer must have a history of responsibility, personal honesty, and integrity. Personal wealth is not a prerequisite to become an organizer or director of a national bank. However, directors’ stock purchases, individually and in the aggregate, should reflect a financial commitment to the success of the national bank that is reasonable in relation to their individual and collective financial strength. A director should not have to depend on bank dividends, fees, or other compensation to satisfy financial obligations.</P>
          <P>(ii) Because directors are often the primary source of additional capital for a bank not affiliated with a holding company, it is desirable that an organizer who is also proposed as a director of the national bank be able to supply or have a realistic plan to enable the bank to obtain capital when needed.</P>
          <P>(iii) Any financial or other business arrangement, direct or indirect, between the organizing group or other insider and the proposed national bank must be on nonpreferential terms.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Organizational expenses.</E> (i) Organizers are expected to contribute time and expertise to the organization of the bank. Organizers should not bill excessive charges to the bank for professional and consulting services or unduly rely upon these fees as a source of income.</P>
          <P>(ii) A proposed national bank shall not pay any fee that is contingent upon an OCC decision. Such action generally is grounds for denial of the application or withdrawal of preliminary approval. Organizational expenses for denied applications are the sole responsibility of the organizing group.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Sponsor's experience and support.</E> A sponsor must be financially able to support the new bank's operations and to provide or locate capital when needed. The OCC primarily considers the financial and managerial resources of the sponsor and the sponsor's record of performance, rather than the financial and managerial resources of the organizing group, if an organizing group is sponsored by:</P>
          <P>(i) An existing holding company;</P>
          <P>(ii) Individuals currently affiliated with other depository institutions; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Individuals who, in the OCC's view, are otherwise collectively experienced in banking and have demonstrated the ability to work together effectively.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Operating plan</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> (i) Organizers of a proposed national bank shall submit an operating plan that adequately addresses the statutory and policy considerations set forth in paragraphs (e) and (f)(2) of this section. The plan must reflect sound banking principles and demonstrate realistic assessments of risk in light of economic and competitive conditions in the market to be served.</P>

          <P>(ii) The OCC may offset deficiencies in one factor by strengths in one or more other factors. However, deficiencies in some factors, such as unrealistic earnings prospects, may have a negative influence on the evaluation of other factors, such as capital adequacy, <PRTPAGE P="78"/>or may be serious enough by themselves to result in denial. The OCC considers inadequacies in an operating plan to reflect negatively on the organizing group's ability to operate a successful bank.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Earnings prospects.</E> The organizing group shall submit <E T="03">pro forma</E> balance sheets and income statements as part of the operating plan. The OCC reviews all projections for reasonableness of assumptions and consistency with the operating plan.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Management.</E> (i) The organizing group shall include in the operating plan information sufficient to permit the OCC to evaluate the overall management ability of the organizing group. If the organizing group has limited banking experience or community involvement, the senior executive officers must be able to compensate for such deficiencies.</P>
          <P>(ii) The organizing group may not hire an officer or elect or appoint a director if the OCC objects to that person at any time prior to the date the bank commences business.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Capital.</E> A proposed bank must have sufficient initial capital, net of any organizational expenses that will be charged to the bank's capital after it begins operations, to support the bank's projected volume and type of business.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Community service.</E> (i) The operating plan must indicate the organizing group's knowledge of and plans for serving the community. The organizing group shall evaluate the banking needs of the community, including its consumer, business, nonprofit, and government sectors. The operating plan must demonstrate how the proposed bank responds to those needs consistent with the safe and sound operation of the bank. The provisions of this paragraph may not apply to an application to organize a bank for a special purpose.</P>
          <P>(ii) As part of its operating plan, the organizing group shall submit a statement that demonstrates its plans to achieve CRA objectives.</P>
          <P>(iii) Because community support is important to the long-term success of a bank, the organizing group shall include plans for attracting and maintaining community support.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Safety and soundness.</E> The operating plan must demonstrate that the organizing group (and the sponsoring company, if any), is aware of, and understands, national banking laws and regulations, and safe and sound banking operations and practices. The OCC will deny an application that does not meet these safety and soundness requirements.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Fiduciary services.</E> The operating plan must indicate if the proposed bank intends to offer fiduciary services. The information required by § 5.26 shall be filed with the charter application. A separate application is not required.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) <E T="03">Prefiling meeting.</E> The OCC normally requires a prefiling meeting with the organizers of a proposed national bank before the organizers file an application. Organizers should be familiar with the OCC's chartering policy and procedural requirements in the Manual before the prefiling meeting. The prefiling meeting normally is held in the district office where the application will be filed but may be held at another location at the request of the applicant.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Operating plan.</E> An organizing group shall file an operating plan that addresses the subjects discussed in paragraph (h) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Spokesperson.</E> The organizing group shall designate a spokesperson to represent the organizing group in all contacts with the OCC. The spokesperson shall be an organizer and proposed director of the new bank, except a representative of the sponsor or sponsors may serve as spokesperson if an application is sponsored by an existing holding company, individuals currently affiliated with other depository institutions, or individuals who, in the OCC's view, are otherwise collectively experienced in banking and have demonstrated the ability to work together effectively.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Decision notification.</E> The OCC notifies the spokesperson and other interested persons in writing of its decision on an application.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Post-decision activities.</E> (i) Before the OCC grants final approval, a proposed national bank must be established as a legal entity. A national bank becomes a legal entity after it <PRTPAGE P="79"/>has filed its organization certificate and articles of association with the OCC as required by law. In addition, the organizing group shall elect a board of directors. The proposed bank may not conduct the business of banking until the OCC grants final approval.</P>
          <P>(ii) For all capital obtained through a public offering a proposed national bank shall use an offering circular that complies with the OCC's securities offering regulations, 12 CFR part 16.</P>
          <P>(iii) A national bank in organization shall raise its capital before it commences business. Preliminary approval expires if a national bank in organization does not raise the required capital within 12 months from the date the OCC grants preliminary approval. Approval expires if the national bank does not commence business within 18 months from the date the OCC grants preliminary approval.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> An application to establish a full-service national bank that is sponsored by a bank holding company whose lead depository institution is an eligible bank or eligible depository institution is deemed preliminarily approved by the OCC as of the 15th day after the close of the public comment period or the 45th day after the filing is received by the OCC, whichever is later, unless the OCC:</P>
          <P>(1) Notifies the applicant prior to that date that the filing is not eligible for expedited review, or the expedited review process is extended, under § 5.13(a)(2); or</P>
          <P>(2) Notifies the applicant prior to that date that the OCC has determined that the proposed bank will offer banking services that are materially different than those offered by the lead depository institution.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">National bankers’ banks</E>—(1) <E T="03">Activities and customers.</E> In addition to the other requirements of this section, when an organizing group seeks to organize a national bankers’ bank, the organizing group shall list in the application the anticipated activities and customers or clients of the proposed national bankers’ bank.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Waiver of requirements.</E> At the organizing group's request, the OCC may waive requirements that are applicable to national banks in general if those requirements are inappropriate for a national bankers’ bank and would impede its ability to provide desired services to its market. An applicant must submit a request for a waiver with the application and must support the request with adequate justification and legal analysis. A national bankers’ bank that is already in operation may also request a waiver. The OCC cannot waive statutory provisions that specifically apply to national bankers’ banks pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 27(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Investments.</E> A national bank may invest up to ten percent of its capital and surplus in a bankers’ bank and may own five percent or less of any class of a bankers’ bank's voting securities.</P>
          <P>(l) <E T="03">Special purpose banks.</E> An applicant for a national bank charter that will limit its activities to fiduciary activities, credit card operations, or another special purpose shall adhere to established charter procedures with modifications appropriate for the circumstances as determined by the OCC. An applicant for a national bank charter that will have a community development focus shall also adhere to established charter procedures with modifications appropriate for the circumstances as determined by the OCC. In addition to the other requirements in this section, a bank limited to fiduciary activities, credit card operations, or another special purpose may not conduct that business until the OCC grants final approval for the bank to commence operations. A national bank that seeks to invest in a bank with a community development focus must comply with applicable requirements of 12 CFR part 24.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conversion.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 35, 93a, 214a, 214b, 214c, and 2903.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A state bank (including a “state bank” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a)) or a Federal savings association shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval to convert to a national bank charter. A national bank shall give notice to the OCC before converting to a state bank (including a “state bank” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a)) or Federal savings association.<PRTPAGE P="80"/>
          </P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes procedures and standards governing OCC review and approval of an application by a state bank or Federal savings association to convert to a national bank charter. This section also describes notice procedures for a national bank seeking to convert to a state bank or Federal savings association.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Conversion of a state bank or Federal savings association to a national bank—</E>(1) <E T="03">Policy.</E> Consistent with the OCC's chartering policy, it is OCC policy to allow conversion to a national bank charter by another financial institution that can operate safely and soundly as a national bank in compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and policies. The OCC may deny an application by any state bank (including a “state bank” as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a)) and any Federal savings association to convert to a national bank charter on the basis of the standards for denial set forth in § 5.13(b), or when conversion would permit the applicant to escape supervisory action by its current regulator.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> (i) Prefiling communications. The applicant should consult with the appropriate district office prior to filing if it anticipates that its application will raise unusual or complex issues. If a prefiling meeting is appropriate, it will normally be held in the district office where the application will be filed, but may be held at another location at the request of the applicant.</P>
          <P>(ii) A state bank (including a state bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a)) or Federal savings association shall submit its application to convert to a national bank to the appropriate district office. The application must:</P>
          <P>(A) Be signed by the president or other duly authorized officer;</P>
          <P>(B) Identify each branch that the resulting bank expects to operate after conversion;</P>
          <P>(C) Include the institution's most recent audited financial statements (if any);</P>
          <P>(D) Include the latest report of condition and report of income (the most recent daily statement of condition will suffice if the institution does not file these reports);</P>
          <P>(E) Unless otherwise advised by the OCC in a prefiling communication, include an opinion of counsel that, in the case of a state bank, the conversion is not in contravention of applicable state law, or in the case of a Federal savings association, the conversion is not in contravention of applicable Federal law;</P>
          <P>(F) State whether the institution wishes to exercise fiduciary powers after the conversion;</P>
          <P>(G) Identify all subsidiaries that will be retained following the conversion, and provide the information and analysis of the subsidiaries' activities that would be required if the converting bank or savings association were a national bank establishing each subsidiary pursuant to §§ 5.34 or 5.39; and</P>
          <P>(H) Identify any nonconforming assets (including nonconforming subsidiaries) and nonconforming activities that the institution engages in, and describe the plans to retain or divest those assets.</P>
          <P>(iii) The OCC may permit a national bank to retain such nonconforming assets of a state bank, subject to conditions and an OCC determination of the carrying value of the retained assets, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 35.</P>
          <P>(iv) Approval for an institution to convert to a national bank expires if the conversion has not occurred within six months of the OCC's preliminary approval of the application.</P>
          <P>(v) When the OCC determines that the applicant has satisfied all statutory and regulatory requirements, including those set forth in 12 U.S.C. 35, and any other conditions, the OCC issues a charter certificate. The certificate provides that the institution is authorized to begin conducting business as a national bank as of a specified date.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> An application by an eligible depository institution to convert to a national bank charter is deemed approved by the OCC as of the <PRTPAGE P="81"/>30th day after the filing is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the applicant prior to that date that the filing is not eligible for expedited review under § 5.13(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Conversion of a national bank to a state bank—</E>(1) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> A national bank may convert to a state bank, in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 214c, without prior OCC approval. Termination of the national bank's status as a national bank occurs upon the bank's completion of the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a, and upon the appropriate district office's receipt of the bank's national bank charter (or copy) in connection with the consummation of the transaction.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Notice of intent.</E> A national bank that desires to convert to a state bank shall submit to the appropriate district office a notice of its intent to convert. The national bank shall file this notice when it first submits a request to convert to the appropriate state authorities. The appropriate district office then provides instructions to the national bank for terminating its status as a national bank.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions to the rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.5 through 5.8, and 5.10 through 5.13, do not apply to the conversion of a national bank to a state bank.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Conversion of a national bank to a Federal savings association.</E> A national bank may convert to a Federal savings association without prior OCC approval. The requirements and procedures set forth in paragraph (e) of this section and 12 U.S.C. 214a and 12 U.S.C. 214c apply to a conversion to a Federal savings association, except as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) In paragraph (e) of this section references to “appropriate state authorities” mean “appropriate Federal authorities”; and</P>
          <P>(2) References in 12 U.S.C. 214c to the “law of the State in which the national banking association is located” and “any State authority” mean “laws and regulations governing Federal savings associations” and “Office of Thrift Supervision,” respectively.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 12910, Mar. 10, 2000]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.26</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fiduciary powers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 92a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank must submit an application and obtain prior approval from, or in certain circumstances file a notice with, the OCC in order to exercise fiduciary powers. No approval or notice is required in the following circumstances:</P>
          <P>(1) Where two or more national banks consolidate or merge, and any of the banks has, prior to the consolidation or merger, received OCC approval to exercise fiduciary powers and that approval is in force at the time of the consolidation or merger, the resulting bank may exercise fiduciary powers in the same manner and to the same extent as the national bank to which approval was originally granted; and</P>
          <P>(2) Where a national bank with prior OCC approval to exercise fiduciary powers is the resulting bank in a merger or consolidation with a state bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth the procedures governing OCC review and approval of an application, and in certain cases the filing of a notice, by a national bank to exercise fiduciary powers. A national bank's fiduciary activities are subject to the provisions of 12 CFR part 9.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Policy.</E> The exercise of fiduciary powers is primarily a management decision of the national bank. The OCC generally permits a national bank to exercise fiduciary powers if the bank is operating in a satisfactory manner, the proposed activities comply with applicable statutes and regulations, and the bank retains qualified fiduciary management.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Procedure—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The following institutions must obtain approval from the OCC in order to offer fiduciary services to the public:</P>
          <P>(i) A national bank without fiduciary powers;</P>
          <P>(ii) A national bank without fiduciary powers that desires to exercise fiduciary powers after merging with a state bank or savings association with fiduciary powers; and</P>
          <P>(iii) A national bank that results from the conversion of a state bank or a state or Federal savings association that was exercising fiduciary powers prior to the conversion.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Application.</E> (i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii) of this section, a national bank that desires to exercise <PRTPAGE P="82"/>fiduciary powers shall submit to the OCC an application requesting approval. The application must contain:</P>
          <P>(A) A statement requesting full or limited powers (specifying which powers);</P>
          <P>(B) An opinion of counsel that the proposed activities do not violate applicable Federal or state law, including citations to applicable law;</P>
          <P>(C) A statement that the capital and surplus of the national bank is not less than the capital and surplus required by state law of state banks, trust companies, and other corporations exercising comparable fiduciary powers;</P>
          <P>(D) Sufficient biographical information on proposed trust management personnel to enable the OCC to assess their qualifications; and</P>
          <P>(E) A description of the locations where the bank will conduct fiduciary activities.</P>
          <P>(ii) If approval to exercise fiduciary powers is desired in connection with any other transaction subject to an application under this part, the applicant covered under paragraph (e)(1)(ii) or (e)(1)(iii) of this section may include a request for approval of fiduciary powers, including the information required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, as part of its other application. The OCC does not require a separate application requesting approval to exercise fiduciary powers under these circumstances.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> (i) An application by an eligible bank to exercise fiduciary powers is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 30th day after the application is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing is not eligible for expedited review under § 5.13(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(ii) An eligible bank applying for fiduciary powers may omit the opinion of counsel required by paragraph (e)(2)(i)(B) of this section unless such opinion is specifically requested by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Permit.</E> Approval of an application under this section constitutes a permit under 12 U.S.C. 92a to conduct the fiduciary powers requested in the application.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Notice of fiduciary activities in additional states.</E> No further application under this section is required when a national bank with existing OCC approval to exercise fiduciary powers plans to engage in any of the activities specified in § 9.7(d) of this chapter or to conduct activities ancillary to its fiduciary business, in a state in addition to the state described in the application for fiduciary powers that the OCC has approved. Instead, unless the bank provides notice through other means (such as a merger application), the bank shall provide written notice to the OCC no later than ten days after it begins to engage in any of the activities specified in § 9.7(d) of this chapter in the new state. The written notice must identify the new state or states involved, identify the fiduciary activities to be conducted, and describe the extent to which the activities differ materially from the fiduciary activities that the bank was previously authorized to conduct. No notice is required if the bank is conducting only activities ancillary to its fiduciary business through a trust representative office or otherwise.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a national bank does not commence fiduciary activities within 18 months from the date of approval.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34797, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Expansion of Activities</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.30</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment, acquisition, and relocation of a branch.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 1-42, and 2901-2907.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval in order to establish or relocate a branch.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the procedures and standards governing OCC review and approval of a national bank's application to establish a new branch or to relocate a branch. The <PRTPAGE P="83"/>standards of this section and, as applicable, 12 U.S.C. 36(b), but not the procedures set forth in this section, apply to a branch established as a result of a business combination approved under § 5.33. A branch established through a business combination is subject only to the procedures set forth in § 5.33.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Branch</E> includes any branch bank, branch office, branch agency, additional office, or any branch place of business established by a national bank in the United States or its territories at which deposits are received, checks paid, or money lent. A branch does not include an automated teller machine (ATM) or a remote service unit.</P>
          <P>(i) A branch established by a national bank includes a mobile facility, temporary facility, drop box or a seasonal agency, as described in 12 U.S.C. 36(c).</P>
          <P>(ii) A facility otherwise described in this paragraph (d)(1) is not a branch if:</P>

          <P>(A) The bank establishing the facility does not permit members of the public to have physical access to the facility for purposes of making deposits, paying checks, or borrowing money (<E T="03">e.g</E>., an office established by the bank that receives deposits only through the mail); or</P>
          <P>(B) It is located at the site of, or is an extension of, an approved main or branch office of the national bank. The OCC determines whether a facility is an extension of an existing main or branch office on a case-by-case basis.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Home state</E> means the state in which the national bank's main office is located.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Messenger service</E> has the meaning set forth in 12 CFR 7.1012.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Mobile branch</E> is a branch, other than a messenger service branch, that does not have a single, permanent site, and includes a vehicle that travels to various public locations to enable customers to conduct their banking business. A mobile branch may provide services at various regularly scheduled locations or it may be open at irregular times and locations such as at county fairs, sporting events, or school registration periods. A branch license is needed for each mobile unit.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Temporary branch</E> means a branch that is located at a fixed site and which, from the time of its opening, is scheduled to, and will, permanently close no later than a certain date (not longer than one year after the branch is first opened) specified in the branch application and the public notice.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Policy.</E> In determining whether to approve an application to establish or relocate a branch, the OCC is guided by the following principles:</P>
          <P>(1) Maintaining a sound banking system;</P>
          <P>(2) Encouraging a national bank to help meet the credit needs of its entire community;</P>
          <P>(3) Relying on the marketplace as generally the best regulator of economic activity; and</P>
          <P>(4) Encouraging healthy competition to promote efficiency and better service to customers.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, each national bank proposing to establish a branch shall submit to the appropriate district office a separate application for each proposed branch.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Messenger services.</E> A national bank may request approval, through a single application, for multiple messenger services to serve the same general geographic area. (<E T="03">See</E> 12 CFR 7.1012). Unless otherwise required by law, the bank need not list the specific locations to be served.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Jointly established branches.</E> If a national bank proposes to establish a branch jointly with one or more national banks or depository institutions, only one of the national banks must submit a branch application. The national bank submitting the application may act as agent for all national banks in the group of depository institutions proposing to share the branch. The application must include the name and main office address of each national bank in the group.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Authorization.</E> The OCC authorizes operation of the branch when all requirements and conditions for opening are satisfied.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> An application submitted by an eligible bank to establish or relocate a branch is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 15th day after the close of the applicable public comment period, or the 45th day after the filing is received by the OCC, <PRTPAGE P="84"/>whichever is later, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing is not eligible for expedited review, or the expedited review process is extended, under § 5.13(a)(2). An application to establish or relocate more than one branch is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 15th day after the close of the last public comment period.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Interstate branches.</E> A national bank that seeks to establish and operate a de novo branch in any state other than the bank's home state or a state in which the bank already has a branch shall satisfy the standards and requirements of 12 U.S.C. 36(g).</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> (1) A national bank filing an application for a mobile branch or messenger service branch shall publish a public notice, as described in § 5.8, in the communities in which the bank proposes to engage in business.</P>
          <P>(2) The comment period on an application to engage in a short-distance branch relocation is 15 days.</P>
          <P>(3) The OCC may waive or reduce the public notice and comment period, as appropriate, with respect to an application to establish a branch to restore banking services to a community affected by a disaster or to temporarily replace banking facilities where, because of an emergency, the bank cannot provide services or must curtail banking services.</P>
          <P>(4) The OCC may waive or reduce the public notice and comment period, as appropriate, for an application by a national bank with a CRA rating of Satisfactory or better to establish a temporary branch which, if it were established by a state bank to operate in the manner proposed, would be permissible under state law without state approval.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a branch has not commenced business within 18 months after the date of approval.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Branch closings.</E> A national bank shall comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 1831r-1 with respect to procedures for branch closings.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Business combinations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh), 93a, 181, 214a, 215, 215a, 215a-1, 215c, 1815(d)(3), 1828(c), 2903, and Sec. 102, Pub. L. 103-328, 108 Stat. 2338.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval for a business combination between the national bank and another depository institution when the resulting institution is a national bank. A national bank shall give notice to the OCC prior to engaging in a combination where the resulting institution will not be a national bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth the standards for OCC review and approval of an application for a business combination resulting in a national bank and for notices and other procedures for national banks involved in all forms of combinations.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Business combination</E> means any merger or consolidation between a national bank and one or more depository institutions in which the resulting institution is a national bank, the acquisition by a national bank of all, or substantially all, of the assets of another depository institution, or the assumption by a national bank of deposit liabilities of another depository institution.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Business reorganization means either:</E>
          </P>
          <P>(i) A business combination between eligible banks, or between an eligible bank and an eligible depository institution, that are controlled by the same holding company or that will be controlled by the same holding company prior to the combination; or</P>
          <P>(ii) A business combination between an eligible bank and an interim bank chartered in a transaction in which a person or group of persons exchanges its shares of the eligible bank for shares of a newly formed holding company and receives after the transaction substantially the same proportional share interest in the holding company as it held in the eligible bank (except for changes in interests resulting from the exercise of dissenters’ rights), and the reorganization involves no other transactions involving the bank.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Home state</E> means, with respect to a national bank, the state in which the main office of the bank is located and, with respect to a state bank, the state by which the bank is chartered.<PRTPAGE P="85"/>
          </P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Interim bank</E> means a national bank that does not operate independently but exists solely as a vehicle to accomplish a business combination.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Policy</E>—(1) <E T="03">Factors.</E> The OCC considers the following factors in evaluating an application for a business combination:</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Competition.</E> (A) The OCC considers the effect of a proposed business combination on competition. The applicant shall provide a competitive analysis of the transaction, including a definition of the relevant geographic market or markets. An applicant may refer to the Manual for procedures to expedite its competitive analysis.</P>
          <P>(B) The OCC will deny an application for a business combination if the combination would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any part of the United States. The OCC also will deny any proposed business combination whose effect in any section of the United States may be substantially to lessen competition, or tend to create a monopoly, or which in any other manner would be in restraint of trade, unless the probable effects of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the community clearly outweigh the anticompetitive effects of the transaction. For purposes of weighing against anticompetitive effects, a business combination may have favorable effects in meeting the convenience and needs of the community if the depository institution being acquired has limited long-term prospects, or if the resulting national bank will provide significantly improved, additional, or less costly services to the community.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Financial and managerial resources and future prospects.</E> The OCC considers the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the existing or proposed institutions.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Convenience and needs of community.</E> The OCC considers the probable effects of the business combination on the convenience and needs of the community served. The applicant shall describe these effects in its application, including any planned office closings or reductions in services following the business combination and the likely impact on the community. The OCC also considers additional relevant factors, including the resulting national bank's ability and plans to provide expanded or less costly services to the community.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Community reinvestment.</E> The OCC considers the performance of the applicant and the other depository institutions involved in the business combination in helping to meet the credit needs of the relevant communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Acquisition and retention of branches.</E> An applicant shall disclose the location of any branch it will acquire and retain in a business combination. The OCC considers the acquisition and retention of a branch under the standards set out in § 5.30, but it does not require a separate application under § 5.30.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Subsidiaries.</E> (i) An applicant must identify any subsidiary to be acquired in a business combination and state the activities of each subsidiary. The OCC does not require a separate application under § 5.34 or a separate notice under § 5.39.</P>
          <P>(ii) An applicant proposing to acquire, through a business combination, a subsidiary of a depository institution other than a national bank must provide the same information and analysis of the subsidiary's activities that would be required if the applicant were establishing the subsidiary pursuant to §§ 5.34 or 5.39.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Interim bank</E>—(i) <E T="03">Application.</E> An applicant for a business combination that plans to use an interim bank to accomplish the transaction shall file an application to organize an interim bank as part of the application for the related business combination.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Conditional approval.</E> The OCC grants conditional approval to form an interim bank when it acknowledges receipt of the application for the related business combination.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Corporate status.</E> An interim bank becomes a legal entity and may enter into legally valid agreements when it has filed, and the OCC has accepted, the interim bank's duly executed articles of association and organization certificate. OCC acceptance occurs:<PRTPAGE P="86"/>
          </P>
          <P>(A) On the date the OCC advises the interim bank that its articles of association and organization certificate are acceptable; or</P>
          <P>(B) On the date the interim bank files articles of association and an organization certificate that conform to the form for those documents provided by the OCC in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Other corporate procedures.</E> An applicant should consult the Manual to determine what other information is necessary to complete the chartering of the interim bank as a national bank.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Nonconforming assets.</E> An applicant shall identify any nonconforming activities and assets, including nonconforming subsidiaries, of other institutions involved in the business combination, that will not be disposed of or discontinued prior to consummation of the transaction. The OCC generally requires a national bank to divest or conform nonconforming assets, or discontinue nonconforming activities, within a reasonable time following the business combination.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Fiduciary powers.</E> An applicant shall state whether the resulting bank intends to exercise fiduciary powers pursuant to § 5.26(b) (1) or (2).</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval of a business combination, and conditional approval to form an interim bank charter, if applicable, expires if the business combination is not consummated within one year after the date of OCC approval.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Adequacy of disclosure.</E> (i) An applicant shall inform shareholders of all material aspects of a business combination and shall comply with any applicable requirements of the Federal securities laws and securities regulations of the OCC. Accordingly, an applicant shall ensure that all proxy and information statements prepared in connection with a business combination do not contain any untrue or misleading statement of a material fact, or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.</P>

          <P>(ii) A national bank applicant with one or more classes of securities subject to the registration provisions of section 12 (b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78<E T="03">l</E>(b) or 78<E T="03">l</E>(g), shall file preliminary proxy material or information statements for review with the Director, Securities and Corporate Practices Division, OCC, Washington, DC 20219, and with the appropriate district office. Any other applicant shall submit the proxy materials or information statements it uses in connection with the combination to the appropriate district office no later than when the materials are sent to the shareholders.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability</E>—(1) <E T="03">National bank applicant.</E> Section 5.8 (a) through (c) does not apply to a national bank applicant that is subject to specific statutory notice requirements for a business combination. A national bank applicant shall follow, as applicable, the public notice requirements contained in 12 U.S.C. 1828(c)(3) (business combinations), 12 U.S.C. 215(a) (consolidation under a national bank charter), 12 U.S.C. 215a(a)(2) (merger under a national bank charter), and paragraph (g) of this section (merger or consolidation with a Federal savings association resulting in a state bank).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Interim bank.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to an application to organize an interim bank. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply. The OCC treats an application to organize an interim bank as part of the related application to engage in a business combination and does not require a separate public notice and public comment process.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">State bank or Federal savings association as resulting institution.</E> Sections 5.2 and 5.5 through 5.13 do not apply to transactions covered by paragraph (g)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Approval procedures and treatment of dissenting shareholders in consolidations and mergers</E>—(1) <E T="03">Consolidations and mergers with other national banks and state banks as defined in 12 U.S.C. 215b(1) resulting in a national bank.</E> A national bank entering into a consolidation or merger authorized pursuant to 12 <PRTPAGE P="87"/>U.S.C. 215 or 215a, respectively, is subject to the approval procedures and requirements with respect to treatment of dissenting shareholders set forth in those provisions.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Consolidations and mergers with Federal savings associations under 12 U.S.C. 215c resulting in a national bank.</E> (i) With the approval of the OCC, any national bank and any Federal savings association may consolidate or merge with a national bank as the resulting institution by complying with the following procedures:</P>
          <P>(A) A national bank entering into the consolidation or merger shall follow the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 215 or 215a, respectively, as if the Federal savings association were a state or national bank.</P>
          <P>(B) A Federal savings association entering into the consolidation or merger also shall follow the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 215 or 215a, respectively, as if the Federal savings association were a state bank or national bank, except where the laws or regulations governing Federal savings associations specifically provide otherwise.</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC may conduct an appraisal or reappraisal of dissenters’ shares of stock in a national bank involved in a consolidation or merger with a Federal savings association if all parties agree that the determination is final and binding on each party.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Merger or consolidation of a national bank resulting in a state bank as defined in 12 U.S.C. 214(a) or a Federal savings association</E>—(i) <E T="03">Policy.</E> Prior OCC approval is not required for the merger or consolidation of a national bank with a state bank or Federal savings association when the resulting institution will be a state bank or Federal savings association. Termination of a national bank's status as a national banking association is automatic upon completion of the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a, in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 214c, in the case of a merger or consolidation when the resulting institution is a state bank, or paragraph (g)(3)(iii) of this section, in the case of a merger or consolidation when the resulting institution is a Federal savings association, and consummation of the transaction.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Procedures.</E> A national bank desiring to merge or consolidate with a state bank or a Federal savings association when the resulting institution will be a state bank or Federal savings association shall submit a notice to the appropriate district office advising of its intention. The national bank shall submit this notice at the time the application to merge or consolidate is filed with the responsible agency under the Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c). The OCC then provides instructions to the national bank for terminating its status as a national bank, including requiring the bank to provide the appropriate district office with the bank's charter (or a copy) in connection with the consummation of the transaction.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Special procedures for merger or consolidation into a Federal savings association.</E> (A) With the exception of the procedures in paragraph (g)(3)(iii)(B) of this section, a national bank entering into a merger or consolidation with a Federal savings association when the resulting institution will be a Federal savings association shall comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a and 12 U.S.C. 214c as if the Federal savings association were a state bank. However, for these purposes the references in 12 U.S.C. 214c to “law of the State in which such national banking association is located” and “any State authority” mean “laws and regulations governing Federal savings associations” and “Office of Thrift Supervision,” respectively.</P>

          <P>(B) National bank shareholders who dissent from a plan to merge or consolidate may receive in cash the value of their national bank shares if they comply with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 214a as if the Federal savings association were a state bank. The OCC conducts an appraisal or reappraisal of the value of the national bank shares held by dissenting shareholders only if all parties agree that the determination will be final and binding. The parties shall also agree on how the total expenses of the OCC in making the appraisal will be divided among the parties and paid to the OCC. The plan of merger or consolidation must provide, consistent with the requirements of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the manner of disposing of the shares of <PRTPAGE P="88"/>the resulting Federal savings association not taken by the dissenting shareholders of the national bank.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Interstate combinations.</E> A business combination between banks under the authority of 12 U.S.C. 1831u(a)(1) must satisfy the standards and requirements and comply with the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 1831u and the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 215 and 215a as applicable. For purposes of this section, the acquisition of a branch without the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a bank is treated as the acquisition of a bank whose home state is the state in which the branch is located.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Expedited review for business reorganizations and streamlined applications.</E> A filing that qualifies as a business reorganization as defined in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, or a filing that qualifies as a streamlined application as described in paragraph (j) of this section, is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 45th day after the application is received by the OCC, or the 15th day after the close of the comment period, whichever is later, unless the OCC notifies the applicant that the filing is not eligible for expedited review, or the expedited review process is extended, under § 5.13(a)(2). An application under this paragraph must contain all necessary information for the OCC to determine if it qualifies as a business reorganization or streamlined application.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Streamlined applications.</E> (1) An applicant may qualify for a streamlined business combination application in the following situations:</P>
          <P>(i) At least one party to the transaction is an eligible bank, and all other parties to the transaction are eligible banks or eligible depository institutions, the resulting national bank will be well capitalized immediately following consummation of the transaction, and the total assets of the target institution are no more than 50 percent of the total assets of the acquiring bank, as reported in each institution's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed for the quarter immediately preceding the filing of the application;</P>
          <P>(ii) The acquiring bank is an eligible bank, the target bank is not an eligible bank or an eligible depository institution, the resulting national bank will be well capitalized immediately following consummation of the transaction, and the applicants in a prefiling communication request and obtain approval from the appropriate district office to use the streamlined application; or</P>
          <P>(iii) The acquiring bank is an eligible bank, the target bank is not an eligible bank or an eligible depository institution, the resulting bank will be well capitalized immediately following consummation of the transaction, and the total assets acquired do not exceed 10 percent of the total assets of the acquiring national bank, as reported in each institution's Consolidated Report of Condition and Income filed for the quarter immediately preceding the filing of the application.</P>
          <P>(2) When a business combination qualifies for a streamlined application, the applicant should consult the Manual to determine the abbreviated application information required by the OCC. The OCC encourages prefiling communications between the applicants and the appropriate district office before filing under paragraph (j) of this section.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999; 65 FR 12911, Mar. 10, 2000]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Operating subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), 24a, 93a, 3101 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank must file a notice or application as prescribed in this section to acquire or establish an operating subsidiary, or to commence a new activity in an existing operating subsidiary.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth authorized activities and application or notice procedures for national banks engaging in activities through an operating subsidiary. The procedures in this section do not apply to financial subsidiaries authorized under § 5.39. Unless provided otherwise, this section applies to a Federal branch or agency that acquires, establishes, or maintains any subsidiary that a national bank is authorized to acquire or establish under this section in the same manner <PRTPAGE P="89"/>and to the same extent as if the Federal branch or agency were a national bank, except that the ownership interest required in paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(5)(i)(B) of this section shall apply to the parent foreign bank of the Federal branch or agency and not to the Federal branch or agency.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this § 5.34:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Authorized product</E> means a product that would be defined as insurance under section 302(c) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, 1407) (GLBA) (15 U.S.C. 6712) that, as of January 1, 1999, the OCC had determined in writing that national banks may provide as principal or national banks were in fact lawfully providing the product as principal, and as of that date no court of relevant jurisdiction had, by final judgment, overturned a determination by the OCC that national banks may provide the product as principal. An authorized product does not include title insurance, or an annuity contract the income of which is subject to treatment under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 72).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> means the capital level described in 12 CFR 6.4(b)(1) or, in the case of a Federal branch or agency, the capital level described in 12 CFR 4.7(b)(1)(iii).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Well managed</E> means, unless otherwise determined in writing by the OCC:</P>
          <P>(i) In the case of a national bank:</P>
          <P>(A) The national bank has received a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System in connection with its most recent examination; or</P>
          <P>(B) In the case of any national bank that has not been examined, the existence and use of managerial resources that the OCC determines are satisfactory.</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of a Federal branch or agency:</P>
          <P>(A) The Federal branch or agency has received a composite ROCA supervisory rating (which rates risk management, operational controls, compliance, and asset quality) of 1 or 2 at its most recent examination; or</P>
          <P>(B) In the case of a Federal branch or agency that has not been examined, the existence and use of managerial resources that the OCC determines are satisfactory.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Standards and requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">Authorized activities.</E> A national bank may conduct in an operating subsidiary activities that are permissible for a national bank to engage in directly either as part of, or incidental to, the business of banking, as determined by the OCC, or otherwise under other statutory authority, including:</P>
          <P>(i) Providing authorized products as principal; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Providing title insurance as principal if the national bank or subsidiary thereof was actively and lawfully underwriting title insurance before November 12, 1999, and no affiliate of the national bank (other than a subsidiary) provides insurance as principal. A subsidiary may not provide title insurance as principal if the state had in effect before November 12, 1999, a law which prohibits any person from underwriting title insurance with respect to real property in that state.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Qualifying subsidiaries.</E> An operating subsidiary in which a national bank may invest includes a corporation, limited liability company, or similar entity if the parent bank owns more than 50 percent of the voting (or similar type of controlling) interest of the operating subsidiary; or the parent bank otherwise controls the operating subsidiary and no other party controls more than 50 percent of the voting (or similar type of controlling) interest of the operating subsidiary. However, the following subsidiaries are not operating subsidiaries subject to this section:</P>

          <P>(i) A subsidiary in which the bank's investment is made pursuant to specific authorization in a statute or OCC regulation (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a bank service company under 12 U.S.C. 1861 <E T="03">et seq.</E> or a financial subsidiary under section 5136A of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a)); and</P>

          <P>(ii) A subsidiary in which the bank has acquired, in good faith, shares through foreclosure on collateral, by way of compromise of a doubtful claim, or to avoid a loss in connection with a debt previously contracted.<PRTPAGE P="90"/>
          </P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Examination and supervision.</E> An operating subsidiary conducts activities authorized under this section pursuant to the same authorization, terms and conditions that apply to the conduct of such activities by its parent national bank. If, upon examination, the OCC determines that the operating subsidiary is operating in violation of law, regulation, or written condition, or in an unsafe or unsound manner or otherwise threatens the safety or soundness of the bank, the OCC will direct the bank or operating subsidiary to take appropriate remedial action, which may include requiring the bank to divest or liquidate the operating subsidiary, or discontinue specified activities. OCC authority under this paragraph is subject to the limitations and requirements of section 45 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831v) and section 115 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1820a).</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Consolidation of figures</E>—(i) <E T="03">National banks.</E> Pertinent book figures of the parent national bank and its operating subsidiary shall be combined for the purpose of applying statutory or regulatory limitations when combination is needed to effect the intent of the statute or regulation, e.g., for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 56, 60, 84, and 371d.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Federal branch or agencies.</E> Transactions conducted by all of a foreign bank's Federal branches and agencies and State branches and agencies, and their operating subsidiaries, shall be combined for the purpose of applying any limitation or restriction as provided in 12 CFR 28.14.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(i) <E T="03">Application required.</E> (A) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) or (e)(5)(vi) of this section, a national bank that intends to acquire or establish an operating subsidiary, or to perform a new activity in an existing operating subsidiary, must first submit an application to, and receive approval from, the OCC. The application must include a complete description of the bank's investment in the subsidiary, the proposed activities of the subsidiary, the organizational structure and management of the subsidiary, the relations between the bank and the subsidiary, and other information necessary to adequately describe the proposal. To the extent the application relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable. The application must state whether the operating subsidiary will conduct any activity at a location other than the main office or a previously approved branch of the bank. The OCC may require the applicant to submit a legal analysis if the proposal is novel, unusually complex, or raises substantial unresolved legal issues. In these cases, the OCC encourages applicants to have a pre-filing meeting with the OCC.</P>
          <P>(B) A national bank must file an application and obtain prior approval before acquiring or establishing an operating subsidiary, or performing a new activity in an existing operating subsidiary, if the bank controls the subsidiary but owns 50 percent or less of the voting (or similar type of controlling) interest of the subsidiary. These applications are not subject to the filing exemption in paragraph (e)(5)(vi) of this section and are not eligible for the notice procedures in paragraph (e)(5)(iv) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that some or all provisions in §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">OCC review and approval.</E> The OCC reviews a national bank's application to determine whether the proposed activities are legally permissible and to ensure that the proposal is consistent with safe and sound banking practices and OCC policy and does not endanger the safety or soundness of the parent national bank. As part of this process, the OCC may request additional information and analysis from the applicant.<PRTPAGE P="91"/>
          </P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Notice process for certain activities.</E> A national bank that is “well capitalized” and “well managed” may acquire or establish an operating subsidiary, or perform a new activity in an existing operating subsidiary, by providing the appropriate district office written notice within 10 days after acquiring or establishing the subsidiary, or commencing the activity, if the activity is listed in paragraph (e)(5)(v) of this section. The written notice must include a complete description of the bank's investment in the subsidiary and of the activity conducted and a representation and undertaking that the activity will be conducted in accordance with OCC policies contained in guidance issued by the OCC regarding the activity. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable. Any bank receiving approval under this paragraph is deemed to have agreed that the subsidiary will conduct the activity in a manner consistent with published OCC guidance.</P>
          <P>(v) <E T="03">Activities eligible for notice.</E> The following activities qualify for the notice procedures, provided the activity is conducted pursuant to the same terms and conditions as would be applicable if the activity were conducted directly by a national bank:</P>
          <P>(A) Holding and managing assets acquired by the parent bank, including investment assets and property acquired by the bank through foreclosure or otherwise in good faith to compromise a doubtful claim, or in the ordinary course of collecting a debt previously contracted;</P>
          <P>(B) Providing services to or for the bank or its affiliates, including accounting, auditing, appraising, advertising and public relations, and financial advice and consulting;</P>
          <P>(C) Making loans or other extensions of credit, and selling money orders, savings bonds, and travelers checks;</P>
          <P>(D) Purchasing, selling, servicing, or warehousing loans or other extensions of credit, or interests therein;</P>
          <P>(E) Providing courier services between financial institutions;</P>
          <P>(F) Providing management consulting, operational advice, and services for other financial institutions;</P>
          <P>(G) Providing check guaranty, verification and payment services;</P>
          <P>(H) Providing data processing, data warehousing and data transmission products, services, and related activities and facilities, including associated equipment and technology, for the bank or its affiliates;</P>
          <P>(I) Acting as investment adviser (including an adviser with investment discretion) or financial adviser or counselor to governmental entities or instrumentalities, businesses, or individuals, including advising registered investment companies and mortgage or real estate investment trusts, furnishing economic forecasts or other economic information, providing investment advice related to futures and options on futures, and providing consumer financial counseling;</P>
          <P>(J) Providing tax planning and preparation services;</P>
          <P>(K) Providing financial and transactional advice and assistance, including advice and assistance for customers in structuring, arranging, and executing mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, leveraged buyouts, swaps, foreign exchange, derivative transactions, coin and bullion, and capital restructurings;</P>
          <P>(L) Underwriting credit related insurance to the extent permitted under section 302 of the GLBA (15 U.S.C. 6712);</P>
          <P>(M) Leasing of personal property and acting as an agent or adviser in leases for others;</P>
          <P>(N) Providing securities brokerage or acting as a futures commission merchant, and providing related credit and other related services;</P>
          <P>(O) Underwriting and dealing, including making a market, in bank permissible securities and purchasing and selling as principal, asset backed obligations;</P>

          <P>(P) Acting as an insurance agent or broker, including title insurance to the extent permitted under section 303 of the GLBA (15 U.S.C. 6713);<PRTPAGE P="92"/>
          </P>
          <P>(Q) Reinsuring mortgage insurance on loans originated, purchased, or serviced by the bank, its subsidiaries, or its affiliates, provided that if the subsidiary enters into a quota share agreement, the subsidiary assumes less than 50 percent of the aggregate insured risk covered by the quota share agreement. A “quota share agreement” is an agreement under which the reinsurer is liable to the primary insurance underwriter for an agreed upon percentage of every claim arising out of the covered book of business ceded by the primary insurance underwriter to the reinsurer;</P>
          <P>(R) Acting as a finder pursuant to 12 CFR 7.1002 to the extent permitted by published OCC precedent; <SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU>
              <E T="03">See, e.g.,</E> the OCC's monthly publication “Interpretations and Actions.” Beginning with the May 1996 issue, the OCC's Web site provides access to electronic versions of “Interpretations and Actions” (www.occ.treas.gov).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(S) Offering correspondent services to the extent permitted by published OCC precedent;</P>
          <P>(T) Acting as agent or broker in the sale of fixed or variable annuities;</P>
          <P>(U) Offering debt cancellation or debt suspension agreements;</P>
          <P>(V) Providing real estate settlement, closing, escrow, and related services; and real estate appraisal services for the subsidiary, parent bank, or other financial institutions;</P>
          <P>(W) Acting as a transfer or fiscal agent;</P>
          <P>(X) Acting as a digital certification authority to the extent permitted by published OCC precedent, subject to the terms and conditions contained in that precedent; and</P>
          <P>(Y) Providing or selling public transportation tickets, event and attraction tickets, gift certificates, prepaid phone cards, promotional and advertising material, postage stamps, and Electronic Benefits Transfer (EBT) script, and similar media, to the extent permitted by published OCC precedent, subject to the terms and conditions contained in that precedent.</P>
          <P>(vi)<E T="03"> No application or notice required.</E> A national bank may acquire or establish an operating subsidiary without filing an application or providing notice to the OCC, if the bank is adequately capitalized or well capitalized and the:</P>
          <P>(A) Activities of the new subsidiary are limited to those activities previously reported by the bank in connection with the establishment or acquisition of a prior operating subsidiary;</P>
          <P>(B) Activities in which the new subsidiary will engage continue to be legally permissible for the subsidiary; and</P>
          <P>(C) Activities of the new subsidiary will be conducted in accordance with any conditions imposed by the OCC in approving the conduct of these activities for any prior operating subsidiary of the bank.</P>
          <P>(vii) <E T="03">Fiduciary powers.</E> If an operating subsidiary proposes to exercise investment discretion on behalf of customers or provide investment advice for a fee, the national bank must have prior OCC approval to exercise fiduciary powers pursuant to § 5.26.</P>
          <CITA>[65 FR 12911, Mar. 10, 2000, as amended at 66 FR 49097, Sept. 26, 2001; 66 FR 62914, Dec. 4, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Bank service companies.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and 1861-1867.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> Except where otherwise provided, a national bank shall submit a notice and obtain prior OCC approval to invest in the equity of a bank service company or to perform new activities in an existing bank service company.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the procedures and requirements regarding OCC review and approval of a notice to invest in a bank service company.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Bank service company</E> means a corporation or limited liability company organized to provide services authorized by the Bank Service Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1861 <E T="03">et seq</E>., all of whose capital stock is owned by one or more insured banks in the case of a corporation, or all of the members of which are one or more insured banks in the case of a limited liability company.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Limited liability company</E> means any non-corporate company, partnership, trust, or similar business entity organized under the law of a State (as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act) which provides that a member or manager of such <PRTPAGE P="93"/>company is not personally liable for a debt, obligation, or liability of the company solely by reason of being, or acting as, a member or manager of such company.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Depository institution,</E> for purposes of this section, means an insured bank, a financial institution subject to examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the National Credit Union Administration Board, or a financial institution whose accounts or deposits are insured or guaranteed under state law and eligible to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union Administration Board.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Invest</E> includes making any advance of funds to a bank service company, whether by the purchase of stock, the making of a loan, or otherwise, except a payment for rent earned, goods sold and delivered, or services rendered before the payment was made.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Principal investor</E> means the insured bank that has the largest amount invested in the equity of a bank service company. In any case where two or more insured banks have equal amounts invested, the bank service company shall designate one of the banks as its principal investor.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Standards and requirements.</E> A national bank may invest in a bank service company that conducts activities described in paragraphs (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, and activities (other than taking deposits) permissible for the national bank and other state and national bank shareholders or members in the bank service company.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) <E T="03">OCC notice and approval required.</E> Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(2) and (f)(4) of this section, a national bank that intends to make an investment in a bank service company, or to perform new activities in an existing bank service company, must submit a notice to and receive prior approval from the OCC. The OCC approves or denies a proposed investment within 60 days after the filing is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing presents a significant supervisory or compliance concern, or raises a significant legal or policy issue. The notice must include the information required by paragraph (g) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Notice process only for certain activities.</E> A national bank that is “well capitalized” and “well managed” as defined in § 5.34(d) may invest in a bank service company, or perform a new activity in an existing bank service company, by providing the appropriate district office written notice within 10 days after the investment, if the bank service company engages only in the activities listed in § 5.34(e)(5)(v). No prior OCC approval is required. The written notice must include a complete description of the bank's investment in the bank service company and of the activity conducted and a representation and undertaking that the activity will be conducted in accordance with OCC guidance. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable. Any bank receiving approval under this paragraph is deemed to have agreed that the bank service company will conduct the activity in a manner consistent with the published OCC guidance.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Investments requiring no approval.</E> A national bank does not need OCC approval to invest in a bank service company, or to perform a new activity in an existing bank service company, if the bank service company will provide the following services only for depository institutions: check and deposit posting and sorting; computation and posting of interest and other credits and charges; preparation and mailing of checks, statements, notices, and similar items; or any other clerical, bookkeeping, accounting, statistical, or similar function.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Federal Reserve approval.</E> A national bank also may, with the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board), invest in the equity of a bank service company that provides <PRTPAGE P="94"/>any other service (except deposit taking) that the Federal Reserve Board has determined, by regulation, to be permissible for a bank holding company under 12 U.S.C. 1843(c)(8).</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to a request for approval to invest in a bank service corporation. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Required information.</E> A notice required under paragraph (f)(1), of this section must contain the following:</P>
          <P>(1) The name and location of the bank service company;</P>
          <P>(2) A complete description of the activities the bank service company will conduct. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable;</P>
          <P>(3) Information demonstrating that the bank will comply with the investment limitations of paragraph (i) of this section;</P>
          <P>(4) Information demonstrating that the bank service company and all banks investing in the bank service company are located in the same state, unless the Federal Reserve Board has approved an exception to this requirement under the authority of 12 U.S.C. 1864(b); and</P>
          <P>(5) Information demonstrating that the bank service company will conduct these activities only at locations in a state where the investing bank could be authorized to perform the activities directly.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Examination and supervision.</E> Each bank service company in which a national bank is the principal investor is subject to examination and supervision by the OCC in the same manner and to the same extent as that national bank. OCC authority under this paragraph is subject to the limitations and requirements of section 45 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831v) and section 115 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1820a).</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Investment and other limitations—</E>(1) <E T="03">Investment limitations.</E> A bank may not invest more than ten percent of its capital and surplus in a bank service company. In addition, the bank's total investments in all bank service companies may not exceed five percent of the bank's total assets.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Other limitations.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (f)(4) of this section, a bank service company shall only conduct activities that the national bank could conduct directly. If the bank service company has both national and state bank shareholders or members, the activities conducted must also be permissible for the state bank shareholders or members. </P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999; 65 FR 12913, Mar. 10, 2000]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Other equity investments.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.,</E> 24(Seventh), and 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> National banks are permitted to make various types of equity investments pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) and other statutes. These investments are in addition to those subject to §§ 5.34, 5.35, and 5.37. This section describes the procedure governing the filing of the notice that the OCC requires in connection with certain of these investments. Other investments authorized under this section may be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this § 5.36:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Enterprise</E> means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, or similar business entity.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> means the capital level described in 12 CFR 6.4(b)(1).</P>
          <P>(3)<E T="03"> Well managed</E> has the meaning set forth in § 5.34(d)(3).</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> (1) A national bank must provide the appropriate district office with written notice within ten days after making an equity investment in the following:<PRTPAGE P="95"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) An agricultural credit corporation;</P>
          <P>(ii) A savings association eligible to be acquired under section 13 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1823); and</P>
          <P>(iii) Any other equity investment that may be authorized by statute after February 12, 1990, if not covered by other applicable OCC regulation.</P>
          <P>(2) The written notice required by paragraph (c)(1) of this section must include a description, and the amount, of the bank's investment.</P>
          <P>(3) The OCC reserves the right to require additional information as necessary.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Non-controlling investments</E>. A national bank may make a non-controlling investment, directly or through its operating subsidiary, in an enterprise that engages in the activities described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section by filing a written notice. The written notice must be filed with the appropriate district office no later than 10 days after making the investment and must:</P>
          <P>(1) Describe the structure of the investment and the activity or activities conducted by the enterprise in which the bank is investing. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable;</P>
          <P>(2) State which paragraphs of § 5.34(e)(5)(v) describe the activity or activities, or state that, and describe how, the activity is substantively the same as that contained in published OCC precedent approving a non-controlling investment by a national bank or its operating subsidiary, state that the activity will be conducted in accordance with the same terms and conditions applicable to the activity covered by the precedent, and provide the citation to the applicable precedent;</P>
          <P>(3) Certify that the bank is well managed and well capitalized at the time of the investment;</P>
          <P>(4) Describe how the bank has the ability to prevent the enterprise from engaging in activities that are not set forth in § 5.34(e)(5)(v) or not contained in published OCC precedent approving a non-controlling investment by a national bank or its operating subsidiary, or how the bank otherwise has the ability to withdraw its investment;</P>
          <P>(5) Certify that the bank will account for its investment under this section under the equity or cost method of accounting;</P>
          <P>(6) Describe how the investment is convenient and useful to the bank in carrying out its business and not a mere passive investment unrelated to the bank's banking business;</P>
          <P>(7) Certify that the bank's loss exposure is limited, as a legal and accounting matter, and the bank does not have open-ended liability for the obligations of the enterprise; and</P>
          <P>(8) Certify that the enterprise in which the bank is investing agrees to be subject to OCC supervision and examination, subject to the limitations and requirements of section 45 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831v) and section 115 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1820a).</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11 of this part do not apply to filings for other equity investments.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 65 FR 12913, Mar. 10, 2000; 65 FR 41560, July 6, 2000]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investment in bank premises.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 29, 93a, and 371d.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth the procedures governing OCC review and approval of applications by national banks to invest in bank premises or in certain bank premises related investments, loans, or indebtedness, as described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definition—Bank premises</E> for purposes of this section includes the following:</P>

          <P>(1) Premises that are owned and occupied (or to be occupied, if under construction) by the bank, its branches, or its consolidated subsidiaries;<PRTPAGE P="96"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) Capitalized leases and leasehold improvements, vaults, and fixed machinery and equipment;</P>
          <P>(3) Remodeling costs to existing premises;</P>
          <P>(4) Real estate acquired and intended, in good faith, for use in future expansion; or</P>
          <P>(5) Parking facilities that are used by customers or employees of the bank, its branches, and its consolidated subsidiaries.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedure—</E>(1) <E T="03">Application.</E> (i) A national bank shall submit an application to the appropriate supervisory office to invest in bank premises, or in the stock, bonds, debentures, or other such obligations of any corporation holding the premises of the bank, or to make loans to or upon the security of the stock of such corporation, if the aggregate of all such investments and loans, together with the indebtedness incurred by any such corporation that is an affiliate of the bank, as defined in 12 U.S.C. 221a, will exceed the amount of the capital stock of the bank.</P>
          <P>(ii) The application must include:</P>
          <P>(A) A description of the bank's present investment in bank premises;</P>
          <P>(B) The investment in bank premises that the bank intends to make, and the business reason for making the investment; and</P>
          <P>(C) The amount by which the bank's aggregate investment will exceed the amount of the bank's capital stock.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Approval.</E> An application for national bank investment in bank premises or in certain bank premises’ related investments, loans or indebtedness, as described in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, is deemed approved as of the 30th day after the filing is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing presents a significant supervisory, or compliance concern, or raises a significant legal or policy issue. An approval for a specified amount under this section remains valid up to that amount until the OCC notifies the bank otherwise.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Notice process.</E> Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, a bank that is rated 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (CAMELS) may make an aggregate investment in bank premises up to 150 percent of the bank's capital and surplus without the OCC's prior approval, provided that the bank is well capitalized as defined in 12 CFR part 6 and will continue to be well capitalized after the investment or loan is made. However, the bank shall notify the appropriate supervisory office in writing of the investment within 30 days after the investment or loan is made. The written notice must include a description of the bank's investment.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this section. However, if the OCC concludes that an application presents significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Financial subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and section 121 of Public Law 106-102, 113 Stat. 1338, 1373.</P>
          <P>(b)<E T="03"> Approval requirements.</E> A national bank must file a notice as prescribed in this section prior to acquiring a financial subsidiary or engaging in activities authorized pursuant to section 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a) through a financial subsidiary. When a financial subsidiary proposes to conduct a new activity permitted under § 5.34, the bank shall follow the procedures in § 5.34(e)(5) instead of paragraph (i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth authorized activities, approval procedures, and, where applicable, conditions for national banks engaging in activities through a financial subsidiary.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this § 5.39:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Affiliate</E> has the meaning set forth in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841), except that the term “affiliate” for purposes of paragraph (h)(5) of this section shall have the meaning set forth in sections 23A or 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c and 371c-1), as applicable.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Appropriate Federal banking agency</E> has the meaning set forth in section 3 <PRTPAGE P="97"/>of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Company</E> has the meaning set forth in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841), and includes a limited liability company (LLC).</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Control</E> has the meaning set forth in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Eligible debt</E> means unsecured long-term debt that is:</P>
          <P>(i) Not supported by any form of credit enhancement, including a guaranty or standby letter of credit; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Not held in whole or in any significant part by any affiliate, officer, director, principal shareholder, or employee of the bank or any other person acting on behalf of or with funds from the bank or an affiliate of the bank.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Financial subsidiary</E> means any company that is controlled by one or more insured depository institutions, other than a subsidiary that:</P>
          <P>(i) Engages solely in activities that national banks may engage in directly and that are conducted subject to the same terms and conditions that govern the conduct of these activities by national banks; or</P>

          <P>(ii) A national bank is specifically authorized to control by the express terms of a Federal statute (other than section 5136A of the Revised Statutes), and not by implication or interpretation, such as by section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 601-604a), section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 611-631), or the Bank Service Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1861 <E T="03">et seq.</E>)</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Insured depository institution</E> has the meaning set forth in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813).</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Long term debt</E> means any debt obligation with an initial maturity of 360 days or more.</P>
          <P>(9) <E T="03">Subsidiary</E> has the meaning set forth in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841).</P>
          <P>(10) <E T="03">Tangible equity</E> has the meaning set forth in 12 CFR 6.2(g).</P>
          <P>(11) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> with respect to a depository institution means the capital level designated as “well capitalized” by the institution's appropriate Federal banking agency pursuant to section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831o).</P>
          <P>(12) <E T="03">Well managed</E> means:</P>
          <P>(i) Unless otherwise determined in writing by the appropriate Federal banking agency, the institution has received a composite rating of 1 or 2 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (or an equivalent rating under an equivalent rating system) in connection with the most recent examination or subsequent review of the depository institution and, at least a rating of 2 for management, if such a rating is given; or</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of any depository institution that has not been examined by its appropriate Federal banking agency, the existence and use of managerial resources that the appropriate Federal banking agency determines are satisfactory.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Authorized activities.</E> A financial subsidiary may engage only in the following activities:</P>
          <P>(1) Activities that are financial in nature and activities incidental to a financial activity, authorized pursuant to 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a) (to the extent not otherwise permitted under paragraph (e)(2) of this section), including:</P>
          <P>(i) Lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others, or safeguarding money or securities;</P>
          <P>(ii) Engaging as agent or broker in any state for purposes of insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability, death, defects in title, or providing annuities as agent or broker;</P>
          <P>(iii) Providing financial, investment, or economic advisory services, including advising an investment company as defined in section 3 of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. 80a-3);</P>
          <P>(iv) Issuing or selling instruments representing interests in pools of assets permissible for a bank to hold directly;</P>
          <P>(v) Underwriting, dealing in, or making a market in securities;</P>

          <P>(vi) Engaging in any activity that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has determined, by order or regulation in effect on November 12, 1999, to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling <PRTPAGE P="98"/>banks as to be a proper incident thereto (subject to the same terms and conditions contained in the order or regulation, unless the order or regulation is modified by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System);</P>
          <P>(vii) Engaging, in the United States, in any activity that a bank holding company may engage in outside the United States and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System has determined, under regulations prescribed or interpretations issued pursuant to section 4(c)(13) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1843(c)(13)) as in effect on November 11, 1999, to be usual in connection with the transaction of banking or other financial operations abroad; and</P>
          <P>(viii) Activities that the Secretary of the Treasury in consultation with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as provided in section 5136A of the Revised Statutes, determines to be financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity; and</P>
          <P>(2) Activities that may be conducted by an operating subsidiary pursuant to § 5.34.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Impermissible activities.</E> A financial subsidiary may not engage as principal in the following activities:</P>
          <P>(1) Insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss, harm, damage, illness, disability or death, or defects in title (except to the extent permitted under sections 302 or 303(c) of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA)), 113 Stat. 1407-1409, (15 U.S.C. 6712 or 15 U.S.C. 6713) or providing or issuing annuities the income of which is subject to tax treatment under section 72 of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 72);</P>
          <P>(2) Real estate development or real estate investment, unless otherwise expressly authorized by law; and</P>
          <P>(3) Activities authorized for bank holding companies by section 4(k)(4)(H) or (I) (12 U.S.C. 1843) of the Bank Holding Company Act, except activities authorized under section 4(k)(4)(H) that may be permitted in accordance with section 122 of the GLBA, 113 Stat. 1381.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Qualifications.</E> A national bank may, directly or indirectly, control a financial subsidiary or hold an interest in a financial subsidiary only if:</P>
          <P>(1) The national bank and each depository institution affiliate of the national bank are well capitalized and well managed;</P>
          <P>(2) The aggregate consolidated total assets of all financial subsidiaries of the national bank do not exceed the lesser of 45 percent of the consolidated total assets of the parent bank or $50 billion (or such greater amount as is determined according to an indexing mechanism jointly established by regulation by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System); and</P>
          <P>(3) If the national bank is one of the 100 largest insured banks, determined on the basis of the bank's consolidated total assets at the end of the calendar year, the bank has at least one issue of outstanding eligible debt that is currently rated in one of the three highest investment grade rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. If the national bank is one of the second 50 largest insured banks, it may either satisfy this requirement or satisfy alternative criteria the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System establish jointly by regulation. This paragraph (g)(3) does not apply if the financial subsidiary is engaged solely in activities in an agency capacity.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Safeguards.</E> The following safeguards apply to a national bank that establishes or maintains a financial subsidiary:</P>
          <P>(1) For purposes of determining regulatory capital:</P>
          <P>(i) The national bank must deduct the aggregate amount of its outstanding equity investment, including retained earnings, in its financial subsidiaries from its total assets and tangible equity and deduct such investment from its total risk-based capital (this deduction shall be made equally from Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital); and</P>
          <P>(ii) The national bank may not consolidate the assets and liabilities of a financial subsidiary with those of the bank;</P>

          <P>(2) Any published financial statement of the national bank shall, in addition to providing information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, separately present <PRTPAGE P="99"/>financial information for the bank in the manner provided in paragraph (h)(1) of this section;</P>
          <P>(3) The national bank must have reasonable policies and procedures to preserve the separate corporate identity and limited liability of the bank and the financial subsidiaries of the bank;</P>
          <P>(4) The national bank must have procedures for identifying and managing financial and operational risks within the bank and the financial subsidiary that adequately protect the national bank from such risks;</P>
          <P>(5) Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 371c and 371c-1) apply to transactions involving a financial subsidiary in the following manner:</P>
          <P>(i) A financial subsidiary shall be deemed to be an affiliate of the bank and shall not be deemed to be a subsidiary of the bank;</P>
          <P>(ii) The restrictions contained in section 23A(a)(1)(A) of the Federal Reserve Act shall not apply with respect to covered transactions between a bank and any individual financial subsidiary of the bank;</P>
          <P>(iii) The bank's investment in the financial subsidiary shall not include retained earnings of the financial subsidiary;</P>
          <P>(iv) Any purchase of, or investment in, the securities of a financial subsidiary of a bank by an affiliate of the bank will be considered to be a purchase of or investment in such securities by the bank; and</P>
          <P>(v) Any extension of credit by an affiliate of a bank to a financial subsidiary of the bank may be considered an extension of credit by the bank to the financial subsidiary if the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System determines that such treatment is necessary or appropriate to prevent evasions of the Federal Reserve Act and the GLBA.</P>

          <P>(6) A financial subsidiary shall be deemed a subsidiary of a bank holding company and not a subsidiary of the bank for purposes of the anti-tying prohibitions set forth in 12 U.S.C. 1971 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Procedures to engage in activities through a financial subsidiary.</E> A national bank that intends, directly or indirectly, to acquire control of, or hold an interest in, a financial subsidiary, or to commence a new activity in an existing financial subsidiary, must obtain OCC approval through the procedures set forth in paragraph (i)(1) or (i)(2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Certification with subsequent notice.</E> (i) At any time, a national bank may file a “Financial Subsidiary Certification” with the appropriate district office listing the bank's depository institution affiliates and certifying that the bank and each of those affiliates is well capitalized and well managed.</P>
          <P>(ii) Thereafter, at such time as the bank seeks OCC approval to acquire control of, or hold an interest in, a new financial subsidiary, or commence a new activity authorized under section 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a) in an existing subsidiary, the bank may file a written notice with the appropriate district office at the time of acquiring control of, or holding an interest in, a financial subsidiary, or commencing such activity in an existing subsidiary. The written notice must be labeled “Financial Subsidiary Notice” and must:</P>
          <P>(A) State that the bank's Certification remains valid;</P>
          <P>(B) Describe the activity or activities conducted by the financial subsidiary. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable;</P>
          <P>(C) Cite the specific authority permitting the activity to be conducted by the financial subsidiary. (Where the authority relied on is an agency order or interpretation under section 4(c)(8) or 4(c)(13), respectively, of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, a copy of the order or interpretation should be attached);</P>

          <P>(D) Certify that the bank will be well capitalized after making adjustments required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section;<PRTPAGE P="100"/>
          </P>
          <P>(E) Demonstrate the aggregate consolidated total assets of all financial subsidiaries of the national bank do not exceed the lesser of 45 percent of the bank's consolidated total assets or $50 billion (or the increased level established by the indexing mechanism); and</P>
          <P>(F) If applicable, certify that the bank meets the eligible debt requirement in paragraph (g)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Combined certification and notice.</E> A national bank may file a combined certification and notice with the appropriate district office at least five business days prior to acquiring control of, or holding an interest in, a financial subsidiary, or commencing a new activity authorized pursuant to section 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes in an existing subsidiary. The written notice must be labeled “Financial Subsidiary Certification and Notice” and must:</P>
          <P>(i) List the bank's depository institution affiliates and certify that the bank and each depository institution affiliate of the bank is well capitalized and well managed;</P>
          <P>(ii) Describe the activity or activities to be conducted in the financial subsidiary. To the extent the notice relates to the initial affiliation of the bank with a company engaged in insurance activities, the bank should describe the type of insurance activity that the company is engaged in and has present plans to conduct. The bank must also list for each state the lines of business for which the company holds, or will hold, an insurance license, indicating the state where the company holds a resident license or charter, as applicable;</P>
          <P>(iii) Cite the specific authority permitting the activity to be conducted by the financial subsidiary. (Where the authority relied on is an agency order or interpretation under section 4(c)(8) or 4(c)(13), respectively, of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, a copy of the order or interpretation should be attached);</P>
          <P>(iv) Certify that the bank will remain well capitalized after making the adjustments required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section;</P>
          <P>(v) Demonstrate the aggregate consolidated total assets of all financial subsidiaries of the national bank do not exceed the lesser of 45% of the bank's consolidated total assets or $50 billion (or the increased level established by the indexing mechanism); and</P>
          <P>(vi) If applicable, certify that the bank meets the eligible debt requirement in paragraph (g)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3)<E T="03"> Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13 do not apply to activities authorized under this section.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Community Reinvestment Act (CRA).</E> A national bank may not apply under this paragraph (i) to commence a new activity authorized under section 5136A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 24a), or directly or indirectly acquire control of a company engaged in any such activity, if the bank or any of its insured depository institution affiliates received a CRA rating of less than “satisfactory record of meeting community credit needs” on its most recent CRA examination prior to when the bank would file a notice under this section.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Failure to continue to meet certain qualification requirements</E>—(1) <E T="03">Qualifications and safeguards.</E> A national bank, or, as applicable, its affiliated depository institutions, must continue to satisfy the qualification requirements set forth in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of this section and the safeguards in paragraphs (h)(1), (2), (3) and (4) of this section following its acquisition of control of, or an interest in, a financial subsidiary. A national bank that fails to continue to satisfy these requirements will be subject to the following procedures and requirements:</P>

          <P>(i) The OCC shall give notice to the national bank and, in the case of an affiliated depository institution to that depository institution's appropriate Federal banking agency, promptly upon determining that the national bank, or, as applicable, its affiliated depository institution, does not continue to meet the requirements in paragraph (g)(1) or (2) of this section or the safeguards in paragraph (h)(1), (2), (3), or (4) of this section. The bank shall be deemed to have received such notice three business days after mailing of the letter by the OCC;<PRTPAGE P="101"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) Not later than 45 days after receipt of the notice under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section, or any additional time as the OCC may permit, the national bank shall execute an agreement with the OCC to comply with the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) and (h)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section;</P>
          <P>(iii) The OCC may impose limitations on the conduct or activities of the national bank or any subsidiary of the national bank as the OCC determines appropriate under the circumstances and consistent with the purposes of section 5136A of the Revised Statutes; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The OCC may require a national bank to divest control of a financial subsidiary if the national bank does not correct the conditions giving rise to the notice within 180 days after receipt of the notice provided under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Eligible debt rating requirement.</E> A national bank that does not continue to meet the qualification requirement set forth in paragraph (g)(3) of this section, applicable where the bank's financial subsidiary is engaged in activities other than solely in an agency capacity, may not directly or through a subsidiary, purchase or acquire any additional equity capital of any such financial subsidiary until the bank meets the requirement in paragraph (g)(3) of this section. For purposes of this paragraph (j)(2), the term “equity capital” includes, in addition to any equity investment, any debt instrument issued by the financial subsidiary if the instrument qualifies as capital of the subsidiary under federal or state law, regulation, or interpretation applicable to the subsidiary.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Examination and supervision.</E> A financial subsidiary is subject to examination and supervision by the OCC, subject to the limitations and requirements of section 45 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831v) and section 115 of the GLBA (12 U.S.C. 1820a).</P>
          <CITA>[65 FR 12914, Mar. 10, 2000]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Other Changes in Activities and Operations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in location of main office.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority</E> 12 U.S.C. 30, 93a, and 2901 through 2907.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall give prior notice to the OCC to relocate its main office within city, town, or village limits to an authorized branch location. A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior OCC approval to relocate its main office to any other location in the city, town, or village, or within 30 miles of the limits of the city, town, or village in which the main office of the bank is located.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes OCC procedures and approval standards for an application or a notice by a national bank to change the location of its main office.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedure—</E>(1) <E T="03">Main office relocation to an authorized branch location within city, town, or village limits.</E> A national bank may change the location of its main office to an authorized branch location (approved or existing branch site) within the limits of the same city, town, or village. The national bank shall submit a notice to the appropriate district office before the relocation. The notice must include the new address of the main office and the effective date of the relocation.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">To any other location.</E> To relocate its main office to any other location, a national bank shall file an application to relocate with the appropriate district office. If relocating the main office outside the limits of its city, town, or village, a national bank shall also:</P>
          <P>(i) Obtain the approval of shareholders owning two-thirds of the voting stock of the bank; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Amend its articles of association.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Establishment of a branch at site of former main office.</E> A national bank desiring to establish a branch at its former main office location shall obtain OCC approval pursuant to the standards of § 5.30.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> A main office relocation application submitted by an eligible bank under paragraph (d)(2) of <PRTPAGE P="102"/>this section is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 15th day after the close of the public comment period or the 45th day after the filing is received by the OCC, whichever is later, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that time that the filing is not eligible for expedited review, or the expedited review period is extended, under § 5.13(a)(2).</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> (i) Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to a main office relocation to an authorized branch location within the limits of the city, town, or village as described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section. However, if the OCC concludes that the notice under paragraph (d)(1) of this section presents a significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issue, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(ii) The comment period on any application filed under paragraph (d)(2) of this section to engage in a short-distance relocation of a main office is 15 days.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if the national bank has not opened its main office at the relocated site within 18 months of the date of approval.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.42</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Corporate title.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 21a, 30, and 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the method by which a national bank may change its corporate title.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Standards.</E> A national bank may change its corporate title provided that the new title includes the word “national” and complies with other applicable Federal laws, including 18 U.S.C. 709, regarding false advertising and the misuse of names to indicate a Federal agency, and any applicable OCC guidance.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Procedures—</E>(1) <E T="03">Notice process.</E> A national bank shall promptly notify the appropriate district office if it changes its corporate title. The notice must contain the old and new titles and the effective date of the change.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Amendment to articles of association.</E> A national bank whose corporate title is specified in its articles of association shall amend its articles, in accordance with the procedures of 12 U.S.C. 21a, to change its title.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13(a) do not apply to a national bank's change of corporate title. However, if the OCC concludes that the application presents a significant and novel policy, supervisory, or legal issue, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13(a) apply.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.46</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Changes in permanent capital.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 21a, 51, 51a, 51b, 51b-1, 52, 56, 57, 59, 60, and 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank shall submit an application and obtain OCC approval to decrease its permanent capital. Generally, a national bank need only submit a notice to increase its permanent capital, although, in certain circumstances, a national bank shall be required to submit an application and obtain OCC approval.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes procedures and standards relating to a transaction resulting in a change in a national bank's permanent capital.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to changes in a national bank's permanent capital.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For the purposes of this section the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Capital plan</E> means a plan describing the manner and schedule by which a national bank will attain specified capital levels or ratios, including a plan to achieve minimum capital ratios filed with the appropriate district office under 12 CFR 3.7 and a capital restoration plan filed with the OCC under 12 U.S.C. 1831o and 12 CFR 6.5.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Capital stock</E> means the total amount of common stock and preferred stock.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Capital surplus</E> means the total of:</P>
          <P>(i) The amount paid in on capital stock in excess of the par or stated value;</P>

          <P>(ii) Direct capital contributions representing the amounts paid in to the national bank other than for capital stock;<PRTPAGE P="103"/>
          </P>
          <P>(iii) The amount transferred from undivided profits required by 12 U.S.C. 60; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The amount transferred from undivided profits reflecting stock dividends.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Permanent capital</E> means the sum of capital stock and capital surplus.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Policy.</E> In determining whether to approve a proposed change to a national bank's permanent capital, the OCC considers whether the change is:</P>
          <P>(1) Consistent with law, regulation, and OCC policy thereunder;</P>
          <P>(2) Provides an adequate capital structure; and</P>
          <P>(3) If appropriate, complies with the bank's capital plan.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Increases in permanent capital—</E>(1) <E T="03">Prior approval—</E>(i) <E T="03">Criteria.</E> A national bank need not obtain prior OCC approval to increase its permanent capital unless the bank is:</P>
          <P>(A) Required to receive OCC approval pursuant to letter, order, directive, written agreement or otherwise;</P>
          <P>(B) Selling common or preferred stock for consideration other than cash; or</P>
          <P>(C) Receiving a material noncash contribution to capital surplus.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Application and letter of notification.</E> A national bank that proposes to increase its permanent capital and that must receive OCC approval under paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section shall file an application under paragraph (i)(1) of this section and a letter of notification under paragraph (i)(3) of this section. A national bank not required to obtain prior approval under paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section for an increase in capital shall file only the letter of notification under paragraph (i)(3) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Preferred stock.</E> Notwithstanding paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, in the case of a sale of preferred stock, the national bank shall also submit provisions in the articles of association concerning preferred stock dividends, voting and conversion rights, retirement of the stock, and rights to exercise control over management to the appropriate district office prior to the sale of the preferred stock. The provisions will be deemed approved by the OCC within 30 days of its receipt, unless the OCC notifies the applicant otherwise, including a statement of the reason for the delay.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Decreases in permanent capital.</E> A national bank shall submit an application and obtain prior approval under paragraph (i)(1) or (i)(2) of this section for any reduction of its permanent capital.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Procedures</E>—(1) Prior approval. A national bank proposing to make a change in its permanent capital that requires prior OCC approval under paragraphs (g) or (h) of this section shall submit an application to the appropriate district office. The application must:</P>
          <P>(i) Describe the type and amount of the proposed change in permanent capital and explain the reason for the change;</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of a reduction in capital, provide a schedule detailing the present and proposed capital structure;</P>
          <P>(iii) In the case of a material noncash contribution to capital, provide a description of the method of valuing the contribution; and</P>
          <P>(iv) State if the bank is subject to a capital plan with the OCC and how the proposed change would conform to a capital plan or if a capital plan is otherwise required in connection with the proposed change in permanent capital.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Expedited review.</E> An eligible bank's application is deemed approved by the OCC 30 days after the date the OCC receives the application described in paragraph (i)(1) of this section, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the application is not eligible for expedited review under § 5.13(a)(2). A bank seeking to decrease its capital may request OCC approval for up to four consecutive quarters. An eligible bank may decrease its capital pursuant to such a plan only if the bank maintains its eligible bank status before and after each decrease in its capital.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Letter of notification.</E> After a bank completes an increase in capital it shall submit a letter of notification to the appropriate district office in order to obtain a certification from the OCC. The proposed change is deemed approved by the OCC and certified seven days after the date on which the OCC receives the letter of notification. The <PRTPAGE P="104"/>letter of notification must be acknowledged before a notary public by the bank's president, vice president, or cashier and contain:</P>
          <P>(i) A description of the transaction, unless already provided pursuant to paragraph (i)(1) of this section;</P>
          <P>(ii) The amount, including the par value of the stock, and effective date of the increase;</P>
          <P>(iii) A certification that the funds have been paid in, if applicable;</P>
          <P>(iv) A certified copy of the amendment to the articles of association, if required; and</P>
          <P>(v) A statement that the bank has complied with all laws, regulations and conditions imposed by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Notice process.</E> A national bank that decreases its capital in accordance with paragraphs (i)(1) or (i)(2) of this section shall notify the appropriate district office following the completion of the transaction.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a national bank has not completed its change in permanent capital within one year of the date of approval.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Offers and sales of stock.</E> A national bank shall comply with the Securities Offering Disclosure Rules in 12 CFR part 16 for offers and sales of common and preferred stock.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Shareholder approval.</E> A national bank shall obtain the necessary shareholder approval required by statute for any change in its permanent capital.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.47</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Subordinated debt as capital.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank does not need prior OCC approval to issue subordinated debt, or to prepay subordinated debt (including payment pursuant to an acceleration clause or redemption prior to maturity) provided the bank remains an eligible bank after the transaction, unless the OCC has previously notified the bank that prior approval is required, or unless prior approval is required by law. No prior approval is required for the bank to count the subordinated debt as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital. However, a bank issuing subordinated debt shall notify the OCC after issuance if the debt is to be counted as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section sets forth the procedures for OCC review and approval of an application to issue or prepay subordinated debt.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions—</E>(1) <E T="03">Capital plan</E> means a plan describing the means and schedule by which a national bank will attain specified capital levels or ratios, including a plan to achieve minimum capital ratios filed with the appropriate district office under 12 CFR 3.7 and a capital restoration plan filed with the OCC under 12 U.S.C. 1831o and 12 CFR 6.5.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Tier 2 capital</E> has the same meaning as set forth in 12 CFR 3.2(d).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Tier 3 capital</E> has the same meaning as set forth in 12 CFR part 3, appendix B, section 2(d).</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Qualification as regulatory capital.</E> (1) A national bank's subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 capital if the subordinated debt meets the requirements in 12 CFR part 3, appendix A, section 2(b)(4), and complies with the “OCC Guidelines for Subordinated Debt” in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(2) A national bank's subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 3 capital if the subordinated debt meets the requirements in 12 CFR part 3, section 2(d) of Appendix B.</P>
          <P>(3) If the OCC notifies a national bank that it must obtain OCC approval before issuing subordinated debt, the subordinated debt will not qualify as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital until the bank obtains OCC approval for its inclusion in capital.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Prior approval procedure—</E>(1) <E T="03">Application.</E> A national bank required to obtain OCC approval before issuing or prepaying subordinated debt shall submit an application to the appropriate district office. The application must include:</P>
          <P>(i) A description of the terms and amount of the proposed issuance or prepayment;</P>
          <P>(ii) A statement of whether the bank is subject to a capital plan or required to file a capital plan with the OCC and, if so, how the proposed change conforms to the capital plan;</P>
          <P>(iii) A copy of the proposed subordinated note format and note agreement; and</P>

          <P>(iv) A statement of whether the subordinated debt issue complies with all <PRTPAGE P="105"/>laws, regulations, and the “OCC Guidelines for Subordinated Debt” in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Approval—</E>(i) <E T="03">General.</E> The application is deemed approved by the OCC as of the 30th day after the filing is received by the OCC, unless the OCC notifies the bank prior to that date that the filing presents a significant supervisory, or compliance concern, or raises a significant legal or policy issue.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Tier 2 and Tier 3 capital.</E> When the OCC notifies the bank that the OCC approves the bank's application to issue or prepay the subordinated debt, it also notifies the bank whether the subordinated debt qualifies as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Expiration of approval.</E> Approval expires if a national bank does not complete the sale of the subordinated debt within one year of approval.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Notice procedure.</E> If a national bank is not required to obtain approval before issuing subordinated debt, the bank shall notify the appropriate district office in writing within ten days after issuing subordinated debt that is to be counted as Tier 2 or Tier 3 capital. The notice must include:</P>
          <P>(1) The terms of the issuance;</P>
          <P>(2) The amount and date of receipt of funds;</P>
          <P>(3) A copy of the final subordinated note format and note agreement; and</P>
          <P>(4) A statement that the issue complies with all laws, regulations, and the “OCC Guidelines for Subordinated Debt Instruments” in the Manual.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to the issuance of subordinated debt.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Issuance of subordinated debt.</E> A national bank shall comply with the Securities Offering Disclosure Rules in 12 CFR part 16 when issuing subordinated debt even if the bank is not required to obtain prior approval to issue subordinated debt.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.48</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Voluntary liquidation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a, 181, and 182.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> A national bank considering going into voluntary liquidation shall notify the OCC. The bank shall also file a notice with the OCC once a liquidation plan is definite.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to a voluntary liquidation. However, if the OCC concludes that the notice presents significant and novel policy, supervisory or legal issues, the OCC may determine that any or all parts of §§ 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 apply.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Standards.</E> A national bank may liquidate in accordance with the terms of 12 U.S.C. 181 and 182.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Procedure</E>—(1) <E T="03">Notice of voluntary liquidation.</E> When the shareholders of a solvent national bank have voted to voluntarily liquidate, the bank shall file a notice with the appropriate district office and publish public notice in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 182.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Report of condition.</E> The liquidating bank shall submit reports of the condition of its commercial, trust, and other departments to the appropriate district office by filing the quarterly Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (Call Reports).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Report of progress.</E> The liquidating agent or committee shall submit a “Report of Progress of Liquidation” annually to the appropriate district office until the liquidation is complete.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Expedited liquidations in connection with acquisitions</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> When an acquiring depository institution in a business combination purchases all the assets, and assumes all the liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of a target national bank, the acquiring depository institution may dissolve the target national bank immediately after the combination. However, if any liabilities will remain in the target national bank, then the standard liquidation procedures apply.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> After its shareholders have voted to liquidate and the national bank has notified the appropriate district office of its plans, the bank may surrender its charter and dissolve immediately, if:</P>

          <P>(i) The acquiring depository institution certifies to the OCC that it has purchased all the assets and assumed all the liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of the national bank in liquidation; and<PRTPAGE P="106"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) The acquiring depository institution and the national bank in liquidation have published notice that the bank will dissolve after the purchase and assumption to the acquiror. This is included in the notice and publication for the purchase and assumption required under the Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c).</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">National bank as acquiror.</E> If another national bank plans to acquire a national bank in liquidation through merger or through the purchase of the assets and the assumption of the liabilities of the bank in liquidation, the acquiring bank shall comply with the Bank Merger Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828(c), and § 5.33.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.50</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change in bank control; reporting of stock loans.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and 1817(j).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Licensing requirements.</E> Any person seeking to acquire control of a national bank shall provide 60 days prior written notice of a change in control to the OCC, except where otherwise provided in this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> This section describes the procedures and standards governing OCC review of notices for a change in control of a national bank and reports of stock loans.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exempt transactions.</E> The following transactions are not subject to the requirements of this section:</P>
          <P>(i) The acquisition of additional shares of a national bank by a person who:</P>
          <P>(A) Has, continuously since March 9, 1979, (or since that institution commenced business, if later) held power to vote 25 percent or more of the voting securities of that bank; or</P>
          <P>(B) Under paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section, would be presumed to have controlled that bank continuously since March 9, 1979, if the transaction will not result in that person's direct or indirect ownership or power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the national bank; or, in other cases, where the OCC determines that the person has controlled the bank continuously since March 9, 1979;</P>
          <P>(ii) Unless the OCC otherwise provides in writing, the acquisition of additional shares of a national bank by a person who has lawfully acquired and maintained continuous control of the bank under paragraph (f) of this section after complying with the procedures and filing the notice required by this section;</P>
          <P>(iii) A transaction subject to approval under section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1842, section 18 of Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1828, or section 10 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. 1467a;</P>
          <P>(iv) Any transaction described in section 2(a)(5) or 3(a) (A) or (B) of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(5) and 1842(a) (A) and (B), by a person described in those provisions;</P>

          <P>(v) A customary one-time proxy solicitation or receipt of <E T="03">pro rata</E> stock dividends; and</P>
          <P>(vi) The acquisition of shares of a foreign bank that has a Federally licensed branch in the United States. This exemption does not extend to the reports and information required under paragraph (h) of this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Prior notice exemption.</E> The following transactions are not subject to the prior notice requirements of this section but are otherwise subject to this section, including filing a notice and paying the appropriate filing fee, within 90 calendar days after the transaction occurs:</P>
          <P>(i) The acquisition of control as a result of acquisition of voting shares of a national bank through testate or intestate succession;</P>
          <P>(ii) The acquisition of control as a result of acquisition of voting shares of a national bank as a bona fide gift;</P>
          <P>(iii) The acquisition of voting shares of a national bank resulting from a redemption of voting securities;</P>
          <P>(iv) The acquisition of control of a national bank as a result of actions by third parties (including the sale of securities) that are not within the control of the acquiror; and</P>
          <P>(v) The acquisition of control as a result of the acquisition of voting shares of a national bank in satisfaction of a debt previously contracted in good faith.</P>

          <P>(A) “Good faith” means that a person must either make or acquire a loan secured by voting securities of a national bank in advance of any known default. <PRTPAGE P="107"/>A person who purchases a previously defaulted loan secured by voting securities of a national bank may not rely on this paragraph (c)(3)(v) to foreclose on that loan, seize or purchase the underlying collateral, and acquire control of the national bank without complying with the prior notice requirements of this section.</P>
          <P>(B) To ensure compliance with this section, the acquiror of a defaulted loan secured by a controlling amount of a national bank's voting securities shall file a notice prior to the time the loan is acquired unless the acquiror can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OCC that the voting securities are not the anticipated source of repayment for the loan.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> As used in this section:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Acquisition</E> includes a purchase, assignment, transfer, or pledge of voting securities, or an increase in percentage ownership of a national bank resulting from a redemption of voting securities.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Acting in concert</E> means:</P>
          <P>(i) Knowing participation in a joint activity or parallel action towards a common goal of acquiring control whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or</P>
          <P>(ii) A combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement, or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Control</E> means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies of a national bank or to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of a national bank.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Notice</E> means a filing by a person in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Person</E> means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization, or any other form of entity, and includes voting trusts and voting agreements and any group of persons acting in concert.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Voting securities</E> means:</P>
          <P>(i) Shares of common or preferred stock, or similar interests, if the shares or interests, by statute, charter, or in any manner, allow the holder to vote for or select directors (or persons exercising similar functions) of the issuing national bank, or to vote on or to direct the conduct of the operations or other significant policies of the issuing national bank. However, preferred stock or similar interests are not voting securities if:</P>
          <P>(A) Any voting rights associated with the shares or interests are limited solely to voting rights customarily provided by statute regarding matters that would significantly affect the rights or preference of the security or other interest. This includes the issuance of additional amounts of classes of senior securities, the modification of the terms of the security or interest, the dissolution of the issuing national bank, or the payment of dividends by the issuing national bank when preferred dividends are in arrears;</P>
          <P>(B) The shares or interests are a passive investment or financing device and do not otherwise provide the holder with control over the issuing national bank; and</P>
          <P>(C) The shares or interests do not allow the holder by statute, charter, or in any manner, to select or to vote for the selection of directors (or persons exercising similar functions) of the issuing national bank.</P>
          <P>(ii) Securities, other instruments, or similar interests that are immediately convertible, at the option of the owner or holder thereof, into voting securities.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Policy</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> The OCC seeks to enhance and maintain public confidence in the banking system by preventing a change in control of a national bank that could have serious adverse effects on a bank's financial stability or management resources, the interests of the bank's customers, the Federal deposit insurance fund, or competition.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Acquisitions subject to the Bank Holding Company Act.</E> (i) If corporations, partnerships, certain trusts, associations, and similar organizations, that are not already bank holding companies, are not required to secure prior Federal Reserve Board approval to acquire control of a bank under section 3 <PRTPAGE P="108"/>of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1842, they are subject to the notice requirements of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) Certain transactions, including foreclosures by depository institutions and other institutional lenders, fiduciary acquisitions by depository institutions, and increases of majority holdings by bank holding companies, are described in sections 2(a)(5)(D) and 3(a) (A) and (B) of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(5)(D) and 12 U.S.C. 1842(a) (A) and (B), but do not require the Federal Reserve Board's prior approval. For purposes of this section, they are considered subject to section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act, 12 U.S.C 1842, and do not require either a prior or subsequent notice to the OCC under this section.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Assessing financial condition.</E> In assessing the financial condition of the acquiring person, the OCC weighs any debt servicing requirements in light of the acquiring person's overall financial strength; the institution's earnings performance, asset condition, capital adequacy, and future prospects; and the likelihood of the acquiring party making unreasonable demands on the resources of the institution.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Procedures—</E>(1) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8(a), 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13(a) through (f) do not apply to filings under this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Who must file.</E> (i) Any person seeking to acquire the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management or policies, or to vote 25 percent or more of a class of voting securities of a national bank, shall file a notice with the OCC 60 days prior to the proposed acquisition, unless the acquisition is exempt under paragraph (c)(2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC presumes, unless rebutted, that an acquisition or other disposition of voting securities through which any person proposes to acquire ownership of, or the power to vote, ten percent or more of a class of voting securities of a national bank is an acquisition by a person of the power to direct the bank's management or policies if:</P>
          <P>(A) The securities to be acquired or voted are subject to the registration requirements of section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78l; or</P>
          <P>(B) Immediately after the transaction no other person will own or have the power to vote a greater proportion of that class of voting securities.</P>
          <P>(iii) Other transactions resulting in a person's control of less than 25 percent of a class of voting securities of a national bank are not deemed by the OCC to result in control for purposes of this section.</P>
          <P>(iv) If two or more persons, not acting in concert, each propose to acquire simultaneously equal percentages of ten percent or more of a class of a national bank's voting securities, and either the acquisitions are of a class of securities subject to the registration requirements of section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. 78l, or immediately after the transaction no other shareholder of the national bank would own or have the power to vote a greater percentage of the class, each of the acquiring persons shall either file a notice or rebut the presumption of control.</P>
          <P>(v) An acquiring person may seek to rebut the presumption established in paragraph (f)(2)(ii) of this section by presenting relevant information in writing to the appropriate district office. The OCC shall respond in writing to any person that seeks to rebut the presumption of control. No rebuttal filing is effective unless the OCC indicates in writing that the information submitted has been found to be sufficient to rebut the presumption of control.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Filings.</E> (i) The OCC does not accept a notice of a change in control unless it is technically complete, i.e., the information provided is responsive to every item listed in the notice form and is accompanied by the appropriate fee.</P>

          <P>(A) The notice must contain personal and biographical information, detailed financial information, details of the proposed change in control, information on any structural or managerial changes contemplated for the institution, and other relevant information required by the OCC. The OCC may waive any of the informational requirements of the notice if the OCC determines that it is in the public interest.<PRTPAGE P="109"/>
          </P>
          <P>(B) When the acquiring person is an individual, or group of individuals acting in concert, the requirement to provide personal financial data may be satisfied with a current statement of assets and liabilities and an income summary, together with a statement of any material changes since the date of the statement or summary. However, the OCC may require additional information, if appropriate.</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC has 60 days from the date it declares the notice to be technically complete to review the notice.</P>
          <P>(A) When the OCC declares a notice technically complete, the appropriate district office sends a letter of acknowledgment to the applicant indicating the technically complete date.</P>
          <P>(B) As set forth in paragraph (g) of this section, the applicant shall publish an announcement within 10 days of filing the notice with the OCC. The publication of the announcement triggers a 20-day public comment period. The OCC may waive or shorten the public comment period if an emergency exists. The OCC also may shorten the comment period for other good cause. The OCC may act on a proposed change in control prior to the expiration of the public comment period if the OCC makes a written determination that an emergency exists.</P>
          <P>(C) An applicant shall notify the OCC immediately of any material changes in a notice submitted to the OCC, including changes in financial or other conditions, that may affect the OCC's decision on the filing.</P>
          <P>(iii) Within the 60-day period, the OCC may inform the applicant that the acquisition has been disapproved, has not been disapproved, or that the OCC will extend the 60-day review period. The applicant may request a hearing by the OCC within 10 days of receipt of a disapproval (see 12 CFR part 19, subpart H, for hearing initiation procedures). Following final agency action under 12 CFR part 19, further review by the courts is available.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Disapproval of notice.</E> The OCC may disapprove a notice if it finds that any of the following factors exist:</P>
          <P>(i) The proposed acquisition of control would result in a monopoly or would be in furtherance of any combination or conspiracy to monopolize or to attempt to monopolize the business of banking in any part of the United States;</P>
          <P>(ii) The effect of the proposed acquisition of control in any section of the country may be substantially to lessen competition or to tend to create a monopoly or the proposed acquisition of control would in any other manner be in restraint of trade, and the anticompetitive effects of the proposed acquisition of control are not clearly outweighed in the public interest by the probable effect of the transaction in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served;</P>
          <P>(iii) The financial condition of any acquiring person is such as might jeopardize the financial stability of the bank or prejudice the interests of the depositors of the bank;</P>
          <P>(iv) The competence, experience, or integrity of any acquiring person, or of any of the proposed management personnel, indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors of the bank, or in the interest of the public, to permit that person to control the bank;</P>
          <P>(v) An acquiring person neglects, fails, or refuses to furnish the OCC all the information it requires; or</P>
          <P>(vi) The OCC determines that the proposed transaction would result in an adverse effect on the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Disapproval notification.</E> If the OCC disapproves a notice, it mails a written notification to the proposed acquiring person within three days after the decision containing a statement of the basis for disapproval.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Disclosure—</E>(1) <E T="03">Announcement.</E> The applicant shall publish an announcement in a newspaper of general circulation in the community where the affected national bank is located within ten days of filing. The OCC may authorize a delayed announcement if an immediate announcement would not be in the public interest.</P>

          <P>(i) In addition to the information required by § 5.8(b), the announcement must include the name of the national bank named in the notice and the comment period (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, 20 days from the date of the announcement). The announcement also must state that the public <PRTPAGE P="110"/>portion of the notice is available upon request.</P>
          <P>(ii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this paragraph (g), if the OCC determines in writing that an emergency exists and that the announcement requirements of this paragraph (g) would seriously threaten the safety and soundness of the national bank to be acquired, including situations where the OCC must act immediately in order to prevent the probable failure of a national bank, the OCC may waive or shorten the publication requirement.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Release of information.</E> (i) Upon the request of any person, the OCC releases the information provided in the public portion of the notice and makes it available for public inspection and copying as soon as possible after a notice has been filed. In certain circumstances the OCC may determine that the release of the information would not be in the public interest. In addition, the OCC makes a public announcement of a technically complete notice, the disposition of the notice, and the consummation date of the transaction, if applicable, in the OCC's “Weekly Bulletin.”</P>
          <P>(ii) The OCC handles requests for the non-public portion of the notice as requests under the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, and other applicable law.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Reporting of stock loans—</E>(1) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> (i) Any foreign bank, or any affiliate thereof, shall file a consolidated report with the appropriate district office of the national bank if the foreign bank or any affiliate thereof, has credit outstanding to any person or group of persons that, in the aggregate, is secured, directly or indirectly, by 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the same national bank.</P>
          <P>(ii) The foreign bank, or any affiliate thereof, shall also file a copy of the report with its appropriate district office if that office is different from the national bank's appropriate district office. If the foreign bank, or any affiliate thereof, is not supervised by the OCC, it shall file a copy of the report filed with the OCC with its appropriate Federal banking agency.</P>
          <P>(iii) Any shares of the national bank held by the foreign bank, or any affiliate thereof, as principal must be included in the calculation of the number of shares in which the foreign bank or any affiliate thereof has a security interest for purposes of paragraph (h)(1)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this paragraph (h):</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Foreign bank and affiliate</E> have the same meanings as in section 1 of the International Banking Act of 1978, 12 U.S.C. 3101.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Credit outstanding</E> includes any loan or extension of credit; the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance, or letter of credit, including an endorsement or standby letter of credit; and any other type of transaction that extends credit or financing to a person or group of persons.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Group of persons</E> includes any number of persons that a foreign bank, or an affiliate thereof, has reason to believe:</P>
          <P>(A) Are acting together, in concert, or with one another to acquire or control shares of the same insured national bank, including an acquisition of shares of the same national bank at approximately the same time under substantially the same terms; or</P>
          <P>(B) Have made, or propose to make, a joint filing under 15 U.S.C. 78m regarding ownership of the shares of the same depository institution.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exceptions.</E> Compliance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section is not required if:</P>
          <P>(i) The person or group of persons referred to in paragraph (h)(1) of this section has disclosed the amount borrowed and the security interest therein to the appropriate district office in connection with a notice filed under this section or any other application filed with the appropriate district office as a substitute for a notice under this section, such as for a national bank charter; or</P>
          <P>(ii) The transaction involves a person or group of persons that has been the owner or owners of record of the stock for a period of one year or more or, if the transaction involves stock issued by a newly chartered bank, before the bank's opening.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Report requirements.</E> (i) The consolidated report must indicate the number and percentage of shares securing each applicable extension of credit, <PRTPAGE P="111"/>the identity of the borrower, and the number of shares held as principal by the foreign bank and any affiliate thereof.</P>
          <P>(ii) The foreign bank and all affiliates thereof shall file the consolidated report in writing within 30 days of the date on which the foreign bank or affiliate thereof first believes that the security for any outstanding credit consists of 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of a national bank.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Other reporting requirements.</E> A foreign bank or any affiliate thereof, supervised by the OCC and required to report credit outstanding secured by the shares of a depository institution to another Federal banking agency also shall file a copy of the report with its appropriate district office.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.51</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Changes in directors and senior executive officers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 1831i.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the circumstances when a national bank must notify the OCC of a change in its directors and senior executive officers, and the OCC's authority to disapprove those notices.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definitions—</E>(1) <E T="03">Director</E> means a person who serves on the board of directors of a national bank except:</P>
          <P>(i) A director of a foreign bank that operates a Federal branch; and</P>
          <P>(ii) An advisory director who does not have the authority to vote on matters before the board of directors and provides solely general policy advice to the board of directors.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">National bank,</E> as defined in § 5.3(j), includes a Federal branch for purposes of this section only.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Senior executive officer</E> means the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, chief lending officer, chief investment officer, and any other individual the OCC identifies to the national bank who exercises significant influence over, or participates in, major policy making decisions of the bank without regard to title, salary, or compensation. The term also includes employees of entities retained by a national bank to perform such functions in lieu of directly hiring the individuals, and, with respect to a Federal branch operated by a foreign bank, the individual functioning as the chief managing official of the Federal branch.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Technically complete notice</E> means a notice that provides all the information requested in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, including complete explanations where material issues arise regarding the competence, experience, character, or integrity of proposed directors or senior executive officers, and any additional information that the OCC may request following a determination that the original submission of the notice was not technically complete.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Technically complete notice date</E> means the date on which the OCC has received a technically complete notice.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Troubled condition</E> means a national bank that:</P>
          <P>(i) Has a composite rating of 4 or 5 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (CAMELS);</P>
          <P>(ii) Is subject to a cease and desist order, a consent order, or a formal written agreement, unless otherwise informed in writing by the OCC; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Is informed in writing by the OCC that as a result of an examination it has been designated in “troubled condition” for purposes of this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Prior notice.</E> A national bank shall provide written notice to the OCC at least 90 days before adding or replacing any member of its board of directors, employing any person as a senior executive officer of the national bank, or changing the responsibilities of any senior executive officer so that the person would assume a different executive officer position, if:</P>
          <P>(1) The national bank is not in compliance with minimum capital requirements applicable to such institution, as prescribed in 12 CFR part 3, or is otherwise in troubled condition; or</P>
          <P>(2) The OCC determines, in connection with the review by the agency of the plan required under section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 USC 1831o, or otherwise, that such prior notice is appropriate.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Procedures—</E>(1) <E T="03">Filing notice.</E> A national bank shall file a notice with its appropriate supervisory office. When a national bank files a notice, the individual to whom the filing pertains shall attest to the validity of the information pertaining to that individual. <PRTPAGE P="112"/>The 90-day review period begins on the technically complete notice date.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Content of notice.</E> A notice must contain the identity, personal history, business background, and experience of each person whose designation as a director or senior executive officer is subject to this section. The notice must include:</P>
          <P>(i) A description of his or her material business activities and affiliations during the five years preceding the date of the notice;</P>
          <P>(ii) A description of any material pending legal or administrative proceedings to which he or she is a party;</P>
          <P>(iii) Any criminal indictment or conviction by a state or Federal court; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Legible fingerprints of the person, except that fingerprints are not required for any person who, within the three years immediately preceding the date of the present notice, has been subject to a notice filed with the OCC pursuant to section 32 of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. 1831i, or this section and has previously submitted fingerprints.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Requests for additional information.</E> Following receipt of a technically complete notice, the OCC may request additional information, in writing where feasible, and may specify a time period during which the information must be provided.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Notice of disapproval.</E> The OCC may disapprove an individual proposed as a member of the board of directors or as a senior executive officer if the OCC determines on the basis of the individual's competence, experience, character, or integrity that it would not be in the best interests of the depositors of the national bank or the public to permit the individual to be employed by, or associated with, the national bank. The OCC sends a notice of disapproval to both the national bank and the disapproved individual stating the basis for disapproval.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Notice of intent not to disapprove.</E> An individual proposed as a member of the board of directors or as a senior executive officer may begin service before the expiration of the review period if the OCC notifies the national bank that the OCC does not disapprove the proposed director or senior executive officer.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Waiver of prior notice.</E> (i) A national bank may send a letter to the appropriate supervisory office requesting a waiver of the prior notice requirement. The OCC may waive the prior notice requirement but not the filing required under this section. The OCC may grant a waiver if it finds that delay could harm the national bank or the public interest, or that other extraordinary circumstances justify waiving the prior notice requirement. The length of any waiver depends on the circumstances in each case. If the OCC grants a waiver, the national bank shall file the required notice within the time period specified in the waiver, and the proposed individual may assume the position on an interim basis until the individual and the national bank receive a notice of disapproval or, if an appeal has been filed, until a notice of disapproval has been upheld on appeal as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. If the required notice is not filed within the time period specified in the waiver, the proposed individual shall resign his or her position. Thereafter, the individual may assume the position on a permanent basis only after the national bank receives a notice of intent not to disapprove, after the review period elapses, or after a notice of disapproval has been overturned on appeal as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. A waiver does not affect the OCC's authority to issue a notice of disapproval within 30 days of the expiration of such waiver.</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of the election at a meeting of the shareholders of a new director not proposed by management, a waiver is granted automatically and the elected individual may begin service as a director. However, under these circumstances, the national bank shall file the required notice with the appropriate supervisory office as soon as practical, but not later than seven days from the date the individual is notified of the election. The individual's continued service is subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (e)(6)(i) of this section.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Commencement of service.</E> An individual proposed as a member of the board of directors or as a senior executive officer may assume the office following the end of the review period, <PRTPAGE P="113"/>which begins on the technically complete notice date, unless:</P>
          <P>(i) The OCC issues a notice of disapproval during the review period; or</P>
          <P>(ii) The national bank does not provide additional information within the time period required by the OCC pursuant to paragraph (e)(3) of this section and the OCC deems the notice to be abandoned pursuant to § 5.13(c).</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13 (a) through (f) do not apply to a notice for a change in directors and senior executive officers.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Appeal—</E>(1) If the national bank, the proposed individual, or both, disagree with a disapproval, they may seek review by appealing the disapproval to the Comptroller, or an authorized delegate, within 15 days of the receipt of the notice of disapproval. The national bank or the individual may appeal on the grounds that the reasons for disapproval are contrary to fact or insufficient to justify disapproval. The appellant shall submit all documents and written arguments that the appellant wishes to be considered in support of the appeal.</P>
          <P>(2) The Comptroller, or an authorized delegate, may designate an appellate official who was not previously involved in the decision leading to the appeal at issue. The Comptroller, an authorized delegate, or the appellate official considers all information submitted with the original notice, the material before the OCC official who made the initial decision, and any information submitted by the appellant at the time of the appeal.</P>
          <P>(3) The Comptroller, an authorized delegate, or the appellate official shall independently determine whether the reasons given for the disapproval are contrary to fact or insufficient to justify the disapproval. If either is determined to be the case, the Comptroller, an authorized delegate, or the appellate official may reverse the disapproval.</P>
          <P>(4) Upon completion of the review, the Comptroller, an authorized delegate, or the appellate official shall notify the appellant in writing of the decision. If the original decision is reversed, the individual may assume the position in the bank for which he or she was proposed.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.52</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change of address.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a, 161, and 481.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This section describes the obligation of a national bank to notify the OCC of any change in its address. However, no notice is required if the change in address results from a transaction approved under this part.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Notice process.</E> Any national bank with a change in the address of its main office or in its post office box shall send a written notice to the appropriate district office.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Exceptions to rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, and 5.13 do not apply to changes in a national bank's address.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Payment of Dividends</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.60</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, scope, and exceptions to rules of general applicability.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 56, 60, and 93a.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> Except as otherwise provided, the restrictions in this subpart apply to the declaration and payment of all dividends by a national bank, including dividends paid in property. However, the provisions contained in § 5.64 do not apply to dividends paid in stock of the bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Exceptions to the rules of general applicability.</E> Sections 5.8, 5.10, and 5.11 do not apply to this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.61</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For the purposes of subpart E, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Capital stock, capital surplus,</E> and <E T="03">permanent capital</E> have the same meaning as set forth in § 5.46.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Retained net income</E> means the net income of a specified period less the total amount of all dividends declared in that period.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.62</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Date of declaration of dividend.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank shall use the date a dividend is declared for the purposes of determining compliance with this subpart.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="114"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.63</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital limitation under 12 U.S.C. 56.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General limitation.</E> Except as provided by 12 U.S.C. 59 and § 5.46, a national bank may not withdraw, or permit to be withdrawn, either in the form of a dividend or otherwise, any portion of its permanent capital. Further, a national bank may not declare a dividend in excess of undivided profits.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Preferred stock.</E> The provisions of 12 U.S.C. 56 do not apply to dividends on preferred stock. However, if the undivided profits of the national bank are not sufficient to cover a proposed dividend on preferred stock, the proposed dividend constitutes a reduction in capital subject to 12 U.S.C. 59 and § 5.46.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.64</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Earnings limitation under 12 U.S.C. 60.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Transfers to capital surplus.</E> Subject to the restrictions in 12 U.S.C. 56 and this subpart, the directors of a national bank may declare and pay dividends as frequently and of such amount of undivided profits as they judge prudent. However, a national bank may not declare a dividend unless capital surplus equals or exceeds the capital stock of the bank, except:</P>
          <P>(1) In the case of an annual dividend, the bank may declare a dividend if the bank transfers 10 percent of its net income for the preceding four quarters to capital surplus; or</P>
          <P>(2) In the case of a quarterly or semiannual dividend, or any other special dividend, the bank may declare a dividend if the bank transfers 10 percent of its net income for the preceding two quarters to capital surplus.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Earnings limitation.</E> For purposes of 12 U.S.C. 60, a national bank may not declare a dividend if the total amount of all dividends (common and preferred), including the proposed dividend, declared by the national bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the national bank's retained net income of that year to date, combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years, unless the dividend is approved by the OCC. A national bank shall submit a request for OCC approval of a dividend under 12 U.S.C. 60 to the appropriate supervisory office.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Surplus surplus.</E> Any amount in capital surplus in excess of capital stock required by 12 U.S.C. 60(a) (referred to as “surplus surplus”) may be transferred to undivided profits and available as dividends, provided:</P>
          <P>(1) The bank can demonstrate that the surplus came from earnings of prior periods, excluding the effect of any stock dividend; and</P>
          <P>(2) The board of directors of the bank approves the transfer of the surplus surplus from capital surplus to undivided profits.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 60363, Nov. 27, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.65</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restrictions on undercapitalized institutions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Notwithstanding any other provision in this subpart, a national bank may not declare or pay any dividend if, after making the dividend, the national bank would be “undercapitalized” as defined in 12 CFR part 6.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.66</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Dividends payable in property other than cash.</SUBJECT>
          <P>In addition to cash dividends, directors of a national bank may declare dividends payable in property, with the approval of the OCC. Even though the property distributed has been previously charged down or written off entirely, the dividend is equivalent to a cash dividend in an amount equal to the actual current value of the property. Before the dividend is declared, the bank should show the excess of the actual value over book value on the books of the national bank as a recovery, and the dividend should then be declared in the amount of the full book value (equivalent to the actual current value) of the property being distributed.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.67</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fractional shares.</SUBJECT>
          <P>To avoid complicated recordkeeping in connection with fractional shares, a national bank issuing additional stock by stock dividend, upon consolidation or merger, or otherwise, may adopt arrangements such as the following to preclude the issuance of fractional shares. The bank may:</P>
          <P>(a) Issue scripts or warrants for trading;</P>

          <P>(b) Make reasonable arrangements to provide those to whom fractional <PRTPAGE P="115"/>shares would otherwise be issued an opportunity to realize at a fair price upon the fraction not being issued through its sale, or the purchase of the additional fraction required for a full share, if there is an established and active market in the national bank's stock;</P>
          <P>(c) Remit the cash equivalent of the fraction not being issued to those to whom fractional shares would otherwise be issued. The cash equivalent is based on the market value of the stock, if there is an established and active market in the national bank's stock. In the absence of such a market, the cash equivalent is based on a reliable and disinterested determination as to the fair market value of the stock if such stock is available; or</P>

          <P>(d) Sell full shares representing all the fractions at public auction, or to the highest bidder after having solicited and received sealed bids from at least three licensed stock brokers. The national bank shall distribute the proceeds of the sale <E T="03">pro rata</E> to shareholders who otherwise would be entitled to the fractional shares.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Federal Branches and Agencies</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 5.70</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Federal branches and agencies.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> 12 U.S.C. 93a and 3101 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This subpart describes the filing requirements for corporate activities and transactions involving Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks. Substantive rules and policies for specific applications are contained in 12 CFR part 28.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this subpart:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Change the status of an office</E> means conversion of a:</P>
          <P>(i) State branch or state agency operated by a foreign bank, or a commercial lending company controlled by a foreign bank, into a Federal branch, limited Federal branch, or Federal agency;</P>
          <P>(ii) Federal agency to a Federal branch or limited Federal branch;</P>
          <P>(iii) Federal branch to a limited Federal branch or Federal agency; or</P>
          <P>(iv) Limited Federal branch to a Federal branch or Federal agency.</P>
          <P>(2) To <E T="03">establish</E> a Federal branch or agency means to:</P>
          <P>(i) Open and conduct business through a Federal branch or agency;</P>
          <P>(ii) Acquire directly, through merger, consolidation, or similar transaction with another foreign bank, the operations of a Federal branch or agency that is open and conducting business;</P>
          <P>(iii) Acquire a Federal branch or agency through the acquisition of a foreign bank subsidiary that will cease to operate in the same corporate form following the acquisition;</P>
          <P>(iv) Change the status of an office; or</P>
          <P>(v) Relocate a Federal branch or agency within a state or from one state to another.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Filing requirements—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Unless otherwise provided in 12 CFR part 28, a Federal branch or agency shall comply with the applicable requirements of this part.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Applications.</E> A foreign bank shall submit an application and obtain prior approval from the OCC before it:</P>
          <P>(i) Establishes a Federal branch, Federal agency, or limited Federal branch; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Exercises fiduciary powers at a Federal branch. A foreign bank may submit an application to exercise fiduciary powers at the time of filing an application for a Federal branch license or at any subsequent date.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 6</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 6—PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Capital Categories</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>6.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, scope, and other supervisory authority.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of capital category.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital measures and capital category definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital restoration plans.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions under section 38.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Directives To Take Prompt Corrective Action</HD>
          <SECTNO>6.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of intent to issue a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.22</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Response to notice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.23</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision and issuance of a prompt corrective action directive.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.24</SECTNO>

          <SUBJECT>Request for modification or rescission of directive.<PRTPAGE P="116"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>6.25</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Enforcement of directive.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a, 1831o.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>57 FR 44891, Sept. 29, 1992, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Capital Categories</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, scope, and other supervisory authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> This part is issued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) pursuant to section 38 (section 38) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDI Act) as added by section 131 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (Pub. L. 102-242, 105 Stat. 2236 (1991)) (12 U.S.C. 1831o).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> Section 38 of the FDI Act establishes a framework of supervisory actions for insured depository institutions that are not adequately capitalized. The principal purpose of this subpart is to define, for insured national banks, the capital measures and capital levels, and for insured federal branches, comparable asset-based measures and levels, that are used for determining the supervisory actions authorized under section 38 of the FDI Act. This part 6 also establishes procedures for submission and review of capital restoration plans and for issuance and review of directives and orders pursuant to section 38.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This subpart implements the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act as they apply to insured national banks and insured federal branches. Certain of these provisions also apply to officers, directors and employees of these insured institutions. Other provisions apply to any company that controls an insured national bank or insured federal branch and to the affiliates of an insured national bank or insured federal branch.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Other supervisory authority.</E> Neither section 38 nor this part in any way limits the authority of the OCC under any other provision of law to take supervisory actions to address unsafe or unsound practices, deficient capital levels, violations of law, unsafe or unsound conditions, or other practices. Action under section 38 of the FDI Act and this part may be taken independently of, in conjunction with, or in addition to any other enforcement action available to the OCC, including issuance of cease and desist orders, capital directives, approval or denial of applications or notices, assessment of civil money penalties, or any other actions authorized by law.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Disclosure of capital categories.</E> The assignment of an insured national bank or insured federal branch under this subpart within a particular capital category is for purposes of implementing and applying the provisions of section 38. Unless permitted by the OCC or otherwise required by law, no bank may state in any advertisement or promotional material its capital category under this subpart or that the OCC or any other federal banking agency has assigned the bank to a particular capital category.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For purposes of section 38 and this part, the definitions related to capital in part 3 of this chapter shall apply. In addition, except as modified in this section or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms used in this subpart have the same meanings as set forth in section 38 and section 3 of the FDI Act.</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Bank</E> means all insured national banks and all insured federal branches, except where otherwise provided in this subpart.</P>
          <P>(b)(1) <E T="03">Control</E> has the same meaning assigned to it in section 2 of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841), and the term controlled shall be construed consistently with the term control.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exclusion for fiduciary ownership.</E> No insured depository institution or company controls another insured depository institution or company by virtue of its ownership or control of shares in a fiduciary capacity. Shares shall not be deemed to have been acquired in a fiduciary capacity if the acquiring insured depository institution or company has sole discretionary authority to exercise voting rights with respect thereto.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Exclusion for debts previously contracted.</E> No insured depository institution or company controls another insured depository institution or company by virtue of its ownership or control of shares acquired in securing or collecting a debt previously contracted <PRTPAGE P="117"/>in good faith, until two years after the date of acquisition. The two-year period may be extended at the discretion of the appropriate federal banking agency for up to three one-year periods.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Controlling person</E> means any person having control of an insured depository institution and any company controlled by that person.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Leverage ratio</E> means the ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets, as calculated in accordance with the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Management fee</E> means any payment of money or provision of any other thing of value to a company or individual for the provision of management services or advice to the bank or related overhead expenses, including payments related to supervisory, executive, managerial, or policymaking functions, other than compensation to an individual in the individual's capacity as an officer or employee of the bank.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Risk-weighted assets</E> means total risk weighted assets, as calculated in accordance with the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Tangible equity</E> means the amount of Tier 1 capital elements in the OCC's Risk-Based Capital Guidelines (appendix A to part 3 of this chapter) plus the amount of outstanding cumulative perpetual preferred stock (including related surplus) minus all intangible assets except mortgage servicing assets to the extent permitted in Tier 1 capital under section 2(c)(2) in appendix A to part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Tier 1 capital</E> means the amount of Tier 1 capital as defined in the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio</E> means the ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets, as calculated in accordance with the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Total assets</E> means quarterly average total assets as reported in a bank's Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (Call Report), minus intangible assets as provided in the definition of tangible equity. The OCC reserves the right to require a bank to compute and maintain its capital ratios on the basis of actual, rather than average, total assets when computing tangible equity.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Total risk-based capital ratio</E> means the ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets, as calculated in accordance with the OCC's Minimum Capital Ratios in part 3 of this chapter.</P>
          <CITA>[57 FR 44891, Sept. 29, 1992, as amended at 60 FR 39229, Aug. 1, 1995; 63 FR 42674, Aug. 10, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of capital category.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Effective date of determination of capital category.</E> A bank shall be deemed to be within a given capital category for purposes of section 38 of the FDI Act and this part as of the date the bank is notified of, or is deemed to have notice of, its capital category pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice of capital category.</E> A bank shall be deemed to have been notified of its capital levels and its capital category as of the most recent date:</P>
          <P>(1) A Consolidated Report of Condition and Income (Call Report) is required to be filed with the OCC;</P>
          <P>(2) A final report of examination is delivered to the bank; or</P>
          <P>(3) Written notice is provided by the OCC to the bank of its capital category for purposes of section 38 of the FDI Act and this part or that the bank's capital category has changed as provided in paragraph (c) of this section or § 6.1 of this subpart and subpart M of part 19 of this chapter.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Adjustments to reported capital levels and capital category—</E>(1) <E T="03">Notice of adjustment by bank.</E> A bank shall provide the OCC with written notice that an adjustment to the bank's capital category may have occurred no later than 15 calendar days following the date that any material event has occurred that would cause the bank to be placed in a lower capital category from the category assigned to the bank for purposes of section 38 and this part on the basis of the bank's most recent Call Report or report of examination.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Determination to change capital category.</E> After receiving notice pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the OCC shall determine whether to change the capital category of the bank and shall notify the bank of the OCC's determination.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="118"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital measures and capital category definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Capital measures.</E> For purposes of section 38 and this part, the relevant capital measures shall be:</P>
          <P>(1) The total risk-based capital ratio;</P>
          <P>(2) The Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio;</P>
          <P>(3) The leverage ratio.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Capital categories.</E> For purposes of the provisions of section 38 and this part, a bank shall be deemed to be:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> if the bank:</P>
          <P>(i) Has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Has a leverage ratio of 5.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Is not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by the OCC pursuant to section 8 of the FDI Act, the International Lending Supervision Act of 1983 (12 U.S.C. 3907), or section 38 of the FDI Act, or any regulation thereunder, to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Adequately capitalized</E> if the bank:</P>
          <P>(i) Has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0 percent or greater; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Has:</P>
          <P>(A) A leverage ratio of 4.0 percent or greater; or</P>
          <P>(B) A leverage ratio of 3.0 percent or greater if the bank is rated 1 in the most recent examination of the bank; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Does not meet the definition of a well capitalized bank.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Undercapitalized</E> if the bank:</P>
          <P>(i) Has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(iii) (A) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) (B) of this section, has a leverage ratio that is less than 4.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(B) If the bank is rated 1 in the most recent examination of the bank, has a leverage ratio that is less than 3.0 percent.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Significantly undercapitalized</E> if the bank has:</P>
          <P>(i) A total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(ii) A Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3.0 percent; or</P>
          <P>(iii) A leverage ratio that is less than 3.0 percent.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Critically undercapitalized</E> if the bank has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0 percent.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Capital categories for insured federal branches.</E> For purposes of the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act and this part, an insured federal branch shall be deemed to be:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Well capitalized</E> if the insured federal branch:</P>
          <P>(i) Maintains the pledge of assets required under 12 CFR 346.19; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Maintains the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 108 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured branch's third-party liabilities; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Has not received written notification from:</P>
          <P>(A) The OCC to increase its capital equivalency deposit pursuant to § 28.6(a) of this chapter, or to comply with asset maintenance requirements pursuant to § 28.9 of this chapter; or</P>
          <P>(B) The FDIC to pledge additional assets pursuant to 12 CFR 346.19 or to maintain a higher ratio of eligible assets pursuant to 12 CFR 346.20.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Adequately Capitalized</E> if the insured federal branch:</P>
          <P>(i) Maintains the pledge of assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.19; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Maintains the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 106 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured branch's third-party liabilities; and</P>
          <P>(iii) Does not meet the definition of a well capitalized insured federal branch.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Undercapitalized</E> if the insured federal branch:</P>
          <P>(i) Fails to maintain the pledge of assets required under 12 CFR 346.19; or</P>
          <P>(ii) Fails to maintain the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 106 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured branch's third-party liabilities.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Significantly undercapitalized</E> if it fails to maintain the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 104 <PRTPAGE P="119"/>percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured federal branch's third-party liabilities.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Critically undercapitalized</E> if it fails to maintain the eligible assets prescribed under 12 CFR 346.20 at 102 percent or more of the preceding quarter's average book value of the insured federal branch's third-party liabilities.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Reclassification based on supervisory criteria other than capital.</E> The OCC may reclassify a well capitalized bank as adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized or an undercapitalized bank to comply with certain mandatory or discretionary supervisory actions as if the bank were in the next lower capital category (except that the OCC may not reclassify a significantly undercapitalized bank as critically undercapitalized) (each of these actions are hereinafter referred to generally as reclassifications) in the following circumstances:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Unsafe or unsound condition.</E> The OCC has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing pursuant to subpart M of part 19 of this chapter, that the bank is in unsafe or unsound condition; or</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Unsafe or unsound practice.</E> The OCC has determined, after notice and opportunity for hearing pursuant to subpart M of part 19 of this chapter, that in the most recent examination of the bank, the bank received, and has not corrected a less-than-satisfactory rating for any of the categories of asset quality, management, earnings, or liquidity.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Capital restoration plans.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Schedule for filing plan</E>—(1) <E T="03">In general.</E> A bank shall file a written capital restoration plan with the OCC within 45 days of the date that the bank receives notice or is deemed to have notice that the bank is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized, unless the OCC notifies the bank in writing that the plan is to be filed within a different period. An adequately capitalized bank that has been required pursuant to § 6.4 and subpart M of part 19 of this chapter to comply with supervisory actions as if the bank were undercapitalized is not required to submit a capital restoration plan solely by virtue of the reclassification.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Additional capital restoration plans.</E> Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a bank that has already submitted and is operating under a capital restoration plan approved under section 38 and this subpart is not required to submit an additional capital restoration plan based on a revised calculation of its capital measures or a reclassification of the institution under § 6.4 and subpart M of part 19 of this chapter unless the OCC notifies the bank that it must submit a new or revised capital plan. A bank that is notified that it must submit a new or revised capital restoration plan shall file the plan in writing with the OCC within 45 days of receiving such notice, unless the OCC notifies the bank in writing that the plan must be filed within a different period.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents of plan.</E> All financial data submitted in connection with a capital restoration plan shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions provided on the Call Report, unless the OCC instructs otherwise. The capital restoration plan shall include all of the information required to be filed under section 38(e)(2) of the FDI Act. A bank that is required to submit a capital restoration plan as the result of a reclassification of the bank, pursuant to § 6.4 and subpart M of part 19 of this chapter, shall include a description of the steps the bank will take to correct the unsafe or unsound condition or practice. No plan shall be accepted unless it includes any performance guarantee described in section 38(e)(2)(C) of that Act by each company that controls the bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Review of capital restoration plans.</E> Within 60 days after receiving a capital restoration plan under this subpart, the OCC shall provide written notice to the bank of whether the plan has been approved. The OCC may extend the time within which notice regarding approval of a plan shall be provided.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Disapproval of capital restoration plan.</E> If a capital restoration plan is not approved by the OCC, the bank shall submit a revised capital restoration plan within the time specified by the OCC. Upon receiving notice that its capital restoration plan has not been <PRTPAGE P="120"/>approved, any undercapitalized bank (as defined in § 6.4) shall be subject to all of the provisions of section 38 and this part applicable to significantly undercapitalized institutions. These provisions shall be applicable until such time as a new or revised capital restoration plan submitted by the bank has been approved by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Failure to submit a capital restoration plan.</E> A bank that is undercapitalized (as defined in § 6.4) and that fails to submit a written capital restoration plan within the period provided in this section shall, upon the expiration of that period, be subject to all of the provisions of section 38 and this part applicable to significantly undercapitalized banks.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Failure to implement a capital restoration plan.</E> Any undercapitalized bank that fails, in any material respect, to implement a capital restoration plan shall be subject to all of the provisions of section 38 and this part applicable to significantly undercapitalized banks.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Amendment of capital restoration plan.</E> A bank that has submitted an approved capital restoration plan may, after prior written notice to and approval by the OCC, amend the plan to reflect a change in circumstance. Until such time as a proposed amendment has been approved, the bank shall implement the capital restoration plan as approved prior to the proposed amendment.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Notice to FDIC.</E> Within 45 days of the effective date of OCC approval of a capital restoration plan, or any amendment to a capital restoration plan, the OCC shall provide a copy of the plan or amendment to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Performance guarantee by companies that control a bank</E>—(1) <E T="03">Limitation on liability</E>—(i) <E T="03">Amount limitation.</E> The aggregate liability under the guarantee provided under section 38 and this subpart for all companies that control a specific bank that is required to submit a capital restoration plan under this subpart shall be limited to the lesser of:</P>
          <P>(A) An amount equal to 5.0 percent of the bank's total assets at the time the bank was notified or deemed to have notice that the bank was undercapitalized; or</P>
          <P>(B) The amount necessary to restore the relevant capital measures of the bank to the levels required for the bank to be classified as adequately capitalized, as those capital measures and levels are defined at the time that the bank initially fails to comply with a capital restoration plan under this subpart.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Limit on duration.</E> The guarantee and limit of liability under section 38 and this subpart shall expire after the OCC notifies the bank that it has remained adequately capitalized for each of four consecutive calendar quarters. The expiration or fulfillment by a company of a guarantee of a capital restoration plan shall not limit the liability of the company under any guarantee required or provided in connection with any capital restoration plan filed by the same bank after expiration of the first guarantee.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Collection on guarantee.</E> Each company that controls a given bank shall be jointly and severally liable for the guarantee for such bank as required under section 38 and this subpart, and the OCC may require payment of the full amount of that guarantee from any or all of the companies issuing the guarantee.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Failure to provide guarantee.</E> In the event that a bank that is controlled by any company submits a capital restoration plan that does not contain the guarantee required under section 38(e)(2) of the FDI Act, the bank shall, upon submission of the plan, be subject to the provisions of section 38 and this part that are applicable to banks that have not submitted an acceptable capital restoration plan.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Failure to perform guarantee.</E> Failure by any company that controls a bank to perform fully its guarantee of any capital plan shall constitute a material failure to implement the plan for purposes of section 38(f) of the FDI Act. Upon such failure, the bank shall be subject to the provisions of section 38 and this part that are applicable to banks that have failed in a material respect to implement a capital restoration plan.<PRTPAGE P="121"/>
          </P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Enforcement of capital restoration plan.</E> The failure of a bank to implement, in any material respect, a capital restoration plan required under section 38 and this section shall subject the bank to the assessment of civil money penalties pursuant to section 8(i)(2)(A) of the FDI Act.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions under section 38.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Mandatory supervisory actions</E>—(1) <E T="03">Provisions applicable to all banks.</E> All banks are subject to the restrictions contained in section 38(d) of the FDI Act on payment of capital distributions and management fees.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Provisions applicable to undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized banks.</E> Immediately upon receiving notice or being deemed to have notice, as provided in § 6.3, that the bank is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized, the bank shall become subject to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act—</P>
          <P>(i) Restricting payment of capital distributions and management fees (section 38(d));</P>
          <P>(ii) Requiring that the OCC monitor the condition of the bank (section 38(e)(1));</P>
          <P>(iii) Requiring submission of a capital restoration plan within the schedule established in this subpart (section 38(e)(2));</P>
          <P>(iv) Restricting the growth of the bank's assets (section 38(e)(3)); and</P>
          <P>(v) Requiring prior approval of certain expansion proposals (section 38(e)(4)).</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Additional provisions applicable to significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized banks.</E> In addition to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, immediately upon receiving notice or being deemed to have notice, as provided in this subpart, that the bank is significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized or that the bank is subject to the provisions applicable to institutions that are significantly undercapitalized because it has failed to submit or implement, in any material respect, an acceptable capital restoration plan, the bank shall become subject to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act that restrict compensation paid to senior executive officers of the institution (section 38(f)(4)).</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Additional provisions applicable to critically undercapitalized banks.</E> In addition to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act described in paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section, immediately upon receiving notice or being deemed to have notice, as provided in § 6.3, that the bank is critically undercapitalized, the bank shall become subject to the provisions of section 38 of the FDI Act—</P>
          <P>(i) Restricting the activities of the bank (section 38(h)(1)); and</P>
          <P>(ii) Restricting payments on subordinated debt of the bank (section 38(h)(2)).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Discretionary supervisory actions.</E> In taking any action under section 38 that is within the OCC's discretion to take in connection with a bank that is deemed to be undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized, or has been reclassified as undercapitalized or significantly undercapitalized; an officer or director of such bank; or a company that controls such bank, the OCC shall follow the procedures for issuing directives under subpart B of this part and subpart N of part 19 of this chapter, unless otherwise provided in section 38 or this part.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Directives To Take Prompt Corrective Action</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The rules and procedures set forth in this subpart apply to insured national banks, insured federal branches and senior executive officers and directors of banks that are subject to the provisions of section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (section 38) and subpart A of this part.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of intent to issue a directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice of intent to issue a directive</E>—(1) <E T="03">In general.</E> The OCC shall provide an undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized bank prior written notice of the <PRTPAGE P="122"/>OCC's intention to issue a directive requiring such bank or company to take actions or to follow proscriptions described in section 38 that are within the OCC's discretion to require or impose under section 38 of the FDI Act, including section 38 (e)(5), (f)(2), (f)(3), or (f)(5). The bank shall have such time to respond to a proposed directive as provided under § 6.22.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Immediate issuance of final directive.</E> If the OCC finds it necessary in order to carry out the purposes of section 38 of the FDI Act, the OCC may, without providing the notice prescribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, issue a directive requiring a bank immediately to take actions or to follow proscriptions described in section 38 that are within the OCC's discretion to require or impose under section 38 of the FDI Act, including section 38 (e)(5), (f)(2), (f)(3), or (f)(5). A bank that is subject to such an immediately effective directive may submit a written appeal of the directive to the OCC. Such an appeal must be received by the OCC within 14 calendar days of the issuance of the directive, unless the OCC permits a longer period. The OCC shall consider any such appeal, if filed in a timely matter, within 60 days of receiving the appeal. During such period of review, the directive shall remain in effect unless the OCC, in its sole discretion, stays the effectiveness of the directive.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents of notice.</E> A notice of intention to issue a directive shall include:</P>
          <P>(1) A statement of the bank's capital measures and capital levels;</P>
          <P>(2) A description of the restrictions, prohibitions or affirmative actions that the OCC proposes to impose or require;</P>
          <P>(3) The proposed date when such restrictions or prohibitions would be effective or the proposed date for completion of such affirmative actions; and</P>
          <P>(4) The date by which the bank subject to the directive may file with the OCC a written response to the notice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.22</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Response to notice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Time for response.</E> A bank may file a written response to a notice of intent to issue a directive within the time period set by the OCC. The date shall be at least 14 calendar days from the date of the notice unless the OCC determines that a shorter period is appropriate in light of the financial condition of the bank or other relevant circumstances.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Content of response.</E> The response should include:</P>
          <P>(1) An explanation why the action proposed by the OCC is not an appropriate exercise of discretion under section 38;</P>
          <P>(2) Any recommended modification of the proposed directive; and</P>
          <P>(3) Any other relevant information, mitigating circumstances, documentation, or other evidence in support of the position of the bank regarding the proposed directive.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Failure to file response.</E> Failure by a bank to file with the OCC, within the specified time period, a written response to a proposed directive shall constitute a waiver of the opportunity to respond and shall constitute consent to the issuance of the directive.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.23</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision and issuance of a prompt corrective action directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">OCC consideration of response.</E> After considering the response, the OCC may:</P>
          <P>(1) Issue the directive as proposed or in modified form;</P>
          <P>(2) Determine not to issue the directive and so notify the bank; or</P>
          <P>(3) Seek additional information or clarification of the response from the bank, or any other relevant source.</P>
          <P>(b) [Reserved]</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Request for modification or rescission of directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Any bank that is subject to a directive under this subpart may, upon a change in circumstances, request in writing that the OCC reconsider the terms of the directive, and may propose that the directive be rescinded or modified. Unless otherwise ordered by the OCC, the directive shall continue in place while such request is pending before the OCC.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 6.25</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Enforcement of directive.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Judicial remedies.</E> Whenever a bank fails to comply with a directive issued <PRTPAGE P="123"/>under section 38, the OCC may seek enforcement of the directive in the appropriate United States district court pursuant to section 8(i)(1) of the FDI Act.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Administrative remedies.</E> Pursuant to section 8(i)(2)(A) of the FDI Act, the OCC may assess a civil money penalty against any bank that violates or otherwise fails to comply with any final directive issued under section 38 and against any institution-affiliated party who participates in such violation or noncompliance.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Other enforcement action.</E> In addition to the actions described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the OCC may seek enforcement of the provisions of section 38 or this part through any other judicial or administrative proceeding authorized by law.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 7</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 7—BANK ACTIVITIES AND OPERATIONS</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Bank Powers</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>7.1000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank ownership of property.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as general insurance agent.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as finder.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Money lent at banking offices or at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loans originating at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Credit decisions at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loan agreement providing for a share in profits, income, or earnings or for stock warrants.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acceptances.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Preparing income tax returns for customers or public.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank holding collateral stock as nominee.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Postal service by national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1011</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as payroll issuer.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1012</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Messenger service.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1013</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Debt cancellation contracts.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1014</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sale of money orders at nonbanking outlets.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Receipt of stock from a small business investment company.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1016</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Independent undertakings to pay against documents.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1017</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank as guarantor or surety on indemnity bond.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1018</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Automatic payment plan account.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purchase of open accounts.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.1021</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank participation in financial literacy programs.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Corporate Practices</HD>
          <SECTNO>7.2000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Corporate governance procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of shareholders’ meetings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Director or attorney as proxy.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Annual meeting for election of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Honorary directors or advisory boards.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Ownership of stock necessary to qualify as director.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Cumulative voting in election of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filling vacancies and increasing board of directors other than by shareholder action.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Oath of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Quorum of the board of directors; proxies not permissible.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Directors’ responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2011</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Compensation plans.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2012</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>President as director; chief executive officer.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2013</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fidelity bonds covering officers and employees.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2014</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Indemnification of institution-affiliated parties.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Cashier.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2016</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restricting transfer of stock and record dates.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2017</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Facsimile signatures on bank stock certificates.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2018</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Lost stock certificates.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2019</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loans secured by a bank's own shares.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acquisition and holding of shares as treasury stock.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2021</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Preemptive rights.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2022</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Voting trusts.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.2023</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reverse stock splits.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Bank Operations</HD>
          <SECTNO>7.3000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Bank hours and closings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.3001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sharing space and employees.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Preemption</HD>
          <SECTNO>7.4000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Visitorial powers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Charging interest at rates permitted competing institutions; charging interest to corporate borrowers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank charges.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment and operation of a remote service unit by a national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment and operation of a deposit production office by a national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Combination of loan production office, deposit production office, and remote service unit.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.4006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of State law to national bank operating subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Electronic Activities</HD>
          <SECTNO>7.5000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.<PRTPAGE P="124"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Electronic activities that are part of, or incidental to, the business of banking.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Furnishing of products and services by electronic means and facilities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Composite authority to engage in electronic activities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sale of excess electronic capacity and by-products.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as digital certification authority.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Data processing.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Correspondent services.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Location of national bank conducting electronic activities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Location under 12 U.S.C. 85 of national banks operating exclusively through the Internet.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>7.5010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Shared electronic space.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 92, 92a, 93, 93a, 481, 484, 1818.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Bank Powers</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank ownership of property.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Investment in real estate necessary for the transaction of business</E>—(1) <E T="03">General</E>. Under 12 U.S.C. 29(First), a national bank may invest in real estate that is necessary for the transaction of its business.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Type of real estate.</E> For purposes of 12 U.S.C. 29(First), this real estate includes:</P>
          <P>(i) Premises that are owned and occupied (or to be occupied, if under construction) by the bank, its branches, or its consolidated subsidiaries;</P>
          <P>(ii) Real estate acquired and intended, in good faith, for use in future expansion;</P>
          <P>(iii) Parking facilities that are used by customers or employees of the bank, its branches, and its consolidated subsidiaries;</P>
          <P>(iv) Residential property for the use of bank officers or employees who are:</P>
          <P>(A) Located in remote areas where suitable housing at a reasonable price is not readily available; or</P>
          <P>(B) Temporarily assigned to a foreign country, including foreign nationals temporarily assigned to the United States; and</P>
          <P>(v) Property for the use of bank officers, employees, or customers, or for the temporary lodging of such persons in areas where suitable commercial lodging is not readily available, provided that the purchase and operation of the property qualifies as a deductible business expense for Federal tax purposes.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Permissible means of holding.</E> A national bank may acquire and hold real estate under this paragraph (a) by any reasonable and prudent means, including ownership in fee, a leasehold estate, or in an interest in a cooperative. The bank may hold this real estate directly or through one or more subsidiaries. The bank may organize a bank premises subsidiary as a corporation, partnership, or similar entity (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, a limited liability company).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Fixed assets.</E> A national bank may own fixed assets necessary for the transaction of its business, such as fixtures, furniture, and data processing equipment.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Investment in bank premises—</E>(1) <E T="03">Investment limitation; approval.</E> 12 U.S.C. 371d governs when OCC approval is required for national bank investment in bank premises. A bank may seek approval from the OCC in accordance with the procedures set forth in 12 CFR 5.37.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Option to purchase.</E> An unexercised option to purchase bank premises or stock in a corporation holding bank premises is not an investment in bank premises. A national bank must receive OCC approval to exercise the option if the price of the option and the bank's other investments in bank premises exceed the amount of the bank's capital stock.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Other real property</E>—(1) <E T="03">Lease financing of public facilities.</E> A national bank may purchase or construct a municipal building, school building, or other similar public facility and, as holder of legal title, lease the facility to a municipality or other public authority having resources sufficient to make all rental payments as they become due. The lease agreement must provide that the lessee will become the owner of the building or facility upon the expiration of the lease.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Purchase of employee's residence.</E> To facilitate the efficient use of bank personnel, a national bank may purchase the residence of an employee who has been transferred to another area in order to spare the employee a loss in the prevailing real estate market. The <PRTPAGE P="125"/>bank must arrange for early divestment of title to such property.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 60387, Nov. 27, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as general insurance agent.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 92, a national bank may act as an agent for any fire, life, or other insurance company in any place the population of which does not exceed 5,000 inhabitants. This provision is applicable to any office of a national bank when the office is located in a community having a population of less than 5,000, even though the principal office of such bank is located in a community whose population exceeds 5,000.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as finder.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> It is part of the business of banking under 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) for a national bank to act as a finder, bringing together interested parties to a transaction.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Permissible finder activities.</E> A national bank that acts as a finder may identify potential parties, make inquiries as to interest, introduce or arrange contacts or meetings of interested parties, act as an intermediary between interested parties, and otherwise bring parties together for a transaction that the parties themselves negotiate and consummate. The following list provides examples of permissible finder activities. This list is illustrative and not exclusive; the OCC may determine that other activities are permissible pursuant to a national bank's authority to act as a finder.</P>
          <P>(1) Communicating information about providers of products and services, and proposed offering prices and terms to potential markets for these products and services;</P>
          <P>(2) Communicating to the seller an offer to purchase or a request for information, including forwarding completed applications, application fees, and requests for information to third-party providers;</P>
          <P>(3) Arranging for third-party providers to offer reduced rates to those customers referred by the bank;</P>
          <P>(4) Providing administrative, clerical, and record keeping functions related to the bank's finder activity, including retaining copies of documents, instructing and assisting individuals in the completion of documents, scheduling sales calls on behalf of sellers, and conducting market research to identify potential new customers for retailers;</P>
          <P>(5) Conveying between interested parties expressions of interest, bids, offers, orders, and confirmations relating to a transaction;</P>
          <P>(6) Conveying other types of information between potential buyers, sellers, and other interested parties; and</P>
          <P>(7) Establishing rules of general applicability governing the use and operation of the finder service, including rules that:</P>
          <P>(i) Govern the submission of bids and offers by buyers, sellers, and other interested parties that use the finder service and the circumstances under which the finder service will pair bids and offers submitted by buyers, sellers, and other interested parties; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Govern the manner in which buyers, sellers, and other interested parties may bind themselves to the terms of a specific transaction.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Limitation.</E> The authority to act as a finder does not enable a national bank to engage in brokerage activities that have not been found to be permissible for national banks.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Advertisement and fee.</E> Unless otherwise prohibited by Federal law, a national bank may advertise the availability of, and accept a fee for, the services provided pursuant to this section.</P>
          <CITA>[67 FR 35004, May 17, 2002]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Money lent at banking offices or at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> For purposes of what constitutes a branch within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j) and 12 CFR 5.30, “money” is deemed to be “lent” only at the place, if any, where the borrower in-person receives loan proceeds directly from bank funds:</P>
          <P>(1) From the lending bank or its operating subsidiary; or</P>
          <P>(2) At a facility that is established by the lending bank or its operating subsidiary.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Receipt of bank funds representing loan proceeds.</E> Loan proceeds directly from bank funds may be received by a <PRTPAGE P="126"/>borrower in person at a place that is not the bank's main office and is not licensed as a branch without violating 12 U.S.C. 36, 12 U.S.C. 81 and 12 CFR 5.30, provided that a third party is used to deliver the funds and the place is not established by the lending bank or its operating subsidiary. A third party includes a person who satisfies the requirements of § 7.1012(c)(2), or one who customarily delivers loan proceeds directly from bank funds under accepted industry practice, such as an attorney or escrow agent at a real estate closing.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loans originating at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank may use the services of, and compensate persons not employed by, the bank for originating loans.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Approval.</E> An employee or agent of a national bank or of its operating subsidiary may originate a loan at a site other than the main office or a branch office of the bank. This action does not violate 12 U.S.C. 36 and 12 U.S.C. 81 if the loan is approved and made at the main office or a branch office of the bank or at an office of the operating subsidiary located on the premises of, or contiguous to, the main office or branch office of the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Credit decisions at other than banking offices.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank and its operating subsidiary may make a credit decision regarding a loan application at a site other than the main office or a branch office of the bank without violating 12 U.S.C. 36 and 12 U.S.C. 81, provided that “money” is not deemed to be “lent’ at those other sites within the meaning of § 7.1003.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loan agreement providing for a share in profits, income, or earnings or for stock warrants.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may take as consideration for a loan a share in the profit, income, or earnings from a business enterprise of a borrower. A national bank also may take as consideration for a loan a stock warrant issued by a business enterprise of a borrower, provided that the bank does not exercise the warrant. The share or stock warrant may be taken in addition to, or in lieu of, interest. The borrower's obligation to repay principal, however, may not be conditioned upon the value of the profit, income, or earnings of the business enterprise or upon the value of the warrant received.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acceptances.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank is not limited in the character of acceptances it may make in financing credit transactions. Bankers’ acceptances may be used for such purpose, since the making of acceptances is an essential part of banking authorized by 12 U.S.C. 24.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Preparing income tax returns for customers or public.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may not serve as an expert tax consultant. However, a national bank may assist its customers in preparing their tax returns, either gratuitously or for a reasonable fee.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank holding collateral stock as nominee.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank that accepts stock as collateral for a loan may have such stock transferred to the bank's name as nominee.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Postal service by national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank may maintain and operate a postal substation on banking premises and receive income from it. The services performed by the substation are those permitted under applicable rules of the United States Postal Service and may include meter stamping of letters and packages, and the sale of related insurance. The bank may advertise, develop, and extend the services of the substation for the purpose of attracting customers to the bank.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Postal regulations.</E> A national bank operating a postal substation shall do so in accordance with the rules and regulations of the United States Postal Service. The national bank shall keep the books and records of the substation separate from those of other banking operations. Under 39 U.S.C. 404 and any regulations issued pursuant thereto, the United States Postal Service may inspect the books and records of the substation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="127"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1011</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as payroll issuer.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may disburse to an employee of a customer payroll funds deposited with the bank by that customer. The bank may disburse those funds by direct payment to the employee, by crediting an account in the employee's name at the disbursing bank, or by forwarding funds to another institution in which an employee maintains an account.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1012</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Messenger service.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definition.</E> For purposes of this section, a “messenger service” means any service, such as a courier service or armored car service, used by a national bank and its customers to pick up from, and deliver to, specific customers at locations such as their homes or offices, items relating to transactions between the bank and those customers.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Pick-up and delivery of items constituting nonbranching activities.</E> Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), a national bank may establish and operate a messenger service, or use, with its customers, a third party messenger service. The bank may use the messenger service to transport items relevant to the bank's transactions with its customers without regard to the branching limitations set forth in 12 U.S.C. 36, provided the service does not engage in branching functions within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j). In establishing or using such a facility, the national bank may establish terms, conditions, and limitations consistent with this section and appropriate to assure compliance with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Pick-up and delivery of items constituting branching functions by a messenger service established by a third party.</E> (1) Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), a national bank and its customers may use a messenger service to pick up from, and deliver to customers items that relate to branching functions within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36, provided the messenger service is established and operated by a third party. In using such a facility, a national bank may establish terms, conditions, and limitations, consistent with this section and appropriate to assure compliance with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(2) The OCC reviews whether a messenger service is established by a third party on a case-by-case basis, considering all of the circumstances. However, a messenger service is clearly established by a third party if:</P>
          <P>(i) A party other than the national bank owns or rents the messenger service and its facilities and employs the persons who provide the service;</P>
          <P>(ii)(A) The messenger service retains the discretion to determine in its own business judgment which customers and geographic areas it will serve; or</P>
          <P>(B) If the messenger service and the bank are under common ownership or control, the messenger service actually provides its services to the general public, including other depository institutions, and retains the discretion to determine in its own business judgment which customers and geographic areas it will serve;</P>
          <P>(iii) The messenger service maintains ultimate responsibility for scheduling, movement, and routing;</P>
          <P>(iv) The messenger service does not operate under the name of the bank, and the bank and the messenger service do not advertise, or otherwise represent, that the bank itself is providing the service, although the bank may advertise that its customers may use one or more third party messenger services to transact business with the bank;</P>
          <P>(v) The messenger service assumes responsibility for the items during transit and for maintaining adequate insurance covering thefts, employee fidelity, and other in-transit losses; and</P>
          <P>(vi) The messenger service acts as the agent for the customer when the items are in transit. The bank deems items intended for deposit to be deposited when credited to the customer's account at the bank's main office, one of its branches, or another permissible facility, such as a back office facility that is not a branch. The bank deems items representing withdrawals to be paid when the items are given to the messenger service.</P>

          <P>(3) A national bank may defray all or part of the costs incurred by a customer in transporting items through a messenger service. Payment of those <PRTPAGE P="128"/>costs may only cover expenses associated with each transaction involving the customer and the messenger service. The national bank may impose terms, conditions, and limitations that it deems appropriate with respect to the payment of such costs.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Pickup and delivery of items pertaining to branching activities where the messenger service is established by the national bank.</E> A national bank may establish and operate a messenger service to transport items relevant to the bank's transactions with its customers if such transactions constitute one or more branching functions within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j), provided the bank receives approval to establish a branch pursuant to 12 CFR 5.30.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60098, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1013</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Debt cancellation contracts.</SUBJECT>
          <EXT-XREF HREF="20020919" REFID="2">Link to an amendment published at 67 FR 58976, Sept. 19, 2002.</EXT-XREF>
          <P>A national bank may enter into a contract to provide for loss arising from cancellation of an outstanding loan upon the death or disability of a borrower. The imposition of an additional charge and the establishment of necessary reserves in order to enable the bank to enter into such debt cancellation contracts are a lawful exercise of the powers of a national bank.</P>
          <EFFDNOTP>
            <HD SOURCE="HED">Effective Date Note:</HD>
            <P>At 67 FR 58976, Sept. 19, 2002, § 7.1013 was removed, effective June 16, 2003.</P>
          </EFFDNOTP>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1014</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sale of money orders at nonbanking outlets.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may designate bonded agents to sell the bank's money orders at nonbanking outlets. The responsibility of both the bank and its agent should be defined in a written agreement setting forth the duties of both parties and providing for remuneration of the agent. The bank's agents need not report on sales and transmit funds from the nonbanking outlets more frequently than at the end of the third business day following receipt of the funds.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Receipt of stock from a small business investment company.</SUBJECT>

          <P>A national bank may purchase the stock of a small business investment company (SBIC) (<E T="03">see</E> 15 U.S.C. 682(b)), and may receive the benefits of such stock ownership (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> stock dividends). The receipt and retention of a dividend by a national bank from an SBIC in the form of stock of a corporate borrower of the SBIC is not a purchase of stock within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh).</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1016</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Independent undertakings to pay against documents.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General authority.</E> A national bank may issue and commit to issue letters of credit and other independent undertakings within the scope of the applicable laws or rules of practice recognized by law.<SU>30</SU>
            <FTREF/> Under such letters of credit and other independent undertakings, the bank's obligation to honor depends upon the presentation of specified documents and not upon nondocumentary conditions or resolution of questions of fact or law at issue between the applicant and the beneficiary. A national bank may also confirm or otherwise undertake to honor or purchase specified documents upon their presentation under another person's independent undertaking within the scope of such laws or rules.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>30</SU> Examples of such laws or rules of practice include: The applicable version of Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) (1962, as amended 1990) or revised Article 5 of the UCC (as amended 1995) (available from West Publishing Co., 1/800/328-4880); the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) Publication No. 500) (available from ICC Publishing, Inc., 212/206-1150; http://www.iccwbo.org); the International Standby Practices (ISP98) (ICC Publication No. 590) (available from the Institute of International Banking Law &amp; Practice, 301/869-9840; http://www.iiblp.org); the United Nations Convention on Independent Guarantees and Stand-by Letters of Credit (adopted by the U.N. General Assembly in 1995 and signed by the U.S. in 1997) (available from the U.N. Commission on International Trade Law, 212/963-5353); and the Uniform Rules for Bank-to-Bank Reimbursements Under Documentary Credits (ICC Publication No. 525) (available from ICC Publishing, Inc., 212/206-1150; http://www.iccwbo.org); as any of the foregoing may be amended from time to time.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Safety and soundness considerations</E>—(1) <E T="03">Terms.</E> As a matter of safe and sound banking practice, banks that issue independent undertakings should <PRTPAGE P="129"/>not be exposed to undue risk. At a minimum, banks should consider the following:</P>
          <P>(i) The independent character of the undertaking should be apparent from its terms (such as terms that subject it to laws or rules providing for its independent character);</P>
          <P>(ii) The undertaking should be limited in amount;</P>
          <P>(iii) The undertaking should:</P>
          <P>(A) Be limited in duration; or</P>
          <P>(B) Permit the bank to terminate the undertaking either on a periodic basis (consistent with the bank's ability to make any necessary credit assessments) or at will upon either notice or payment to the beneficiary; or</P>
          <P>(C) Entitle the bank to cash collateral from the applicant on demand (with a right to accelerate the applicant's obligations, as appropriate); and</P>
          <P>(iv) The bank either should be fully collateralized or have a post-honor right of reimbursement from the applicant or from another issuer of an independent undertaking. Alternatively, if the bank's undertaking is to purchase documents of title, securities, or other valuable documents, the bank should obtain a first priority right to realize on the documents if the bank is not otherwise to be reimbursed.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Additional considerations in special circumstances.</E> Certain undertakings require particular protections against credit, operational, and market risk:</P>
          <P>(i) In the event that the undertaking is to honor by delivery of an item of value other than money, the bank should ensure that market fluctuations that affect the value of the item will not cause the bank to assume undue market risk;</P>
          <P>(ii) In the event that the undertaking provides for automatic renewal, the terms for renewal should be consistent with the bank's ability to make any necessary credit assessments prior to renewal;</P>
          <P>(iii) In the event that a bank issues an undertaking for its own account, the underlying transaction for which it is issued must be within the bank's authority and comply with any safety and soundness requirements applicable to that transaction.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Operational expertise.</E> The bank should possess operational expertise that is commensurate with the sophistication of its independent undertaking activities.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Documentation.</E> The bank must accurately reflect the bank's undertakings in its records, including any acceptance or deferred payment or other absolute obligation arising out of its contingent undertaking.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Coverage.</E> An independent undertaking within the meaning of this section is not subject to the provisions of § 7.1017.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1017</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank as guarantor or surety on indemnity bond.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may lend its credit, bind itself as a surety to indemnify another, or otherwise become a guarantor (including, pursuant to 12 CFR 28.4, guaranteeing the deposits and other liabilities of its Edge corporations and Agreement corporations and of its corporate instrumentalities in foreign countries), if:</P>
          <P>(a) The bank has a substantial interest in the performance of the transaction involved (for example, a bank, as fiduciary, has a sufficient interest in the faithful performance by a cofiduciary of its duties to act as surety on the bond of such cofiduciary); or</P>
          <P>(b) The transaction is for the benefit of a customer and the bank obtains from the customer a segregated deposit that is sufficient in amount to cover the bank's total potential liability. A segregated deposit under this section includes collateral:</P>
          <P>(1) In which the bank has perfected its security interest (for example, if the collateral is a printed security, the bank must have obtained physical control of the security, and, if the collateral is a book entry security, the bank must have properly recorded its security interest); and</P>
          <P>(2) That has a market value, at the close of each business day, equal to the bank's total potential liability and is composed of:</P>
          <P>(i) Cash;</P>
          <P>(ii) Obligations of the United States or its agencies;</P>

          <P>(iii) Obligations fully guaranteed by the United States or its agencies as to principal and interest; or<PRTPAGE P="130"/>
          </P>
          <P>(iv) Notes, drafts, or bills of exchange or bankers’ acceptances that are eligible for rediscount or purchase by a Federal Reserve Bank; or</P>
          <P>(3) That has a market value, at the close of each business day, equal to 110 percent of the bank's total potential liability and is composed of obligations of a State or political subdivision of a State.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1018</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Automatic payment plan account.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may, for the benefit and convenience of its savings depositors, adopt an automatic payment plan under which a savings account will earn dividends at the current rate paid on regular savings accounts. The depositor, upon reaching a previously designated age, receives his or her accumulated savings and earned interest in installments of equal amounts over a specified period.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Purchase of open accounts.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The purchase of open accounts is a part of the business of banking and within the power of a national bank.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Export transactions.</E> A national bank may purchase open accounts in connection with export transactions; the accounts should be protected by insurance such as that provided by the Foreign Credit Insurance Association and the Export-Import Bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.1021</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank participation in financial literacy programs.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may participate in a financial literacy program on the premises of, or at a facility used by, a school. The school premises or facility will not be considered a branch of the bank if:</P>
          <P>(a) The bank does not establish and operate the school premises or facility on which the financial literacy program is conducted; and</P>
          <P>(b) The principal purpose of the financial literacy program is educational. For example, a program is educational if it is designed to teach students the principles of personal economics or the benefits of saving for the future, and is not designed for the purpose of profit-making.</P>
          <CITA>[66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Corporate Practices</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Corporate governance procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank proposing to engage in a corporate governance procedure shall comply with applicable Federal banking statutes and regulations, and safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Other sources of guidance.</E> To the extent not inconsistent with applicable Federal banking statutes or regulations, or bank safety and soundness, a national bank may elect to follow the corporate governance procedures of the law of the state in which the main office of the bank is located, the law of the state in which the holding company of the bank is incorporated, the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter), or the Model Business Corporation Act (1984, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter). A national bank shall designate in its bylaws the body of law selected for its corporate governance procedures.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">No-objection procedures.</E> The OCC also considers requests for its staff's position on the ability of a national bank to engage in a particular corporate governance procedure in accordance with the no-objection procedures set forth in Banking Circular 205 or any subsequently published agency procedures.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/> Requests should demonstrate how the proposed practice is not inconsistent with applicable Federal statutes or regulations, and is consistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU> Available upon request from the OCC Communications Division, 250 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20219, (202) 874-4700.</P>
          </FTNT>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of shareholders’ meetings.</SUBJECT>

          <P>A national bank must mail shareholders notice of the time, place, and purpose of all shareholders’ meetings at least 10 days prior to the meeting by <PRTPAGE P="131"/>first class mail, unless the OCC determines that an emergency circumstance exists. Where a national bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sole shareholder is permitted to waive notice of the shareholder's meeting. The articles of association, bylaws, or law applicable to a national bank may require a longer period of notice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Director or attorney as proxy.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Any person or group of persons, except the bank's officers, clerks, tellers, or bookkeepers, may be designated to act as proxy. The bank's directors or attorneys may act as proxy if they are not also employed as an officer, clerk, teller or bookkeeper of the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Annual meeting for election of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <P>When the day fixed for the regular annual meeting of the shareholders falls on a legal holiday in the state in which the bank is located, the shareholders’ meeting shall be held, and the directors elected, on the next following banking day.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Honorary directors or advisory boards.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank may appoint honorary or advisory members of a board of directors to act in advisory capacities without voting power or power of final decision in matters concerning the business of the bank. Any listing of honorary or advisory directors must distinguish between them and the bank's board of directors or indicate their advisory status.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Ownership of stock necessary to qualify as director.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> A national bank director must own a qualifying equity interest in a national bank or a company that has control of a national bank. The director must own the qualifying equity interest in his or her own right and meet a certain minimum threshold ownership.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Qualifying equity interest</E>—(1) <E T="03">Minimum required equity interest.</E> For purposes of this section, a qualifying equity interest includes common or preferred stock of the bank or of a company that controls the bank that has not less than an aggregate par value of $1,000, an aggregate shareholders’ equity of $1,000, or an aggregate fair market value of $1,000.</P>
          <P>(i) The value of the common or preferred stock held by a national bank director is valued as of the date purchased or the date on which the individual became a director, whichever value is greater.</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of a company that owns more than one national bank, a director may use his or her equity interest in the controlling company to satisfy, in whole or in part, the equity interest requirement for any or all of the controlled national banks.</P>
          <P>(iii) Upon request, the OCC may consider whether other interests in a company controlling a national bank constitute an interest equivalent to $1,000 par value of national bank stock.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Joint ownership and tenancy in common.</E> Shares held jointly or as a tenant in common are qualifying shares held by a director in his or her own right only to the extent of the aggregate value of the shares which the director would be entitled to receive on dissolution of the joint tenancy or tenancy in common.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Shares in a living trust.</E> Shares deposited by a person in a living trust (inter vivos trust) as to which the person is a trustee and retains an absolute power of revocation are shares owned by the person in his or her own right.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Other arrangements</E>—(i) <E T="03">Shares held through retirement plans and similar arrangements.</E> A director may hold his or her qualifying interest through a profit-sharing plan, individual retirement account, retirement plan, or similar arrangement, if the director retains beneficial ownership and legal control over the shares.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Shares held subject to buyback agreements.</E> A director may acquire and hold his or her qualifying interest pursuant to a stock repurchase or buyback agreement with a transferring shareholder under which the director purchases the qualifying shares subject to an agreement that the transferring shareholder will repurchase the shares when, for any reason, the director ceases to serve in that capacity. The agreement may give the transferring shareholder a right of first refusal to repurchase the qualifying shares if the <PRTPAGE P="132"/>director seeks to transfer ownership of the shares to a third person.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Assignment of right to dividends or distributions.</E> A director may assign the right to receive all dividends or distributions on his or her qualifying shares to another, including a transferring shareholder, if the director retains beneficial ownership and legal control over the shares.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Execution of proxy.</E> A director may execute a revocable or irrevocable proxy authorizing another, including a transferring shareholder, to vote his or her qualifying shares, provided the director retains beneficial ownership and legal control over the shares.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Non-qualifying ownership.</E> The following are not shares held by a director in his or her own right:</P>
          <P>(1) Shares pledged by the holder to secure a loan. However, all or part of the funds used to purchase the required qualifying equity interest may be borrowed from any party, including the bank or its affiliates;</P>
          <P>(2) Shares purchased subject to an absolute option vested in the seller to repurchase the shares within a specified period; and</P>
          <P>(3) Shares deposited in a voting trust where the depositor surrenders:</P>
          <P>(i) Legal ownership (depositor ceases to be registered owner of the stock);</P>
          <P>(ii) Power to vote the stock or to direct how it shall be voted; or</P>
          <P>(iii) Power to transfer legal title to the stock.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Cumulative voting in election of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <P>When electing directors, a shareholder shall have as many votes as the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of the shareholder's shares. The shareholder may cast all these votes for one candidate, or distribute the votes among as many candidates as the shareholder chooses. If, after the first ballot, subsequent ballots are necessary to elect directors, a shareholder may not vote shares that he or she has already fully cumulated and voted in favor of a successful candidate.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filling vacancies and increasing board of directors other than by shareholder action.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Increasing board of directors.</E> If authorized by the bank's articles of association, between shareholder meetings a majority of the board of directors may increase the number of the bank's directors within the limits specified in 12 U.S.C. 71a. The board of directors may increase the number of directors only by up to two directors, when the number of directors last elected by shareholders was 15 or fewer, and by up to four directors, when the number of directors last elected by shareholders was 16 or more.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Vacancies.</E> If a vacancy occurs on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, the vacancy may be filled by the shareholders, a majority of the board of directors remaining in office, or, if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a quorum, by an affirmative vote of a majority of all the directors remaining in office.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Oath of directors.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Administration of the oath.</E> A notary public, including one who is a director but not an officer of the national bank, may administer the oath of directors. Any person, other than an officer of the bank, having an official seal and authorized by the state to administer oaths, may also administer the oath.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Execution of the oath.</E> Each director attending the organization meeting shall execute either a joint or individual oath. A director not attending the organization meeting (the first meeting after the election of the directors) shall execute the individual oath. A director shall take another oath upon re-election, notwithstanding uninterupted service. Appropriate sample oaths are located in the “Comptroller's Corporate Manual”.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Filing and recordkeeping.</E> A national bank must file the original executed oaths of directors with the OCC and retain a copy in the bank's records in accordance with the Comptroller's <PRTPAGE P="133"/>Corporate Manual filing and recordkeeping instructions for executed oaths of directors.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Quorum of the board of directors; proxies not permissible.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank shall provide in its articles of association or bylaws that for the transaction of business, a quorum of the board of directors is at least a majority of the entire board then in office. A national bank director may not vote by proxy.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Directors’ responsibilities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The business and affairs of the bank shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors. The board of directors should refer to OCC published guidance for additional information regarding responsibilities of directors.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2011</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Compensation plans.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Consistent with safe and sound banking practices and the compensation provisions of 12 CFR part 30, a national bank may adopt compensation plans, including, among others, the following:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Bonus and profit-sharing plans.</E> A national bank may adopt a bonus or profit-sharing plan designed to ensure adequate remuneration of bank officers and employees.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Pension plans.</E> A national bank may provide employee pension plans and make reasonable contributions to the cost of the pension plan.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Employee stock option and stock purchase plans.</E> A national bank may provide employee stock option and stock purchase plans.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2012</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>President as director; chief executive officer.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 76, the president of a national bank must be a member of the board of directors, but a director other than the president may be elected chairman of the board. A person other than the president may serve as chief executive officer, and this person is not required to be a director of the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2013</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fidelity bonds covering officers and employees.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Adequate coverage.</E> All officers and employees of a national bank must have adequate fidelity coverage. The failure of directors to require bonds with adequate sureties and in sufficient amount may make the directors liable for any losses that the bank sustains because of the absence of such bonds. Directors should not serve as sureties on such bonds.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Factors.</E> The board of directors should determine the amount of such coverage, premised upon a consideration of factors, including:</P>
          <P>(1) Internal auditing safeguards employed;</P>
          <P>(2) Number of employees;</P>
          <P>(3) Amount of deposit liabilities; and</P>
          <P>(4) Amount of cash and securities normally held by the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2014</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Indemnification of institution-affiliated parties.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Administrative proceedings or civil actions initiated by Federal banking agencies.</E> A national bank may only make or agree to make indemnification payments to an institution-affiliated party with respect to an administrative proceeding or civil action initiated by any Federal banking agency, that are reasonable and consistent with the requirements of 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and the implementing regulations thereunder. The term “institution-affiliated party” has the same meaning as set forth at 12 U.S.C. 1813(u).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Administrative proceeding or civil actions not initiated by a Federal banking agency</E>—(1) <E T="03">General.</E> In cases involving an administrative proceeding or civil action not initiated by a Federal banking agency, a national bank may indemnify an institution-affiliated party for damages and expenses, including the advancement of expenses and legal fees, in accordance with the law of the state in which the main office of the bank is located, the law of the state in which the bank's holding company is incorporated, or the relevant provisions of the Model Business Corporation Act (1984, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter), or Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit. 8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as <PRTPAGE P="134"/>amended thereafter), provided such payments are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. A national bank shall designate in its bylaws the body of law selected for making indemnification payments under this paragraph.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Insurance premiums.</E> A national bank may provide for the payment of reasonable premiums for insurance covering the expenses, legal fees, and liability of institution-affiliated parties to the extent that the expenses, fees, or liability could be indemnified under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2015</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Cashier.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank's bylaws, board of directors, or a duly designated officer may assign some or all of the duties previously performed by the bank's cashier to its president, chief executive officer, or any other officer.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2016</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Restricting transfer of stock and record dates.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Conditions for stock transfer.</E> Under 12 U.S.C. 52, a national bank may impose conditions upon the transfer of its stock reasonably calculated to simplify the work of the bank with respect to stock transfers, voting at shareholders’ meetings, and related matters and to protect it against fraudulent transfers.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Record dates.</E> A national bank may close its stock records for a reasonable period to ascertain shareholders for voting purposes. The board of directors may fix a record date for determining the shareholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, any meeting of shareholders. The record date should be in reasonable proximity to the date that notice is given to the shareholders of the meeting.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2017</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Facsimile signatures on bank stock certificates.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The president and cashier, or other officers authorized by the bank's bylaws, shall sign each national bank stock certificate. The signatures may be manual or facsimile, including electronic means of signature. Each certificate must be sealed with the seal of the association.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2018</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Lost stock certificates.</SUBJECT>
          <P>If a national bank does not provide for replacing lost, stolen, or destroyed stock certificates in its articles of association or bylaws, the bank may adopt procedures in accordance with § 7.2000.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2019</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Loans secured by a bank's own shares.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Permitted agreements, relating to bank shares.</E> A national bank may require a borrower holding shares of the bank to execute agreements:</P>
          <P>(1) Not to pledge, give away, transfer, or otherwise assign such shares;</P>
          <P>(2) To pledge such shares at the request of the bank when necessary to prevent loss; and</P>
          <P>(3) To leave such shares in the bank's custody.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Use of capital notes and debentures.</E> A national bank may not make loans secured by a pledge of the bank's own capital notes and debentures. Such notes and debentures must be subordinated to the claims of depositors and other creditors of the issuing bank, and are, therefore, capital instruments within the purview of 12 U.S.C. 83.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2020</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acquisition and holding of shares as treasury stock.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Acquisition of outstanding shares.</E> Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 59, including the requirements for prior approval by the bank's shareholders and the OCC imposed by that statute, a national bank may acquire its outstanding shares and hold them as treasury stock, if the acquisition and retention of the shares is, and continues to be, for a legitimate corporate purpose.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Legitimate corporate purpose.</E> Examples of legitimate corporate purposes include the acquisition and holding of treasury stock to:</P>
          <P>(1) Have shares available for use in connection with employee stock option, bonus, purchase, or similar plans;</P>
          <P>(2) Sell to a director for the purpose of acquiring qualifying shares;</P>
          <P>(3) Purchase a director's qualifying shares upon the cessation of the director's service in that capacity if there is no ready market for the shares;</P>

          <P>(4) Reduce the number of shareholders in order to qualify as a Subchapter S corporation; and<PRTPAGE P="135"/>
          </P>
          <P>(5) Reduce costs associated with shareholder communications and meetings.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Prohibition.</E> It is not a legitimate corporate purpose to acquire or hold treasury stock on speculation about changes in its value.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2021</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Preemptive rights.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank in its articles of association must grant or deny preemptive rights to the bank's shareholders. Any amendment to a national bank's articles of association which modifies such preemptive rights must be approved by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the bank's outstanding voting shares.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2022</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Voting trusts.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The shareholders of a national bank may establish a voting trust under the applicable law of a state selected by the participants and designated in the trust agreement, provided the implementation of the trust is consistent with safe and sound banking practices.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.2023</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reverse stock splits.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority to engage in reverse stock splits.</E> A national bank may engage in a reverse stock split if the transaction serves a legitimate corporate purpose and provides adequate dissenting shareholders’ rights.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Legitimate corporate purpose.</E> Examples of legitimate corporate purposes include a reverse stock split to:</P>
          <P>(1) Reduce the number of shareholders in order to qualify as a Subchapter S corporation; and</P>
          <P>(2) Reduce costs associated with shareholder communications and meetings.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60099, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Bank Operations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.3000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Bank hours and closings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Bank hours.</E> A national bank's board of directors should review its banking hours, and, independently of any other bank, take appropriate action to establish a schedule of banking hours.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Emergency closings.</E> Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 95(b)(1), the Comptroller of the Currency (Comptroller), a state, or a legally authorized state official may declare a day a legal holiday if emergency conditions exist. That day is a legal holiday for national banks or their offices in the affected geographic area (<E T="03">i.e.</E>, throughout the country, in a state, or in part of a state). Emergency conditions include natural disasters and civil and municipal emergencies (<E T="03">e.g.</E>, severe flooding, or a power emergency declared by a local power company or government requesting that businesses in the affected area close). The Comptroller issues a proclamation authorizing the emergency closing in accordance with 12 U.S.C. 95 at the time of the emergency condition, or soon thereafter. When the Comptroller, a State, or a legally authorized State official declares a legal holiday due to emergency conditions, a national bank may temporarily limit or suspend operations at its affected offices. Alternatively, the national bank may continue its operations unless the Comptroller by written order directs otherwise.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Ceremonial closings.</E> A state or a legally authorized state official may declare a day a legal holiday for ceremonial reasons. When a state or a legally authorized state official declares a day to be a legal holiday for ceremonial reasons, a national bank may choose to remain open or to close.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Liability.</E> A national bank should assure that all liabilities or other obligations under the applicable law due to the bank's closing are satisfied.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.3001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sharing space and employees.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Sharing space.</E> A national bank may:</P>
          <P>(1) Lease excess space on bank premises to one or more other businesses (including other banks and financial institutions);</P>
          <P>(2) Share space jointly held with one or more other businesses; or</P>
          <P>(3) Offer its services in space owned or leased to other businesses.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Sharing employees.</E> When sharing space with other businesses as described in paragraph (a) of this section, a national bank may provide, under one or more written agreements among <PRTPAGE P="136"/>the bank, the other businesses, and their employees, that:</P>
          <P>(1) A bank employee may act as agent for the other business; or</P>
          <P>(2) An employee of the other business may act as agent for the bank.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Supervisory conditions.</E> When a national bank engages in arrangements of the types listed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the bank shall ensure that:</P>
          <P>(1) The other business is conspicuously, accurately, and separately identified;</P>
          <P>(2) Shared employees clearly and fully disclose the nature of their agency relationship to customers of the bank and of the other businesses so that customers will know the identity of the bank or business that is providing the product or service;</P>
          <P>(3) The arrangement does not constitute a joint venture or partnership with the other business under applicable state law;</P>
          <P>(4) All aspects of the relationship between the bank and the other business are conducted at arm's length, unless a special arrangement is warranted because the other business is a subsidiary of the bank;</P>
          <P>(5) Security issues arising from the activities of the other business on the premises are addressed;</P>
          <P>(6) The activities of the other business do not adversely affect the safety and soundness of the bank;</P>
          <P>(7) The shared employees or the entity for which they perform services are duly licensed or meet qualification requirements of applicable statutes and regulations pertaining to agents or employees of such other business; and</P>
          <P>(8) The assets and records of the parties are segregated.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Other legal requirements.</E> When entering into arrangements, of the types described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, and in conducting operations pursuant to those arrangements the bank must ensure that each arrangement complies with 12 U.S.C. 29 and 36 and with any other applicable laws and regulations. If the arrangement involves an affiliate or a shareholder, director, officer or employee of the bank:</P>
          <P>(1) The bank must ensure compliance with all applicable statutory and regulatory provisions governing bank transactions with these persons or entities;</P>
          <P>(2) The parties must comply with all applicable fiduciary duties; and</P>
          <P>(3) The parties, if they are in competition with each other, must consider limitations, if any, imposed by applicable antitrust laws.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Preemption</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Visitorial powers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> (1) Only the OCC or an authorized representative of the OCC may exercise visitorial powers with respect to national banks, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section. State officials may not exercise visitorial powers with respect to national banks, such as conducting examinations, inspecting or requiring the production of books or records of national banks, or prosecuting enforcement actions, except in limited circumstances authorized by federal law. However, production of a bank's records (other than non-public OCC information under 12 CFR part 4, subpart C) may be required under normal judicial procedures.</P>
          <P>(2) For purposes of this section, visitorial powers include:</P>
          <P>(i) Examination of a bank;</P>
          <P>(ii) Inspection of a bank's books and records;</P>
          <P>(iii) Regulation and supervision of activities authorized or permitted pursuant to federal banking law; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Enforcing compliance with any applicable federal or state laws concerning those activities.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Exceptions to the general rule.</E> Federal law expressly provides special authority for state or other federal officials to:</P>
          <P>(1) Inspect the list of shareholders, provided the official is authorized to assess taxes under state authority (12 U.S.C. 62; this section also authorizes inspection of the shareholder list by shareholders and creditors of a national bank);</P>

          <P>(2) Review, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to a bank, the bank's records solely to ensure compliance with applicable state unclaimed property or escheat laws upon reasonable cause to believe that the bank has <PRTPAGE P="137"/>failed to comply with those laws (12 U.S.C. 484(b));</P>
          <P>(3) Verify payroll records for unemployment compensation purposes (26 U.S.C. 3305(c));</P>
          <P>(4) Ascertain the correctness of federal tax returns (26 U.S.C. 7602); and</P>
          <P>(5) Enforce the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. 211).</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Report of examination.</E> The report of examination made by an OCC examiner is designated solely for use in the supervision of the bank. The bank's copy of the report is the property of the OCC and is loaned to the bank and any holding company thereof solely for its confidential use. The bank's directors, in keeping with their responsibilities both to depositors and to shareholders, should thoroughly review the report. The report may be made available to other persons only in accordance with the rules on disclosure in 12 CFR part 4.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 60100, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Charging interest at rates permitted competing institutions; charging interest to corporate borrowers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definition.</E> The term “interest” as used in 12 U.S.C. 85 includes any payment compensating a creditor or prospective creditor for an extension of credit, making available of a line of credit, or any default or breach by a borrower of a condition upon which credit was extended. It includes, among other things, the following fees connected with credit extension or availability: numerical periodic rates, late fees, creditor-imposed not sufficient funds (NSF) fees charged when a borrower tenders payment on a debt with a check drawn on insufficient funds, overlimit fees, annual fees, cash advance fees, and membership fees. It does not ordinarily include appraisal fees, premiums and commissions attributable to insurance guaranteeing repayment of any extension of credit, finders’ fees, fees for document preparation or notarization, or fees incurred to obtain credit reports.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Authority.</E> A national bank located in a state may charge interest at the maximum rate permitted to any state-chartered or licensed lending institution by the law of that state. If state law permits different interest charges on specified classes of loans, a national bank making such loans is subject only to the provisions of state law relating to that class of loans that are material to the determination of the permitted interest. For example, a national bank may lawfully charge the highest rate permitted to be charged by a state-licensed small loan company, without being so licensed, but subject to state law limitations on the size of loans made by small loan companies.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Effect on state definitions of interest.</E> The Federal definition of the term “interest” in paragraph (a) of this section does not change how interest is defined by the individual states (nor how the state definition of interest is used) solely for purposes of state law. For example, if late fees are not “interest” under state law where a national bank is located but state law permits its most favored lender to charge late fees, then a national bank located in that state may charge late fees to its intrastate customers. The national bank may also charge late fees to its interstate customers because the fees are interest under the Federal definition of interest and an allowable charge under state law where the national bank is located. However, the late fees would not be treated as interest for purposes of evaluating compliance with state usury limitations because state law excludes late fees when calculating the maximum interest that lending institutions may charge under those limitations.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Usury.</E> A national bank located in a state the law of which denies the defense of usury to a corporate borrower may charge a corporate borrower any rate of interest agreed upon by a corporate borrower.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 4862, Feb. 9, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank charges.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority to impose charges and fees.</E> A national bank may charge its customers non-interest charges and fees, including deposit account service charges.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Considerations.</E> (1) All charges and fees should be arrived at by each bank <PRTPAGE P="138"/>on a competitive basis and not on the basis of any agreement, arrangement, undertaking, understanding, or discussion with other banks or their officers.</P>
          <P>(2) The establishment of non-interest charges and fees, their amounts, and the method of calculating them are business decisions to be made by each bank, in its discretion, according to sound banking judgment and safe and sound banking principles. A national bank establishes non-interest charges and fees in accordance with safe and sound banking principles if the bank employs a decision-making process through which it considers the following factors, among others:</P>
          <P>(i) The cost incurred by the bank in providing the service;</P>
          <P>(ii) The deterrence of misuse by customers of banking services;</P>
          <P>(iii) The enhancement of the competitive position of the bank in accordance with the bank's business plan and marketing strategy; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The maintenance of the safety and soundness of the institution.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Interest.</E> Charges and fees that are “interest” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 85 are governed by § 7.4001 and not by this section.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">State law.</E> The OCC applies preemption principles derived from the United States Constitution, as interpreted through judicial precedent, when determining whether State laws apply that purport to limit or prohibit charges and fees described in this section.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">National bank as fiduciary.</E> This section does not apply to charges imposed by a national bank in its capacity as a fiduciary, which are governed by 12 CFR part 9.</P>
          <CITA>[66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment and operation of a remote service unit by a national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A remote service unit (RSU) is an automated facility, operated by a customer of a bank, that conducts banking functions, such as receiving deposits, paying withdrawals, or lending money. A national bank may establish and operate an RSU pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh). An RSU includes an automated teller machine, automated loan machine, and automated device for receiving deposits. An RSU may be equipped with a telephone or televideo device that allows contact with bank personnel. An RSU is not a “branch” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j), and is not subject to state geographic or operational restrictions or licensing laws.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60100, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Establishment and operation of a deposit production office by a national bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> A national bank or its operating subsidiary may engage in deposit production activities at a site other than the main office or a branch of the bank. A deposit production office (DPO) may solicit deposits, provide information about deposit products, and assist persons in completing application forms and related documents to open a deposit account. A DPO is not a branch within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j) and 12 CFR 5.30(d)(1) so long as it does not receive deposits, pay withdrawals, or make loans. All deposit and withdrawal transactions of a bank customer using a DPO must be performed by the customer, either in person at the main office or a branch office of the bank, or by mail, electronic transfer, or a similar method of transfer.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Services of other persons.</E> A national bank may use the services of, and compensate, persons not employed by the bank in its deposit production activities.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60100, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Combination of loan production office, deposit production office, and remote service unit.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A location at which a national bank operates a loan production office (LPO), a deposit production office (DPO), and a remote service unit (RSU) is not a “branch” within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 36(j) by virtue of that combination. Since an LPO, DPO, or RSU is not, individually, a branch under 12 U.S.C. 36(j), any combination of these facilities at one location does not create a branch.</P>
          <CITA>[64 FR 60100, Nov. 4, 1999]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="139"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.4006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability of State law to national bank operating subsidiaries.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Unless otherwise provided by Federal law or OCC regulation, State laws apply to national bank operating subsidiaries to the same extent that those laws apply to the parent national bank.</P>
          <CITA>[66 FR 34791, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Electronic Activities</HD>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>67 FR 35004, May 17, 2002, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5000</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart applies to a national bank's use of technology to deliver services and products consistent with safety and soundness.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5001</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Electronic activities that are part of, or incidental to, the business of banking.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This section identifies the criteria that the OCC uses to determine whether an electronic activity is authorized as part of, or incidental to, the business of banking under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) or other statutory authority.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Restrictions and conditions on electronic activities.</E> The OCC may determine that activities are permissible under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) or other statutory authority only if they are subject to standards or conditions designed to provide that the activities function as intended and are conducted safely and soundly, in accordance with other applicable statutes, regulations, or supervisory policies.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Activities that are part of the business of banking.</E> (1) An activity is authorized for national banks as part of the business of banking if the activity is described in 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh) or other statutory authority. In determining whether an electronic activity is part of the business of banking, the OCC considers the following factors:</P>
          <P>(i) Whether the activity is the functional equivalent to, or a logical outgrowth of, a recognized banking activity;</P>
          <P>(ii) Whether the activity strengthens the bank by benefiting its customers or its business;</P>
          <P>(iii) Whether the activity involves risks similar in nature to those already assumed by banks; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Whether the activity is authorized for state-chartered banks.</P>
          <P>(2) The weight accorded each factor set out in paragraph (c)(1) of this section depends on the facts and circumstances of each case.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Activities that are incidental to the business of banking.</E> (1) An electronic banking activity is authorized for a national bank as incidental to the business of banking if it is convenient or useful to an activity that is specifically authorized for national banks or to an activity that is otherwise part of the business of banking. In determining whether an activity is convenient or useful to such activities, the OCC considers the following factors:</P>
          <P>(i) Whether the activity facilitates the production or delivery of a bank's products or services, enhances the bank's ability to sell or market its products or services, or improves the effectiveness or efficiency of the bank's operations, in light of risks presented, innovations, strategies, techniques and new technologies for producing and delivering financial products and services; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Whether the activity enables the bank to use capacity acquired for its banking operations or otherwise avoid economic loss or waste.</P>
          <P>(2) The weight accorded each factor set out in paragraph (d)(1) of this section depends on the facts and circumstances of each case.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5002</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Furnishing of products and services by electronic means and facilities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Use of electronic means and facilities.</E> A national bank may perform, provide, or deliver through electronic means and facilities any activity, function, product, or service that it is otherwise authorized to perform, provide, or deliver, subject to § 7.5001(b) and applicable OCC guidance. The following list provides examples of permissible activities under this authority. This list is illustrative and not exclusive; the OCC may determine that other activities are permissible pursuant to this authority.</P>
          <P>(1) Acting as an electronic finder by:<PRTPAGE P="140"/>
          </P>
          <P>(i) Establishing, registering, and hosting commercially enabled web sites in the name of sellers;</P>
          <P>(ii) Establishing hyperlinks between the bank's site and a third-party site, including acting as a “virtual mall” by providing a collection of links to web sites of third-party vendors, organized by-product type and made available to bank customers;</P>
          <P>(iii) Hosting an electronic marketplace on the bank's Internet web site by providing links to the web sites of third-party buyers or sellers through the use of hypertext or other similar means;</P>
          <P>(iv) Hosting on the bank's servers the Internet web site of:</P>
          <P>(A) A buyer or seller that provides information concerning the hosted party and the products or services offered or sought and allows the submission of interest, bids, offers, orders and confirmations relating to such products or services; or</P>
          <P>(B) A governmental entity that provides information concerning the services or benefits made available by the governmental entity, assists persons in completing applications to receive such services or benefits and permits persons to transmit their applications for such services or benefits;</P>
          <P>(v) Operating an Internet web site that permits numerous buyers and sellers to exchange information concerning the products and services that they are willing to purchase or sell, locate potential counter-parties for transactions, aggregate orders for goods or services with those made by other parties, and enter into transactions between themselves;</P>
          <P>(vi) Operating a telephone call center that provides permissible finder services; and</P>
          <P>(vii) Providing electronic communications services relating to all aspects of transactions between buyers and sellers;</P>
          <P>(2) Providing electronic bill presentment services;</P>
          <P>(3) Offering electronic stored value systems; and</P>
          <P>(4) Safekeeping for personal information or valuable confidential trade or business information, such as encryption keys.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicability of guidance and requirements not affected.</E> When a national bank performs, provides, or delivers through electronic means and facilities an activity, function, product, or service that it is otherwise authorized to perform, provide, or deliver, the electronic activity is not exempt from the regulatory requirements and supervisory guidance that the OCC would apply if the activity were conducted by non-electronic means or facilities.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">State laws.</E> As a general rule, and except as provided by Federal law, State law is not applicable to a national bank's conduct of an authorized activity through electronic means or facilities if the State law, as applied to the activity, would be preempted pursuant to traditional principles of Federal preemption derived from the Supremacy Clause of the U.S. Constitution and applicable judicial precedent. Accordingly, State laws that stand as an obstacle to the ability of national banks to exercise uniformly their Federally authorized powers through electronic means or facilities, are not applicable to national banks.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5003</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Composite authority to engage in electronic activities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Unless otherwise prohibited by Federal law, a national bank may engage in an electronic activity that is comprised of several component activities if each of the component activities is itself part of or incidental to the business of banking or is otherwise permissible under Federal law.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5004</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sale of excess electronic capacity and by-products.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A national bank may, in order to optimize the use of the bank's resources or avoid economic loss or waste, market and sell to third parties electronic capacities legitimately acquired or developed by the bank for its banking business.</P>
          <P>(b) With respect to acquired equipment or facilities, legitimate excess electronic capacity that may be sold to others can arise in a variety of situations, including the following:</P>

          <P>(1) Due to the characteristics of the desired equipment or facilities available in the market, the capacity of the most practical optimal equipment or <PRTPAGE P="141"/>facilities available to meet the bank's requirements exceeds its present needs;</P>
          <P>(2) The acquisition and retention of additional capacity, beyond present needs, reasonably may be necessary for planned future expansion or to meet the expected future banking needs during the useful life of the equipment;</P>
          <P>(3) Requirements for capacity fluctuate because a bank engages in batch processing of banking transactions or because a bank must have capacity to meet peak period demand with the result that the bank has periods when its capacity is underutilized; and</P>
          <P>(4) After the initial acquisition of capacity thought to be fully needed for banking operations, the bank experiences either a decline in level of the banking operations or an increase in the efficiency of the banking operations using that capacity.</P>
          <P>(c) Types of electronic capacity in equipment or facilities that banks may have legitimately acquired and that may be sold to third parties if excess to the bank's needs for banking purposes include:</P>
          <P>(1) Data processing services;</P>
          <P>(2) Production and distribution of non-financial software;</P>
          <P>(3) Providing periodic back-up call answering services;</P>
          <P>(4) Providing full Internet access;</P>
          <P>(5) Providing electronic security system support services;</P>
          <P>(6) Providing long line communications services; and</P>
          <P>(7) Electronic imaging and storage.</P>
          <P>(d) A national bank may sell to third parties electronic by-products legitimately acquired or developed by the bank for its banking business. Examples of electronic by-products that banks may have legitimately acquired that may be sold to third parties if excess to the bank's needs include:</P>
          <P>(1) Software acquired (not merely licensed) or developed by the bank for banking purposes or to support its banking business; and</P>
          <P>(2) Electronic databases, records, or media (such as electronic images) developed by the bank for or during the performance of its permissible data processing activities.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5005</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank acting as digital certification authority.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) It is part of the business of banking under 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) for a national bank to act as a certificate authority and to issue digital certificates verifying the identity of persons associated with a particular public/private key pair. As part of this service, the bank may also maintain a listing or repository of public keys.</P>
          <P>(b) A national bank may issue digital certificates verifying attributes in addition to identity of persons associated with a particular public/private key pair where the attribute is one for which verification is part of or incidental to the business of banking. For example, national banks may issue digital certificates verifying certain financial attributes of a customer as of the current or a previous date, such as account balance as of a particular date, lines of credit as of a particular date, past financial performance of the customer, and verification of customer relationship with the bank as of a particular date.</P>
          <P>(c) When a national bank issues a digital certificate relating to financial capacity under this section, the bank shall include in that certificate an express disclaimer stating that the bank does not thereby promise or represent that funds will be available or will be advanced for any particular transaction.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5006</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Data processing.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Eligible activities.</E> It is part of the business of banking under 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) for a national bank to provide data processing, and data transmission services, facilities (including equipment, technology, and personnel), data bases, advice and access to such services, facilities, data bases and advice, for itself and for others, where the data is banking, financial, or economic data, and other types of data if the derivative or resultant product is banking, financial, or economic data. For this purpose, economic data includes anything of value in banking and financial decisions.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Other data.</E> A national bank also may perform the activities described in paragraph (a) of this section for itself and others with respect to additional <PRTPAGE P="142"/>types of data to the extent convenient or useful to provide the data processing services described in paragraph (a), including where reasonably necessary to conduct those activities on a competitive basis. The total revenue attributable to the bank's data processing activities under this section must be derived predominantly from processing the activities described in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5007</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Correspondent services.</SUBJECT>
          <P>It is part of the business of banking for a national bank to offer as a correspondent service to any of its affiliates or to other financial institutions any service it may perform for itself. The following list provides examples of electronic activities that banks may offer correspondents under this authority. This list is illustrative and not exclusive; the OCC may determine that other activities are permissible pursuant to this authority.</P>
          <P>(a) The provision of computer networking packages and related hardware;</P>
          <P>(b) Data processing services;</P>
          <P>(c) The sale of software that performs data processing functions;</P>
          <P>(d) The development, operation, management, and marketing of products and processing services for transactions conducted at electronic terminal devices;</P>
          <P>(e) Item processing services and related software;</P>
          <P>(f) Document control and record keeping through the use of electronic imaging technology;</P>
          <P>(g) The provision of Internet merchant hosting services for resale to merchant customers;</P>
          <P>(h) The provision of communication support services through electronic means; and</P>
          <P>(i) Digital certification authority services.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5008</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Location of a national bank conducting electronic activities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank shall not be considered located in a State solely because it physically maintains technology, such as a server or automated loan center, in that state, or because the bank's products or services are accessed through electronic means by customers located in the state.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5009</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Location under 12 U.S.C. 85 of national banks operating exclusively through the Internet.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For purposes of 12 U.S.C. 85, the main office of a national bank that operates exclusively through the Internet is the office identified by the bank under 12 U.S.C. 22(Second) or as relocated under 12 U.S.C. 30 or other appropriate authority.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 7.5010</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Shared electronic space.</SUBJECT>
          <P>National banks that share electronic space, including a co-branded web site, with a bank subsidiary, affiliate, or another third-party must take reasonable steps to clearly, conspicuously, and understandably distinguish between products and services offered by the bank and those offered by the bank's subsidiary, affiliate, or the third-party.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 8</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 8—ASSESSMENT OF FEES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>8.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope and application.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>8.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Semiannual assessment.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>8.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Fees for special examinations and investigations.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>8.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Payment of interest on delinquent assessments and examination and investigation fees.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>8.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Comptroller of the Currency fees.</SUBJECT>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a, 481, 482, 1867, 3102, and 3108; 15 U.S.C. 78c and 78l; and 26 D.C. Code 102.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 8.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope and application.</SUBJECT>
        <P>The assessments contained in this part are made pursuant to the authority contained in 12 U.S.C. 93a, 481, 482, 1867, 3102, and 3108; 15 U.S.C. 78c and 78l; and 26 D.C. Code 102.</P>
        <CITA>[67 FR 37665, May 30, 2002]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 8.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Semiannual assessment.</SUBJECT>

        <P>(a) Each national bank and each District of Columbia bank shall pay to the Comptroller of the Currency a semiannual assessment fee, due by January 31 and July 31 of each year, for the six-month period beginning 30 days before each payment date. The amount of the semiannual assessment paid by each bank is computed as follows:<PRTPAGE P="143"/>
        </P>
        <GPOTABLE CDEF="10,10,10,10,10" COLS="5" OPTS="L2,tp0">
          <BOXHD>
            <CHED H="1">If the bank's total assets (consolidated domestic and<LI>foreign subsidiaries) are:</LI>
            </CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Over—</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Column A</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">But not over—</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Column B</CHED>
            <CHED H="1">The semiannual assessment is:</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">This amount—</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Base amount</CHED>
            <CHED H="4">Column C</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Plus</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Marginal rates</CHED>
            <CHED H="4">Column D</CHED>
            <CHED H="2">Of excess over—</CHED>
            <CHED H="3">Column E</CHED>
          </BOXHD>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="21">Million</ENT>
            <ENT O="oi0">Million</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT O="oi0">Million</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">$0</ENT>
            <ENT>$2</ENT>
            <ENT>X1</ENT>
            <ENT>0</ENT>
            <ENT/>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2</ENT>
            <ENT>20</ENT>
            <ENT>X2</ENT>
            <ENT>Y1</ENT>
            <ENT>$2</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">20</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
            <ENT>X3</ENT>
            <ENT>Y2</ENT>
            <ENT>20</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">100</ENT>
            <ENT>200</ENT>
            <ENT>X4</ENT>
            <ENT>Y3</ENT>
            <ENT>100</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">200</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>X5</ENT>
            <ENT>Y4</ENT>
            <ENT>200</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">1,000</ENT>
            <ENT>2,000</ENT>
            <ENT>X6</ENT>
            <ENT>Y5</ENT>
            <ENT>1,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">2,000</ENT>
            <ENT>6,000</ENT>
            <ENT>X7</ENT>
            <ENT>Y6</ENT>
            <ENT>2,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">6,000</ENT>
            <ENT>20,000</ENT>
            <ENT>X8</ENT>
            <ENT>Y7</ENT>
            <ENT>6,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">20,000</ENT>
            <ENT>40,000</ENT>
            <ENT>X9</ENT>
            <ENT>Y8</ENT>
            <ENT>20,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
          <ROW>
            <ENT I="01">40,000</ENT>
            <ENT/>
            <ENT>X10</ENT>
            <ENT>Y9</ENT>
            <ENT>40,000</ENT>
          </ROW>
        </GPOTABLE>
        <P>(1) Every national bank falls into one of the ten asset-size brackets denoted by Columns A and B. A bank's semiannual assessment is composed of two parts. The first part is the calculation of a base amount of the assessment, which is computed on the assets of the bank up to the lower endpoint (Column A) of the bracket in which it falls. This base amount of the assessment is calculated by the OCC in Column C.</P>
        <P>(2) The second part is the calculation by the bank of assessments due on the remaining assets of the bank in excess of Column E. The excess is assessed at the marginal rate shown in Column D.</P>
        <P>(3) The total semiannual assessment is the amount in Column C, plus the amount of the bank's assets in excess of Column E times the marginal rate in Column D: Assessments = C+[(Assets−E) × D].</P>
        <P>(4) Each year, the OCC may index the marginal rates in Column D to adjust for the percent change in the level of prices, as measured by changes in the Gross Domestic Product Implicit Price Deflator (GDPIPD) for each June-to-June period. The OCC may at its discretion adjust marginal rates by amounts less than the percentage change in the GDPIPD. The OCC will also adjust the amounts in Column C to reflect any change made to the marginal rate.</P>
        <P>(5) The specific marginal rates and complete assessment schedule will be published in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees”, provided for at § 8.8 of this part. Each semiannual assessment is based upon the total assets shown in the bank's most recent “Consolidated Report of Condition (Including Domestic and Foreign Subsidiaries)” (Call Report) preceding the payment date. The assessment shall be computed in the manner and on the form provided by the Comptroller of the Currency. Each bank subject to the jurisdiction of the Comptroller of the Currency on the date of the second or fourth quarterly Call Report required by the Office under 12 U.S.C. 161 is subject to the full assessment for the next six-month period.</P>
        <P>(6)(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the OCC may reduce the semiannual assessment for each non-lead bank by a percentage that it will specify in the Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees described in § 8.8.</P>
        <P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (a)(6):</P>
        <P>(A) <E T="03">Lead bank</E> means the largest national bank controlled by a company, based on a comparison of the total assets held by each national bank controlled by that company as reported in each bank's Call Report filed for the quarter immediately preceding the payment of a semiannual assessment.</P>
        <P>(B) <E T="03">Non-lead bank</E> means a national bank that is not the lead bank controlled by a company that controls two or more national banks.</P>
        <P>(C) <E T="03">Control</E> and <E T="03">company</E> have the same meanings as these terms have in sections 2(a)(2) and 2(b), respectively, of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)(2) and (b)).</P>

        <P>(b)(1) Each Federal branch and each Federal agency shall pay to the Comptroller of the Currency on or before <PRTPAGE P="144"/>January 31 and July 31 of each year a semiannual assessment fee for the six month period beginning thirty days before each payment date.</P>
        <P>(2) The amount of the semiannual assessment paid by each Federal branch and Federal agency shall be computed at the same rate as provided in the Table in 12 CFR 8.2(a); however, only the total domestic assets of the Federal branch or Federal agency shall be subject to assessment.</P>
        <P>(3) Each semiannual assessment of each Federal branch or Federal agency is based upon the total assets shown in the Call Report most recently preceding the payment date. The assessment shall be computed in the manner and on the form provided by the OCC. Each Federal branch or Federal agency subject to the jurisdiction of the OCC on the date of the second and fourth Call Reports is subject to the full assessment for the next six month period.</P>
        <P>(4)(i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, the OCC may reduce the semiannual assessment for each non-lead Federal branch or agency by an amount that it will specify in the Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees described in § 8.8.</P>
        <P>(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (b)(4):</P>
        <P>(A) <E T="03">Lead Federal branch or agency</E> means the largest Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank, based on a comparison of the total assets held by each Federal branch or agency of that foreign bank as reported in each Federal branch's or agency's Call Report filed for the quarter immediately preceding the payment of a semiannual assessment.</P>
        <P>(B) <E T="03">Non-lead Federal branch or agency</E> means a Federal branch or Federal agency that is not the lead Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank that controls two or more Federal branches or agencies.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional assessment for independent credit card banks—</E>(1) <E T="03">General rule</E>. In addition to the assessment calculated according to paragraph (a) of this section, each independent credit card bank will pay an assessment based on receivables attributable to credit card accounts owned by the bank. This assessment will be computed by adding to its asset-based assessment an additional amount determined by its level of receivables attributable. The dollar amount of the additional assessment will be published in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Notice of Fees,” described at § 8.8.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Credit card banks affiliated with full-service national banks.</E> The OCC will assess an independent credit card bank in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, notwithstanding that the bank is affiliated with a full-service national bank, if the OCC concludes that the affiliation is intended to evade this part.</P>
        <P>(3) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this paragraph (c), the following definitions apply:</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Affiliate</E> has the same meaning as this term has in 12 U.S.C. 221a(b).</P>
        <P>(ii) <E T="03">Engaged primarily in card operations</E> means a bank described in section 2(c)(2)(F) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(c)(2)(F)) or whose ratio of total gross receivables attributable to the bank's balance sheet assets exceeds 50%.</P>
        <P>(iii) <E T="03">Full-service national bank</E> is a national bank that generates more than 50% of its interest and non-interest income from activities other than credit card operations or trust activities and is authorized according to its charter to engage in all types of permissible banking activities.</P>
        <P>(iv) <E T="03">Independent credit card bank</E> is a national bank that engages primarily in credit card operations and is not affiliated with a full-service national bank.</P>
        <P>(v) <E T="03">Receivables attributable</E> is the total amount of outstanding balances due on credit card accounts owned by an independent credit card bank (the receivables attributable to those accounts) on the last day of the assessment period, minus receivables retained on the bank's balance sheet as of that day.</P>
        <P>(4) <E T="03">Reports of receivables attributable.</E> Independent credit card banks will report receivables attributable data to the OCC semiannually at a time specified by the OCC.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Surcharge based on the condition of the bank.</E> Subject to any limit that the OCC prescribes in the Notice of the Comptroller of the Currency Fees, the OCC shall apply a surcharge to the semiannual assessment computed in <PRTPAGE P="145"/>accordance with paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section. This surcharge will be determined by multiplying the semiannual assessment computed in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section by—</P>
        <P>(1) 1.5, in the case of any bank that receives a composite rating of 3 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (UFIRS) and any Federal branch or agency that receives a composite rating of 3 under the ROCA rating system (which rates risk management, operational controls, compliance, and asset quality) at its most recent examination; and</P>
        <P>(2) 2.0, in the case of any bank that receives a composite UFIRS rating of 4 or 5 and any Federal branch or agency that receives a composite rating of 4 or 5 under the ROCA rating system at its most recent examination.</P>
        <CITA>[44 FR 20065, Apr. 4, 1979, as amended at 49 FR 26205, June 27, 1984; 49 FR 50602, Dec. 31, 1984; 53 FR 48627, Dec. 1, 1988; 55 FR 49842, Nov. 30, 1990; 57 FR 22416, May 28, 1992; 61 FR 64002, Dec. 2, 1996; 62 FR 54745, Oct. 21, 1997; 62 FR 64137, Dec. 4, 1997; 66 FR 29893, June 1, 2001; 66 FR 57647, Nov. 16, 2001; 66 FR 58786, Nov. 23, 2001; 67 FR 57509, Sept. 11, 2002; 67 FR 62873, Oct. 9, 2002]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 8.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Fees for special examinations and investigations.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Fees.</E> Pursuant to the authority contained in 12 U.S.C. 481 and 482, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency assesses a fee for:</P>
        <P>(1) Examining the fiduciary activities of national and District of Columbia banks and related entities;</P>
        <P>(2) Conducting special examinations and investigations of national banks, District of Columbia banks, and Federal branches or Federal agencies of foreign banks;</P>
        <P>(3) Conducting special examinations and investigations of an entity with respect to its performance of activities described in section 7(c) of the Bank Service Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1867(c)), if the OCC determines that assessment of the fee is warranted with regard to a particular bank because of the high risk or unusual nature of the activities performed; the significance to the bank's operations and income of the activities performed; or the extent to which the bank has sufficient systems, controls, and personnel to adequately monitor, measure, and control risks arising from such activities;</P>
        <P>(4) Conducting special examinations and investigations of affiliates of national banks, District of Columbia banks, and Federal branches or Federal agencies of foreign banks; and</P>
        <P>(5) Conducting examinations and investigations made pursuant to 12 CFR part 5, Rules, Policies, and Procedures for Corporate Activities.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees.</E> The OCC publishes the fee schedule for fiduciary activities, special examinations and investigations, examinations of affiliates and examinations related to corporate activities in the Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees described in § 8.8.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Additional assessments on trust banks.</E> (1) <E T="03">Independent trust banks.</E> The assessment of independent trust banks will include a fiduciary and related asset component, in addition to the assessment calculated according to § 8.2 of this part, as follows:</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Minimum fee.</E> All independent trust banks will pay a minimum fee, to be provided in the Notice of Comptroller of the currency Fees.</P>
        <P>(ii) <E T="03">Additional amount for independent trust banks with fiduciary and related assets in excess of $1 billion.</E> Independent trust banks with fiduciary and related assets in excess of $1 billion will pay an amount that exceeds the minimum fee. The amount to be paid will be calculated by multiplying the amount of fiduciary and related assets by a rate or rates provided by the OCC in the Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees.</P>
        <P>(iii) <E T="03">Surcharge based on the condition of the bank.</E> Subject to any limit that the OCC prescribes in the Notice of the Comptroller of the Currency Fees, the OCC shall adjust the semiannual assessment computed in accordance with paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section by multiplying that figure by 1.5 for each independent trust bank that receives a composite rating of 3 under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (UFIRS) at its most recent examination and by 2.0 for each bank that receives a composite UFIRS rating of 4 or 5 at such examination.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Trust banks affiliated with full-service national banks.</E> The OCC will assess <PRTPAGE P="146"/>a trust bank in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section, notwithstanding that the bank is affiliated with a full-service national bank, if the OCC concludes that the affiliation is intended to evade the assessment regulation.</P>
        <P>(3) <E T="03">Definitions.</E> For purposes of this paragraph (c) of this section, the following definitions apply:</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Affiliate</E> has the same meaning as this term has in 12 U.S.C. 221a(b);</P>
        <P>(ii) <E T="03">Full-service national bank</E> is a national bank that generates more than 50% of its interest and non-interest income from activities other than credit card operations or trust activities and is authorized according to its charter to engage in all types of permissible banking activities.</P>
        <P>(iii) <E T="03">Independent trust bank</E> is a national bank that has trust powers, does not primarily offer full-service banking, and is not affiliated with a full-service national bank; and</P>
        <P>(iv) <E T="03">Fiduciary and related assets</E> are those assets reported on Schedule RC-T of FFIEC Forms 031 and 041, Line 9 (columns A and B) and Line 10 (column B), any successor form issued by the FFIEC, and any other fiduciary and related assets defined in the Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees.</P>
        <CITA>[59 FR 59642, Nov. 18, 1994, as amended at 65 FR 75862, Dec. 5, 2000; 66 FR 23153, May 8, 2001; 66 FR 29894, June 1, 2001; 67 FR 37665, May 30, 2002]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 8.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Payment of interest on delinquent assessments and examination and investigation fees.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Each national bank, each district bank, each Federal branch, and each Federal agency shall pay to the Comptroller of the currency interest on its delinquent payments of semiannual assessments. In addition, each national bank and each entity with a trust department examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and each institution that is the subject of a special examination or investigation conducted by the Comptroller of the Currency shall pay to the Comptroller of the Currency interest on its delinquent payments of examination and investigation fees. Semiannual assessment payments will be considered delinquent payments of examination and investigation fees. Semiannual assessment payments will be considered delinquent if they are received after the time for payment specified in § 8.2. Examination and investigation fees will be considered delinquent if not received by the Comptroller of the Currency within 30 calendar days of the invoice date.</P>
        <P>(b) Where an entity which is required to make semiannual assessment payments or trust examination fee payments determines that it has made any such payment in an amount exceeding that required by the Comptroller of the Currency, that entity shall provide the Office of Financial Operations, Comptroller of the Currency, with written notice of the overpayment. Within 30 calendar days of receipt of such notice, the Comptroller of the Currency shall either—</P>
        <P>(1) Refund the amount of the overpayment or</P>
        <P>(2) Provide notice of its unwillingness to accept the calculation of overpayment. In the latter instance, the Comptroller of the Currency and the entity claiming the overpayment shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the amount, if any, to be refunded; the Comptroller of the Currency shall refund this amount within 30 calendar days of such agreement.</P>
        <FP>The Comptroller of the Currency shall be considered delinquent if it fails to return an overpayment in accordance with the time limitations specified in this paragraph (b). The Comptroller of the Currency shall pay interest on any such delinquent payments.</FP>

        <P>(c) Interest on delinquent payments, as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, will be assessed beginning the first calendar day on which payment is considered delinquent, and on each calendar day thereafter up to and including the day payment is received. Interest will be simple interest, calculated for each day payment is delinquent by multiplying the daily equivalent of the applicable interest rate by the amount delinquent. The rate of interest will be the United States Treasury Department's current value of funds rate (the “TFRM rate”); that rate is issued under the Treasury Fiscal Requirements Manual and is published quarterly in the <E T="04">Federal Register.</E> The interest rates applicable to <PRTPAGE P="147"/>a delinquent payment will be determined as follows:</P>
        <P>(1) For delinquent days occurring from January 1 to March 31, the rate will be the TFRM rate that is published the preceding December for the first quarter of the ensuing year.</P>
        <P>(2) For delinquent days occurring from April 1 to June 30, the rate will be the TFRM rate that is published the preceding March for the second quarter of that year.</P>
        <P>(3) For delinquent days occurring from July 1 to September 30, the rate will be the TFRM rate that is published the preceding June for the third quarter of that year.</P>
        <P>(4) For delinquent days occurring from October 1 to December 31, the rate will be the TFRM rate that is published the preceding September for the fourth quarter of that year.</P>
        <CITA>[48 FR 30599, July 1, 1983. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 50605, Dec. 31, 1984]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 8.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of Comptroller of the Currency fees.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">December notice of fees</E>. A “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees” shall be published no later than the first business day in December of each year for fees to be charged by the Office during the upcoming year. These fees will be effective January 1 of that upcoming year.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Interim notice of comptroller of the Currency fees</E>. The Office may issue an “Interim Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees” or issue an amended “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees” from time to time throughout the year as necessary. Interim or amended notices will be effective 30 days after issuance.</P>
        <CITA>[55 FR 49842, Nov. 30, 1990]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 9</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 9—FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES OF NATIONAL BANKS</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Regulations</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>9.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Approval requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Administration of fiduciary powers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Policies and procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Review of fiduciary accounts.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Multi-state fiduciary operations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Audit of fiduciary activities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fiduciary funds awaiting investment or distribution.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investment of fiduciary funds.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Self-dealing and conflicts of interest.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Custody of fiduciary assets.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Deposit of securities with state authorities.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fiduciary compensation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Receivership or voluntary liquidation of bank.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Surrender or revocation of fiduciary powers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.18</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Collective investment funds.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Transfer agents.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
          <SECTNO>9.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acting as indenture trustee and creditor.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>9.101</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Providing investment advice for a fee.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), 92a, and 93a; 15 U.S.C. 78q, 78q-1, and 78w.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 68554, Dec. 30, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Regulations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) issues this part pursuant to its authority under 12 U.S.C. 24 (Seventh), 92a, and 93a, and 15 U.S.C. 78q, 78q-1, and 78w.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> The purpose of this part is to set forth the standards that apply to the fiduciary activities of national banks.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This part applies to all national banks that act in a fiduciary capacity, as defined in § 9.2(e). This part also applies to all Federal branches of foreign banks to the same extent as it applies to national banks.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For the purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Affiliate</E> has the same meaning as in 12 U.S.C. 221a(b).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Applicable law</E> means the law of a state or other jurisdiction governing a national bank's fiduciary relationships, any applicable Federal law governing those relationships, the terms of the instrument governing a fiduciary relationship, or any court order pertaining to the relationship.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Custodian under a uniform gifts to minors act</E> means a fiduciary relationship established pursuant to a state <PRTPAGE P="148"/>law substantially similar to the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act as published by the American Law Institute.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Fiduciary account</E> means an account administered by a national bank acting in a fiduciary capacity.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Fiduciary capacity</E> means: trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, transfer agent, guardian, assignee, receiver, or custodian under a uniform gifts to minors act; investment adviser, if the bank receives a fee for its investment advice; any capacity in which the bank possesses investment discretion on behalf of another; or any other similar capacity that the OCC authorizes pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 92a.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Fiduciary officers and employees</E> means all officers and employees of a national bank to whom the board of directors or its designee has assigned functions involving the exercise of the bank's fiduciary powers.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Fiduciary powers</E> means the authority the OCC permits a national bank to exercise pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 92a.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Guardian</E> means the guardian or conservator, by whatever name used by state law, of the estate of a minor, an incompetent person, an absent person, or a person over whose estate a court has taken jurisdiction, other than under bankruptcy or insolvency laws.</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Investment discretion</E> means, with respect to an account, the sole or shared authority (whether or not that authority is exercised) to determine what securities or other assets to purchase or sell on behalf of the account. A bank that delegates its authority over investments and a bank that receives delegated authority over investments are both deemed to have investment discretion.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">Trust office</E> means an office of a national bank, other than a main office or a branch, at which the bank engages in one or more of the activities specified in § 9.7(d). Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 36(j), a trust office is not a “branch” for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 36, unless it is also an office at which deposits are received, or checks paid, or money lent.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">Trust representative office</E> means an office of a national bank, other than a main office, branch, or trust office, at which the bank performs activities ancillary to its fiduciary business, but does not engage in any of the activities specified in § 9.7(d). Examples of ancillary activities include advertising, marketing, and soliciting for fiduciary business; contacting existing or potential customers, answering questions, and providing information about matters related to their accounts; acting as a liaison between the trust office and the customer (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> forwarding requests for distribution or changes in investment objectives, or forwarding forms and funds received from the customer); inspecting or maintaining custody of fiduciary assets or holding title to real property. This list is illustrative and not comprehensive. Other activities may also be “ancillary activities” for the purposes of this definition. Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 36(j), a trust representative office is not a “branch” for purposes of 12 U.S.C. 36, unless it is also an office at which deposits are received, or checks paid, or money lent.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 68554, Dec.30, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34797, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Approval requirements.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) A national bank may not exercise fiduciary powers unless it obtains prior approval from the OCC to the extent required under 12 CFR 5.26.</P>
          <P>(b) A national bank that has obtained the OCC s approval to exercise fiduciary powers is not required to obtain the OCC s prior approval to engage in any of the activities specified in § 9.7(d) in a new state or to conduct, in a new state, activities that are ancillary to its fiduciary business. Instead, the national bank must follow the notice procedures prescribed by 12 CFR 5.26(e).</P>
          <P>(c) A person seeking approval to organize a special-purpose national bank limited to fiduciary powers shall file an application with the OCC pursuant to 12 CFR 5.20.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 68554, Dec. 30, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34798, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Administration of fiduciary powers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Responsibilities of the board of directors.</E> A national bank's fiduciary activities shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. <PRTPAGE P="149"/>In discharging its responsibilities, the board may assign any function related to the exercise of fiduciary powers to any director, officer, employee, or committee thereof.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Use of other personnel.</E> The national bank may use any qualified personnel and facilities of the bank or its affiliates to perform services related to the exercise of its fiduciary powers, and any department of the bank or its affiliates may use fiduciary officers, employees, and facilities to perform services unrelated to the exercise of fiduciary powers, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Agency agreements.</E> Pursuant to a written agreement, a national bank exercising fiduciary powers may perform services related to the exercise of fiduciary powers for another bank or other entity, and may purchase services related to the exercise of fiduciary powers from another bank or other entity.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Bond requirement.</E> A national bank shall ensure that all fiduciary officers and employees are adequately bonded.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Policies and procedures.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank exercising fiduciary powers shall adopt and follow written policies and procedures adequate to maintain its fiduciary activities in compliance with applicable law. Among other relevant matters, the policies and procedures should address, where appropriate, the bank's:</P>
          <P>(a) Brokerage placement practices;</P>
          <P>(b) Methods for ensuring that fiduciary officers and employees do not use material inside information in connection with any decision or recommendation to purchase or sell any security;</P>
          <P>(c) Methods for preventing self-dealing and conflicts of interest;</P>
          <P>(d) Selection and retention of legal counsel who is readily available to advise the bank and its fiduciary officers and employees on fiduciary matters; and</P>
          <P>(e) Investment of funds held as fiduciary, including short-term investments and the treatment of fiduciary funds awaiting investment or distribution.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Review of fiduciary accounts.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Pre-acceptance review.</E> Before accepting a fiduciary account, a national bank shall review the prospective account to determine whether it can properly administer the account.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Initial post-acceptance review.</E> Upon the acceptance of a fiduciary account for which a national bank has investment discretion, the bank shall conduct a prompt review of all assets of the account to evaluate whether they are appropriate for the account.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Annual review.</E> At least once during every calendar year, a bank shall conduct a review of all assets of each fiduciary account for which the bank has investment discretion to evaluate whether they are appropriate, individually and collectively, for the account.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Multi-state fiduciary operations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Acting in a fiduciary capacity in more than one state.</E> Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 92a and this section, a national bank may act in a fiduciary capacity in any state. If a national bank acts, or proposes to act, in a fiduciary capacity in a particular state, the bank may act in the following specific capacities:</P>
          <P>(1) Any of the eight fiduciary capacities expressly listed in 12 U.S.C. 92a(a), unless the state prohibits its own state banks, trust companies, and other corporations that compete with national banks in that state from acting in that capacity; and</P>
          <P>(2) Any other fiduciary capacity the state permits for its own state banks, trust companies, or other corporations that compete with national banks in that state.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Serving customers in other states.</E> While acting in a fiduciary capacity in one state, a national bank may market its fiduciary services to, and act as fiduciary for, customers located in any state, and it may act as fiduciary for relationships that include property located in other states. The bank may use a trust representative office for this purpose.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Offices in more than one state.</E> A national bank with fiduciary powers may establish trust offices or trust representative offices in any state.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Determination of the state referred to in 12 U.S.C. 92a.</E> For each fiduciary relationship, the state referred to in section 92a is the state in which the bank acts in a fiduciary capacity for that relationship. A national bank acts <PRTPAGE P="150"/>in a fiduciary capacity in the state in which it accepts the fiduciary appointment, executes the documents that create the fiduciary relationship, and makes discretionary decisions regarding the investment or distribution of fiduciary assets. If these activities take place in more than one state, then the state in which the bank acts in a fiduciary capacity for section 92a purposes is the state that the bank designates from among those states.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Application of state law.</E> (1) <E T="03">State laws used in section 92a.</E> The state laws that apply to a national bank's fiduciary activities by virtue of 12 U.S.C. 92a are the laws of the state in which the bank acts in a fiduciary capacity.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Other state laws.</E> Except for the state laws made applicable to national banks by virtue of 12 U.S.C. 92a, state laws limiting or establishing preconditions on the exercise of fiduciary powers are not applicable to national banks.</P>
          <CITA>[66 FR 34798, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Documentation of accounts.</E> A national bank shall adequately document the establishment and termination of each fiduciary account and shall maintain adequate records for all fiduciary accounts.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Retention of records.</E> A national bank shall retain records described in paragraph (a) of this section for a period of three years from the later of the termination of the account or the termination of any litigation relating to the account.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Separation of records.</E> A national bank shall ensure that records described in paragraph (a) of this section are separate and distinct from other records of the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Audit of fiduciary activities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Annual audit.</E> At least once during each calendar year, a national bank shall arrange for a suitable audit (by internal or external auditors) of all significant fiduciary activities, under the direction of its fiduciary audit committee, unless the bank adopts a continuous audit system in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. The bank shall note the results of the audit (including significant actions taken as a result of the audit) in the minutes of the board of directors.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Continuous audit.</E> In lieu of performing annual audits under paragraph (a) of this section, a national bank may adopt a continuous audit system under which the bank arranges for a discrete audit (by internal or external auditors) of each significant fiduciary activity (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> on an activity-by-activity basis), under the direction of its fiduciary audit committee, at an interval commensurate with the nature and risk of that activity. Thus, certain fiduciary activities may receive audits at intervals greater or less than one year, as appropriate. A bank that adopts a continuous audit system shall note the results of all discrete audits performed since the last audit report (including significant actions taken as a result of the audits) in the minutes of the board of directors at least once during each calendar year .</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Fiduciary audit committee.</E> A national bank's fiduciary audit committee must consist of a committee of the bank's directors or an audit committee of an affiliate of the bank. However, in either case, the committee:</P>
          <P>(1) Must not include any officers of the bank or an affiliate who participate significantly in the administration of the bank's fiduciary activities; and</P>
          <P>(2) Must consist of a majority of members who are not also members of any committee to which the board of directors has delegated power to manage and control the fiduciary activities of the bank.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fiduciary funds awaiting investment or distribution.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">In general.</E> With respect to a fiduciary account for which a national bank has investment discretion or discretion over distributions, the bank may not allow funds awaiting investment or distribution to remain uninvested and undistributed any longer than is reasonable for the proper management of the account and consistent with applicable law. With respect to a fiduciary account for which a national bank has investment discretion, the bank shall obtain for funds awaiting investment or distribution a rate of return that is consistent with applicable law.<PRTPAGE P="151"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Self-deposits</E>—(1) <E T="03">In general.</E> A national bank may deposit funds of a fiduciary account that are awaiting investment or distribution in the commercial, savings, or another department of the bank, unless prohibited by applicable law. To the extent that the funds are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the bank shall set aside collateral as security, under the control of appropriate fiduciary officers and employees, in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section. The market value of the collateral set aside must at all times equal or exceed the amount of the uninsured fiduciary funds.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Acceptable collateral.</E> A national bank may satisfy the collateral requirement of paragraph (b)(1) of this section with any of the following:</P>
          <P>(i) Direct obligations of the United States, or other obligations fully guaranteed by the United States as to principal and interest;</P>
          <P>(ii) Securities that qualify as eligible for investment by national banks pursuant to 12 CFR part 1;</P>
          <P>(iii) Readily marketable securities of the classes in which state banks, trust companies, or other corporations exercising fiduciary powers are permitted to invest fiduciary funds under applicable state law;</P>
          <P>(iv) Surety bonds, to the extent they provide adequate security, unless prohibited by applicable law; and</P>
          <P>(v) Any other assets that qualify under applicable state law as appropriate security for deposits of fiduciary funds.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Affiliate deposits.</E> A national bank, acting in its fiduciary capacity, may deposit funds of a fiduciary account that are awaiting investment or distribution with an affiliated insured depository institution, unless prohibited by applicable law. A national bank may set aside collateral as security for a deposit by or with an affiliate of fiduciary funds awaiting investment or distribution, unless prohibited by applicable law.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Investment of fiduciary funds.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A national bank shall invest funds of a fiduciary account in a manner consistent with applicable law.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Self-dealing and conflicts of interest.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Investments for fiduciary accounts</E>—(1) <E T="03">In general.</E> Unless authorized by applicable law, a national bank may not invest funds of a fiduciary account for which a national bank has investment discretion in the stock or obligations of, or in assets acquired from: the bank or any of its directors, officers, or employees; affiliates of the bank or any of their directors, officers, or employees; or individuals or organizations with whom there exists an interest that might affect the exercise of the best judgment of the bank.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Additional securities investments.</E> If retention of stock or obligations of the bank or its affiliates in a fiduciary account is consistent with applicable law, the bank may:</P>
          <P>(i) Exercise rights to purchase additional stock (or securities convertible into additional stock) when offered pro rata to stockholders; and</P>
          <P>(ii) Purchase fractional shares to complement fractional shares acquired through the exercise of rights or the receipt of a stock dividend resulting in fractional share holdings.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Loans, sales, or other transfers from fiduciary accounts</E>—(1) <E T="03">In general.</E> A national bank may not lend, sell, or otherwise transfer assets of a fiduciary account for which a national bank has investment discretion to the bank or any of its directors, officers, or employees, or to affiliates of the bank or any of their directors, officers, or employees, or to individuals or organizations with whom there exists an interest that might affect the exercise of the best judgment of the bank, unless:</P>
          <P>(i) The transaction is authorized by applicable law;</P>
          <P>(ii) Legal counsel advises the bank in writing that the bank has incurred, in its fiduciary capacity, a contingent or potential liability, in which case the bank, upon the sale or transfer of assets, shall reimburse the fiduciary account in cash at the greater of book or market value of the assets;</P>
          <P>(iii) As provided in § 9.18(b)(8)(iii) for defaulted investments; or</P>
          <P>(iv) Required in writing by the OCC.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Loans of funds held as trustee.</E> Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a national bank may not lend <PRTPAGE P="152"/>to any of its directors, officers, or employees any funds held in trust, except with respect to employee benefit plans in accordance with the exemptions found in section 408 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1108).</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Loans to fiduciary accounts.</E> A national bank may make a loan to a fiduciary account and may hold a security interest in assets of the account if the transaction is fair to the account and is not prohibited by applicable law.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Sales between fiduciary accounts.</E> A national bank may sell assets between any of its fiduciary accounts if the transaction is fair to both accounts and is not prohibited by applicable law.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Loans between fiduciary accounts.</E> A national bank may make a loan between any of its fiduciary accounts if the transaction is fair to both accounts and is not prohibited by applicable law.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Custody of fiduciary assets.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Control of fiduciary assets.</E> A national bank shall place assets of fiduciary accounts in the joint custody or control of not fewer than two of the fiduciary officers or employees designated for that purpose by the board of directors. A national bank may maintain the investments of a fiduciary account off-premises, if consistent with applicable law and if the bank maintains adequate safeguards and controls.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Separation of fiduciary assets.</E> A national bank shall keep the assets of fiduciary accounts separate from the assets of the bank. A national bank shall keep the assets of each fiduciary account separate from all other accounts or shall identify the investments as the property of a particular account, except as provided in § 9.18.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Deposit of securities with state authorities.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">In general.</E> If state law requires corporations acting in a fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with state authorities for the protection of private or court trusts, then before a national bank acts as a private or court-appointed trustee in that state, it shall make a similar deposit with state authorities. If the state authorities refuse to accept the deposit, the bank shall deposit the securities with the Federal Reserve Bank of the district in which the national bank is located, to be held for the protection of private or court trusts to the same extent as if the securities had been deposited with state authorities.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Acting in a fiduciary capacity in more than one state.</E> If a national bank acts in a fiduciary capacity in more than one state, the bank may compute the amount of securities that are required to be deposited for each state on the basis of the amount of assets for which the bank is acting in a fiduciary capacity at offices located in that state. If state law requires a deposit of securities on a basis other than assets (<E T="03">e.g.,</E> a requirement to deposit a fixed amount or an amount equal to a percentage of capital), the bank may compute the amount of deposit required in that state on a pro-rated basis, according to the proportion of fiduciary assets for which the bank is acting in a fiduciary capacity at offices located in that state.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 68554, Dec. 30, 1996, as amended at 66 FR 34798, July 2, 2001]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Fiduciary compensation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Compensation of bank.</E> If the amount of a national bank's compensation for acting in a fiduciary capacity is not set or governed by applicable law, the bank may charge a reasonable fee for its services.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Compensation of co-fiduciary officers and employees.</E> A national bank may not permit any officer or employee to retain any compensation for acting as a co-fiduciary with the bank in the administration of a fiduciary account, except with the specific approval of the bank's board of directors.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Receivership or voluntary liquidation of bank.</SUBJECT>
          <P>If the OCC appoints a receiver for an uninsured national bank, or if a national bank places itself in voluntary liquidation, the receiver or liquidating agent shall promptly close or transfer to a substitute fiduciary all fiduciary accounts, in accordance with OCC instructions and the orders of the court having jurisdiction.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="153"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Surrender or revocation of fiduciary powers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Surrender.</E> In accordance with 12 U.S.C. 92a(j), a national bank seeking to surrender its fiduciary powers shall file with the OCC a certified copy of the resolution of its board of directors evidencing that intent. If, after appropriate investigation, the OCC is satisfied that the bank has been discharged from all fiduciary duties, the OCC will provide written notice that the bank is no longer authorized to exercise fiduciary powers.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Revocation.</E> If the OCC determines that a national bank has unlawfully or unsoundly exercised, or has failed for a period of five consecutive years to exercise its fiduciary powers, the Comptroller may, in accordance with the provisions of 12 U.S.C. 92a(k), revoke the bank's fiduciary powers.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.18</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Collective investment funds.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">In general.</E> Where consistent with applicable law, a national bank may invest assets that it holds as fiduciary in the following collective investment funds: <SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>1</SU> In determining whether investing fiduciary assets in a collective investment fund is proper, the bank may consider the fund as a whole and, for example, shall not be prohibited from making that investment because any particular asset is nonincome producing.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(1) A fund maintained by the bank, or by one or more affiliated banks,<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/> exclusively for the collective investment and reinvestment of money contributed to the fund by the bank, or by one or more affiliated banks, in its capacity as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, or custodian under a uniform gifts to minors act.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>2</SU> A fund established pursuant to this paragraph (a)(1) that includes money contributed by entities that are affiliates under 12 U.S.C. 221a(b), but are not members of the same affiliated group, as defined at 26 U.S.C. 1504, may fail to qualify for tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code. <E T="03">See</E> 26 U.S.C. 584.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(2) A fund consisting solely of assets of retirement, pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other trusts that are exempt from Federal income tax.</P>
          <P>(i) A national bank may invest assets of retirement, pension, profit sharing, stock bonus, or other trusts exempt from Federal income tax and that the bank holds in its capacity as trustee in a collective investment fund established under paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) A national bank may invest assets of retirement, pension, profit sharing, stock bonus, or other employee benefit trusts exempt from Federal income tax and that the bank holds in any capacity (including agent), in a collective investment fund established under this paragraph (a)(2) if the fund itself qualifies for exemption from Federal income tax.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Requirements.</E> A national bank administering a collective investment fund authorized under paragraph (a) of this section shall comply with the following requirements:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Written plan.</E> The bank shall establish and maintain each collective investment fund in accordance with a written plan (Plan) approved by a resolution of the bank's board of directors or by a committee authorized by the board. The bank shall make a copy of the Plan available for public inspection at its main office during all banking hours, and shall provide a copy of the Plan to any person who requests it. The Plan must contain appropriate provisions, not inconsistent with this part, regarding the manner in which the bank will operate the fund, including provisions relating to:</P>
          <P>(i) Investment powers and policies with respect to the fund;</P>
          <P>(ii) Allocation of income, profits, and losses;</P>
          <P>(iii) Fees and expenses that will be charged to the fund and to participating accounts;</P>
          <P>(iv) Terms and conditions governing the admission and withdrawal of participating accounts;</P>
          <P>(v) Audits of participating accounts;</P>
          <P>(vi) Basis and method of valuing assets in the fund;</P>
          <P>(vii) Expected frequency for income distribution to participating accounts;</P>
          <P>(viii) Minimum frequency for valuation of fund assets;</P>
          <P>(ix) Amount of time following a valuation date during which the valuation must be made;</P>

          <P>(x) Bases upon which the bank may terminate the fund; and<PRTPAGE P="154"/>
          </P>
          <P>(xi) Any other matters necessary to define clearly the rights of participating accounts.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Fund management.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund shall have exclusive management thereof, except as a prudent person might delegate responsibilities to others.<SU>3</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>3</SU> If a fund, the assets of which consist solely of Individual Retirement Accounts, Keogh Accounts, or other employee benefit accounts that are exempt from taxation, is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), the fund will not be deemed in violation of this paragraph (b)(2) as a result of its compliance with section 10(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-10(c)).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Proportionate interests.</E> Each participating account in a collective investment fund must have a proportionate interest in all the fund's assets.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Valuation</E>—(i) <E T="03">Frequency of valuation.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund shall determine the value of the fund's assets at least once every three months. However, in the case of a fund described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section that is invested primarily in real estate or other assets that are not readily marketable, the bank shall determine the value of the fund's assets at least once each year.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Method of valuation</E>—(A) <E T="03">In general.</E> Except as provided in paragraph (b)(4)(ii)(B) of this section, a bank shall value each fund asset at market value as of the date set for valuation, unless the bank cannot readily ascertain market value, in which case the bank shall use a fair value determined in good faith.</P>
          <P>(B) <E T="03">Short-term investment funds.</E> A bank may value a fund's assets on a cost, rather than market value, basis for purposes of admissions and withdrawals, if the Plan requires the bank to:</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">1</E>) Maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less;</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">2</E>) Accrue on a straight-line basis the difference between the cost and anticipated principal receipt on maturity; and</P>
          <P>(<E T="03">3</E>) Hold the fund's assets until maturity under usual circumstances.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Admission and withdrawal of accounts</E>—(i) <E T="03">In general.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund shall admit an account to or withdraw an account from the fund only on the basis of the valuation described in paragraph (b)(4) of this section.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Prior request or notice.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund may admit an account to or withdraw an account from a collective investment fund only if the bank has approved a request for or a notice of intention of taking that action on or before the valuation date on which the admission or withdrawal is based. No requests or notices may be canceled or countermanded after the valuation date.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Prior notice period for withdrawals from funds with assets not readily marketable.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section that is invested primarily in real estate or other assets that are not readily marketable, may require a prior notice period, not to exceed one year, for withdrawals.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Method of distributions.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund shall make distributions to accounts withdrawing from the fund in cash, ratably in kind, a combination of cash and ratably in kind, or in any other manner consistent with applicable law in the state in which the bank maintains the fund.</P>
          <P>(v) <E T="03">Segregation of investments.</E> If an investment is withdrawn in kind from a collective investment fund for the benefit of all participants in the fund at the time of the withdrawal but the investment is not distributed ratably in kind, the bank shall segregate and administer it for the benefit ratably of all participants in the collective investment fund at the time of withdrawal.</P>
          <P>(6) <E T="03">Audits and financial reports</E>—(i) <E T="03">Annual audit.</E> At least once during each 12-month period, a bank administering a collective investment fund shall arrange for an audit of the collective investment fund by auditors responsible only to the board of directors of the bank.<SU>4</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>4</SU> If a fund, the assets of which consist solely of Individual Retirement Accounts, Keogh <PRTPAGE/>Accounts, or other employee benefit accounts that are exempt from taxation, is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>), the fund will not be deemed in violation of this paragraph (b)(6)(i) as a result of its compliance with section 10(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80a-10(c)), if the bank has access to the audit reports of the fund.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <PRTPAGE P="155"/>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Financial report.</E> At least once during each 12-month period, a bank administering a collective investment fund shall prepare a financial report of the fund based on the audit required by paragraph (b)(6)(i) of this section. The report must disclose the fund's fees and expenses in a manner consistent with applicable law in the state in which the bank maintains the fund. This report must contain a list of investments in the fund showing the cost and current market value of each investment, and a statement covering the period after the previous report showing the following (organized by type of investment):</P>
          <P>(A) A summary of purchases (with costs);</P>
          <P>(B) A summary of sales (with profit or loss and any other investment changes);</P>
          <P>(C) Income and disbursements; and</P>
          <P>(D) An appropriate notation of any investments in default.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Limitation on representations.</E> A bank may include in the financial report a description of the fund's value on previous dates, as well as its income and disbursements during previous accounting periods. A bank may not publish in the financial report any predictions or representations as to future performance. In addition, with respect to funds described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, a bank may not publish the performance of individual funds other than those administered by the bank or its affiliates.</P>
          <P>(iv) <E T="03">Availability of the report.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund shall provide a copy of the financial report, or shall provide notice that a copy of the report is available upon request without charge, to each person who ordinarily would receive a regular periodic accounting with respect to each participating account. The bank may provide a copy of the financial report to prospective customers. In addition, the bank shall provide a copy of the report upon request to any person for a reasonable charge.</P>
          <P>(7) <E T="03">Advertising restriction.</E> A bank may not advertise or publicize any fund authorized under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, except in connection with the advertisement of the general fiduciary services of the bank.</P>
          <P>(8) <E T="03">Self-dealing and conflicts of interest.</E> A national bank administering a collective investment fund must comply with the following (in addition to § 9.12):</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Bank interests.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund may not have an interest in that fund other than in its fiduciary capacity. If, because of a creditor relationship or otherwise, the bank acquires an interest in a participating account, the participating account must be withdrawn on the next withdrawal date. However, a bank may invest assets that it holds as fiduciary for its own employees in a collective investment fund.</P>
          <P>(ii) <E T="03">Loans to participating accounts.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund may not make any loan on the security of a participant's interest in the fund. An unsecured advance to a fiduciary account participating in the fund until the time of the next valuation date does not constitute the acquisition of an interest in a participating account by the bank.</P>
          <P>(iii) <E T="03">Purchase of defaulted investments.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund may purchase for its own account any defaulted investment held by the fund (in lieu of segregating the investment in accordance with paragraph (b)(5)(v) of this section) if, in the judgment of the bank, the cost of segregating the investment is excessive in light of the market value of the investment. If a bank elects to purchase a defaulted investment, it shall do so at the greater of market value or the sum of cost and accrued unpaid interest.</P>
          <P>(9) <E T="03">Management fees.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund may charge a reasonable fund management fee only if:</P>

          <P>(i) The fee is permitted under applicable law (and complies with fee disclosure requirements, if any) in the state in which the bank maintains the fund; and<PRTPAGE P="156"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) The amount of the fee does not exceed an amount commensurate with the value of legitimate services of tangible benefit to the participating fiduciary accounts that would not have been provided to the accounts were they not invested in the fund.</P>
          <P>(10) <E T="03">Expenses.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund may charge reasonable expenses incurred in operating the collective investment fund, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law in the state in which the bank maintains the fund. However, a bank shall absorb the expenses of establishing or reorganizing a collective investment fund.</P>
          <P>(11) <E T="03">Prohibition against certificates.</E> A bank administering a collective investment fund may not issue any certificate or other document representing a direct or indirect interest in the fund, except to provide a withdrawing account with an interest in a segregated investment.</P>
          <P>(12) <E T="03">Good faith mistakes.</E> The OCC will not deem a bank's mistake made in good faith and in the exercise of due care in connection with the administration of a collective investment fund to be a violation of this part if, promptly after the discovery of the mistake, the bank takes whatever action is practicable under the circumstances to remedy the mistake.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Other collective investments.</E> In addition to the collective investment funds authorized under paragraph (a) of this section, a national bank may collectively invest assets that it holds as fiduciary, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, as follows:</P>
          <P>(1) <E T="03">Single loans or obligations.</E> In the following loans or obligations, if the bank's only interest in the loans or obligations is its capacity as fiduciary:</P>
          <P>(i) A single real estate loan, a direct obligation of the United States, or an obligation fully guaranteed by the United States, or a single fixed amount security, obligation, or other property, either real, personal, or mixed, of a single issuer; or</P>
          <P>(ii) A variable amount note of a borrower of prime credit, if the bank uses the note solely for investment of funds held in its fiduciary accounts.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Mini-funds.</E> In a fund maintained by the bank for the collective investment of cash balances received or held by a bank in its capacity as trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, or custodian under a uniform gifts to minors act, that the bank considers too small to be invested separately to advantage. The total assets in the fund must not exceed $1,000,000 and the number of participating accounts must not exceed 100.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Trust funds of corporations and closely-related settlors.</E> In any investment specifically authorized by the instrument creating the fiduciary account or a court order, in the case of trusts created by a corporation, including its affiliates and subsidiaries, or by several individual settlors who are closely related.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Other authorized funds.</E> In any collective investment authorized by applicable law, such as investments pursuant to a state pre-need funeral statute.</P>
          <P>(5) <E T="03">Special exemption funds.</E> In any other manner described by the bank in a written plan approved by the OCC.<SU>5</SU>
            <FTREF/> In order to obtain a special exemption, a bank shall submit to the OCC a written plan that sets forth:</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>5</SU> Any institution that must comply with this section in order to receive favorable tax treatment under 26 U.S.C. 584 (namely, any corporate fiduciary) may seek OCC approval of special exemption funds in accordance with this paragraph (c)(5).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(i) The reason that the proposed fund requires a special exemption;</P>
          <P>(ii) The provisions of the proposed fund that are inconsistent with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section;</P>
          <P>(iii) The provisions of paragraph (b) of this section for which the bank seeks an exemption; and</P>
          <P>(iv) The manner in which the proposed fund addresses the rights and interests of participating accounts.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Transfer agents.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78q-1) prescribing procedures for registration of transfer agents for which the SEC is the appropriate regulatory agency (17 CFR 240.17Ac2-1) apply to the domestic activities of national bank transfer agents. References to the <PRTPAGE P="157"/>“Commission” are deemed to refer to the “OCC.”</P>
          <P>(b) The rules adopted by the SEC pursuant to section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 prescribing operational and reporting requirements for transfer agents (17 CFR 240.17Ac2-2, and 240.17Ad-1 through 240.17Ad-16) apply to the domestic activities of national bank transfer agents.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Acting as indenture trustee and creditor.</SUBJECT>
          <P>With respect to a debt securities issuance, a national bank may act both as indenture trustee and as creditor until 90 days after default, if the bank maintains adequate controls to manage the potential conflicts of interest.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 9.101</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Providing investment advice for a fee.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">In general.</E> The term “fiduciary capacity” at § 9.2(e) is defined to include “investment adviser, if the bank receives a fee for its investment advice.” In other words, if a bank is providing investment advice for a fee, then it is acting in a fiduciary capacity. For purposes of that definition, “investment adviser” generally means a national bank that provides advice or recommendations concerning the purchase or sale of specific securities, such as a national bank engaged in portfolio advisory and management activities (including acting as investment adviser to a mutual fund). Additionally, the qualifying phrase “if the bank receives a fee for its investment advice” excludes those activities in which the investment advice is merely incidental to other services.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Specific activities</E>—(1) <E T="03">Full-service brokerage.</E> Engaging in full-service brokerage may entail providing investment advice for a fee, depending upon the commission structure and specific facts. Full-service brokerage involves investment advice for a fee if a non-bank broker engaged in that activity is considered an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Activities not involving investment advice for a fee.</E> The following activities generally do not entail providing investment advice for a fee:</P>
          <P>(i) Financial advisory and counseling activities, including strategic planning of a financial nature, merger and acquisition advisory services, advisory and structuring services related to project finance transactions, and providing market economic information to customers in general;</P>
          <P>(ii) Client-directed investment activities (<E T="03">i.e.,</E> the bank has no investment discretion) where investment advice and research may be made available to the client, but the fee does not depend on the provision of investment advice;</P>
          <P>(iii) Investment advisory activities incidental to acting as a municipal securities dealer;</P>
          <P>(iv) Real estate management services provided to other financial institutions;</P>
          <P>(v) Real estate consulting services, including acting as a finder in locating, analyzing, and making recommendations regarding the purchase of property, and making recommendations concerning the sale of property;</P>
          <P>(vi) Advisory activities concerning bridge loans;</P>
          <P>(vii) Advisory activities for homeowners’ associations;</P>
          <P>(viii) Advisory activities concerning tax planning and structuring; and</P>
          <P>(ix) Investment advisory activities authorized by the OCC under 12 U.S.C. 24(Seventh) as incidental to the business of banking.</P>
          <CITA>[63 FR 6473, Feb. 9, 1998]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 10</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 10—MUNICIPAL SECURITIES DEALERS</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>10.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>10.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing requirements.</SUBJECT>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>5 U.S.C. 93a, 481, and 1818; 15 U.S.C. 78o-4(c)(5) and 78q-78w.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>63 FR 29094, May 28, 1998, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 10.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>This part applies to:</P>

        <P>(a) Any national bank, District bank, and separately identifiable department or division of either (collectively, a national bank) that acts as a municipal <PRTPAGE P="158"/>securities dealer, as that term is defined in section 3(a)(30) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(30)); and</P>
        <P>(b) Any person who is associated or to be associated with a national bank in the capacity of a municipal securities principal or a municipal securities representative, as those terms are defined in Rule G-3 of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (MSRB).<SU>1</SU>
          <FTREF/>
        </P>
        <FTNT>
          <P>
            <SU>1</SU> The MSRB rules may be obtained by contacting the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board at 1150 18th Street, NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20036-3816.</P>
        </FTNT>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 10.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing requirements.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) A national bank shall use Form MSD-4 (Uniform Application for Municipal Securities Principal or Municipal Securities Representative Associated with a Bank Municipal Securities Dealer) for obtaining the information required by MSRB Rule -G-7(b)(i)-(x) from a person identified in § 10.1(b). A national bank receiving a completed MSD-4 form from a person identified in § 10.1(b) must submit this form to the OCC before permitting the person to be associated with it as a municipal securities principal or a municipal securities representative.</P>
        <P>(b) A national bank must submit Form MSD-5 (Uniform Termination Notice for Municipal Securities Principal or Municipal Securities Representative Associated with a Bank Municipal Securities Dealer) to the OCC within 30 days of terminating a person's association with the bank as a municipal securities principal or municipal securities representative.</P>
        <P>(c) Forms MSD-4 and MSD-5, with instructions, may be obtained by contacting the OCC at 250 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20219, Attention: Bank Dealer Activities.</P>
        <CITA>[63 FR 29094, May 28, 1998, as amended at 63 FR 71343, Dec. 24, 1998]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 11</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 11—SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT DISCLOSURE RULES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>11.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority and OMB control number.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>11.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Requirements under certain sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>11.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing requirements and inspection of documents.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>11.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing fees.</SUBJECT>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a; 15 U.S.C. 78l, 78m, 78n, 78p, and 78w.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>57 FR 46084, Oct. 7, 1992; 57 FR 54499, Nov. 19, 1992.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 11.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority and OMB control number.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is vested with the powers, functions, and duties otherwise vested in the Securities and Exchange Commission (Commission) to administer and enforce the provisions of sections 12, 13, 14(a), 14(c), 14(d), 14(f), and 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (1934 Act) (15 U.S.C. 78l, 78m, 78n(a), 78n(c), 78n(d), 78n(f), and 78p), regarding national banks and banks chartered in the District of Columbia with one or more classes of securities subject to the registration provisions of sections 12(b) and (g) of the 1934 Act (registered national banks). Further, the OCC has general rulemaking authority under 12 U.S.C. 93a, to promulgate rules and regulations concerning the activities of national banks and banks chartered in the District of Columbia.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">OMB control number.</E> The collection of information contained in this part was approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1557-0106.</P>
        <CITA>[57 FR 46084, Oct. 7, 1992; 57 FR 54499, Nov. 19, 1992, as amended at 60 FR 57332, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 11.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Requirements under certain sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) In general and except as otherwise provided in this part, the rules, regulations, and forms adopted by the Commission pursuant to the sections of the 1934 Act described in § 11.1 of this part apply to the securities issued by registered national banks. References to the “Commission” are deemed to refer to the “OCC” unless the context otherwise requires.</P>
        <P>(b) The following list of Commission rules and regulations apply to registered national banks:</P>

        <P>(1) Regulations adopted by the Commission under sections 12, 13, 14(a), 14(c), 14(d), and 14(f) of the 1934 Act, as <PRTPAGE P="159"/>codified at 17 CFR 240.12a-4 up to but not including 17 CFR 240.15a-2; and</P>
        <P>(2) Regulations adopted by the Commission under section 16 of the 1934 Act, as codified at 17 CFR 240.16a-1 up to but not including 240.17a-1.</P>
        <P>(c) Registered national banks required to file papers with the OCC pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations cited in paragraph (b) of this section shall use the forms and schedules adopted by the Commission, as described in the respective rules and regulations identified in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
        <CITA>[57 FR 46084, Oct. 7, 1992; 57 FR 54499, Nov. 19, 1992, as amended at 60 FR 57332, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 11.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing requirements and inspection of documents.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) All papers required to be filed with the OCC pursuant to the 1934 Act or regulations thereunder shall be submitted in quadruplicate to the Securities and Corporate Practices Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW., Washington, DC 20219. Material may be filed by delivery to the OCC through the mail or otherwise. The date on which papers are actually received by the OCC shall be the date of filing, if the person or bank filing the papers has complied with all applicable requirements.</P>
        <P>(b) Copies of registration statements, definitive proxy solicitation materials, reports, and annual reports to shareholders required by this part (exclusive of exhibits) are available from the Disclosure Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, at the address listed in paragraph (a) of this section.</P>
        <CITA>[60 FR 57332, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 11.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing fees.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) The OCC may require filing fees to accompany certain filings made under this part before it will accept the filing. The OCC provides an applicable fee schedule for such filings in the “Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees” described in 12 CFR 8.8.</P>
        <P>(b) Fees must be paid by check payable to the Comptroller of the Currency.</P>
        <CITA>[57 FR 46084, Oct. 7, 1992; 57 FR 54499, Nov. 19, 1992, as amended at 60 FR 57332, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 12</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 12—RECORDKEEPING AND CONFIRMATION REQUIREMENTS FOR SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>12.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>12.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>12.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>12.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Content and time of notification.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>12.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Notification by agreement; alternative forms and times of notification.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>12.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>12.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Securities trading policies and procedures.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>12.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Waivers.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>12.9</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Settlement of securities transactions.</SUBJECT>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
          <SECTNO>12.101</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank disclosure of remuneration for mutual fund transactions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>12.102</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank use of electronic communications as customer notifications.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 24, 92a, and 93a.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>61 FR 63965, Dec. 2, 1996, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> This part is issued pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 24, 92a, and 93a.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This part establishes rules, policies, and procedures applicable to recordkeeping and confirmation requirements for certain securities transactions effected by national banks for customers.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope—</E>(1) <E T="03">General.</E> Any security transaction effected for a customer by a national bank is subject to this part, except as provided by paragraph (c)(2) of this section. This part applies to a national bank effecting transactions in government securities. This part also applies to municipal securities transactions by a national bank that is not registered as a “municipal securities dealer” with the Securities and Exchange Commission. <E T="03">See</E> 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(30) and 78o-4. This part, as well as 12 CFR part 9, applies to securities transactions effected by a national bank as fiduciary.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Exceptions—</E>(i) <E T="03">Small number of transactions.</E> The requirements of §§ 12.3(a)(2) through (4) and 12.7(a)(1) through (3) do not apply to a national bank having an average of fewer than 200 securities transactions per year for customers over the prior three calendar year period. The calculation of <PRTPAGE P="160"/>this average does not include transactions in government securities.</P>
        <P>(ii) <E T="03">Government securities.</E> The recordkeeping requirements of § 12.3 do not apply to national banks effecting fewer than 500 government securities brokerage transactions per year. This exception does not apply to government securities dealer transactions by national banks. <E T="03">See</E> 17 CFR 404.4(a).</P>
        <P>(iii) <E T="03">Municipal securities.</E> This part does not apply to transactions in municipal securities conducted by a national bank registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission as a “municipal securities dealer” as defined in title 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(30). See 15 U.S.C. 78o-4.</P>
        <P>(iv) <E T="03">Foreign branches.</E> This part does not apply to securities transactions conducted by a foreign branch of a national bank.</P>
        <P>(v) <E T="03">Transactions effected by registered broker/dealers.</E> This part does not apply to securities transactions effected by a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) where the SEC-registered broker or dealer directly provides the customer a confirmation; including, transactions effected by a national bank employee when acting as an employee of an SEC-registered broker/dealer.</P>
        <P>(3) <E T="03">Safe and sound operations.</E> Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2) of this section, every national bank conducting securities transactions for customers shall maintain effective systems of records and controls regarding their customer securities transactions to ensure safe and sound operations. The systems maintained must clearly and accurately reflect appropriate information and provide an adequate basis for an audit.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Asset-backed security</E> means a security that is primarily serviced by the cashflows of a discrete pool of receivables or other financial assets, either fixed or revolving, that by their terms convert into cash within a finite time period plus any rights or other assets designed to assure the servicing or timely distribution of proceeds to the security holders.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Collective investment fund</E> means any fund established pursuant to 12 CFR 9.18.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Completion of the transaction</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) In the case of a customer who purchases a security through or from a national bank, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the time when the customer pays the bank any part of the purchase price, or, if payment is made by a bookkeeping entry, the time when the bank makes the bookkeeping entry for any part of the purchase price;</P>
        <P>(2) In the case of a customer who purchases a security through or from a national bank and who makes payment for the security prior to the time when payment is requested or notification is given that payment is due, the time when the bank delivers the security to or into the account of the customer;</P>
        <P>(3) In the case of a customer who sells a security through or to a national bank, except as provided in paragraph (c)(4) of this section, if the security is not in the custody of the bank at the time of sale, the time when the security is delivered to the bank, and if the security is in the custody of the bank at the time of sale, the time when the bank transfers the security from the account of the customer;</P>
        <P>(4) In the case of a customer who sells a security through or to a national bank and who delivers the security to the bank prior to the time when delivery is requested or notification is given that delivery is due, the time when the bank makes payment to or into the account of the customer.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Crossing of buy and sell orders</E> means a security transaction in which the same bank acts as agent for both the buyer and the seller.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Customer</E> means any person or account, including any agency, trust, estate, guardianship, or other fiduciary account for which a national bank makes or participates in making the purchase or sale of securities, but does not include a broker, dealer, bank acting as a broker or dealer, bank acting as the fiduciary of an account, bank as trustee acting as shareholder of record for the purchase or sale of securities, or issuer of securities that are the subject of the transaction.<PRTPAGE P="161"/>
        </P>
        <P>(f) <E T="03">Debt security</E> means any security, such as a bond, debenture, note, or any other similar instrument that evidences a liability of the issuer (including any security of this type that is convertible into stock or a similar security) and fractional or participation interests in one or more of any of the foregoing. This definition does not include securities issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, 15 U.S.C. 80a-1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>
        </P>
        <P>(g) <E T="03">Government security</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) A security that is a direct obligation of, or obligation guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the United States;</P>
        <P>(2) A security that is issued or guaranteed by a corporation in which the United States has a direct or indirect interest and which is designated by the Secretary of the Treasury for exemption as necessary or appropriate in the public interest or for the protection of investors;</P>
        <P>(3) A security issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by any corporation whose securities are designated, by statute specifically naming the corporation, to constitute exempt securities within the meaning of the laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission; or</P>
        <P>(4) Any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on a security described in paragraph (g)(1), (2), or (3) of this section, other than a put, call, straddle, option, or privilege:</P>
        <P>(i) That is traded on one or more national securities exchanges; or</P>
        <P>(ii) For which quotations are disseminated through an automated quotation system operated by a registered securities association.</P>
        <P>(h) <E T="03">Investment discretion</E> means that, with respect to an account, a bank directly or indirectly:</P>
        <P>(1) Is authorized to determine what securities or other property shall be purchased or sold by or for the account; or</P>
        <P>(2) Makes decisions as to what securities or other property shall be purchased or sold by or for the account even though some other person may have responsibility for these investment decisions.</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Municipal security</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) A security that is a direct obligation of, or an obligation guaranteed as to principal or interest by, a State or any political subdivision, or any agency or instrumentality of a State or any political subdivision;</P>
        <P>(2) A security that is a direct obligation of, or an obligation guaranteed as to principal or interest by, any municipal corporate instrumentality of one or more States; or</P>
        <P>(3) A security that is an industrial development bond (as defined in section 103(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954 (26 U.S.C. 103(c)(2) (1970)) (Code)) the interest on which is excludable from gross income under section 103(a)(1) of the Code (26 U.S.C. 103(a)(1)) if, by reason of the application of paragraph (4) or (6) of section 103(c) of the Code (26 U.S.C. 103(c)) (determined as if paragraphs (4)(A), (5), and (7) were not included in section 103(c) (26 U.S.C. 103(c)), paragraph (1) of section 103(c) (26 U.S.C. 103(c)) does not apply to the security.</P>
        <P>(j) <E T="03">Periodic plan</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) A written authorization for a national bank to act as agent to purchase or sell for a customer a specific security or securities, in a specific amount (calculated in security units or dollars) or to the extent of dividends and funds available, at specific time intervals, and setting forth the commission or charges to be paid by the customer or the manner of calculating them. These plans include dividend reinvestment plans, automatic investment plans, and employee stock purchase plans.</P>
        <P>(2) Any prearranged, automatic transfer or “sweep” of funds from a deposit account to purchase a security, or any prearranged, automatic redemption or sale of a security with the funds being transferred into a deposit account (including cash management sweep services).</P>
        <P>(k) <E T="03">Security:</E> (1) Means any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or in any oil, gas, or other mineral royalty or lease, any collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, and any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security or <PRTPAGE P="162"/>group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or, in general, any instrument commonly known as a “security”; or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing;</P>
        <P>(2) Does not mean currency; any note, draft, bill of exchange, or banker's acceptance which has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months, exclusive of days of grace, or any renewal thereof, the maturity of which is likewise limited; a deposit or share account in a Federal or State chartered depository institution; a loan participation; a letter of credit or other form of bank indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business; units of a collective investment fund; interests in a variable amount note in accordance with 12 CFR 9.18; U.S. Savings Bonds; or any other instrument the OCC determines does not constitute a security for purposes of this part.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Recordkeeping.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> A national bank effecting securities transactions for customers shall maintain the following records for at least three years:</P>
        <P>(1) <E T="03">Chronological records.</E> An itemized daily record of each purchase and sale of securities maintained in chronological order, and including:</P>
        <P>(i) Account or customer name for which each transaction was effected;</P>
        <P>(ii) Description of the securities;</P>
        <P>(iii) Unit and aggregate purchase or sale price;</P>
        <P>(iv) Trade date; and</P>
        <P>(v) Name or other designation of the broker/dealer or other person from whom the securities were purchased or to whom the securities were sold;</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Account records.</E> Account records for each customer, reflecting:</P>
        <P>(i) Purchases and sales of securities;</P>
        <P>(ii) Receipts and deliveries of securities;</P>
        <P>(iii) Receipts and disbursements of cash; and</P>
        <P>(iv) Other debits and credits pertaining to transactions in securities;</P>
        <P>(3) <E T="03">Memorandum order.</E> A separate memorandum (order ticket) of each order to purchase or sell securities (whether executed or canceled), including:</P>
        <P>(i) Account or customer name for which the transaction was effected;</P>
        <P>(ii) Type of order (market order, limit order, or subject to special instructions);</P>
        <P>(iii) Time the trader or other bank employee responsible for effecting the transaction received the order;</P>
        <P>(iv) Time the trader placed the order with the broker/dealer, or if there was no broker/dealer, time the order was executed or canceled;</P>
        <P>(v) Price at which the order was executed; and</P>
        <P>(vi) Name of the broker/dealer utilized;</P>
        <P>(4) <E T="03">Record of broker/dealers.</E> A record of all broker/dealers selected by the bank to effect securities transactions and the amount of commissions paid or allocated to each broker during the calendar year; and</P>
        <P>(5) <E T="03">Notifications.</E> A copy of the written notification required by §§ 12.4 and 12.5.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Manner of maintenance.</E> The records required by this section must clearly and accurately reflect the information required and provide an adequate basis for the audit of the information. Record maintenance may include the use of automated or electronic records provided the records are easily retrievable, readily available for inspection, and capable of being reproduced in a hard copy.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Content and time of notification.</SUBJECT>
        <P>Unless a national bank elects to provide notification by one of the means specified in § 12.5, a national bank effecting a securities transaction for a customer shall give or send to the customer either of the following types of notifications at or before completion of the transaction or, if the bank uses a registered broker/dealer's confirmation, within one business day from the bank's receipt of the registered broker/dealer's confirmation:</P>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Written notification.</E> A written notification disclosing:</P>
        <P>(1) Name of the bank;</P>
        <P>(2) Name of the customer;</P>

        <P>(3) Capacity in which the bank acts (i.e., as agent for the customer, as agent for both the customer and some <PRTPAGE P="163"/>other person, as principal for its own account, or in any other capacity);</P>
        <P>(4) Date and time of execution, or a statement that the bank will furnish the time of execution within a reasonable time upon written request of the customer, and the identity, price, and number of shares or units (or principal amount in the case of debt securities) of the security purchased or sold by the customer;</P>
        <P>(5) Amount of any remuneration that the customer has provided or is to provide any broker/dealer, directly or indirectly, in connection with the transaction;</P>
        <P>(6) (i) Amount of any remuneration that the bank has received or will receive from the customer, and the source and amount of any other remuneration that the bank has received or will receive in connection with the transaction; unless:</P>
        <P>(A) The bank and its customer have determined remuneration pursuant to a written agreement; or</P>
        <P>(B) In the case of government securities and municipal securities, the bank received the remuneration in other than an agency transaction.</P>
        <P>(ii) If the bank elects not to disclose the source and amount of remuneration it has or will receive from a party other than the customer pursuant to paragraph (a)(6)(i) of this section, the written notification must disclose whether the bank has received or will receive remuneration from a party other than the customer, and that the bank will furnish within a reasonable time the source and amount of this remuneration upon written request of the customer. This election is not available, however, if, with respect to a purchase, the bank was participating in a distribution of that security; or, with respect to a sale, the bank was participating in a tender offer for that security;</P>
        <P>(7) Name of the registered broker/dealer utilized; or where there is no registered broker/dealer, the name of the person from whom the security was purchased or to whom the security was sold, or a statement that the bank will furnish this information within a reasonable time upon written request from the customer;</P>
        <P>(8) In the case of any transaction in a debt security subject to redemption before maturity, a statement to the effect that the debt security may be redeemed in whole or in part before maturity, that the redemption could affect the yield represented and that additional information is available upon request;</P>
        <P>(9) In the case of a transaction in a debt security effected exclusively on the basis of a dollar price:</P>
        <P>(i) The dollar price at which the transaction was effected; and</P>
        <P>(ii) The yield to maturity calculated from the dollar price, unless the transaction is for a debt security that either:</P>
        <P>(A) Has a maturity date that may be extended by the issuer thereof, with a variable interest payable thereon; or</P>
        <P>(B) Is an asset-backed security that represents an interest in or is secured by a pool of receivables or other financial assets that continuously are subject to prepayment;</P>
        <P>(10) In the case of a transaction in a debt security effected on the basis of yield:</P>
        <P>(i) The yield at which the transaction was effected, including the percentage amount and its characterization (e.g., current yield, yield to maturity, or yield to call) and if effected at yield to call, the type of call, the call date, and call price;</P>
        <P>(ii) The dollar price calculated from the yield at which the transaction was effected; and</P>
        <P>(iii) If effected on a basis other than yield to maturity and the yield to maturity is lower than the represented yield, the yield to maturity as well as the represented yield, unless the transaction is for a debt security that either:</P>
        <P>(A) Has a maturity date that may be extended by the issuer thereof, with a variable interest rate payable thereon; or</P>
        <P>(B) Is an asset-backed security that represents an interest in or is secured by a pool of receivables or other financial assets that continuously are subject to prepayment;</P>

        <P>(11) In the case of a transaction in a debt security that is an asset-backed security, which represents an interest in or is secured by a pool of receivables <PRTPAGE P="164"/>or other financial assets that continuously are subject to prepayment, a statement indicating that the actual yield of the asset-backed security may vary according to the rate at which the underlying receivables or other financial assets are prepaid and a statement that information concerning the factors that affect yield (including at a minimum estimated yield, weighted average life, and the prepayment assumptions underlying yield) will be furnished upon written request of the customer; and</P>
        <P>(12) In the case of a transaction in a debt security, other than a government security, that the security is unrated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, if that is the case; or</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Copy of the registered broker/dealer's confirmation.</E> A copy of the confirmation of a registered broker/dealer relating to the securities transaction and, if the customer or any other source will provide remuneration to the bank in connection with the transaction and a written agreement between the bank and the customer does not determine the remuneration, a statement of the source and amount of any remuneration that the customer or any other source is to provide the bank.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Notification by agreement; alternative forms and times of notification.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A national bank may elect to use the following notification procedures as an alternative to complying with § 12.4:</P>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Notification by agreement.</E> A national bank effecting a securities transaction for an account in which the bank does not exercise investment discretion shall give or send written notification at the time and in the form agreed to in writing by the bank and customer, provided that the agreement makes clear the customer's right to receive the written notification pursuant to § 12.4 (a) or (b) at no additional cost to the customer.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Trust transactions.</E> A national bank effecting a securities transaction for an account in which the bank exercises investment discretion other than in an agency capacity shall give or send written notification within a reasonable time if a person having the power to terminate the account, or, if there is no such person, any person holding a vested beneficial interest in the account, requests written notification pursuant to § 12.4 (a) or (b). Otherwise, notification is not required.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Agency transactions.</E> (1) A national bank effecting a securities transaction for an account in which the bank exercises investment discretion in an agency capacity shall give or send, not less than once every three months, an itemized statement to each customer that specifies the funds and securities in the custody or possession of the bank at the end of the period and all debits, credits and transactions in the customer's account during the period.</P>
        <P>(2) If requested by the customer, the bank shall give or send written notification to the customer pursuant to § 12.4 (a) or (b) within a reasonable time.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Collective investment fund transactions.</E> A national bank effecting a securities transaction for a collective investment fund shall follow 12 CFR 9.18.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Periodic plan transactions.</E> (1) A national bank effecting a securities transaction for a periodic plan (except for a cash management sweep service) shall give or send to its customer not less than once every three months, a written statement showing:</P>
        <P>(i) The customer's funds and securities in the custody or possession of the bank;</P>
        <P>(ii) All service charges and commissions paid by the customer in connection with the transaction; and</P>
        <P>(iii) All other debits and credits of the customer's account involved in the transaction.</P>

        <P>(2) A national bank effecting a securities transaction for a cash management sweep service or other periodic plan as defined in § 12.2(j)(2) shall give or send its customer a written statement, in the same form as under paragraph (e)(1) of this section, for each month in which a purchase or sale of a security takes place in a deposit account and not less than once every three months if there are no securities transactions in the account, subject to any other applicable laws and regulations.<PRTPAGE P="165"/>
        </P>
        <P>(3) Upon written request of the customer, the bank shall give or send the information described in § 12.4 (a) or (b), except that the bank need not provide to the customer any information relating to remuneration paid in connection with the transaction when the remuneration is paid by a source other than the customer.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Fees.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A national bank may charge a reasonable fee for providing notification pursuant to § 12.5(b), (c), and (e). A national bank may not charge a fee for providing notification pursuant to § 12.4 or § 12.5 (a) and (d).</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Securities trading policies and procedures.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Policies and procedures; reports of securities trading.</E> A national bank effecting securities transactions for customers shall maintain and adhere to policies and procedures that:</P>
        <P>(1) Assign responsibility for supervision of all officers or employees who:</P>
        <P>(i) Transmit orders to or place orders with registered broker/dealers;</P>
        <P>(ii) Execute transactions in securities for customers; or</P>
        <P>(iii) Process orders for notification or settlement purposes, or perform other back office functions with respect to securities transactions effected for customers. Policies and procedures for personnel described in this paragraph (a)(1)(iii) must provide for supervision and reporting lines that are separate from supervision and reporting lines for personnel described in paragraphs (a)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section;</P>
        <P>(2) Provide for the fair and equitable allocation of securities and prices to accounts when the bank receives orders for the same security at approximately the same time and places the orders for execution either individually or in combination;</P>
        <P>(3) Provide for the crossing of buy and sell orders on a fair and equitable basis to the parties to the transaction, where permissible under applicable law; and</P>
        <P>(4) Require bank officers and employees to report to the bank, within ten business days after the end of the calendar quarter, all personal transactions in securities made by them or on their behalf in which they have a beneficial interest, if the officers and employees:</P>
        <P>(i) Make investment recommendations or decisions for the accounts of customers;</P>
        <P>(ii) Participate in the determination of the recommendations or decisions; or</P>
        <P>(iii) In connection with their duties, obtain information concerning which securities are purchased, sold, or recommended for purchase or sale by the bank.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Required information.</E> The report required under paragraph (a)(4) of this section must contain the following information:</P>
        <P>(1) The date of the transaction, the title and number of shares, and the principal amount of each security involved;</P>
        <P>(2) The nature of the transaction (i.e. purchase, sale, or other type of acquisition or disposition);</P>
        <P>(3) The price at which the transaction was effected; and</P>
        <P>(4) The name of the registered broker, registered dealer, or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Report not required.</E> This section does not require a bank officer or employee to report transactions if:</P>
        <P>(1) The officer or employee has no direct or indirect influence or control over the transaction;</P>
        <P>(2) The transaction is in mutual fund shares;</P>
        <P>(3) The transaction is in government securities; or</P>
        <P>(4) The transactions involve an aggregate amount of purchases and sales per officer or employee of $10,000 or less during the calendar quarter.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Additional reporting requirement.</E> A national bank that acts as an investment adviser to an investment company is subject to the requirements of Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17j-1 (17 CFR 270.17j-1) issued under the Investment Company Act of 1940. SEC Rule 17j-1 requires an “access person” of the investment adviser to report certain personal securities transactions to the investment adviser for review by the Securities and Exchange Commission. “Access person” includes directors, officers, and <PRTPAGE P="166"/>certain employees of the investment adviser. The reporting requirement under paragraph (a)(4) of this section is a separate requirement from any applicable requirements under SEC Rule 17j-1. However, an “access person” required to file a report with a national bank pursuant to SEC Rule 17j-1 need not file a separate report under paragraph (a)(4) of this section if the required information is the same.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Waivers.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A national bank may file a written request with the OCC for waiver of one or more of the requirements set forth in §§ 12.2 through 12.7, either in whole or in part. The OCC may grant a waiver from the requirements of this part to any national bank, or any class of national banks, with regard to a specific transaction or a specific class of transactions.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 12.9</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Settlement of securities transactions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) A national bank shall not effect or enter into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security (other than an exempted security as defined in 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(12), government security, municipal security, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, or commercial bills) that provides for payment of funds and delivery of securities later than the third business day after the date of the contract, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties at the time of the transaction.</P>
        <P>(b) Paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section do not apply to contracts:</P>
        <P>(1) For the purchase or sale of limited partnership interests that are not listed on an exchange or for which quotations are not disseminated through an automated quotation system of a registered securities association;</P>
        <P>(2) For the purchase or sale of securities that the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) may from time to time, taking into account then existing market practices, exempt by order from the requirements of paragraph (a) of SEC Rule 15c6-1, 17 CFR 240.15c6-1(a), either unconditionally or on specified terms and conditions, if the SEC determines that an exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors.</P>

        <P>(c) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to contracts for the sale for cash of securities that are priced after 4:30 p.m. Eastern time on the date the securities are priced and that are sold by an issuer to an underwriter pursuant to a firm commitment underwritten offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C. 77a <E T="03">et seq.,</E> or sold to an initial purchaser by a national bank participating in the offering. A national bank shall not effect or enter into a contract for the purchase or sale of the securities that provides for payment of funds and delivery of securities later than the fourth business day after the date of the contract unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties at the time of the transaction.</P>
        <P>(d) For purposes of paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section, the parties to a contract are deemed to have expressly agreed to an alternate date for payment of funds and delivery of securities at the time of the transaction for a contract for the sale for cash of securities pursuant to a firm commitment offering if the managing underwriter and the issuer have agreed to the date for all securities sold pursuant to the offering and the parties to the contract have not expressly agreed to another date for payment of funds and delivery of securities at the time of the transaction.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 12.101</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank disclosure of remuneration for mutual fund transactions.</SUBJECT>

          <P>A national bank may fulfill its obligation to disclose information on the source and amount of remuneration, required by § 12.4, for mutual fund transactions by providing this information to the customer in a current prospectus, at or before completion of the securities transaction. The OCC's view is consistent with the position of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) as provided in a no-action letter dated March 19, 1979, which permits confirmations for mutual funds to refer to the sales load disclosed in the prospectus. <E T="03">See</E> Letter to the Investment Company Institute, <E T="03">reprinted in</E> [1979 <PRTPAGE P="167"/>Transfer Binder] Fed. Sec. L. Rep. (CCH) 82041 (Mar. 19, 1979). The OCC would reconsider its position upon any change in the SEC's practice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 12.102</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>National bank use of electronic communications as customer notifications.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) In appropriate situations, a national bank may satisfy the “written” notification requirement under §§ 12.4 and 12.5 through electronic communications. Where a customer has a facsimile machine, a national bank may fulfill its notification delivery requirement by sending the notification by facsimile transmission. Similarly, a bank may satisfy the notification delivery requirement by other electronic communications when:</P>
          <P>(1) The parties agree to use electronic instead of hard-copy notifications;</P>
          <P>(2) The parties have the ability to print or download the notification;</P>
          <P>(3) The recipient affirms or rejects the trade through electronic notification;</P>
          <P>(4) The system cannot automatically delete the electronic notification; and</P>
          <P>(5) Both parties have the capacity to receive electronic messages.</P>
          <P>(b) The OCC would consider the permissibility of other situations using electronic notifications on a case-by-case basis.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 13</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 13—GOVERNMENT SECURITIES SALES PRACTICES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>13.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>13.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>13.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Business conduct.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>13.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Recommendations to customers.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>13.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Customer information.</SUBJECT>
        <SUBJGRP>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
          <SECTNO>13.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Obligations concerning institutional customers.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBJGRP>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, and 93a; 15 U.S.C. 78o-5.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>62 FR 13283, Mar. 19, 1997, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 13.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>This part applies to national banks that have filed notice as, or are required to file notice as, government securities brokers or dealers pursuant to section 15C of the Securities Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5) and Department of the Treasury rules under section 15C (17 CFR 400.1(d) and part 401).</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 13.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Bank that is a government securities broker or dealer</E> means a national bank that has filed notice, or is required to file notice, as a government securities broker or dealer pursuant to section 15C of the Securities Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-5) and Department of the Treasury rules under section 15C (17 CFR 400.1(d) and part 401).</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Customer</E> does not include a broker or dealer or a government securities broker or dealer.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Government security</E> has the same meaning as this term has in section 3(a)(42) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(42)).</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Non-institutional customer</E> means any customer other than:</P>
        <P>(1) A bank, savings association, insurance company, or registered investment company;</P>
        <P>(2) An investment adviser registered under section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (15 U.S.C. 80b-3); or</P>
        <P>(3) Any entity (whether a natural person, corporation, partnership, trust, or otherwise) with total assets of at least $50 million.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 13.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Business conduct.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A bank that is a government securities broker or dealer shall observe high standards of commercial honor and just and equitable principles of trade in the conduct of its business as a government securities broker or dealer.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 13.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Recommendations to customers.</SUBJECT>
        <P>In recommending to a customer the purchase, sale or exchange of a government security, a bank that is a government securities broker or dealer shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the recommendation is suitable for the customer upon the basis of the facts, if any, disclosed by the customer as to the customer's other security holdings and as to the customer's financial situation and needs.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <PRTPAGE P="168"/>
        <SECTNO>§ 13.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Customer information.</SUBJECT>
        <P>Prior to the execution of a transaction recommended to a non-institutional customer, a bank that is a government securities broker or dealer shall make reasonable efforts to obtain information concerning:</P>
        <P>(a) The customer's financial status;</P>
        <P>(b) The customer's tax status;</P>
        <P>(c) The customer's investment objectives; and</P>
        <P>(d) Such other information used or considered to be reasonable by the bank in making recommendations to the customer.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SUBJGRP>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Interpretations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 13.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Obligations concerning institutional customers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) As a result of broadened authority provided by the Government Securities Act Amendments of 1993 (15 U.S.C. 78o-3 and 78o-5), the OCC is adopting sales practice rules for the government securities market, a market with a particularly broad institutional component. Accordingly, the OCC believes it is appropriate to provide further guidance to banks on their suitability obligations when making recommendations to institutional customers.</P>
          <P>(b) The OCC's suitability rule (§ 13.4) is fundamental to fair dealing and is intended to promote ethical sales practices and high standards of professional conduct. Banks’ responsibilities include having a reasonable basis for recommending a particular security or strategy, as well as having reasonable grounds for believing the recommendation is suitable for the customer to whom it is made. Banks are expected to meet the same high standards of competence, professionalism, and good faith regardless of the financial circumstances of the customer.</P>
          <P>(c) In recommending to a customer the purchase, sale, or exchange of any government security, the bank shall have reasonable grounds for believing that the recommendation is suitable for the customer upon the basis of the facts, if any, disclosed by the customer as to the customer's other security holdings and financial situation and needs.</P>
          <P>(d) The interpretation in this section concerns only the manner in which a bank determines that a recommendation is suitable for a particular institutional customer. The manner in which a bank fulfills this suitability obligation will vary, depending on the nature of the customer and the specific transaction. Accordingly, the interpretation in this section deals only with guidance regarding how a bank may fulfill customer-specific suitability obligations under § 13.4.<SU>1</SU>
            <FTREF/>
          </P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>

              <SU>1</SU> The interpretation in this section does not address the obligation related to suitability that requires that a bank have “* * * a ‘reasonable basis’ to believe that the recommendation could be suitable for at least some customers.” <E T="03">In the Matter of the Application of F.J. Kaufman and Company of Virginia and Frederick J. Kaufman, Jr.,</E> 50 SEC 164 (1989).</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(e) While it is difficult to define in advance the scope of a bank's suitability obligation with respect to a specific institutional customer transaction recommended by a bank, the OCC has identified certain factors that may be relevant when considering compliance with § 13.4. These factors are not intended to be requirements or the only factors to be considered but are offered merely as guidance in determining the scope of a bank's suitability obligations.</P>

          <P>(f) The two most important considerations in determining the scope of a bank's suitability obligations in making recommendations to an institutional customer are the customer's capability to evaluate investment risk independently and the extent to which the customer is exercising independent judgement in evaluating a bank's recommendation. A bank must determine, based on the information available to it, the customer's capability to evaluate investment risk. In some cases, the bank may conclude that the customer is not capable of making independent investment decisions in general. In other cases, the institutional customer may have general capability, but may not be able to understand a particular type of instrument or its risk. This is more likely to arise with relatively new types of instruments, or those <PRTPAGE P="169"/>with significantly different risk or volatility characteristics than other investments generally made by the institution. If a customer is either generally not capable of evaluating investment risk or lacks sufficient capability to evaluate the particular product, the scope of a bank's customer-specific obligations under § 13.4 would not be diminished by the fact that the bank was dealing with an institutional customer. On the other hand, the fact that a customer initially needed help understanding a potential investment need not necessarily imply that the customer did not ultimately develop an understanding and make an independent investment decision.</P>
          <P>(g) A bank may conclude that a customer is exercising independent judgement if the customer's investment decision will be based on its own independent assessment of the opportunities and risks presented by a potential investment, market factors and other investment considerations. Where the bank has reasonable grounds for concluding that the institutional customer is making independent investment decisions and is capable of independently evaluating investment risk, then a bank's obligations under § 13.4 for a particular customer are fulfilled.<SU>2</SU>
            <FTREF/> Where a customer has delegated decision-making authority to an agent, such as an investment advisor or a bank trust department, the interpretation in this section shall be applied to the agent.</P>
          <FTNT>
            <P>
              <SU>2</SU> See footnote 1 in paragraph (d) of this section.</P>
          </FTNT>
          <P>(h) A determination of capability to evaluate investment risk independently will depend on an examination of the customer's capability to make its own investment decisions, including the resources available to the customer to make informed decisions. Relevant considerations could include:</P>
          <P>(1) The use of one or more consultants, investment advisers, or bank trust departments;</P>
          <P>(2) The general level of experience of the institutional customer in financial markets and specific experience with the type of instruments under consideration;</P>
          <P>(3) The customer's ability to understand the economic features of the security involved;</P>
          <P>(4) The customer's ability to independently evaluate how market developments would affect the security; and</P>
          <P>(5) The complexity of the security or securities involved.</P>
          <P>(i) A determination that a customer is making independent investment decisions will depend on the nature of the relationship that exists between the bank and the customer.</P>
          <P>Relevant considerations could include:</P>
          <P>(1) Any written or oral understanding that exists between the bank and the customer regarding the nature of the relationship between the bank and the customer and the services to be rendered by the bank;</P>
          <P>(2) The presence or absence of a pattern of acceptance of the bank's recommendations;</P>
          <P>(3) The use by the customer of ideas, suggestions, market views and information obtained from other government securities brokers or dealers or market professionals, particularly those relating to the same type of securities; and</P>
          <P>(4) The extent to which the bank has received from the customer current comprehensive portfolio information in connection with discussing recommended transactions or has not been provided important information regarding its portfolio or investment objectives.</P>
          <P>(j) Banks are reminded that these factors are merely guidelines that will be utilized to determine whether a bank has fulfilled its suitability obligation with respect to a specific institutional customer transaction and that the inclusion or absence of any of these factors is not dispositive of the determination of suitability. Such a determination can only be made on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration all the facts and circumstances of a particular bank/customer relationship, assessed in the context of a particular transaction.</P>

          <P>(k) For purposes of the interpretation in this section, an institutional customer shall be any entity other than a natural person. In determining the applicability of the interpretation in this <PRTPAGE P="170"/>section to an institutional customer, the OCC will consider the dollar value of the securities that the institutional customer has in its portfolio and/or under management. While the interpretation in this section is potentially applicable to any institutional customer, the guidance contained in this section is more appropriately applied to an institutional customer with at least $10 million invested in securities in the aggregate in its portfolio and/or under management.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBJGRP>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 14</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 14—CONSUMER PROTECTION IN SALES OF INSURANCE</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>14.10</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>14.20</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>14.30</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Prohibited practices.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>14.40</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>What a covered person must disclose.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>14.50</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Where insurance activities may take place.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>14.60</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Qualification and licensing requirements for insurance sales personnel.</SUBJECT>
        <APP>Appendix A to Part 14—Consumer Grievance Process</APP>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, 24(Seventh), 92, 93a, 1818, and 1831x.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>65 FR 75839, Dec. 4, 2000, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 14.10</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Purpose and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> This part establishes consumer protections in connection with retail sales practices, solicitations, advertising, or offers of any insurance product or annuity to a consumer by:</P>
        <P>(1) Any national bank; or</P>
        <P>(2) Any other person that is engaged in such activities at an office of the bank or on behalf of the bank.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Application to operating subsidiaries.</E> For purposes of § 5.34(e)(3) of this chapter, an operating subsidiary is subject to this part only to the extent that it sells, solicits, advertises, or offers insurance products or annuities at an office of a bank or on behalf of a bank.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 14.20</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>As used in this part:</P>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Affiliate</E> means a company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Bank</E> means a national bank or a Federal branch, or agency of a foreign bank as defined in section 1 of the International Banking Act of 1978 (12 U.S.C. 3101, <E T="03">et seq.</E>)</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Company</E> means any corporation, partnership, business trust, association or similar organization, or any other trust (unless by its terms the trust must terminate within twenty-five years or not later than twenty-one years and ten months after the death of individuals living on the effective date of the trust). It does not include any corporation the majority of the shares of which are owned by the United States or by any State, or a qualified family partnership, as defined in section 2(o)(10) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (12 U.S.C. 1841(o)(10)).</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Consumer</E> means an individual who purchases, applies to purchase, or is solicited to purchase from a covered person insurance products or annuities primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Control</E> of a company has the same meaning as in section 3(w)(5) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(w)(5)).</P>
        <P>(f)(1) <E T="03">Covered person</E> means:</P>
        <P>(i) A bank; or</P>
        <P>(ii) Any other person only when the person sells, solicits, advertises, or offers an insurance product or annuity to a consumer at an office of the bank or on behalf of a bank.</P>
        <P>(2) For purposes of this definition, activities on behalf of a bank include activities where a person, whether at an office of the bank or at another location sells, solicits, advertises, or offers an insurance product or annuity and at least one of the following applies:</P>
        <P>(i) The person represents to a consumer that the sale, solicitation, advertisement, or offer of any insurance product or annuity is by or on behalf of the bank;</P>
        <P>(ii) The bank refers a consumer to a seller of insurance products or annuities and the bank has a contractual arrangement to receive commissions or fees derived from a sale of an insurance product or annuity resulting from that referral; or</P>

        <P>(iii) Documents evidencing the sale, solicitation, advertising, or offer of an <PRTPAGE P="171"/>insurance product or annuity identify or refer to the bank.</P>
        <P>(g) <E T="03">Domestic violence</E> means the occurrence of one or more of the following acts by a current or former family member, household member, intimate partner, or caretaker:</P>
        <P>(1) Attempting to cause or causing or threatening another person physical harm, severe emotional distress, psychological trauma, rape, or sexual assault;</P>
        <P>(2) Engaging in a course of conduct or repeatedly committing acts toward another person, including following the person without proper authority, under circumstances that place the person in reasonable fear of bodily injury or physical harm;</P>
        <P>(3) Subjecting another person to false imprisonment; or</P>
        <P>(4) Attempting to cause or causing damage to property so as to intimidate or attempt to control the behavior of another person.</P>
        <P>(h) <E T="03">Electronic media</E> includes any means for transmitting messages electronically between a covered person and a consumer in a format that allows visual text to be displayed on equipment, for example, a personal computer monitor.</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Office</E> means the premises of a bank where retail deposits are accepted from the public.</P>
        <P>(j) <E T="03">Subsidiary</E> has the same meaning as in section 3(w)(4) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(w)(4)).</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 14.30</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Prohibited practices.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Anticoercion and antitying rules.</E> A covered person may not engage in any practice that would lead a consumer to believe that an extension of credit, in violation of section 106(b) of the Bank Holding Company Act Amendments of 1970 (12 U.S.C. 1972), is conditional upon either:</P>
        <P>(1) The purchase of an insurance product or annuity from the bank or any of its affiliates; or</P>
        <P>(2) An agreement by the consumer not to obtain, or a prohibition on the consumer from obtaining, an insurance product or annuity from an unaffiliated entity.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Prohibition on misrepresentations generally.</E> A covered person may not engage in any practice or use any advertisement at any office of, or on behalf of, the bank or a subsidiary of the bank that could mislead any person or otherwise cause a reasonable person to reach an erroneous belief with respect to:</P>
        <P>(1) The fact that an insurance product or annuity sold or offered for sale by a covered person or any subsidiary of the bank is not backed by the Federal government or the bank, or the fact that the insurance product or annuity is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;</P>
        <P>(2) In the case of an insurance product or annuity that involves investment risk, the fact that there is an investment risk, including the potential that principal may be lost and that the product may decline in value; or</P>
        <P>(3) In the case of a bank or subsidiary of the bank at which insurance products or annuities are sold or offered for sale, the fact that:</P>
        <P>(i) The approval of an extension of credit to a consumer by the bank or subsidiary may not be conditioned on the purchase of an insurance product or annuity by the consumer from the bank or a subsidiary of the bank; and</P>
        <P>(ii) The consumer is free to purchase the insurance product or annuity from another source.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Prohibition on domestic violence discrimination.</E> A covered person may not sell or offer for sale, as principal, agent, or broker, any life or health insurance product if the status of the applicant or insured as a victim of domestic violence or as a provider of services to victims of domestic violence is considered as a criterion in any decision with regard to insurance underwriting, pricing, renewal, or scope of coverage of such product, or with regard to the payment of insurance claims on such product, except as required or expressly permitted under State law.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 14.40</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>What a covered person must disclose.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Insurance disclosures.</E> In connection with the initial purchase of an insurance product or annuity by a consumer from a covered person, a covered person must disclose to the consumer, except to the extent the disclosure would not be accurate, that:<PRTPAGE P="172"/>
        </P>
        <P>(1) The insurance product or annuity is not a deposit or other obligation of, or guaranteed by, the bank or an affiliate of the bank;</P>
        <P>(2) The insurance product or annuity is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other agency of the United States, the bank, or (if applicable) an affiliate of the bank; and</P>
        <P>(3) In the case of an insurance product or annuity that involves an investment risk, there is investment risk associated with the product, including the possible loss of value.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Credit disclosure.</E> In the case of an application for credit in connection with which an insurance product or annuity is solicited, offered, or sold, a covered person must disclose that the bank may not condition an extension of credit on either:</P>
        <P>(1) The consumer's purchase of an insurance product or annuity from the bank or any of its affiliates; or</P>
        <P>(2) The consumer's agreement not to obtain, or a prohibition on the consumer from obtaining, an insurance product or annuity from an unaffiliated entity.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Timing and method of disclosures.</E> (1) <E T="03">In general.</E> The disclosures required by paragraph (a) of this section must be provided orally and in writing before the completion of the initial sale of an insurance product or annuity to a consumer. The disclosure required by paragraph (b) of this section must be made orally and in writing at the time the consumer applies for an extension of credit in connection with which an insurance product or annuity is solicited, offered, or sold.</P>
        <P>(2) <E T="03">Exception for transactions by mail.</E> If a sale of an insurance product or annuity is conducted by mail, a covered person is not required to make the oral disclosures required by paragraph (a) of this section. If a covered person takes an application for credit by mail, the covered person is not required to make the oral disclosure required by paragraph (b).</P>
        <P>(3) <E T="03">Exception for transactions by telephone.</E> If a sale of an insurance product or annuity is conducted by telephone, a covered person may provide the written disclosures required by paragraph (a) of this section by mail within 3 business days beginning on the first business day after the sale, excluding Sundays and the legal public holidays specified in 5 U.S.C. 6103(a). If a covered person takes an application for credit by telephone, the covered person may provide the written disclosure required by paragraph (b) of this section by mail, provided the covered person mails it to the consumer within three days beginning the first business day after the application is taken, excluding Sundays and the legal public holidays specified in 5 U.S.C. 6103(a).</P>
        <P>(4) <E T="03">Electronic form of disclosures.</E> (i) Subject to the requirements of section 101(c) of the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (12 U.S.C. 7001(c)), a covered person may provide the written disclosures required by paragraph (a) and (b) of this section through electronic media instead of on paper, if the consumer affirmatively consents to receiving the disclosures electronically and if the disclosures are provided in a format that the consumer may retain or obtain later, for example, by printing or storing electronically (such as by downloading).</P>
        <P>(ii) Any disclosures required by paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section that are provided by electronic media are not required to be provided orally.</P>
        <P>(5) <E T="03">Disclosures must be readily understandable.</E> The disclosures provided shall be conspicuous, simple, direct, readily understandable, and designed to call attention to the nature and significance of the information provided. For instance, a covered person may use the following disclosures in visual media, such as television broadcasting, ATM screens, billboards, signs, posters and written advertisements and promotional materials, as appropriate and consistent with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section:
        </P>
        <EXTRACT>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• NOT A DEPOSIT</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• NOT FDIC-INSURED</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• NOT INSURED BY ANY FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCY</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• NOT GUARANTEED BY THE BANK [OR SAVINGS ASSOCIATION]</FP>
          <FP SOURCE="FP-1">• MAY GO DOWN IN VALUE</FP>
        </EXTRACT>
        
        <P>(6) <E T="03">Disclosures must be meaningful.</E> (i) A covered person must provide the disclosures required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section in a meaningful <PRTPAGE P="173"/>form. Examples of the types of methods that could call attention to the nature and significance of the information provided include:</P>
        <P>(A) A plain-language heading to call attention to the disclosures;</P>
        <P>(B) A typeface and type size that are easy to read;</P>
        <P>(C) Wide margins and ample line spacing;</P>
        <P>(D) Boldface or italics for key words; and</P>
        <P>(E) Distinctive type style, and graphic devices, such as shading or sidebars, when the disclosures are combined with other information.</P>
        <P>(ii) A covered person has not provided the disclosures in a meaningful form if the covered person merely states to the consumer that the required disclosures are available in printed material, but does not provide the printed material when required and does not orally disclose the information to the consumer when required.</P>
        <P>(iii) With respect to those disclosures made through electronic media for which paper or oral disclosures are not required, the disclosures are not meaningfully provided if the consumer may bypass the visual text of the disclosures before purchasing an insurance product or annuity.</P>
        <P>(7) <E T="03">Consumer acknowledgment.</E> A covered person must obtain from the consumer, at the time a consumer receives the disclosures required under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section, or at the time of the initial purchase by the consumer of an insurance product or annuity, a written acknowledgment by the consumer that the consumer received the disclosures. A covered person may permit a consumer to acknowledge receipt of the disclosures electronically or in paper form. If the disclosures required under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section are provided in connection with a transaction that is conducted by telephone, a covered person must:</P>
        <P>(i) Obtain an oral acknowledgment of receipt of the disclosures and maintain sufficient documentation to show that the acknowledgment was given; and</P>
        <P>(ii) Make reasonable efforts to obtain a written acknowledgment from the consumer.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Advertisements and other promotional material for insurance products or annuities.</E> The disclosures described in paragraph (a) of this section are required in advertisements and promotional material for insurance products or annuities unless the advertisements and promotional materials are of a general nature describing or listing the services or products offered by the bank.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 14.50</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Where insurance activities may take place.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> A bank must, to the extent practicable, keep the area where the bank conducts transactions involving insurance products or annuities physically segregated from areas where retail deposits are routinely accepted from the general public, identify the areas where insurance product or annuity sales activities occur, and clearly delineate and distinguish those areas from the areas where the bank's retail deposit-taking activities occur.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Referrals.</E> Any person who accepts deposits from the public in an area where such transactions are routinely conducted in the bank may refer a consumer who seeks to purchase an insurance product or annuity to a qualified person who sells that product only if the person making the referral receives no more than a one-time, nominal fee of a fixed dollar amount for each referral that does not depend on whether the referral results in a transaction.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 14.60</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Qualification and licensing requirements for insurance sales personnel.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A bank may not permit any person to sell or offer for sale any insurance product or annuity in any part of its office or on its behalf, unless the person is at all times appropriately qualified and licensed under applicable State insurance licensing standards with regard to the specific products being sold or recommended.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <APPENDIX>
        <EAR>Pt. 14, App. A</EAR>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Appendix A to Part 14—Consumer Grievance Process</HD>

        <P>Any consumer who believes that any bank or any other person selling, soliciting, advertising, or offering insurance products or annuities to the consumer at an office of the bank or on behalf of the bank has violated the requirements of this part should contact <PRTPAGE P="174"/>the Customer Assistance Group, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, (800) 613-6743, 1301 McKinney Street, Suite 3710, Houston, Texas 77010-3031.</P>
      </APPENDIX>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <RESERVED>PART 15 [RESERVED]</RESERVED>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 16</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 16—SECURITIES OFFERING DISCLOSURE RULES</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>16.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Registration statement and prospectus requirements.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Communications not deemed an offer.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Exemptions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Sales of nonconvertible debt.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Nonpublic offerings.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Small issues.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.15</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Form and content.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.16</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Effectiveness.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.17</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing requirements and inspection of documents.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.18</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Use of prospectus.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.19</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Withdrawal or abandonment.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.20</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Current and periodic reports.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.30</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Request for interpretive advice or no-objection letter.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.31</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Escrow requirement.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.32</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Fraudulent transactions and unsafe and unsound practices.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>16.33</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing fees.</SUBJECT>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E> and 93a.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>59 FR 54798, Nov. 2, 1994, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Authority, purpose, and scope.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Authority.</E> This part is issued under the general authority of the national banking laws, 12 U.S.C. 1 <E T="03">et seq.</E>, and the OCC's general rulemaking authority in 12 U.S.C. 93a.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> This part sets forth rules governing the offer and sale of securities issued by a bank.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Scope.</E> This part applies to offers and sales of bank securities by issuers, underwriters, and dealers.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>For purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:</P>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Accredited investor</E> means the same as in Commission Rule 501(a) (17 CFR 230.501(a)).</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Bank</E> means an existing national bank, a national bank in organization, a bank operating under the Code of Law of the District of Columbia, or a federal branch or agency of a foreign bank.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Commission</E> means the Securities and Exchange Commission. When used in the rules, regulations, or forms of the Commission referred to in this part, the term “Commission” shall be deemed to refer to the OCC.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Dealer</E> means the same as in section 2(12) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(12)).</P>
        <P>(e) <E T="03">Exchange Act</E> means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78a through 78jj).</P>
        <P>(f) <E T="03">Insured depository institution</E> means the same as in section 3(c)(2) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(c)(2)).</P>
        <P>(g) <E T="03">Investment grade</E> means that a security is rated investment grade (i.e., in one of the top four rating categories) by each nationally recognized statistical rating organization that has rated the security.</P>
        <P>(h) <E T="03">Issuer</E> means a bank that issues or proposes to issue any security.</P>
        <P>(i) <E T="03">Nonconvertible debt</E> means a general obligation of the bank, whether senior or subordinated, that is not convertible into any class of common or preferred stock or any derivative thereof.</P>
        <P>(j) <E T="03">OCC</E> means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</P>
        <P>(k) <E T="03">Person</E> means the same as in section 2(2) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(2)) and includes a bank.</P>
        <P>(l) <E T="03">Prospectus</E> means an offering document that includes the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)).</P>
        <P>(m) <E T="03">Registration statement</E> means a filing that includes the prospectus and other information required by section 7 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77g).</P>
        <P>(n) <E T="03">Sale, sell, offer to sell, offer for sale,</E> and <E T="03">offer</E> mean the same as in section 2(3) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(3)).</P>
        <P>(o) <E T="03">Securities Act</E> means the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77a through 77aa).</P>
        <P>(p) <E T="03">Security</E> means the same as in section 2(1) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(1)).</P>
        <P>(q) <E T="03">Underwriter</E> means the same as in section 2(11) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77b(11)). Commission Rules 137, 140, 141, 142, and 144 (17 CFR 230.137, 230.140, 230.141, 230.142, and 230.144) <PRTPAGE P="175"/>(which apply to section 2(11) of the Securities Act) apply to this part.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Registration statement and prospectus requirements.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) No person shall offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any bank issued security unless:</P>
        <P>(1) A registration statement for the security meeting the requirements of § 16.15 of this part has been filed with and declared effective by the OCC pursuant to this part, and the offer or sale is accompanied or preceded by a prospectus that has been filed with and declared effective by the OCC as a part of that registration statement; or</P>
        <P>(2) An exemption is available under § 16.5 of this part.</P>
        <P>(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, securities of a bank may be offered through the use of a preliminary prospectus before a registration statement and prospectus for the securities have been declared effective by the OCC if:</P>
        <P>(1) A registration statement including the preliminary prospectus has been filed with the OCC;</P>
        <P>(2) The preliminary prospectus contains the information required by § 16.15 of this part except for the omission of information with respect to the offering price, underwriting discounts or commissions, discounts or commissions to dealers, amount of proceeds, conversion rates, call prices, or other matters dependent upon the offering price; and</P>
        <P>(3) A copy of the prospectus as declared effective containing the information specified in paragraph (b)(2) of this section is furnished to each purchaser prior to or simultaneously with the sale of the security.</P>
        <P>(c) Commission Rule 174 (17 CFR 230.174—Delivery of prospectus by dealers; Exemptions under section 4(3) of the Act) applies to transactions by dealers in bank issued securities.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Communications not deemed an offer.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) The OCC will not deem the following communications to be an offer under § 16.3 of this part:</P>
        <P>(1) Prior to the filing of a registration statement, any notice of a proposed offering that satisfies the requirements of Commission Rule 135 (17 CFR 230.135);</P>
        <P>(2) Subsequent to the filing of a registration statement, any notice, circular, advertisement, letter, or other communication published or transmitted to any person that satisfies the requirements of Commission Rule 134 (17 CFR 230.134);</P>
        <P>(3) Subsequent to the filing of a registration statement, any oral offer of securities covered by that registration statement;</P>
        <P>(4) Subsequent to the filing of a registration statement, any summary prospectus that is filed as a part of that registration statement and satisfies the requirements of Commission Rule 431 (17 CFR 230.431);</P>
        <P>(5) Subsequent to the effective date of a registration statement, any written communication if it is proved that each recipient of the communication simultaneously or previously received a written prospectus meeting the requirements of section 10(a) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77j(a)) and § 16.15 of this part that was filed with and declared effective by the OCC;</P>
        <P>(6) A notice of a proposed unregistered offering that satisfies the requirements of Commission Rule 135c (17 CFR 230.135c); and</P>
        <P>(7) A communication that satisfies the requirements of Commission Rule 138 or 139 (17 CFR 230.138 or 230.139).</P>
        <P>(b) The OCC may request that communications not deemed an offer under paragraph (a) of this section be submitted to the OCC.</P>
        <P>(c) The OCC may prohibit the publication or distribution of any communication not deemed an offer under paragraph (a) of this section if necessary to protect the investing public.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Exemptions.</SUBJECT>
        <P>The registration statement and prospectus requirements of § 16.3 of this part do not apply to an offer or sale of bank securities:</P>

        <P>(a) If the securities are exempt from registration under section 3 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77c), but only by reason of an exemption other than section 3(a)(2) (exemption for bank securities) and section 3(a)(11) (exemption for intrastate offerings) of the Securities Act. Commission Rules 149 and 150 (17 <PRTPAGE P="176"/>CFR 230.149 and 230.150) (which apply to section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act) apply to this part;</P>
        <P>(b) In a transaction exempt from registration under section 4 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77d). Commission Rules 152 and 152a (17 CFR 230.152 and 230.152a) (which apply to sections 4(2) and 4(1) of the Securities Act) apply to this part;</P>
        <P>(c) In a transaction that satisfies the requirements of § 16.7 of this part;</P>
        <P>(d) In a transaction that satisfies the requirements of § 16.8 of this part;</P>
        <P>(e) In a transaction that satisfies the requirements of Commission Rule 144, 144A, 148, or 236 (17 CFR 230.144, 230.144A, 230.148, or 230.236);</P>
        <P>(f) In a transaction that satisfies the requirements of Commission Rule 701 (17 CFR 230.701); or</P>
        <P>(g) In a transaction that is an offer or sale occurring outside the United States under Commission Regulation S (17 CFR part 230, Regulation S—Rules Governing Offers and Sales Made Outside the United States Without Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933).</P>
        <CITA>[59 FR 54798, Nov. 2, 1994; 59 FR 67153, Dec. 29, 1994]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Sales of nonconvertible debt.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) The OCC will deem offers or sales of bank issued nonconvertible debt to be in compliance with §§ 16.3, 16.15 (a) and (b), and 16.20 of this part if all of the following requirements are met:</P>
        <P>(1) The bank issuing the debt has securities registered under the Exchange Act or is a subsidiary of a bank holding company that has securities registered under the Exchange Act;</P>
        <P>(2) The debt is offered and sold only to accredited investors;</P>
        <P>(3) The debt is sold in minimum denominations of $250,000 and each note or debenture is legended to provide that it cannot be exchanged for notes or debentures of the bank in smaller denominations;</P>
        <P>(4) The debt is rated investment grade;</P>
        <P>(5) Prior to or simultaneously with the sale of the debt, each purchaser receives an offering document that contains a description of the terms of the debt, the use of proceeds, and method of distribution, and incorporates the bank's latest Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (Call Report) and the bank's or its bank holding company's Forms 10-K, 10-Q (or 10-KSB, 10-QSB), and 8-K (17 CFR part 249) filed under the Exchange Act; and</P>
        <P>(6) The offering document and any amendments are filed with the OCC no later than the fifth business day after they are first used.</P>
        <P>(b) Offers or sales of nonconvertible debt issued by a federal branch or agency of a foreign bank need not need comply with the requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, if the federal branch or agency provides the OCC the information specified in Commission Rule 12g3-2(b) (17 CFR 240.12g3-2(b)) and provides purchasers the information specified in Commission Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) (17 CFR 230.144A(d)(4)(i)). A federal branch or agency that provides the OCC the information specified in Commission Rule 12g3-2(b) need not incorporate that information by reference into the offering document provided to purchasers pursuant to paragraph (a)(5) of this section. However, the federal branch or agency must make that information available to the potential purchasers upon request. The OCC will make the information available for public inspection.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Nonpublic offerings.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) The OCC will deem offers and sales of bank issued securities that meet all of the following requirements to be exempt from the registration and prospectus requirements of § 16.3 pursuant to § 16.5(c) of this part:</P>
        <P>(1) All the securities are offered and sold in a transaction that satisfies the requirements of Commission Regulation D (17 CFR part 230, Regulation D—Rules Governing the Limited Offer and Sale of Securities Without Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933);</P>

        <P>(2) Each purchaser who is not an accredited investor either alone or with its purchaser representative(s) has the knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment, or the issuer reasonably believes immediately prior to making any sale that the purchaser comes within this description; and<PRTPAGE P="177"/>
        </P>
        <P>(3) A notice that meets the requirements of Commission Rule 503 (17 CFR 230.503) is filed with the OCC.</P>
        <P>(b) All subsequent sales of bank issued securities subject to the limitations on resale of Commission Regulation D (17 CFR part 230, Regulation D—Rules Governing the Limited Offer and Sale of Securities Without Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933) must be made pursuant to Commission Rule 144 (17 CFR 230.144), Commission Rule 144A (17 CFR 230.144A), another exemption from registration under the Securities Act referenced in § 16.5 of this part, or in accordance with the registration and prospectus requirements of § 16.3 of this part.</P>
        <P>(c) No offer or sale of bank issued securities shall be made in reliance on Commission Regulation D (17 CFR part 230, Regulation D—Rules Governing the Limited Offer and Sale of Securities Without Registration Under the Securities Act of 1933) without compliance with paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Small issues.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) The OCC will deem offers and sales of bank issued securities that satisfy the requirements of Commission Regulation A (17 CFR part 230, Regulation A—Conditional Small Issues Exemption) to be exempt from the registration and prospectus requirements of § 16.3 pursuant to § 16.5(d) of this part.</P>
        <P>(b) A filer should consult the Commission's Securities Act Industry Guide 3—Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (17 CFR 229.801(c) and 231) and requirement 7 (Loans) of Rule 9-03 of Commission Regulation S-X (17 CFR 230.9-03) for guidance on appropriate disclosures when preparing offering documents to be filed with the OCC pursuant to Regulation A.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.15</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Form and content.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Any registration statement filed pursuant to this part must be on the form for registration (17 CFR part 239) that the bank would be eligible to use were it required to register the securities under the Securities Act and must meet the requirements of the Commission regulations referred to in the applicable form for registration. A filer should consult the Commission's Securities Act Industry Guide 3—Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies (17 CFR 229.801(c) and 231) for guidance on appropriate disclosures when preparing registration statements.</P>
        <P>(b) Any registration statement or amendment filed pursuant to this part must comply with the requirements of Commission Regulation C (17 CFR part 230, Regulation C—Registration), except to the extent those requirements conflict with specific requirements of this part.</P>
        <P>(c) In addition to the information expressly required to be included in the registration statement by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the registration statement must include any additional material information that is necessary to make the required statements, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.</P>
        <P>(d) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the registration statement for securities issued by a bank that is not in compliance with the regulatory capital requirements set forth in part 3 of this chapter must be on the Form S-1 (17 CFR part 239) registration statement under the Securities Act.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.16</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Effectiveness.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Registration statements and amendments filed with the OCC pursuant to this part will become effective in accordance with sections 8(a) and (c) of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77h(a) and (c)) and Commission Regulation C (17 CFR part 230, Regulation C—Registration).</P>
        <P>(b) The OCC will deem registration statements and amendments that become effective pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section to be declared effective. If the OCC deems a registration statement to be declared effective, the OCC will also deem the prospectus that was filed as a part of that registration statement to be declared effective.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.17</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing requirements and inspection of documents.</SUBJECT>

        <P>(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all registration statements, offering documents, <PRTPAGE P="178"/>amendments, notices, or other documents must be filed with the Securities, Investments, and Fiduciary Practices Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219.</P>
        <P>(b) All registration statements, offering documents, amendments, notices, or other documents relating to a bank in organization must be filed with the appropriate District office of the OCC.</P>
        <P>(c) Where this part refers to a section of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or a Commission rule that requires the filing of a notice or other document with the Commission, that notice or other document must be filed with the OCC.</P>
        <P>(d) Unless otherwise requested by the OCC, any filing under this part must include four copies of any document filed. Material may be filed by delivery to the OCC through use of the mails or otherwise. The date on which documents are actually received by the OCC will be the date of filing of those documents, if the person filing the documents has complied with all requirements regarding the filing, including the submission of any fee required under § 16.33 of this part.</P>
        <P>(e) Any filing of amendments or revisions must include at least four copies, two of which are marked to indicate clearly and precisely, by underlining or in some other appropriate manner, the changes made.</P>
        <P>(f) The OCC will make available for public inspection copies of the registration statements, offering documents, amendments, exhibits, notices or reports filed pursuant to this part at the address identified in § 4.17(b) of this chapter.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.18</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Use of prospectus.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) No person shall use a prospectus or amendment declared effective by the OCC more than nine months after the effective date unless the information contained in the prospectus or amendment is as of a date not more than 16 months prior to the date of use.</P>
        <P>(b) If any event arises, or change in fact occurs, after the effective date and that event or change in fact, individually or in the aggregate, results in the prospectus containing any untrue statement of material fact, or omitting to state a material fact necessary in order to make statements made in the prospectus not misleading under the circumstances, then no person shall use the prospectus that has been declared effective under this part until an amendment reflecting the event or change has been filed with and declared effective by the OCC.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.19</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Withdrawal or abandonment.</SUBJECT>

        <P>(a) Any registration statement, amendment, or exhibit may be withdrawn prior to the effective date. A withdrawal must be signed and state the grounds upon which it is made. The OCC will not remove any withdrawn document from its files, but will mark the document <E T="03">Withdrawn upon the request of the registrant on (date).</E>
        </P>

        <P>(b) When a registration statement or amendment has been on file with the OCC for a period of nine months and has not become effective, the OCC may, in its discretion, determine whether the filing has been abandoned. Before determining that a filing has been abandoned, the OCC will notify the filer that the filing is out of date and must either be amended to comply with the applicable requirements of this part or be withdrawn within 30 days after the date of notice. When a filing is abandoned, the OCC will not remove the filing from its files but will mark the filing <E T="03">Declared abandoned by the OCC on (date).</E>
        </P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.20</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Current and periodic reports.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Each bank that files a registration statement that has been declared effective pursuant to this part must file with the OCC, after the effective date, the periodic and current reports required by section 13 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m), as if the securities covered by the registration statement were securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78l). Banks must file periodic and current reports in accordance with Commission Regulation 15D (17 CFR 240.15d-1 up to but not including 240.15Aa-1).</P>

        <P>(b) Suspension of the duty to file periodic and current reports under this section will be in accordance with section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o(d)), Commission Regulation <PRTPAGE P="179"/>15D (17 CFR 240.15d-1 up to but not including 240.15Aa-1), and Commission Rule 12h-3 (17 CFR 240.12h-3).</P>
        <P>(c) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply if the bank is a subsidiary of a one-bank holding company, the financial statements of the bank and the parent bank holding company are substantially the same, and the bank's parent bank holding company files current and periodic reports pursuant to section 13 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78m).</P>
        <P>(d) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply if the bank files the registration statement in connection with a merger, consolidation, or acquisition of assets subject to 12 CFR 5.33(e)(8).</P>
        <CITA>[59 FR 54798, Nov. 2, 1994, as amended at 61 FR 60387, Nov. 27, 1996]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.30</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Request for interpretive advice or no-objection letter.</SUBJECT>
        <P>Any person requesting interpretive advice or a no-objection letter from the OCC with respect to any provision of this part shall:</P>
        <P>(a) File a copy of the request, including any supporting attachments with the Securities, Investments, and Fiduciary Practices Division at the address listed in § 16.17;</P>
        <P>(b) Identify or describe the provisions of this part to which the request relates, the participants in the proposed transaction, and the reasons for the request; and</P>
        <P>(c) Include with the request a legal opinion as to each legal issue raised and an accounting opinion as to each accounting issue raised.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.31</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Escrow requirement.</SUBJECT>
        <P>The OCC may require that any funds received in connection with an offer or sale of securities be held in an independent escrow account at an unrelated insured depository institution when the use of an escrow account is in the best interests of shareholders.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.32</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Fraudulent transactions and unsafe and unsound practices.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) No person in the offer or sale of bank securities shall directly or indirectly:</P>
        <P>(1) Employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud;</P>
        <P>(2) Make any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or</P>
        <P>(3) Engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates as a fraud or deceit upon any person, in connection with the purchase or sale of any security of a bank.</P>
        <P>(b) Nothing in this section limits the applicability of section 17 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77q) or section 10(b) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78j) or Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder (17 CFR 240.10b-5).</P>
        <P>(c) Any violation of this section also constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice under 12 U.S.C. 1818.</P>
        <P>(d) Commission Rule 175 (17 CFR 230.175—Liability for certain statements by issuers) applies to this part.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 16.33</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Filing fees.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Filing fees must accompany certain filings made under the provisions of this part before the OCC will accept those filings. The applicable fee schedule is provided in the Notice of Comptroller of the Currency Fees published pursuant to § 8.8 of this chapter.</P>
        <P>(b) Filing fees must be paid by check payable to the Comptroller of the Currency.</P>
      </SECTION>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 18</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 18—DISCLOSURE OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION BY NATIONAL BANKS</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
        <SECTNO>18.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Purpose and OMB control number.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Preparation of annual disclosure statement.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Contents of annual disclosure statement.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Alternative annual disclosure statements.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Signature and attestation.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of availability.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Delivery.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.9</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Disclosure of examination reports.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.10</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Prohibited conduct and penalties.</SUBJECT>
        <SECTNO>18.11</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Safe harbor provision.</SUBJECT>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>12 U.S.C. 93a, 161, and 1818.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>53 FR 3866, Feb. 10, 1988, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SECTION>
        <PRTPAGE P="180"/>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.1</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Purpose and OMB control number.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Purpose.</E> The purpose of this part is to require all national banks and federal branches and agencies to prepare an annual financial disclosure statement, and to make this statement available to security holders, depositors, and anyone who requests it. The bank may, at its option, supplement this financial disclosure statement with narrative information management deems important. The availability of this information is expected to promote better public understanding of, and confidence in, individual national banks and the national banking system. The annual disclosure statement will serve to complement the supervisory efforts of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) to promote bank safety and soundness and public confidence in the national banking system.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">OMB control number.</E> The collection of information requirements contained in this part were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 1557-0182.</P>
        <CITA>[53 FR 3866, Feb. 10, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 57332, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.2</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>

        <P>Unless otherwise defined in this part, the terms used have the same meaning as in the instructions to the Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income (<E T="03">Call Reports</E>).</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.3</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Preparation of annual disclosure statement.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) Beginning with calendar year 1987, each national bank and federal branch and agency shall prepare an annual disclosure statement as of December 31. The annual disclosure statement shall contain information required by § 18.4 (a), (b) and (d) may include other information that bank management believes important, as discussed in § 18.4(c).</P>
        <P>(b) The annual disclosure statement shall be available by March 31 of each year, or by an earlier date as necessary to be made available to security holders in advance of the annual meeting of shareholders. A bank shall continually make its annual disclosure statement available until the annual disclosure statement for the succeeding year becomes available.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.4</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Contents of annual disclosure statement.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Information concerning financial condition and results of operations.</E> The annual disclosure statement for any year shall reflect a fair presentation of the bank's financial condition at the end of that year and the preceding year. The annual disclosure statement may, at the option of bank management, consist of the bank's entire Call Reports, or applicable portions thereof, for the relevant periods. At a minimum, the statement must contain the same or comparable information as provided in the following Call Report schedules.</P>
        <P>(1) For national banks:</P>
        <P>(i) Schedule RC (Balance Sheet);</P>
        <P>(ii) Schedule RC-N (Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans, Leases, and Other Assets—column A and memorandum Item #1 need not be included);</P>
        <P>(iii) Schedule RI (Income Statement);</P>
        <P>(iv) Schedule RI-A (Changes in Equity Capital); and</P>
        <P>(v) Schedule RI-B (Charge-Offs and Recoveries and Changes in Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses—part I may be omitted).</P>
        <P>(2) For federal branches or agencies:</P>
        <P>(i) Schedule RAL (Assets and Liabilities);</P>
        <P>(ii) Schedule E (Deposit Liabilities and Credit Balances); and</P>
        <P>(iii) Schedule P (Other Borrowed Money).</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Other required information.</E> The annual disclosure statement shall include such other information as the OCC may require. This may include a discussion of enforcement actions when the OCC deems it in the public interest.</P>
        <P>(c) <E T="03">Optional narrative.</E> Bank management may, at its option, provide a narrative discussion to supplement the annual disclosure statement. This narrative may include information that bank management deems important in evaluating the overall condition of the bank. Information that bank management might present includes, but is not limited to, a discussion of the financial data; pertinent information relating to mergers and acquisitions; the existence <PRTPAGE P="181"/>and underlying causes of enforcement actions; business plans; material changes in balance sheet and income statement items; and future plans.</P>
        <P>(d) <E T="03">Disclaimer.</E> The following legend shall be included in the annual disclosure statement to advise the public that the OCC has not reviewed the information contained therein:
        </P>
        <EXTRACT>
          <P>This statement has not been reviewed, or confirmed for accuracy or relevance by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</P>
        </EXTRACT>
        <CITA>[53 FR 3866, Feb. 10, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 57332, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.5</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Alternative annual disclosure statements.</SUBJECT>
        <P>The § 18.3(a) requirement to prepare an annual disclosure statement is satisfied:</P>
        <P>(a) In the case of a national bank having a class of securities registered pursuant to section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78l), by its annual report to security holders for meetings at which directors are to be elected;</P>
        <P>(b) In the case of a national bank with audited financial statements, by those statements, provided all of the required information is included;</P>
        <P>(c) In the case of a bank subsidiary of a one-bank holding company, by an annual report of the one-bank holding company prepared in conformity with the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or by schedules from the holding company's consolidated financial statements on Form FR Y-9c pursuant to Regulation Y of the Federal Reserve Board (12 CFR part 225). Such schedules must be comparable to the Call Report schedules enumerated in § 18.4(a). In either case, not less than 95 percent of the holding company's consolidated total assets and total liabilities must be attributable to the bank and the bank's subsidiaries.</P>
        <CITA>[53 FR 3866, Feb. 10, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 57332, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.6</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Signature and attestation.</SUBJECT>
        <P>A duly authorized officer of the bank shall sign the annual disclosure statement and shall attest to the correctness of the information contained in the statement if the financial reports are not accompanied by a report of an independent accountant.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.7</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Notice of availability.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) <E T="03">Shareholders.</E> In its notice of the annual meeting of shareholders, each national bank shall indicate that any person may obtain the annual disclosure statement from the bank, and shall include the address and telephone number of the person or office to be contacted for a copy. The first copy shall be provided without charge.</P>
        <P>(b) <E T="03">Depositors, Other Security Holders, and the General Public.</E> In the lobby of its main office and each branch, each national bank shall prominently display, at all times, a notice that any person may obtain the annual disclosure statement from the bank. The notice shall include the address and telephone number of the person or office to be contacted for a copy. The first copy shall be provided without charge.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.8</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Delivery.</SUBJECT>
        <P>Each national bank shall, after receiving a request for an annual disclosure statement, promptly mail or otherwise furnish the statement to the requester.</P>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.9</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Disclosure of examination reports.</SUBJECT>
        <P>Except as permitted under part 4 of this chapter, a national bank may not disclose any report of examination or report of supervisory activity, or any portion thereof, prepared by the OCC. The bank also shall not make any representation concerning such report or the findings therein.</P>
        <CITA>[53 FR 3866, Feb. 10, 1988, as amended at 60 FR 57333, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.10</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Prohibited conduct and penalties.</SUBJECT>
        <P>(a) No national bank or institution-affiliated party shall, directly or indirectly:</P>
        <P>(1) Disclose or cause to be disclosed false or misleading information in the annual disclosure statement, or omit or cause the omission of material or required information in the annual disclosure statement; or</P>

        <P>(2) Represent that the OCC, or any employee thereof, has passed upon the <PRTPAGE P="182"/>accuracy or completeness of the annual disclosure statement.</P>
        <P>(b) For purposes of this part, <E T="03">institution-affiliated party</E> means:</P>
        <P>(1) Any director, officer, employee, or controlling stockholder (other than a bank holding company) of, or agent for, a national bank;</P>
        <P>(2) Any other person who has filed or is required to file a change-in-control notice with the OCC under 12 U.S.C. 1817(j);</P>
        <P>(3) Any shareholder (other than a bank holding company), consultant, joint venture partner, and any other person as determined by the OCC (by regulation or case-by-case) who participates in the conduct of the affairs of a national bank; and</P>
        <P>(4) Any independent contractor (including any attorney, appraiser, or accountant) who knowingly or recklessly participates in:</P>
        <P>(i) Any violation of any law or regulation;</P>
        <P>(ii) Any breach of fiduciary duty; or</P>
        <P>(iii) Any unsafe or unsound practice, which caused or is likely to cause more than a minimal financial loss to, or a significant adverse effect on, the national bank.</P>
        <P>(c) Conduct that violates paragraph (a) of this section also may constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice or otherwise serve as a basis for enforcement action by the OCC including, but not limited to, the assessment of civil money penalties against the bank or any institution-affiliated party who violates this part.</P>
        <CITA>[60 FR 57333, Nov. 15, 1995]</CITA>
      </SECTION>
      <SECTION>
        <SECTNO>§ 18.11</SECTNO>
        <SUBJECT>Safe harbor provision.</SUBJECT>
        <P>The provisions of § 18.10(c) shall apply unless it is shown by the person or bank involved that the information disclosed was included with a reasonable basis or in good faith.</P>
      </SECTION>
    </PART>
    <PART>
      <EAR>Pt. 19</EAR>
      <HD SOURCE="HED">PART 19—RULES OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE</HD>
      <CONTENTS>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Uniform Rules of Practice and Procedure</HD>
          <SECHD>Sec.</SECHD>
          <SECTNO>19.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Rules of construction.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority of the Comptroller.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority of the administrative law judge.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Appearance and practice in adjudicatory proceedings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Good faith certification.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conflicts of interest.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Ex parte communications.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filing of papers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Service of papers.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Construction of time limits.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change of time limits.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Witness fees and expenses.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Opportunity for informal settlement.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>OCC's right to conduct examination.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Collateral attacks on adjudicatory proceeding.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.18</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Commencement of proceeding and contents of notice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.19</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Answer.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Amended pleadings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Failure to appear.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.22</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Consolidation and severance of actions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.23</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Motions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope of document discovery.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.25</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Request for document discovery from parties.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.26</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Document subpoenas to nonparties.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.27</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Deposition of witness unavailable for hearing.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.28</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Interlocutory review.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.29</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Summary disposition.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.30</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Partial summary disposition.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.31</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scheduling and prehearing conferences.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.32</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Prehearing submissions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public hearings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Hearing subpoenas.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conduct of hearings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Evidence.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Post-hearing filings.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.38</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Recommended decision and filing of record.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Exceptions to recommended decision.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Review by the Comptroller.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.41</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Stays pending judicial review.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Procedural Rules for OCC Adjudications</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filing documents.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.101</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Delegation to OFIA.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Removals, Suspensions, and Prohibitions When a Crime Is Charged or a Conviction is Obtained</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.110</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.111</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Suspension or removal.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.112</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Informal hearing.<PRTPAGE P="183"/>
          </SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.113</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Recommended and final decisions.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Exemption Hearings Under Section 12(h) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.120</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.121</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Application for exemption.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.122</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Newspaper notice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.123</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Informal hearing.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.124</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision of the Comptroller.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Disciplinary Proceedings Involving the Federal Securities Laws</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.130</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.131</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of charges and answer.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.132</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Disciplinary orders.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.135</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applications for stay or review of disciplinary actions imposed by registered clearing agencies.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Civil Money Penalty Authority Under the Securities Laws</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.140</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart G—Cease-and-Desist Authority Under the Securities Laws</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.150</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart H—Change in Bank Control</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.160</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.161</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of disapproval and hearing initiation.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart I—Discovery Depositions and Subpoenas</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.170</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Discovery depositions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.171</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Deposition subpoenas.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart J—Formal Investigations</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.180</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.181</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of formal investigations.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.182</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Order to conduct a formal investigation.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.183</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Rights of witnesses.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.184</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Service of subpoena and payment of witness expenses.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart K—Parties and Representational Practice Before the OCC; Standards of Conduct</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.190</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.191</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.192</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sanctions relating to conduct in an adjudicatory proceeding.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.193</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Censure, suspension or debarment.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.194</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Eligibility of attorneys and accountants to practice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.195</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Incompetence.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.196</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Disreputable conduct.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.197</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Initiation of disciplinary proceeding.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.198</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conferences.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.199</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Proceedings under this subpart.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.200</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Effect of suspension, debarment or censure.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.201</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Petition for reinstatement.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart L—Equal Access to Justice Act</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.210</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart M—Procedures for Reclassifying a Bank Based on Criteria Other Than Capital</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.220</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.221</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reclassification of a bank based on unsafe or unsound condition or practice.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.222</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Request for rescission of reclassification.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
        <SUBPART>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart N—Order To Dismiss a Director or Senior Executive Officer</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.230</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.231</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Order to dismiss a director or senior executive officer. </SUBJECT>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart O—Civil Money Penalty Inflation Adjustments</HD>
          <SECTNO>19.240</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Inflation adjustments.</SUBJECT>
          <SECTNO>19.241</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applicability.</SUBJECT>
        </SUBPART>
      </CONTENTS>
      <AUTH>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Authority:</HD>
        <P>5 U.S.C. 504, 554-557; 12 U.S.C. 93a, 93(b), 164, 505, 1817, 1818, 1820, 1831o, 1972, 3102, 3108(a), 3909 and 4717; 15 U.S.C. 78(h) and (i), 78o-4(c), 78o-5, 78q-1, 78u, 78u-2, 78u-3, and 78w; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note; 31 U.S.C. 330 and 5321; and 42 U.S.C. 4012a.</P>
      </AUTH>
      <SOURCE>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
        <P>56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, unless otherwise noted.</P>
      </SOURCE>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart A—Uniform Rules of Practice and Procedure</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.1</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart prescribes Uniform Rules of practice and procedure applicable to adjudicatory proceedings required to be conducted on the record after opportunity for a hearing under the following statutory provisions:</P>
          <P>(a) Cease-and-desist proceedings under section 8(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”) (12 U.S.C. 1818(b));</P>
          <P>(b) Removal and prohibition proceedings under section 8(e) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818(e));</P>

          <P>(c) Change-in-control proceedings under section 7(j)(4) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(4)) to determine whether the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) should issue an <PRTPAGE P="184"/>order to approve or disapprove a person's proposed acquisition of an institution;</P>
          <P>(d) Proceedings under section 15C(c)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) (15 U.S.C. 78o-5), to impose sanctions upon any government securities broker or dealer or upon any person associated or seeking to become associated with a government securities broker or dealer for which the OCC is the appropriate agency;</P>
          <P>(e) Assessment of civil money penalties by the OCC against institutions, institution-affiliated parties, and certain other persons for which it is the appropriate agency for any violation of:</P>
          <P>(1) Any provision of law referenced in 12 U.S.C. 93, or any regulation issued thereunder, and certain unsafe or unsound practices and breaches of fiduciary duty, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 93;</P>
          <P>(2) Sections 22 and 23 of the Federal Reserve Act (“FRA”), or any regulation issued thereunder, and certain unsafe or unsound practices and breaches of fiduciary duty, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 504 and 505;</P>
          <P>(3) Section 106(b) of the Bank Holding CompanyAmendments of 1970, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1972(2)(F);</P>
          <P>(4) Any provision of the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 or any regulation or order issued thereunder, and certain unsafe or unsound practices and breaches of fiduciary duty, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(16);</P>
          <P>(5) Any provision of the International Lending Supervision Act of 1983 (“ILSA”), or any rule, regulation or order issued thereunder, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 3909;</P>
          <P>(6) Any provision of the International Banking Act of 1978 (“IBA”), or any rule, regulation or order issued thereunder, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 3108;</P>
          <P>(7) Section 5211 of the Revised Statutes (12 U.S.C. 161), pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 164;</P>
          <P>(8) Certain provisions of the Exchange Act, pursuant to section 21B of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-2);</P>
          <P>(9) Section 1120 of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”) (12 U.S.C. 3349), or any order or regulation issued thereunder;</P>
          <P>(10) The terms of any final or temporary order issued under section 8 of the FDIA or any written agreement executed by the OCC, the terms of any condition imposed in writing by the OCC in connection with the grant of an application or request, certain unsafe or unsound practices, breaches of fiduciary duty, or any law or regulation not otherwise provided herein, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818(i)(2);</P>
          <P>(11) Any provision of law referenced in section 102(f) of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (42 U.S.C. 4012a(f)) or any order or regulation issued thereunder; and</P>
          <P>(12) Any provision of law referenced in 31 U.S.C. 5321 or any order or regulation issued thereunder;</P>
          <P>(f) Remedial action under section 102(g) of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 (42 U.S.C. 4012a(g)); and</P>
          <P>(g) This subpart also applies to all other adjudications required by statute to be determined on the record after opportunity for an agency hearing, unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Local Rules.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20334, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.2</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Rules of construction.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For purposes of this part:</P>
          <P>(a) Any term in the singular includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular, if such use would be appropriate;</P>
          <P>(b) Any use of a masculine, feminine, or neuter gender encompasses all three, if such use would be appropriate;</P>
          <P>(c) The term <E T="03">counsel</E> includes a non-attorney representative; and</P>
          <P>(d) Unless the context requires otherwise, a party's counsel of record, if any, may, on behalf of that party, take any action required to be taken by the party.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.3</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>For purposes of this part, unless explicitly stated to the contrary:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Administrative law judge</E> means one who presides at an administrative hearing under authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 556.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Adjudicatory proceeding</E> means a proceeding conducted pursuant to <PRTPAGE P="185"/>these rules and leading to the formulation of a final order other than a regulation.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Comptroller</E> means the Comptroller of the Currency or a person delegated to perform the functions of the Comptroller of the Currency under this part.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Decisional employee</E> means any member of the Comptroller's or administrative law judge's staff who has not engaged in an investigative or prosecutorial role in a proceeding and who may assist the Comptroller or the administrative law judge, respectively, in preparing orders, recommended decisions, decisions, and other documents under the Uniform Rules.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Enforcement Counsel</E> means any individual who files a notice of appearance as counsel on behalf of the OCC in an adjudicatory proceeding.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Final order</E> means an order issued by the Comptroller with or without the consent of the affected institution or the institution-affiliated party, that has become final, without regard to the pendency of any petition for reconsideration or review.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Institution</E> includes any national bank, District of Columbia bank, or Federal branch or agency of a foreign bank.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Institution-affiliated party</E> means any institution- affiliated party as that term is defined in section 3(u) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1813(u)).</P>
          <P>(i) <E T="03">Local Rules</E> means those rules promulgated by the OCC in the subparts of this part excluding subpart A.</P>
          <P>(j) <E T="03">OCC</E> means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.</P>
          <P>(k) <E T="03">OFIA</E> means the Office of Financial Institution Adjudication, the executive body charged with overseeing the administration of administrative enforcement proceedings for the OCC, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Board of Governors”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), and the National Credit Union Administration (“NCUA”).</P>
          <P>(l) <E T="03">Party</E> means the OCC and any person named as a party in any notice.</P>
          <P>(m) <E T="03">Person</E> means an individual, sole proprietor, partnership, corporation, unincorporated association, trust, joint venture, pool, syndicate, agency or other entity or organization, including an institution as defined in paragraph (g) of this section.</P>
          <P>(n) <E T="03">Respondent</E> means any party other than the OCC.</P>
          <P>(o) <E T="03">Uniform Rules</E> means those rules in subpart A of this part that are common to the OCC, the Board of Governors, the FDIC, the OTS, and the NCUA.</P>
          <P>(p) <E T="03">Violation</E> includes any action (alone or with another or others) for or toward causing, bringing about, participating in, counseling, or aiding or abetting a violation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.4</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority of the Comptroller.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Comptroller may, at any time during the pendency of a proceeding, perform, direct the performance of, or waive performance of, any act which could be done or ordered by the administrative law judge.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.5</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Authority of the administrative law judge.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> All proceedings governed by this part shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of chapter 5 of title 5 of the United States Code. The administrative law judge shall have all powers necessary to conduct a proceeding in a fair and impartial manner and to avoid unnecessary delay.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Powers.</E> The administrative law judge shall have all powers necessary to conduct the proceeding in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, including the following powers:</P>
          <P>(1) To administer oaths and affirmations;</P>
          <P>(2) To issue subpoenas, subpoenas duces tecum, and protective orders, as authorized by this part, and to quash or modify any such subpoenas and orders;</P>
          <P>(3) To receive relevant evidence and to rule upon the admission of evidence and offers of proof;</P>
          <P>(4) To take or cause depositions to be taken as authorized by this subpart;</P>
          <P>(5) To regulate the course of the hearing and the conduct of the parties and their counsel;</P>

          <P>(6) To hold scheduling and/or pre-hearing conferences as set forth in § 19.31;<PRTPAGE P="186"/>
          </P>
          <P>(7) To consider and rule upon all procedural and other motions appropriate in an adjudicatory proceeding, provided that only the Comptroller shall have the power to grant any motion to dismiss the proceeding or to decide any other motion that results in a final determination of the merits of the proceeding;</P>
          <P>(8) To prepare and present to the Comptroller a recommended decision as provided herein;</P>
          <P>(9) To recuse himself or herself by motion made by a party or on his or her own motion;</P>
          <P>(10) To establish time, place and manner limitations on the attendance of the public and the media for any public hearing; and</P>
          <P>(11) To do all other things necessary and appropriate to discharge the duties of a presiding officer.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991; 56 FR 41726, Aug. 22, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.6</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Appearance and practice in adjudicatory proceedings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Appearance before the OCC or an administrative law judge—</E>(1) <E T="03">By attorneys.</E> Any member in good standing of the bar of the highest court of any state, commonwealth, possession, territory of the United States, or the District of Columbia may represent others before the OCC if such attorney is not currently suspended or debarred from practice before the OCC.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">By non-attorneys.</E> An individual may appear on his or her own behalf; a member of a partnership may represent the partnership; a duly authorized officer, director, or employee of any government unit, agency, institution, corporation or authority may represent that unit, agency, institution, corporation or authority if such officer, director, or employee is not currently suspended or debarred from practice before the OCC.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Notice of appearance.</E> Any individual acting as counsel on behalf of a party, including the Comptroller, shall file a notice of appearance with OFIA at or before the time that the individual submits papers or otherwise appears on behalf of a party in the adjudicatory proceeding. The notice of appearance must include a written declaration that the individual is currently qualified as provided in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section and is authorized to represent the particular party. By filing a notice of appearance on behalf of a party in an adjudicatory proceeding, the counsel agrees and represents that he or she is authorized to accept service on behalf of the represented party and that, in the event of withdrawal from representation, he or she will, if required by the administrative law judge, continue to accept service until new counsel has filed a notice of appearance or until the represented party indicates that he or she will proceed on a <E T="03">pro se</E> basis.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Sanctions.</E> Dilatory, obstructionist, egregious, contemptuous or contumacious conduct at any phase of any adjudicatory proceeding may be grounds for exclusion or suspension of counsel from the proceeding.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991; 56 FR 41726, Aug. 22, 1991; 56 FR 63551, Dec. 4, 1991; 61 FR 20334, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.7</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Good faith certification.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General requirement.</E> Every filing or submission of record following the issuance of a notice shall be signed by at least one counsel of record in his or her individual name and shall state that counsel's address and telephone number. A party who acts as his or her own counsel shall sign his or her individual name and state his or her address and telephone number on every filing or submission of record.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Effect of signature.</E> (1) The signature of counsel or a party shall constitute a certification that: the counsel or party has read the filing or submission of record; to the best of his or her knowledge, information, and belief formed after reasonable inquiry, the filing or submission of record is well-grounded in fact and is warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law; and the filing or submission of record is not made for any improper purpose, such as to harass or to cause unnecessary delay or needless increase in the cost of litigation.</P>

          <P>(2) If a filing or submission of record is not signed, the administrative law judge shall strike the filing or submission of record, unless it is signed <PRTPAGE P="187"/>promptly after the omission is called to the attention of the pleader or movant.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Effect of making oral motion or argument.</E> The act of making any oral motion or oral argument by any counsel or party constitutes a certification that to the best of his or her knowledge, information, and belief formed after reasonable inquiry, his or her statements are well-grounded in fact and are warranted by existing law or a good faith argument for the extension, modification, or reversal of existing law, and are not made for any improper purpose, such as to harass or to cause unnecessary delay or needless increase in the cost of litigation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.8</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conflicts of interest.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Conflict of interest in representation.</E> No person shall appear as counsel for another person in an adjudicatory proceeding if it reasonably appears that such representation may be materially limited by that counsel's responsibilities to a third person or by the counsel's own interests. The administrative law judge may take corrective measures at any stage of a proceeding to cure a conflict of interest in representation, including the issuance of an order limiting the scope of representation or disqualifying an individual from appearing in a representative capacity for the duration of the proceeding.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Certification and waiver.</E> If any person appearing as counsel represents two or more parties to an adjudicatory proceeding or also represents a non-party on a matter relevant to an issue in the proceeding, counsel must certify in writing at the time of filing the notice of appearance required by § 19.6(a):</P>
          <P>(1) That the counsel has personally and fully discussed the possibility of conflicts of interest with each such party and non-party; and</P>
          <P>(2) That each such party and non-party waives any right it might otherwise have had to assert any known conflicts of interest or to assert any non-material conflicts of interest during the course of the proceeding.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20334, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.9</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Ex parte communications.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Definition</E>—(1) <E T="03">Ex parte communication</E> means any material oral or written communication relevant to the merits of an adjudicatory proceeding that was neither on the record nor on reasonable prior notice to all parties that takes place between:</P>
          <P>(i) An interested person outside the OCC (including such person's counsel); and</P>
          <P>(ii) The administrative law judge handling that proceeding, the Comptroller, or a decisional employee.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Exception.</E> A request for status of the proceeding does not constitute an ex parte communication.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Prohibition of ex parte communications.</E> From the time the notice is issued by the Comptroller until the date that the Comptroller issues his or her final decision pursuant to § 19.40(c):</P>
          <P>(1) No interested person outside the OCC shall make or knowingly cause to be made an ex parte communication to the Comptroller, the administrative law judge, or a decisional employee; and</P>
          <P>(2) The Comptroller, administrative law judge, or decisional employee shall not make or knowingly cause to be made to any interested person outside the OCC any ex parte communication.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Procedure upon occurrence of ex parte communication.</E> If an ex parte communication is received by the administrative law judge, the Comptroller or any other person identified in paragraph (a) of this section, that person shall cause all such written communications (or, if the communication is oral, a memorandum stating the substance of the communication) to be placed on the record of the proceeding and served on all parties. All other parties to the proceeding shall have an opportunity, within ten days of receipt of service of the ex parte communication, to file responses thereto and to recommend any sanctions, in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, that they believe to be appropriate under the circumstances.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Sanctions.</E> Any party or his or her counsel who makes a prohibited ex parte communication, or who encourages or solicits another to make any such communication, may be subject <PRTPAGE P="188"/>to any appropriate sanction or sanctions imposed by the Comptroller or the administrative law judge including, but not limited to, exclusion from the proceedings and an adverse ruling on the issue which is the subject of the prohibited communication.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Separation of functions.</E> Except to the extent required for the disposition of ex parte matters as authorized by law, the administrative law judge may not consult a person or party on any matter relevant to the merits of the adjudication, unless on notice and opportunity for all parties to participate. An employee or agent engaged in the performance of investigative or prosecuting functions for the OCC in a case may not, in that or a factually related case, participate or advise in the decision, recommended decision, or agency review of the recommended decision under § 19.40, except as witness or counsel in public proceedings.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 30184, June 8, 1995]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.10</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filing of papers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Filing.</E> Any papers required to be filed, excluding documents produced in response to a discovery request pursuant to §§ 19.25 and 19.26, shall be filed with OFIA, except as otherwise provided.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Manner of filing.</E> Unless otherwise specified by the Comptroller or the administrative law judge, filing may be accomplished by:</P>
          <P>(1) Personal service;</P>
          <P>(2) Delivering the papers to a reliable commercial courier service, overnight delivery service, or to the U.S. Post Office for Express Mail delivery;</P>
          <P>(3) Mailing the papers by first class, registered, or certified mail; or</P>
          <P>(4) Transmission by electronic media, only if expressly authorized, and upon any conditions specified, by the Comptroller or the administrative law judge. All papers filed by electronic media shall also concurrently be filed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Formal requirements as to papers filed—</E>(1) <E T="03">Form.</E> All papers filed must set forth the name, address, and telephone number of the counsel or party making the filing and must be accompanied by a certification setting forth when and how service has been made on all other parties. All papers filed must be double-spaced and printed or typewritten on 8<FR>1/2</FR>×11 inch paper, and must be clear and legible.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Signature.</E> All papers must be dated and signed as provided in § 19.7.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Caption.</E> All papers filed must include at the head thereof, or on a title page, the name of the OCC and of the filing party, the title and docket number of the proceeding, and the subject of the particular paper.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Number of copies.</E> Unless otherwise specified by the Comptroller or the administrative law judge, an original and one copy of all documents and papers shall be filed, except that only one copy of transcripts of testimony and exhibits shall be filed.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.11</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Service of papers.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">By the parties.</E> Except as otherwise provided, a party filing papers shall serve a copy upon the counsel of record for all other parties to the proceeding so represented, and upon any party not so represented.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Method of service.</E> Except as provided in paragraphs (c)(2) and (d) of this section, a serving party shall use one or more of the following methods of service:</P>
          <P>(1) Personal service;</P>
          <P>(2) Delivering the papers to a reliable commercial courier service, overnight delivery service, or to the U.S. Post Office for Express Mail delivery;</P>
          <P>(3) Mailing the papers by first class, registered, or certified mail; or</P>
          <P>(4) Transmission by electronic media, only if the parties mutually agree. Any papers served by electronic media shall also concurrently be served in accordance with the requirements of § 19.10(c).</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">By the Comptroller or the administrative law judge.</E> (1) All papers required to be served by the Comptroller or the administrative law judge upon a party who has appeared in the proceeding in accordance with § 19.6 shall be served by any means specified in paragraph (b) of this section.</P>
          <P>(2) If a party has not appeared in the proceeding in accordance with § 19.6, the Comptroller or the administrative law judge shall make service by any of the following methods:</P>
          <P>(i) By personal service;<PRTPAGE P="189"/>
          </P>
          <P>(ii) If the person to be served is an individual, by delivery to a person of suitable age and discretion at the physical location where the individual resides or works;</P>
          <P>(iii) If the person to be served is a corporation or other association, by delivery to an officer, managing or general agent, or to any other agent authorized by appointment or by law to receive service and, if the agent is one authorized by statute to receive service and the statute so requires, by also mailing a copy to the party;</P>
          <P>(iv) By registered or certified mail addressed to the person's last known address; or</P>
          <P>(v) By any other method reasonably calculated to give actual notice.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Subpoenas.</E> Service of a subpoena may be made:</P>
          <P>(1) By personal service;</P>
          <P>(2) If the person to be served is an individual, by delivery to a person of suitable age and discretion at the physical location where the individual resides or works;</P>
          <P>(3) By delivery to an agent, which, in the case of a corporation or other association, is delivery to an officer, managing or general agent, or to any other agent authorized by appointment or by law to receive service and, if the agent is one authorized by statute to receive service and the statute so requires, by also mailing a copy to the party;</P>
          <P>(4) By registered or certified mail addressed to the person's last known address; or</P>
          <P>(5) By any other method reasonably calculated to give actual notice.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Area of service.</E> Service in any state, territory, possession of the United States, or the District of Columbia, on any person or company doing business in any state, territory, possession of the United States, or the District of Columbia, or on any person as otherwise provided by law, is effective without regard to the place where the hearing is held, provided that if service is made on a foreign bank in connection with an action or proceeding involving one or more of its branches or agencies located in any state, territory, possession of the United States, or the District of Columbia, service shall be made on at least one branch or agency so involved.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20334, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.12</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Construction of time limits.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> In computing any period of time prescribed by this subpart, the date of the act or event that commences the designated period of time is not included. The last day so computed is included unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday. When the last day is a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday, the period runs until the end of the next day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or Federal holiday. Intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays are included in the computation of time. However, when the time period within which an act is to be performed is ten days or less, not including any additional time allowed for in paragraph (c) of this section, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal holidays are not included.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">When papers are deemed to be filed or served.</E> (1) Filing and service are deemed to be effective:</P>
          <P>(i) In the case of personal service or same day commercial courier delivery, upon actual service;</P>
          <P>(ii) In the case of overnight commercial delivery service, U.S. Express Mail delivery, or first class, registered, or certified mail, upon deposit in or delivery to an appropriate point of collection;</P>
          <P>(iii) In the case of transmission by electronic media, as specified by the authority receiving the filing, in the case of filing, and as agreed among the parties, in the case of service.</P>
          <P>(2) The effective filing and service dates specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be modified by the Comptroller or administrative law judge in the case of filing or by agreement of the parties in the case of service.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Calculation of time for service and filing of responsive papers.</E> Whenever a time limit is measured by a prescribed period from the service of any notice or paper, the applicable time limits are calculated as follows:</P>

          <P>(1) If service is made by first class, registered, or certified mail, add three calendar days to the prescribed period;<PRTPAGE P="190"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) If service is made by express mail or overnight delivery service, add one calendar day to the prescribed period; or</P>
          <P>(3) If service is made by electronic media transmission, add one calendar day to the prescribed period, unless otherwise determined by the Comptroller or the administrative law judge in the case of filing, or by agreement among the parties in the case of service.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20335, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.13</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Change of time limits.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Except as otherwise provided by law, the administrative law judge may, for good cause shown, extend the time limits prescribed by the Uniform Rules or by any notice or order issued in the proceedings. After the referral of the case to the Comptroller pursuant to § 19.38, the Comptroller may grant extensions of the time limits for good cause shown. Extensions may be granted at the motion of a party after notice and opportunity to respond is afforded all non-moving parties or on the Comptroller's or the administrative law judge's own motion.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.14</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Witness fees and expenses.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Witnesses subpoenaed for testimony or depositions shall be paid the same fees for attendance and mileage as are paid in the United States district courts in proceedings in which the United States is a party, provided that, in the case of a discovery subpoena addressed to a party, no witness fees or mileage need be paid. Fees for witnesses shall be tendered in advance by the party requesting the subpoena, except that fees and mileage need not be tendered in advance where the OCC is the party requesting the subpoena. The OCC shall not be required to pay any fees to, or expenses of, any witness not subpoenaed by the OCC.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.15</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Opportunity for informal settlement.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Any respondent may, at any time in the proceeding, unilaterally submit to Enforcement Counsel written offers or proposals for settlement of a proceeding, without prejudice to the rights of any of the parties. No such offer or proposal shall be made to any OCC representative other than Enforcement Counsel. Submission of a written settlement offer does not provide a basis for adjourning or otherwise delaying all or any portion of a proceeding under this part. No settlement offer or proposal, or any subsequent negotiation or resolution, is admissible as evidence in any proceeding.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.16</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>OCC's right to conduct examination.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Nothing contained in this subpart limits in any manner the right of the OCC to conduct any examination, inspection, or visitation of any institution or institution-affiliated party, or the right of the OCC to conduct or continue any form of investigation authorized by law.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.17</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Collateral attacks on adjudicatory proceeding.</SUBJECT>
          <P>If an interlocutory appeal or collateral attack is brought in any court concerning all or any part of an adjudicatory proceeding, the challenged adjudicatory proceeding shall continue without regard to the pendency of that court proceeding. No default or other failure to act as directed in the adjudicatory proceeding within the times prescribed in this subpart shall be excused based on the pendency before any court of any interlocutory appeal or collateral attack.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991; 56 FR 41726, Aug. 22, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.18</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Commencement of proceeding and contents of notice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Commencement of proceeding.</E> (1)(i) Except for change-in-control proceedings under section 7(j)(4) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(4), a proceeding governed by this subpart is commenced by issuance of a notice by the Comptroller.</P>
          <P>(ii) The notice must be served by the Comptroller upon the respondent and given to any other appropriate financial institution supervisory authority where required by law.</P>
          <P>(iii) The notice must be filed with OFIA.</P>

          <P>(2) Change-in control proceedings under section 7(j)(4) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(4)) commence with the <PRTPAGE P="191"/>issuance of an order by the Comptroller.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents of notice.</E> The notice must set forth:</P>
          <P>(1) The legal authority for the proceeding and for the OCC's jurisdiction over the proceeding;</P>
          <P>(2) A statement of the matters of fact or law showing that the OCC is entitled to relief;</P>
          <P>(3) A proposed order or prayer for an order granting the requested relief;</P>
          <P>(4) The time, place, and nature of the hearing as required by law or regulation;</P>
          <P>(5) The time within which to file an answer as required by law or regulation;</P>
          <P>(6) The time within which to request a hearing as required by law or regulation; and</P>
          <P>(7) That the answer and/or request for a hearing shall be filed with OFIA.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.19</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Answer.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">When.</E> Within 20 days of service of the notice, respondent shall file an answer as designated in the notice. In a civil money penalty proceeding, respondent shall also file a request for a hearing within 20 days of service of the notice.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Content of answer.</E> An answer must specifically respond to each paragraph or allegation of fact contained in the notice and must admit, deny, or state that the party lacks sufficient information to admit or deny each allegation of fact. A statement of lack of information has the effect of a denial. Denials must fairly meet the substance of each allegation of fact denied; general denials are not permitted. When a respondent denies part of an allegation, that part must be denied and the remainder specifically admitted. Any allegation of fact in the notice which is not denied in the answer must be deemed admitted for purposes of the proceeding. A respondent is not required to respond to the portion of a notice that constitutes the prayer for relief or proposed order. The answer must set forth affirmative defenses, if any, asserted by the respondent.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Default—</E>(1) <E T="03">Effect of failure to answer.</E> Failure of a respondent to file an answer required by this section within the time provided constitutes a waiver of his or her right to appear and contest the allegations in the notice. If no timely answer is filed, Enforcement Counsel may file a motion for entry of an order of default. Upon a finding that no good cause has been shown for the failure to file a timely answer, the administrative law judge shall file with the Comptroller a recommended decision containing the findings and the relief sought in the notice. Any final order issued by the Comptroller based upon a respondent's failure to answer is deemed to be an order issued upon consent.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Effect of failure to request a hearing in civil money penalty proceedings.</E> If respondent fails to request a hearing as required by law within the time provided, the notice of assessment constitutes a final and unappealable order.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.20</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Amended pleadings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Amendments.</E> The notice or answer may be amended or supplemented at any stage of the proceeding. The respondent must answer an amended notice within the time remaining for the respondent's answer to the original notice, or within ten days after service of the amended notice, whichever period is longer, unless the Comptroller or administrative law judge orders otherwise for good cause.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Amendments to conform to the evidence.</E> When issues not raised in the notice or answer are tried at the hearing by express or implied consent of the parties, they will be treated in all respects as if they had been raised in the notice or answer, and no formal amendments are required. If evidence is objected to at the hearing on the ground that it is not within the issues raised by the notice or answer, the administrative law judge may admit the evidence when admission is likely to assist in adjudicating the merits of the action and the objecting party fails to satisfy the administrative law judge that the admission of such evidence would unfairly prejudice that party's action or defense upon the merits. The administrative law judge may grant a continuance to enable the objecting party to meet such evidence.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 20335, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="192"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.21</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Failure to appear.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Failure of a respondent to appear in person at the hearing or by a duly authorized counsel constitutes a waiver of respondent's right to a hearing and is deemed an admission of the facts as alleged and consent to the relief sought in the notice. Without further proceedings or notice to the respondent, the administrative law judge shall file with the Comptroller a recommended decision containing the findings and the relief sought in the notice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.22</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Consolidation and severance of actions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Consolidation.</E> (1) On the motion of any party, or on the administrative law judge's own motion, the administrative law judge may consolidate, for some or all purposes, any two or more proceedings, if each such proceeding involves or arises out of the same transaction, occurrence or series of transactions or occurrences, or involves at least one common respondent or a material common question of law or fact, unless such consolidation would cause unreasonable delay or injustice.</P>
          <P>(2) In the event of consolidation under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, appropriate adjustment to the prehearing schedule must be made to avoid unnecessary expense, inconvenience, or delay.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Severance.</E> The administrative law judge may, upon the motion of any party, sever the proceeding for separate resolution of the matter as to any respondent only if the administrative law judge finds that:</P>
          <P>(1) Undue prejudice or injustice to the moving party would result from not severing the proceeding; and</P>
          <P>(2) Such undue prejudice or injustice would outweigh the interests of judicial economy and expedition in the complete and final resolution of the proceeding.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.23</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Motions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">In writing.</E> (1) Except as otherwise provided herein, an application or request for an order or ruling must be made by written motion.</P>
          <P>(2) All written motions must state with particularity the relief sought and must be accompanied by a proposed order.</P>
          <P>(3) No oral argument may be held on written motions except as otherwise directed by the administrative law judge. Written memoranda, briefs, affidavits or other relevant material or documents may be filed in support of or in opposition to a motion.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Oral motions.</E> A motion may be made orally on the record unless the administrative law judge directs that such motion be reduced to writing.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Filing of motions.</E> Motions must be filed with the administrative law judge, except that following the filing of the recommended decision, motions must be filed with the Comptroller.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Responses.</E> (1) Except as otherwise provided herein, within ten days after service of any written motion, or within such other period of time as may be established by the administrative law judge or the Comptroller, any party may file a written response to a motion. The administrative law judge shall not rule on any oral or written motion before each party has had an opportunity to file a response.</P>
          <P>(2) The failure of a party to oppose a written motion or an oral motion made on the record is deemed a consent by that party to the entry of an order substantially in the form of the order accompanying the motion.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Dilatory motions.</E> Frivolous, dilatory or repetitive motions are prohibited. The filing of such motions may form the basis for sanctions.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Dispositive motions.</E> Dispositive motions are governed by §§ 19.29 and 19.30.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.24</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope of document discovery.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Limits on discovery.</E> (1) Subject to the limitations set out in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, a party to a proceeding under this subpart may obtain document discovery by serving a written request to produce documents. For purposes of a request to produce documents, the term “documents” may be defined to include drawings, graphs, charts, photographs, recordings, data stored in electronic form, and other data compilations from which information can be obtained, or translated, if necessary, by the parties through detection devices into reasonably usable form, as well as written material of all kinds.<PRTPAGE P="193"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) Discovery by use of deposition is governed by subpart I of this part.</P>
          <P>(3) Discovery by use of interrogatories is not permitted.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Relevance.</E> A party may obtain document discovery regarding any matter, not privileged, that has material relevance to the merits of the pending action. Any request to produce documents that calls for irrelevant material, that is unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, unduly burdensome, or repetitive of previous requests, or that seeks to obtain privileged documents will be denied or modified. A request is unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome if, among other things, it fails to include justifiable limitations on the time period covered and the geographic locations to be searched, the time provided to respond in the request is inadequate, or the request calls for copies of documents to be delivered to the requesting party and fails to include the requestor's written agreement to pay in advance for the copying, in accordance with § 19.25.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Privileged matter.</E> Privileged documents are not discoverable. Privileges include the attorney-client privilege, work-product privilege, any government's or government agency's deliberative process privilege, and any other privileges the Constitution, any applicable act of Congress, or the principles of common law provide.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Time limits.</E> All discovery, including all responses to discovery requests, shall be completed at least 20 days prior to the date scheduled for the commencement of the hearing, except as provided in the Local Rules. No exceptions to this time limit shall be permitted, unless the administrative law judge finds on the record that good cause exists for waiving the requirements of this paragraph.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20335, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.25</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Request for document discovery from parties.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> Any party may serve on any other party a request to produce for inspection any discoverable documents that are in the possession, custody, or control of the party upon whom the request is served. The request must identify the documents to be produced either by individual item or by category, and must describe each item and category with reasonable particularity. Documents must be produced as they are kept in the usual course of business or must be organized to correspond with the categories in the request.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Production or copying.</E> The request must specify a reasonable time, place, and manner for production and performing any related acts. In lieu of inspecting the documents, the requesting party may specify that all or some of the responsive documents be copied and the copies delivered to the requesting party. If copying of fewer than 250 pages is requested, the party to whom the request is addressed shall bear the cost of copying and shipping charges. If a party requests 250 pages or more of copying, the requesting party shall pay for the copying and shipping charges. Copying charges are the current per-page copying rate imposed by 12 CFR part 4 implementing the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552). The party to whom the request is addressed may require payment in advance before producing the documents.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Obligation to update responses.</E> A party who has responded to a discovery request with a response that was complete when made is not required to supplement the response to include documents thereafter acquired, unless the responding party learns that:</P>
          <P>(1) The response was materially incorrect when made; or</P>
          <P>(2) The response, though correct when made, is no longer true and a failure to amend the response is, in substance, a knowing concealment.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Motions to limit discovery.</E> (1) Any party that objects to a discovery request may, within ten days of being served with such request, file a motion in accordance with the provisions of § 19.23 to strike or otherwise limit the request. If an objection is made to only a portion of an item or category in a request, the portion objected to shall be specified. Any objections not made in accordance with this paragraph and § 19.23 are waived.</P>

          <P>(2) The party who served the request that is the subject of a motion to <PRTPAGE P="194"/>strike or limit may file a written response within five days of service of the motion. No other party may file a response.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Privilege.</E> At the time other documents are produced, the producing party must reasonably identify all documents withheld on the grounds of privilege and must produce a statement of the basis for the assertion of privilege. When similar documents that are protected by deliberative process, attorney work-product, or attorney-client privilege are voluminous, these documents may be identified by category instead of by individual document. The administrative law judge retains discretion to determine when the identification by category is insufficient.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Motions to compel production.</E> (1) If a party withholds any documents as privileged or fails to comply fully with a discovery request, the requesting party may, within ten days of the assertion of privilege or of the time the failure to comply becomes known to the requesting party, file a motion in accordance with the provisions of § 19.23 for the issuance of a subpoena compelling production.</P>
          <P>(2) The party who asserted the privilege or failed to comply with the request may file a written response to a motion to compel within five days of service of the motion. No other party may file a response.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Ruling on motions.</E> After the time for filing responses pursuant to this section has expired, the administrative law judge shall rule promptly on all motions filed pursuant to this section. If the administrative law judge determines that a discovery request, or any of its terms, calls for irrelevant material, is unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, unduly burdensome, or repetitive of previous requests, or seeks to obtain privileged documents, he or she may deny or modify the request, and may issue appropriate protective orders, upon such conditions as justice may require. The pendency of a motion to strike or limit discovery or to compel production is not a basis for staying or continuing the proceeding, unless otherwise ordered by the administrative law judge. Notwithstanding any other provision in this part, the administrative law judge may not release, or order a party to produce, documents withheld on grounds of privilege if the party has stated to the administrative law judge its intention to file a timely motion for interlocutory review of the administrative law judge's order to produce the documents, and until the motion for interlocutory review has been decided.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Enforcing discovery subpoenas.</E> If the administrative law judge issues a subpoena compelling production of documents by a party, the subpoenaing party may, in the event of noncompliance and to the extent authorized by applicable law, apply to any appropriate United States district court for an order requiring compliance with the subpoena. A party's right to seek court enforcement of a subpoena shall not in any manner limit the sanctions that may be imposed by the administrative law judge against a party who fails to produce subpoenaed documents.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20335, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.26</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Document subpoenas to nonparties.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rules.</E> (1) Any party may apply to the administrative law judge for the issuance of a document discovery subpoena addressed to any person who is not a party to the proceeding. The application must contain a proposed document subpoena and a brief statement showing the general relevance and reasonableness of the scope of documents sought. The subpoenaing party shall specify a reasonable time, place, and manner for making production in response to the document subpoena.</P>
          <P>(2) A party shall only apply for a document subpoena under this section within the time period during which such party could serve a discovery request under § 19.24(d). The party obtaining the document subpoena is responsible for serving it on the subpoenaed person and for serving copies on all parties. Document subpoenas may be served in any state, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, or as otherwise provided by law.</P>

          <P>(3) The administrative law judge shall promptly issue any document <PRTPAGE P="195"/>subpoena requested pursuant to this section. If the administrative law judge determines that the application does not set forth a valid basis for the issuance of the subpoena, or that any of its terms are unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome, he or she may refuse to issue the subpoena or may issue it in a modified form upon such conditions as may be consistent with the Uniform Rules.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Motion to quash or modify.</E> (1) Any person to whom a document subpoena is directed may file a motion to quash or modify such subpoena, accompanied by a statement of the basis for quashing or modifying the subpoena. The movant shall serve the motion on all parties, and any party may respond to such motion within ten days of service of the motion.</P>
          <P>(2) Any motion to quash or modify a document subpoena must be filed on the same basis, including the assertion of privilege, upon which a party could object to a discovery request under § 19.25(d), and during the same time limits during which such an objection could be filed.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Enforcing document subpoenas.</E> If a subpoenaed person fails to comply with any subpoena issued pursuant to this section or any order of the administrative law judge which directs compliance with all or any portion of a document subpoena, the subpoenaing party or any other aggrieved party may, to the extent authorized by applicable law, apply to an appropriate United States district court for an order requiring compliance with so much of the document subpoena as the administrative law judge has not quashed or modified. A party's right to seek court enforcement of a document subpoena shall in no way limit the sanctions that may be imposed by the administrative law judge on a party who induces a failure to comply with subpoenas issued under this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.27</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Deposition of witness unavailable for hearing.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rules.</E> (1) If a witness will not be available for the hearing, a party desiring to preserve that witness’ testimony for the record may apply in accordance with the procedures set forth in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, to the administrative law judge for the issuance of a subpoena, including a subpoena duces tecum, requiring the attendance of the witness at a deposition. The administrative law judge may issue a deposition subpoena under this section upon showing that:</P>
          <P>(i) The witness will be unable to attend or may be prevented from attending the hearing because of age, sickness or infirmity, or will otherwise be unavailable;</P>
          <P>(ii) The witness’ unavailability was not procured or caused by the subpoenaing party;</P>
          <P>(iii) The testimony is reasonably expected to be material; and</P>
          <P>(iv) Taking the deposition will not result in any undue burden to any other party and will not cause undue delay of the proceeding.</P>
          <P>(2) The application must contain a proposed deposition subpoena and a brief statement of the reasons for the issuance of the subpoena. The subpoena must name the witness whose deposition is to be taken and specify the time and place for taking the deposition. A deposition subpoena may require the witness to be deposed at any place within the country in which that witness resides or has a regular place of employment or such other convenient place as the administrative law judge shall fix.</P>
          <P>(3) Any requested subpoena that sets forth a valid basis for its issuance must be promptly issued, unless the administrative law judge on his or her own motion, requires a written response or requires attendance at a conference concerning whether the requested subpoena should be issued.</P>

          <P>(4) The party obtaining a deposition subpoena is responsible for serving it on the witness and for serving copies on all parties. Unless the administrative law judge orders otherwise, no deposition under this section shall be taken on fewer than ten days’ notice to the witness and all parties. Deposition subpoenas may be served in any state, territory, possession of the United States, or the District of Columbia, on any person or company doing business in any state, territory, possession of the United States, or the District of Columbia, or as otherwise permitted by law.<PRTPAGE P="196"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Objections to deposition subpoenas.</E> (1) The witness and any party who has not had an opportunity to oppose a deposition subpoena issued under this section may file a motion with the administrative law judge to quash or modify the subpoena prior to the time for compliance specified in the subpoena, but not more than ten days after service of the subpoena.</P>
          <P>(2) A statement of the basis for the motion to quash or modify a subpoena issued under this section must accompany the motion. The motion must be served on all parties.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Procedure upon deposition.</E> (1) Each witness testifying pursuant to a deposition subpoena must be duly sworn, and each party shall have the right to examine the witness. Objections to questions or documents must be in short form, stating the grounds for the objection. Failure to object to questions or documents is not deemed a waiver except where the ground for the objection might have been avoided if the objection had been timely presented. All questions, answers, and objections must be recorded.</P>
          <P>(2) Any party may move before the administrative law judge for an order compelling the witness to answer any questions the witness has refused to answer or submit any evidence the witness has refused to submit during the deposition.</P>
          <P>(3) The deposition must be subscribed by the witness, unless the parties and the witness, by stipulation, have waived the signing, or the witness is ill, cannot be found, or has refused to sign. If the deposition is not subscribed by the witness, the court reporter taking the deposition shall certify that the transcript is a true and complete transcript of the deposition.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Enforcing subpoenas.</E> If a subpoenaed person fails to comply with any order of the administrative law judge which directs compliance with all or any portion of a deposition subpoena under paragraph (b) or (c)(3) of this section, the subpoenaing party or other aggrieved party may, to the extent authorized by applicable law, apply to an appropriate United States district court for an order requiring compliance with the portions of the subpoena that the administrative law judge has ordered enforced. A party's right to seek court enforcement of a deposition subpoena in no way limits the sanctions that may be imposed by the administrative law judge on a party who fails to comply with, or procures a failure to comply with, a subpoena issued under this section.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.28</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Interlocutory review.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> The Comptroller may review a ruling of the administrative law judge prior to the certification of the record to the Comptroller only in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section and § 19.23.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Scope of review.</E> The Comptroller may exercise interlocutory review of a ruling of the administrative law judge if the Comptroller finds that:</P>
          <P>(1) The ruling involves a controlling question of law or policy as to which substantial grounds exist for a difference of opinion;</P>
          <P>(2) Immediate review of the ruling may materially advance the ultimate termination of the proceeding;</P>
          <P>(3) Subsequent modification of the ruling at the conclusion of the proceeding would be an inadequate remedy; or</P>
          <P>(4) Subsequent modification of the ruling would cause unusual delay or expense.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Procedure.</E> Any request for interlocutory review shall be filed by a party with the administrative law judge within ten days of his or her ruling and shall otherwise comply with § 19.23. Any party may file a response to a request for interlocutory review in accordance with § 19.23(d). Upon the expiration of the time for filing all responses, the administrative law judge shall refer the matter to the Comptroller for final disposition.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Suspension of proceeding.</E> Neither a request for interlocutory review nor any disposition of such a request by the Comptroller under this section suspends or stays the proceeding unless otherwise ordered by the administrative law judge or the Comptroller.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.29</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Summary disposition.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">In general.</E> The administrative law judge shall recommend that the Comptroller issue a final order granting a motion for summary disposition if the <PRTPAGE P="197"/>undisputed pleaded facts, admissions, affidavits, stipulations, documentary evidence, matters as to which official notice may be taken, and any other evidentiary materials properly submitted in connection with a motion for summary disposition show that:</P>
          <P>(1) There is no genuine issue as to any material fact; and</P>
          <P>(2) The moving party is entitled to a decision in its favor as a matter of law.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Filing of motions and responses.</E> (1) Any party who believes there is no genuine issue of material fact to be determined and that he or she is entitled to a decision as a matter of law may move at any time for summary disposition in its favor of all or any part of the proceeding. Any party, within 20 days after service of such a motion, or within such time period as allowed by the administrative law judge, may file a response to such motion.</P>
          <P>(2) A motion for summary disposition must be accompanied by a statement of the material facts as to which the moving party contends there is no genuine issue. Such motion must be supported by documentary evidence, which may take the form of admissions in pleadings, stipulations, depositions, investigatory depositions, transcripts, affidavits and any other evidentiary materials that the moving party contends support his or her position. The motion must also be accompanied by a brief containing the points and authorities in support of the contention of the moving party. Any party opposing a motion for summary disposition must file a statement setting forth those material facts as to which he or she contends a genuine dispute exists. Such opposition must be supported by evidence of the same type as that submitted with the motion for summary disposition and a brief containing the points and authorities in support of the contention that summary disposition would be inappropriate.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Hearing on motion.</E> At the request of any party or on his or her own motion, the administrative law judge may hear oral argument on the motion for summary disposition.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Decision on motion.</E> Following receipt of a motion for summary disposition and all responses thereto, the administrative law judge shall determine whether the moving party is entitled to summary disposition. If the administrative law judge determines that summary disposition is warranted, the administrative law judge shall submit a recommended decision to that effect to the Comptroller. If the administrative law judge finds that no party is entitled to summary disposition, he or she shall make a ruling denying the motion.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.30</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Partial summary disposition.</SUBJECT>
          <P>If the administrative law judge determines that a party is entitled to summary disposition as to certain claims only, he or she shall defer submitting a recommended decision as to those claims. A hearing on the remaining issues must be ordered. Those claims for which the administrative law judge has determined that summary disposition is warranted will be addressed in the recommended decision filed at the conclusion of the hearing.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.31</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scheduling and prehearing conferences.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Scheduling conference.</E> Within 30 days of service of the notice or order commencing a proceeding or such other time as parties may agree, the administrative law judge shall direct counsel for all parties to meet with him or her in person at a specified time and place prior to the hearing or to confer by telephone for the purpose of scheduling the course and conduct of the proceeding. This meeting or telephone conference is called a “scheduling conference.” The identification of potential witnesses, the time for and manner of discovery, and the exchange of any prehearing materials including witness lists, statements of issues, stipulations, exhibits and any other materials may also be determined at the scheduling conference.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Prehearing conferences.</E> The administrative law judge may, in addition to the scheduling conference, on his or her own motion or at the request of any party, direct counsel for the parties to meet with him or her (in person or by telephone) at a prehearing conference to address any or all of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Simplification and clarification of the issues;<PRTPAGE P="198"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) Stipulations, admissions of fact, and the contents, authenticity and admissibility into evidence of documents;</P>
          <P>(3) Matters of which official notice may be taken;</P>
          <P>(4) Limitation of the number of witnesses;</P>
          <P>(5) Summary disposition of any or all issues;</P>
          <P>(6) Resolution of discovery issues or disputes;</P>
          <P>(7) Amendments to pleadings; and</P>
          <P>(8) Such other matters as may aid in the orderly disposition of the proceeding.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Transcript.</E> The administrative law judge, in his or her discretion, may require that a scheduling or prehearing conference be recorded by a court reporter. A transcript of the conference and any materials filed, including orders, becomes part of the record of the proceeding. A party may obtain a copy of the transcript at his or her expense.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Scheduling or prehearing orders.</E> At or within a reasonable time following the conclusion of the scheduling conference or any prehearing conference, the administrative law judge shall serve on each party an order setting forth any agreements reached and any procedural determinations made.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.32</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Prehearing submissions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Within the time set by the administrative law judge, but in no case later than 14 days before the start of the hearing, each party shall serve on every other party, his or her:</P>
          <P>(1) Prehearing statement;</P>
          <P>(2) Final list of witnesses to be called to testify at the hearing, including name and address of each witness and a short summary of the expected testimony of each witness;</P>
          <P>(3) List of the exhibits to be introduced at the hearing along with a copy of each exhibit; and</P>
          <P>(4) Stipulations of fact, if any.</P>
          <P>(b) Effect of failure to comply. No witness may testify and no exhibits may be introduced at the hearing if such witness or exhibit is not listed in the prehearing submissions pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, except for good cause shown.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.33</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Public hearings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> All hearings shall be open to the public, unless the Comptroller, in the Comptroller's discretion, determines that holding an open hearing would be contrary to the public interest. Within 20 days of service of the notice or, in the case of change-in-control proceedings under section 7(j)(4) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(4)), within 20 days from service of the hearing order, any respondent may file with the Comptroller a request for a private hearing, and any party may file a reply to such a request. A party must serve on the administrative law judge a copy of any request or reply the party files with the Comptroller. The form of, and procedure for, these requests and replies are governed by § 19.23. A party's failure to file a request or a reply constitutes a waiver of any objections regarding whether the hearing will be public or private.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Filing document under seal.</E> Enforcement Counsel, in his or her discretion, may file any document or part of a document under seal if disclosure of the document would be contrary to the public interest. The administrative law judge shall take all appropriate steps to preserve the confidentiality of such documents or parts thereof, including closing portions of the hearing to the public.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20336, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.34</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Hearing subpoenas.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Issuance.</E> (1) Upon application of a party showing general relevance and reasonableness of scope of the testimony or other evidence sought, the administrative law judge may issue a subpoena or a subpoena <E T="03">duces tecum</E> requiring the attendance of a witness at the hearing or the production of documentary or physical evidence at the hearing. The application for a hearing subpoena must also contain a proposed subpoena specifying the attendance of a witness or the production of evidence from any state, territory, or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, or as otherwise provided by law at any designated place where the hearing is being conducted. The party making the application shall serve a <PRTPAGE P="199"/>copy of the application and the proposed subpoena on every other party.</P>
          <P>(2) A party may apply for a hearing subpoena at any time before the commencement of a hearing. During a hearing, a party may make an application for a subpoena orally on the record before the administrative law judge.</P>
          <P>(3) The administrative law judge shall promptly issue any hearing subpoena requested pursuant to this section. If the administrative law judge determines that the application does not set forth a valid basis for the issuance of the subpoena, or that any of its terms are unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome, he or she may refuse to issue the subpoena or may issue it in a modified form upon any conditions consistent with this subpart. Upon issuance by the administrative law judge, the party making the application shall serve the subpoena on the person named in the subpoena and on each party.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Motion to quash or modify</E>. (1) Any person to whom a hearing subpoena is directed or any party may file a motion to quash or modify the subpoena, accompanied by a statement of the basis for quashing or modifying the subpoena. The movant must serve the motion on each party and on the person named in the subpoena. Any party may respond to the motion within ten days of service of the motion.</P>
          <P>(2) Any motion to quash or modify a hearing subpoena must be filed prior to the time specified in the subpoena for compliance but not more than ten days after the date of service of the subpoena upon the movant.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Enforcing subpoenas.</E> If a subpoenaed person fails to comply with any subpoena issued pursuant to this section or any order of the administrative law judge which directs compliance with all or any portion of a document subpoena, the subpoenaing party or any other aggrieved party may seek enforcement of the subpoena pursuant to § 19.26(c).</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20336, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.35</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conduct of hearings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rules.</E> (1) Hearings shall be conducted so as to provide a fair and expeditious presentation of the relevant disputed issues. Each party has the right to present its case or defense by oral and documentary evidence and to conduct such cross examination as may be required for full disclosure of the facts.</P>
          <P>(2) Order of hearing. Enforcement Counsel shall present its case-in-chief first, unless otherwise ordered by the administrative law judge, or unless otherwise expressly specified by law or regulation. Enforcement Counsel shall be the first party to present an opening statement and a closing statement, and may make a rebuttal statement after the respondent's closing statement. If there are multiple respondents, respondents may agree among themselves as to their order of presentation of their cases, but if they do not agree, the administrative law judge shall fix the order.</P>
          <P>(3) Examination of witnesses. Only one counsel for each party may conduct an examination of a witness, except that in the case of extensive direct examination, the administrative law judge may permit more than one counsel for the party presenting the witness to conduct the examination. A party may have one counsel conduct the direct examination and another counsel conduct re-direct examination of a witness, or may have one counsel conduct the cross examination of a witness and another counsel conduct the re-cross examination of a witness.</P>
          <P>(4) Stipulations. Unless the administrative law judge directs otherwise, all stipulations of fact and law previously agreed upon by the parties, and all documents, the admissibility of which have been previously stipulated, will be admitted into evidence upon commencement of the hearing.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Transcript</E>. The hearing must be recorded and transcribed. The reporter will make the transcript available to any party upon payment by that party to the reporter of the cost of the transcript. The administrative law judge may order the record corrected, either upon motion to correct, upon stipulation of the parties, or following notice <PRTPAGE P="200"/>to the parties upon the administrative law judge's own motion.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20336, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.36</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Evidence.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Admissibility.</E> (1) Except as is otherwise set forth in this section, relevant, material, and reliable evidence that is not unduly repetitive is admissible to the fullest extent authorized by the Administrative Procedure Act and other applicable law.</P>
          <P>(2) Evidence that would be admissible under the Federal Rules of Evidence is admissible in a proceeding conducted pursuant to this subpart.</P>
          <P>(3) Evidence that would be inadmissible under the Federal Rules of Evidence may not be deemed or ruled to be inadmissible in a proceeding conducted pursuant to this subpart if such evidence is relevant, material, reliable and not unduly repetitive.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Official notice.</E> (1) Official notice may be taken of any material fact which may be judicially noticed by a United States district court and any material information in the official public records of any Federal or state government agency.</P>
          <P>(2) All matters officially noticed by the administrative law judge or the Comptroller shall appear on the record.</P>
          <P>(3) If official notice is requested or taken of any material fact, the parties, upon timely request, shall be afforded an opportunity to object.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Documents.</E> (1) A duplicate copy of a document is admissible to the same extent as the original, unless a genuine issue is raised as to whether the copy is in some material respect not a true and legible copy of the original.</P>
          <P>(2) Subject to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, any document, including a report of examination, supervisory activity, inspection or visitation, prepared by an appropriate Federal financial institutions regulatory agency or by a state regulatory agency, is admissible either with or without a sponsoring witness.</P>
          <P>(3) Witnesses may use existing or newly created charts, exhibits, calendars, calculations, outlines or other graphic material to summarize, illustrate, or simplify the presentation of testimony. Such materials may, subject to the administrative law judge's discretion, be used with or without being admitted into evidence.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Objections.</E> (1) Objections to the admissibility of evidence must be timely made and rulings on all objections must appear on the record.</P>
          <P>(2) When an objection to a question or line of questioning propounded to a witness is sustained, the examining counsel may make a specific proffer on the record of what he or she expected to prove by the expected testimony of the witness either by representation of counsel or by direct interrogation of the witness.</P>
          <P>(3) The administrative law judge shall retain rejected exhibits, adequately marked for identification, for the record, and transmit such exhibits to the Comptroller.</P>
          <P>(4) Failure to object to admission of evidence or to any ruling constitutes a waiver of the objection.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Stipulations.</E> The parties may stipulate as to any relevant matters of fact or the authentication of any relevant documents. Such stipulations must be received in evidence at a hearing and are binding on the parties with respect to the matters therein stipulated.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Depositions of unavailable witnesses.</E> (1) If a witness is unavailable to testify at a hearing, and that witness has testified in a deposition to which all parties in a proceeding had notice and an opportunity to participate, a party may offer as evidence all or any part of the transcript of the deposition, including deposition exhibits, if any.</P>
          <P>(2) Such deposition transcript is admissible to the same extent that testimony would have been admissible had that person testified at the hearing, provided that if a witness refused to answer proper questions during the depositions, the administrative law judge may, on that basis, limit the admissibility of the deposition in any manner that justice requires.</P>
          <P>(3) Only those portions of a deposition received in evidence at the hearing constitute a part of the record.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.37</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Post-hearing filings.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Proposed findings and conclusions and supporting briefs</E>. (1) Using the same method of service for each party, the administrative law judge shall serve <PRTPAGE P="201"/>notice upon each party that the certified transcript, together with all hearing exhibits and exhibits introduced but not admitted into evidence at the hearing, has been filed. Any party may file with the administrative law judge proposed findings of fact, proposed conclusions of law, and a proposed order within 30 days following service of this notice by the administrative law judge or within such longer period as may be ordered by the administrative law judge.</P>
          <P>(2) Proposed findings and conclusions must be supported by citation to any relevant authorities and by page references to any relevant portions of the record. A post-hearing brief may be filed in support of proposed findings and conclusions, either as part of the same document or in a separate document. Any party who fails to file timely with the administrative law judge any proposed finding or conclusion is deemed to have waived the right to raise in any subsequent filing or submission any issue not addressed in such party's proposed finding or conclusion.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Reply briefs.</E> Reply briefs may be filed within 15 days after the date on which the parties’ proposed findings, conclusions, and order are due. Reply briefs must be strictly limited to responding to new matters, issues, or arguments raised in another party's papers. A party who has not filed proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law or a post-hearing brief may not file a reply brief.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Simultaneous filing required.</E> The administrative law judge shall not order the filing by any party of any brief or reply brief in advance of the other party's filing of its brief.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20336, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.38</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Recommended decision and filing of record.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Filing of recommended decision and record</E>. Within 45 days after expiration of the time allowed for filing reply briefs under § 19.37(b), the administrative law judge shall file with and certify to the Comptroller, for decision, the record of the proceeding. The record must include the administrative law judge's recommended decision, recommended findings of fact, recommended conclusions of law, and proposed order; all prehearing and hearing transcripts, exhibits, and rulings; and the motions, briefs, memoranda, and other supporting papers filed in connection with the hearing. The administrative law judge shall serve upon each party the recommended decision, findings, conclusions, and proposed order.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Filing of index</E>. At the same time the administrative law judge files with and certifies to the Comptroller for final determination the record of the proceeding, the administrative law judge shall furnish to the Comptroller a certified index of the entire record of the proceeding. The certified index shall include, at a minimum, an entry for each paper, document or motion filed with the administrative law judge in the proceeding, the date of the filing, and the identity of the filer. The certified index shall also include an exhibit index containing, at a minimum, an entry consisting of exhibit number and title or description for: Each exhibit introduced and admitted into evidence at the hearing; each exhibit introduced but not admitted into evidence at the hearing; each exhibit introduced and admitted into evidence after the completion of the hearing; and each exhibit introduced but not admitted into evidence after the completion of the hearing.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 20336, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.39</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Exceptions to recommended decision.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Filing exceptions.</E> Within 30 days after service of the recommended decision, findings, conclusions, and proposed order under § 19.38, a party may file with the Comptroller written exceptions to the administrative law judge's recommended decision, findings, conclusions or proposed order, to the admission or exclusion of evidence, or to the failure of the administrative law judge to make a ruling proposed by a party. A supporting brief may be filed at the time the exceptions are filed, either as part of the same document or in a separate document.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Effect of failure to file or raise exceptions.</E> (1) Failure of a party to file exceptions to those matters specified in paragraph (a) of this section within <PRTPAGE P="202"/>the time prescribed is deemed a waiver of objection thereto.</P>
          <P>(2) No exception need be considered by the Comptroller if the party taking exception had an opportunity to raise the same objection, issue, or argument before the administrative law judge and failed to do so.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Contents.</E> (1) All exceptions and briefs in support of such exceptions must be confined to the particular matters in, or omissions from, the administrative law judge's recommendations to which that party takes exception.</P>
          <P>(2) All exceptions and briefs in support of exceptions must set forth page or paragraph references to the specific parts of the administrative law judge's recommendations to which exception is taken, the page or paragraph references to those portions of the record relied upon to support each exception, and the legal authority relied upon to support each exception.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.40</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Review by the Comptroller.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice of submission to the Comptroller.</E> When the Comptroller determines that the record in the proceeding is complete, the Comptroller shall serve notice upon the parties that the proceeding has been submitted to the Comptroller for final decision.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Oral argument before the Comptroller.</E> Upon the initiative of the Comptroller or on the written request of any party filed with the Comptroller within the time for filing exceptions, the Comptroller may order and hear oral argument on the recommended findings, conclusions, decision, and order of the administrative law judge. A written request by a party must show good cause for oral argument and state reasons why arguments cannot be presented adequately in writing. A denial of a request for oral argument may be set forth in the Comptroller's final decision. Oral argument before the Comptroller must be on the record.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Comptroller's final decision.</E> (1) Decisional employees may advise and assist the Comptroller in the consideration and disposition of the case. The final decision of the Comptroller will be based upon review of the entire record of the proceeding, except that the Comptroller may limit the issues to be reviewed to those findings and conclusions to which opposing arguments or exceptions have been filed by the parties.</P>
          <P>(2) The Comptroller shall render a final decision within 90 days after notification of the parties that the case has been submitted for final decision, or 90 days after oral argument, whichever is later, unless the Comptroller orders that the action or any aspect thereof be remanded to the administrative law judge for further proceedings. Copies of the final decision and order of the Comptroller shall be served upon each party to the proceeding, upon other persons required by statute, and, if directed by the Comptroller or required by statute, upon any appropriate state or Federal supervisory authority.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.41</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Stays pending judicial review.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The commencement of proceedings for judicial review of a final decision and order of the Comptroller may not, unless specifically ordered by the Comptroller or a reviewing court, operate as a stay of any order issued by the Comptroller. The Comptroller may, in his or her discretion, and on such terms as he or she finds just, stay the effectiveness of all or any part of an order pending a final decision on a petition for review of that order.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart B—Procedural Rules for OCC Adjudications</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.100</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Filing documents.</SUBJECT>

          <P>All materials required to be filed with or referred to the Comptroller or the administrative law judge in any proceeding under this part must be filed with the Hearing Clerk, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219. Filings to be made with the Hearing Clerk include the notice and answer; motions and responses to motions; briefs; the record filed by the administrative law judge after the issuance of a recommended decision; the recommended decision filed by the administrative law judge following a motion for summary disposition (except that in removal and prohibition cases the administrative law judge will file the record and the recommended decision with the <PRTPAGE P="203"/>Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System); referrals by the administrative law judge of motions for interlocutory review; exceptions and requests for oral argument; and any other papers required to be filed with the Comptroller or the administrative law judge under this part.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 20337, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.101</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Delegation to OFIA.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Unless otherwise ordered by the Comptroller, administrative adjudications subject to subpart A of this part shall be conducted by an administrative law judge assigned to OFIA.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart C—Removals, Suspensions, and Prohibitions When a Crime Is Charged or a Conviction is Obtained</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.110</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart applies to informal hearings afforded to any institution-affiliated party who has been suspended or removed from office or prohibited from further participation in bank affairs by a notice or order issued by the Comptroller.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.111</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Suspension or removal.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Comptroller may serve a notice of suspension or order of removal or prohibition on an institution-affiliated party. A copy of such notice or order will be served on the bank, whereupon the institution-affiliated party involved must immediately cease service to the bank or participation in the affairs of the bank. The notice or order will indicate the basis for suspension, removal or prohibition and will inform the institution-affiliated party of the right to request in writing, to be received by the OCC within 30 days from the date that the institution-affiliated party was served with such notice or order, an opportunity to show at an informal hearing that continued service to or participation in the conduct of the affairs of the bank does not, or is not likely to, pose a threat to the interest of the bank's depositors or threaten to impair public confidence in the bank. The written request must be sent by certified mail to, or served personally with a signed receipt on, the District Administrator in the OCC district in which the bank in question is located, or to the Deputy Comptroller for Multinational Banking, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, DC 20219, if the bank is supervised by the Multinational Banking Department. The request must state specifically the relief desired and the grounds on which that relief is based.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.112</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Informal hearing.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Issuance of hearing order</E>. After receipt of a request for hearing, the District Deputy Comptroller or Administrator, the Deputy Comptroller for Multinational Banking, or the Deputy Comptroller or Director for Special Supervision, as appropriate, must notify the petitioner requesting the hearing, the OCC's Enforcement and Compliance Division, and the appropriate OCC District Counsel of the date, time, and place fixed for the hearing. The hearing must be scheduled to be held not later than 30 days from the date when a request for hearing is received unless the time is extended in response to a written request of the petitioner. The District Deputy Comptroller or Administrator, the Deputy Comptroller for Multinational Banking, or the Deputy Comptroller or Director for Special Supervision, as appropriate, may extend the hearing date only for a specific period of time and must take appropriate action to ensure that the hearing is not unduly delayed.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Appointment of presiding officer</E>. The District Deputy Comptroller or Administrator, the Deputy Comptroller for Multinational Banking, or the Deputy Comptroller or Director for Special Supervision, as appropriate, must appoint one or more OCC employees as the presiding officer to conduct the hearing. The presiding officer(s) may not have been involved in the proceeding, a factually related proceeding, or the underlying enforcement action in a prosecutorial or investigative role.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Waiver of oral hearing</E>—(1) <E T="03">Petitioner</E>. When the petitioner requests a hearing, the petitioner may elect to have the matter determined by the presiding officer solely on the basis of written submissions by serving on the District Deputy Comptroller or Administrator, the Deputy Comptroller for <PRTPAGE P="204"/>Multinational Banking, or the Deputy Comptroller or Director for Special Supervision, as appropriate, and all parties, a signed document waiving the statutory right to appear and make oral argument. The petitioner must present the written submissions to the presiding officer, and serve the other parties, not later than ten days prior to the date fixed for the hearing, or within such shorter time period as the presiding officer may permit.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">OCC</E>. The OCC may respond to the petitioner's submissions by presenting the presiding officer with a written response, and by serving the other parties, not later than the date fixed for the hearing, or within such other time period as the presiding officer may require.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Hearing procedures</E>—(1) <E T="03">Conduct of hearing.</E> Hearings under this subpart are not subject to the provisions of subpart A of this part or the adjudicative provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 554-557).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Powers of the presiding officer.</E> The presiding officer shall determine all procedural issues that are governed by this subpart. The presiding officer may also permit or limit the number of witnesses and impose time limitations as he or she deems reasonable. The informal hearing will not be governed by the formal rules of evidence. All oral presentations, when permitted, and documents deemed by the presiding officer to be relevant and material to the proceeding and not unduly repetitious will be considered. The presiding officer may ask questions of any person participating in the hearing and may make any rulings reasonably necessary to facilitate the effective and efficient operation of the hearing.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Presentation</E>. (i) The OCC may appear and the petitioner may appear personally or through counsel at the hearing to present relevant written materials and oral argument. Except as permitted in paragraph (c) of this section, each party, including the OCC, must file a copy of any affidavit, memorandum, or other written material to be presented at the hearing with the presiding officer and must serve the other parties not later than ten days prior to the hearing or within such shorter time period as permitted by the presiding officer.</P>
          <P>(ii) If the petitioner or the appointed OCC attorney desires to present oral testimony or witnesses at the hearing, he or she must file a written request with the presiding officer not later than ten days prior to the hearing, or within a shorter time period as permitted by the presiding officer. The names of proposed witnesses should be included, along with the general nature of the expected testimony, and the reasons why oral testimony is necessary. The presiding officer generally will not admit oral testimony or witnesses unless a specific and compelling need is demonstrated. Witnesses, if admitted, shall be sworn.</P>
          <P>(iii) In deciding on any suspension, the presiding officer shall not consider the ultimate question of the guilt or innocence of the individual with respect to the criminal charges which are outstanding. In deciding on any removal, the presiding officer shall not consider challenges to or efforts to impeach the validity of the conviction. The presiding officer may consider facts in either situation, however, which show the nature of the events on which the indictment or conviction was based.</P>
          <P>(4) <E T="03">Record.</E> A transcript of the proceedings may be taken if the petitioner requests a transcript and agrees to pay all expenses or if the presiding officer determines that the nature of the case warrants a transcript. The presiding officer may order the record to be kept open for a reasonable period following the hearing, not to exceed five business days, to permit the petitioner or the appointed OCC attorney to submit additional documents for the record. Thereafter, no further submissions may be accepted except for good cause shown.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20337, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.113</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Recommended and final decisions.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) The presiding officer must issue a recommended decision to the Comptroller within 20 days of the conclusion of the hearing or, when the petitioner has waived an oral hearing, within 20 days of the date fixed for the hearing. <PRTPAGE P="205"/>The presiding officer must serve promptly a copy of the recommended decision on the parties to the proceeding. The decision must include a summary of the facts and arguments of the parties.</P>
          <P>(b) Each party may, within ten days of being served with the presiding officer's recommended decision, submit to the Comptroller comments on the recommended decision.</P>
          <P>(c) Within 60 days of the conclusion of the hearing or, when the petitioner has waived an oral hearing, within 60 days from the date fixed for the hearing, the Comptroller must notify the petitioner by registered mail whether the suspension or removal from office, and prohibition from participation in any manner in the affairs of the bank, will be affirmed, terminated, or modified. The Comptroller's decision must include a statement of reasons supporting the decision. The Comptroller's decision is a final and unappealable order.</P>
          <P>(d) A finding of not guilty or other disposition of the charge on which a notice of suspension was based does not preclude the Comptroller from thereafter instituting removal proceedings pursuant to section 8(e) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818(e)) and subpart: A of this part.</P>
          <P>(e) A removal or prohibition by order remains in effect until terminated by the Comptroller. A suspension or prohibition by notice remains in effect until the criminal charge is disposed of or until terminated by the Comptroller.</P>
          <P>(f) A suspended or removed individual may petition the Comptroller to reconsider the decision any time after the expiration of a 12-month period from the date of the decision, but no petition for reconsideration may be made within 12 months of a previous petition. The petition must state specifically the relief sought and the grounds therefor, and may be accompanied by a supporting memorandum and any other documentation the petitioner wishes to have considered. No hearing need be granted on the petition for reconsideration.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20337, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart D—Exemption Hearings Under Section 12(h) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.120</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>

          <P>The rules in this subpart apply to informal hearings that may be held by the Comptroller to determine whether, pursuant to authority in sections 12 (h) and (i) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<E T="03">l</E> (h) and (i)), to exempt in whole or in part an issuer or a class of issuers from the provisions of section 12(g), or from section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<E T="03">l</E>(g), 78m or 78n), or whether to exempt from section 16 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78p) any officer, director, or beneficial owner of securities of an issuer. The only issuers covered by this subpart are banks whose securities are registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<E T="03">l</E>(g)). The Comptroller may deny an application for exemption without a hearing.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.121</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Application for exemption.</SUBJECT>
          <P>An issuer or an individual (officer, director or shareholder) may submit a written application for an exemption order to the Securities and Corporate Practices Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, DC 20219. The application must specify the type of exemption sought and the reasons therefor, including an explanation of why an exemption would not be inconsistent with the public interest or the protection of investors. The Securities and Corporate Practices Division shall inform the applicant in writing whether a hearing will be held to consider the matter.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.122</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Newspaper notice.</SUBJECT>

          <P>Upon being informed that an application will be considered at a hearing, the applicant shall publish a notice one time in a newspaper of general circulation in the community where the issuer's main office is located. The notice must state: the name and title of any individual applicants; the type of exemption sought; the fact that a hearing will be held; and a statement that interested persons may submit to the Securities and Corporate Practices Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, DC 20219, within <PRTPAGE P="206"/>30 days from the date of the newspaper notice, written comments concerning the application and a written request for an opportunity to be heard. The applicant shall promptly furnish a copy of the notice to the Securities and Corporate Practices Division, and to bank shareholders.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.123</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Informal hearing.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Conduct of proceeding.</E> The adjudicative provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act, formal rules of evidence and subpart A of this part do not apply to hearings conducted under this subpart, except as provided in § 19.100(b).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice of hearing.</E> Following the comment period, the Comptroller shall send a notice which fixes a date, time and place for hearing to each applicant and to any person who has requested an opportunity to be heard.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Presiding officer.</E> The Comptroller shall designate a presiding officer to conduct the hearing. The presiding officer shall determine all procedural questions not governed by this subpart and may limit the number of witnesses and impose time and presentation limitations as are deemed reasonable. At the conclusion of the informal hearing, the presiding officer shall issue a recommended decision to the Comptroller as to whether the exemption should issue. The decision shall include a summary of the facts and arguments of the parties.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Attendance.</E> The applicant and any person who has requested an opportunity to be heard may attend the hearing, with or without counsel. The hearing shall be open to the public. In addition, the applicant and any other hearing participant may introduce oral testimony through such witnesses as the presiding officer shall permit.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Order of presentation.</E> (1) The applicant may present an opening statement of a length decided by the presiding officer. Then each of the hearing participants, or one among them selected with the approval of the presiding officer, may present an opening statement. The opening statement should summarize concisely what the applicant and each participant intends to show.</P>
          <P>(2) The applicant shall have an opportunity to make an oral presentation of facts and materials or submit written materials for the record. One or more of the hearing participants may make an oral presentation or a written submission.</P>
          <P>(3) After the above presentations, the applicant, followed by one or more of the hearing participants, may make concise summary statements reviewing their position.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Witnesses.</E> The obtaining and use of witnesses is the responsibility of the parties afforded the hearing. All witnesses shall be present on their own volition, but any person appearing as a witness may be questioned by each applicant, any hearing participant, and the presiding officer. Witnesses shall be sworn unless otherwise directed by the presiding officer.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Evidence.</E> The presiding officer may exclude data or materials deemed to be improper or irrelevant. Formal rules of evidence do not apply. Documentary material must be of a size consistent with ease of handling and filing. The presiding officer may determine the number of copies that must be furnished for purposes of the hearing.</P>
          <P>(h) <E T="03">Transcript.</E> A transcript of each proceeding will be arranged by the OCC, with all expenses, including the furnishing of a copy to the presiding officer, being borne by the applicant.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.124</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Decision of the Comptroller.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Following the conclusion of the hearing and the submission of the record and the presiding officer's recommended decision to the Comptroller for decision, the Comptroller shall notify the applicant and all persons who have so requested in writing of the final disposition of the application. Exemptions granted must be in the form of an order which specifies the type of exemption granted and its terms and conditions.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart E—Disciplinary Proceedings Involving the Federal Securities Laws</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.130</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) Except as provided in this subpart, subpart A of this part applies to <PRTPAGE P="207"/>proceedings by the Comptroller to determine whether, pursuant to authority contained in sections 15B(c)(5), 15C(c)(2)(A), 17A(c)(3), and 17A(c)(4)(C) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-4(c)(5), 78o-5(c)(2)(A), 78q-1(c)(3)(A), and 78q-1(c)(4)(C)), to take disciplinary action against the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A bank which is a municipal securities dealer, or any person associated or seeking to become associated with such a municipal securities dealer;</P>
          <P>(2) A bank which is a government securities broker or dealer, or any person associated with such government securities broker or dealer; or</P>
          <P>(3) A bank which is a transfer agent, or any person associated or seeking to become associated with such transfer agent.</P>
          <P>(b) In addition to the issuance of disciplinary orders after opportunity for hearing, the Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate may issue and serve any notices and temporary or permanent cease-and-desist orders and take any actions that are authorized by section 8 of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1818), sections 15B(c)(5), 15C(c)(2)(B), and 17A(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, and other subparts of this part against the following:</P>
          <P>(1) The parties listed in paragraph (a) of this section; and</P>
          <P>(2) A bank which is a clearing agency.</P>
          <P>(c) Nothing in this subpart impairs the powers conferred on the Comptroller by other provisions of law.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.131</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of charges and answer.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Proceedings are commenced when the Comptroller serves a notice of charges on a bank or associated person. The notice must indicate the type of disciplinary action being contemplated and the grounds therefor, and fix a date, time and place for hearing. The hearing must be set for a date at least 30 days after service of the notice. A party served with a notice of charges may file an answer as prescribed in § 19.19. Any party who fails to appear at a hearing personally or by a duly authorized representative shall be deemed to have consented to the issuance of a disciplinary order.</P>
          <P>(b) All proceedings under this subpart must be commenced, and the notice of charges must be filed, on a public basis, unless otherwise ordered by the Comptroller. Pursuant to § 19.33(a), a request for a private hearing may be filed within 20 days of service of the notice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.132</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Disciplinary orders.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) In the event of consent, or if on the record filed by the administrative law judge, the Comptroller finds that any act or omission or violation specified in the notice of charges has been established, the Comptroller may serve on the bank or persons concerned a disciplinary order, as provided in the Exchange Act. The order may:</P>
          <P>(1) Censure, limit the activities, functions or operations, or suspend or revoke the registration of a bank which is a municipal securities dealer;</P>
          <P>(2) Censure, suspend or bar any person associated or seeking to become associated with a municipal securities dealer;</P>
          <P>(3) Censure, limit the activities, functions or operations, or suspend or bar a bank which is a government securities broker or dealer;</P>
          <P>(4) Censure, limit the activities, functions or operations, or suspend or bar any person associated with a government securities broker or dealer;</P>
          <P>(5) Deny registration to, limit the activities, functions, or operations or suspend or revoke the registration of a bank which is a transfer agent; or</P>
          <P>(6) Censure or limit the activities or functions, or suspend or bar, any person associated or seeking to become associated with a transfer agent.</P>
          <P>(b) A disciplinary order is effective when served on the party or parties involved and remains effective and enforceable until it is stayed, modified, terminated, or set aside by action of the Comptroller or a reviewing court.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.135</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Applications for stay or review of disciplinary actions imposed by registered clearing agencies.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Stays.</E> The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to section 19 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s) regarding applications by persons for whom the SEC is the appropriate <PRTPAGE P="208"/>regulatory agency for stays of disciplinary sanctions or summary suspensions imposed by registered clearing agencies (17 CFR 240.19d-2) apply to applications by national banks. References to the “Commission” are deemed to refer to the “OCC.”</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Reviews.</E> The regulations adopted by the SEC pursuant to section 19 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78s) regarding applications by persons for whom the SEC is the appropriate regulatory agency for reviews of final disciplinary sanctions, denials of participation, or prohibitions or limitations of access to services imposed by registered clearing agencies (17 CFR 240.19d-3(a)-(f)) apply to applications by national banks. References to the “Commission” are deemed to refer to the “OCC.”</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 68559, Dec. 30, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart F—Civil Money Penalty Authority Under the Securities Laws</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.140</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Except as provided in this subpart, subpart A of this part applies to proceedings by the Comptroller to determine whether, pursuant to authority contained in section 21B of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u-2), in proceedings commenced pursuant to sections 15B, 15C, and 17A of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78o-4, 78o-5, or 78q-1) for which the OCC is the appropriate regulatory agency under section 3(a)(34) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(34)), the Comptroller may impose a civil money penalty against the following:</P>
          <P>(1) A bank which is a municipal securities dealer, or any person associated or seeking to become associated with such a municipal securities dealer;</P>
          <P>(2) A bank which is a government securities broker or dealer, or any person associated with such government securities broker or dealer; or</P>
          <P>(3) A bank which is a transfer agent, or any person associated or seeking to become associated with such transfer agent.</P>
          <P>(b) All proceedings under this subpart must be commenced, and the notice of assessment must be filed, on a public basis, unless otherwise ordered by the Comptroller. Pursuant to § 19.33(a), any request for a private hearing must be filed within 20 days of service of the notice.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart G—Cease-and-Desist Authority Under the Securities Laws</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.150</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) Except as provided in this subpart, subpart A of this part applies to proceedings by the Comptroller to determine whether, pursuant to authority contained in sections 12(i) and 21C of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78<E T="03">l</E>(i) and 78u-3), the Comptroller may initiate cease-and-desist proceedings against a national bank for violations of sections 12, 13, 14(a), 14(c), 14(d), 14(f), and 16 of the Exchange Act or regulations or rules issued thereunder (15 U.S.C. 78<E T="03">l</E>, 78m, 78n(a), 78n(c), 78n(d), 78n(f), and 78p) .</P>
          <P>(b) All proceedings under this subpart must be commenced, and the notice of charges must be filed, on a public basis, unless otherwise ordered by the Comptroller. Pursuant to § 19.33(a), any request for a private hearing must be filed within 20 days of service of the notice.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart H—Change in Bank Control</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.160</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>

          <P>(a) Section 7(j) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) provides that no person may acquire control of an insured depository institution unless the appropriate Federal bank regulatory agency has been given prior written notice of the proposed acquisition. If, after investigating and soliciting comment on the proposed acquisition, the agency decides that the acquisition should be disapproved, the agency shall mail a written notification to the proposed acquiring person in writing within three days of the decision. The party can then request an agency hearing on the proposed acquisition. The OCC's procedures for reviewing notices of proposed acquisitions in change-in-control proceedings are set forth in § 5.50 of this chapter.<PRTPAGE P="209"/>
          </P>
          <P>(b) Unless otherwise provided in this subpart, the rules in subpart A of this part set forth the procedures applicable to requests for OCC hearings.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20337, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.161</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Notice of disapproval and hearing initiation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Notice of disapproval</E>. The OCC's written disapproval of a proposed acquisition of control of a national bank must:</P>
          <P>(1) Contain a statement of the basis for the disapproval; and</P>
          <P>(2) Indicate that the filer may request a hearing.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Hearing request.</E> Following receipt of a notice of disapproval, a filer may request a hearing on the proposed acquisition. A hearing request must:</P>
          <P>(1) Be in writing; and</P>
          <P>(2) Be filed with the Hearing Clerk of the OCC within ten days after service on the filer of the notice of disapproval. If a filer fails to request a hearing with a timely written request, the notice of disapproval constitutes a final and unappealable order.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Hearing order.</E> Following receipt of a hearing request, the Comptroller shall issue, within 20 days, an order that sets forth:</P>
          <P>(1) The legal authority for the proceeding and for the OCC's jurisdiction over the proceeding;</P>
          <P>(2) The matters of fact or law upon which the disapproval is based; and</P>
          <P>(3) The requirement for filing an answer to the hearing order with OFIA within 20 days after service of the hearing order.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Answer.</E> An answer to a hearing order must specifically deny those portions of the order that are disputed. Those portions of the order that the filer does not specifically deny are deemed admitted by the filer. Any hearing under this subpart is limited to those portions of the order that are specifically denied.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Effect of failure to answer.</E> Failure of a filer to file an answer within 20 days after service of the hearing order constitutes a waiver of the filer's right to appear and contest the allegations in the hearing order. If a filer does not file a timely answer, enforcement counsel may file a motion for entry of an order of default. Upon a finding that no good cause has been shown for the failure to file a timely answer, the administrative law judge shall file with the Comptroller a recommended decision containing the findings and the relief sought in the hearing order. Any final order issued by the Comptroller based upon a filer's failure to answer is deemed to be an order issued upon consent and is a final and unappealable order.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 20337, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart I—Discovery Depositions and Subpoenas</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.170</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Discovery depositions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> In any proceeding instituted under or subject to the provisions of subpart A of this part, a party may take the deposition of an expert, or of a person, including another party, who has direct knowledge of matters that are non-privileged, relevant, and material to the proceeding, and where there is need for the deposition. The deposition of experts shall be limited to those experts who are expected to testify at the hearing.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Notice.</E> A party desiring to take a deposition shall give reasonable notice in writing to the deponent and to every other party to the proceeding. The notice must state the time and place for taking the deposition, and the name and address of the person to be deposed.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Time limits.</E> A party may take depositions at any time after the commencement of the proceeding, but no later than ten days before the scheduled hearing date, except with permission of the administrative law judge for good cause shown.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Conduct of the deposition.</E> The witness must be duly sworn, and each party will have the right to examine the witness with respect to all non-privileged, relevant, and material matters of which the witness has factual, direct, and personal knowledge. Objections to questions or exhibits must be in short form and must state the grounds for the objection. Failure to object to questions or exhibits is not a waiver except where the grounds for the objection might have been avoided <PRTPAGE P="210"/>if the objection had been timely presented.</P>
          <P>(e) <E T="03">Recording the testimony</E>—(1) <E T="03">Generally.</E> The party taking the deposition must have a certified court reporter record the witness's testimony:</P>
          <P>(i) By stenotype machine or electronic sound recording device;</P>
          <P>(ii) Upon agreement of the parties, by any other method; or</P>
          <P>(iii) For good cause and with leave of the administrative law judge, by any other method.</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Cost.</E> The party taking the deposition must bear the cost of the recording and transcribing the witness's testimony.</P>
          <P>(3) <E T="03">Transcript.</E> Unless the parties agree that a transcription is not necessary, the court reporter must provide a transcript of the witness's testimony to the party taking the deposition and must make a copy of the transcript available to each party upon payment by that party of the cost of the copy.</P>
          <P>(f) <E T="03">Protective orders.</E> At any time after notice of a deposition has been given, a party may file a motion for the issuance of a protective order. Such protective order may prohibit, terminate, or limit the scope or manner of the taking of a deposition. The administrative law judge shall grant such protective order upon a showing of sufficient grounds, including that the deposition:</P>
          <P>(1) Is unreasonable, oppressive, excessive in scope, or unduly burdensome;</P>
          <P>(2) Involves privileged, irrelevant, or immaterial matters;</P>
          <P>(3) Involves unwarranted attempts to pry into a party's preparation for trial; or</P>
          <P>(4) Is being conducted in bad faith or in such manner as to unreasonably annoy, embarrass, or oppress the witness.</P>
          <P>(g) <E T="03">Fees.</E> Deposition witnesses, including expert witnesses, shall be paid the same expenses in the same manner as are paid witnesses in the district courts of the United States in proceedings in which the United States is a party. Expenses in accordance with this paragraph shall be paid by the party seeking to take the deposition.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20338, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.171</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Deposition subpoenas.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Issuance.</E> At the request of a party, the administrative law judge shall issue a subpoena requiring the attendance of a witness at a discovery deposition under paragraph (a) of this section. The attendance of a witness may be required from any place in any state or territory that is subject to the jurisdiction of the United States or as otherwise permitted by law.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Service</E>—(1) <E T="03">Methods of service.</E> The party requesting the subpoena must serve it on the person named therein, or on that person's counsel, by any of the methods identified in § 19.11(d).</P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Proof of service.</E> The party serving the subpoena must file proof of service with the administrative law judge.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Motion to quash.</E> A person named in a subpoena may file a motion to quash or modify the subpoena. A statement of the reasons for the motion must accompany it and a copy of the motion must be served on the party which requested the subpoena. The motion must be made prior to the time for compliance specified in the subpoena and not more than ten days after the date of service of the subpoena, or if the subpoena is served within 15 days of the hearing, within five days after the date of service.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Enforcement of deposition subpoena.</E> Enforcement of a deposition subpoena shall be in accordance with the procedures of § 19.27(d).</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991, as amended at 61 FR 20338, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart J—Formal Investigations</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.180</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart and § 19.8 apply to formal investigations initiated by order of the Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate and pertain to the exercise of powers specified in 12 U.S.C. 481, 1818(n) and 1820(c), and section 21 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78u). This subpart does not restrict or in any way affect the authority of the Comptroller to conduct examinations into the affairs or ownership of banks and their affiliates.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <PRTPAGE P="211"/>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.181</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Confidentiality of formal investigations.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Information or documents obtained in the course of a formal investigation are confidential and may be disclosed only in accordance with the provisions of part 4 of this chapter.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.182</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Order to conduct a formal investigation.</SUBJECT>
          <P>A formal investigation begins with the issuance of an order signed by the Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate. The order must designate the person or persons who will conduct the investigation. Such persons are authorized, among other things, to issue subpoenas duces tecum, to administer oaths, and receive affirmations as to any matter under investigation by the Comptroller. Upon application and for good cause shown, the Comptroller may limit, modify, or withdraw the order at any stage of the proceedings.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.183</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Rights of witnesses.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) Any person who is compelled or requested to furnish testimony, documentary evidence, or other information with respect to any matter under formal investigation shall, on request, be shown the order initiating the investigation.</P>
          <P>(b) Any person who, in a formal investigation, is compelled to appear and testify, or who appears and testifies by request or permission of the Comptroller, may be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel. The right to be accompanied, represented, and advised by counsel means the right of a person testifying to have an attorney present at all times while testifying and to have the attorney—</P>
          <P>(1) Advise the person before, during and after the conclusion of testimony;</P>
          <P>(2) Question the person briefly at the conclusion of testimony to clarify any of the answers given; and</P>
          <P>(3) Make summary notes during the testimony solely for the use of the person.</P>
          <P>(c) Any person who has given or will give testimony and counsel representing the person may be excluded from the proceedings during the taking of testimony of any other witness.</P>
          <P>(d) Any person who is compelled to give testimony is entitled to inspect any transcript that has been made of the testimony but may not obtain a copy if the Comptroller's representatives conducting the proceedings have cause to believe that the contents should not be disclosed pending completion of the investigation.</P>
          <P>(e) Any designated representative conducting an investigative proceeding shall report to the Comptroller any instances where a person has been guilty of dilatory, obstructionist or insubordinate conduct during the course of the proceeding or any other instance involving a violation of this part. The Comptroller may take such action as the circumstances warrant, including exclusion of the offending individual or individuals from participation in the proceedings.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.184</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Service of subpoena and payment of witness expenses.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Methods of service.</E> Service of a subpoena may be made by any of the methods identified in § 19.11(d).</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Expenses.</E> A witness who is subpoenaed will be paid the same expenses in the same manner as witnesses in the district courts of the United States. The expenses need not be tendered at the time a subpoena is served.</P>
          <CITA>[61 FR 20338, May 6, 1996]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart K—Parties and Representational Practice Before the OCC; Standards of Conduct</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.190</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>

          <P>This subpart contains rules relating to parties and representational practice before the OCC. This subpart includes the imposition of sanctions by the administrative law judge, any other presiding officer appointed pursuant to subparts C and D of this part, or the Comptroller against parties or their counsel in an adjudicatory proceeding under this part. This subpart also covers other disciplinary sanctions—censure, suspension or debarment—against individuals who appear before the OCC in a representational capacity either in an adjudicatory proceeding under this part or in any other matters connected with presentations to the OCC relating to a client's rights, <PRTPAGE P="212"/>privileges, or liabilities. This representation includes, but is not limited to, the practice of attorneys and accountants. Employees of the OCC are not subject to disciplinary proceedings under this subpart.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991; 56 FR 41726, Aug. 22, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.191</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Definitions.</SUBJECT>
          <P>As used in §§ 19.190 through 19.201, the following terms shall have the meaning given in this section unless the context otherwise requires:</P>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Practice before the OCC</E> includes any matters connected with presentations to the OCC or any of its officers or employees relating to a client's rights, privileges or liabilities under laws or regulations administered by the OCC. Such matters include, but are not limited to, representation of a client in an adjudicatory proceeding under this part; the preparation of any statement, opinion or other paper or document by an attorney, accountant, or other licensed professional which is filed with, or submitted to, the OCC, on behalf of another person in, or in connection with, any application, notification, report or document; the representation of a person at conferences, hearings and meetings; and the transaction of other business before the OCC on behalf of another person. The term “practice before the OCC” does not include work prepared for a bank solely at its request for use in the ordinary course of its business.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Attorney</E> means any individual who is a member in good standing of the bar of the highest court of any state, possession, territory, commonwealth, of the United States or the District of Columbia.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Accountant</E> means any individual who is duly qualified to practice as a certified public accountant or a public accountant in any state, possession, territory, commonwealth of the United States, or the District of Columbia.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.192</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Sanctions relating to conduct in an adjudicatory proceeding.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General rule.</E> Appropriate sanctions may be imposed when any party or person representing a party in an adjudicatory proceeding under this part has failed to comply with an applicable statute, regulation, or order, and that failure to comply:</P>
          <P>(1) Constitutes contemptuous conduct;</P>
          <P>(2) Materially injures or prejudices another party in terms of substantive injury, incurring additional expenses including attorney's fees, prejudicial delay, or otherwise;</P>
          <P>(3) Is a clear and unexcused violation of an applicable statute, regulation, or order; or</P>
          <P>(4) Unduly delays the proceeding.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Sanctions.</E> Sanctions which may be imposed include any one or more of the following:</P>
          <P>(1) Issuing an order against the party;</P>
          <P>(2) Rejecting or striking any testimony or documentary evidence offered, or other papers filed, by the party;</P>
          <P>(3) Precluding the party from contesting specific issues or findings;</P>
          <P>(4) Precluding the party from offering certain evidence or from challenging or contesting certain evidence offered by another party;</P>
          <P>(5) Precluding the party from making a late filing or conditioning a late filing on any terms that are just; and</P>
          <P>(6) Assessing reasonable expenses, including attorney's fees, incurred by any other party as a result of the improper action or failure to act.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Procedure for imposition of sanctions.</E> (1) Upon the motion of any party, or on his or her own motion, the administrative law judge or other presiding officer may impose sanctions in accordance with this section. The administrative law judge or other presiding officer shall submit to the Comptroller for final ruling any sanction entering a final order that determines the case on the merits.</P>

          <P>(2) No sanction authorized by this section, other than refusal to accept late filings, shall be imposed without prior notice to all parties and an opportunity for any party against whom sanctions would be imposed to be heard. Such opportunity to be heard may be on such notice, and the response may be in such form as the administrative law judge or other presiding officer directs. The administrative law judge or other presiding officer may limit the opportunity to be heard to an opportunity of a party or a <PRTPAGE P="213"/>party's representative to respond orally immediately after the act or inaction covered by this section is noted by the administrative law judge or other presiding officer.</P>
          <P>(3) Requests for the imposition of sanctions by any party, and the imposition of sanctions, are subject to interlocutory review pursuant to § 19.25 in the same manner as any other ruling.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Section not exclusive.</E> Nothing in this section shall be read as precluding the administrative law judge or other presiding officer or the Comptroller from taking any other action, or imposing any restriction or sanction, authorized by applicable statute or regulation.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.193</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Censure, suspension or debarment.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Comptroller may censure an individual or suspend or debar such individual from practice before the OCC if he or she is incompetent in representing a client's rights or interest in a significant matter before the OCC; or engages, or has engaged, in disreputable conduct; or refuses to comply with the rules and regulations in this part; or with intent to defraud in any manner, willfully and knowingly deceives, misleads, or threatens any client or prospective client. The suspension or debarment of an individual may be initiated only upon a finding by the Comptroller that the basis for the disciplinary action is sufficiently egregious.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.194</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Eligibility of attorneys and accountants to practice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Attorneys.</E> Any attorney who is qualified to practice as an attorney and is not currently under suspension or debarment pursuant to this subpart may practice before the OCC.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Accountants.</E> Any accountant who is qualified to practice as a certified public accountant or public accountant and is not currently under suspension or debarment by the OCC may practice before the OCC.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.195</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Incompetence.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Incompetence in the representation of a client's rights and interests in a significant matter before the OCC is grounds for suspension or debarment. The term “incompetence” encompasses conduct that reflects a lack of the knowledge, judgment and skill that a professional would ordinarily and reasonably be expected to exercise in adequately representing the rights and interests of a client. Such conduct includes, but is not limited to:</P>
          <P>(a) Handling a matter which the individual knows or should know that he or she is not competent to handle, without associating with a professional who is competent to handle such matter.</P>
          <P>(b) Handling a matter without adequate preparation under the circumstances.</P>
          <P>(c) Neglect in a matter entrusted to him or her.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.196</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Disreputable conduct.</SUBJECT>
          <P>Disreputable conduct for which an individual may be censured, debarred or suspended from practice before the OCC includes, but is not limited to:</P>
          <P>(a) Willfully violating or willfully aiding and abetting the violation of any provision of the Federal banking or applicable securities laws or the rules and regulations thereunder or conviction of any offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust.</P>
          <P>(b) Knowingly giving false or misleading information, or participating in any way in the giving of false information to the OCC or any officer or employee thereof, or to any tribunal authorized to pass upon matters administered by the OCC in connection with any matter pending or likely to be pending before it. The term “information” includes facts or other statements contained in testimony, financial statements, applications for enrollment, affidavits, declarations, or any other document or written or oral statement.</P>
          <P>(c) Directly or indirectly attempting to influence, or offering or agreeing to attempt to influence, the official action of any officer or employee of the OCC by the use of threats, false accusations, duress or coercion, by the offer of any special inducement or promise of advantage or by the bestowing of any gift, favor, or thing of value.</P>

          <P>(d) Disbarment or suspension from practice as an attorney, or debarment <PRTPAGE P="214"/>or suspension from practice as a certified public accountant or public accountant, by any duly constituted authority of any state, possession, or commonwealth of the United States, or the District of Columbia for the conviction of a felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in matters relating to the supervisory responsibilities of the OCC, where the conviction has not been reversed on appeal.</P>
          <P>(e) Knowingly aiding or abetting another individual to practice before the OCC during that individual's period of suspension, debarment, or ineligibility.</P>
          <P>(f) Contemptuous conduct in connection with practice before the OCC, and knowingly making false accusations and statements, or circulating or publishing malicious or libelous matter.</P>
          <P>(g) Suspension or debarment from practice before the Board of Governors, the FDIC, the OTS, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, or any other Federal agency based on matters relating to the supervisory responsibilities of the OCC.</P>
          <P>(h) Willful violation of any of the regulations contained in this part.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.197</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Initiation of disciplinary proceeding.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Receipt of information.</E> An individual, including any employee of the OCC, who has reason to believe that an individual practicing before the OCC in a representative capacity has engaged in any conduct that would serve as a basis for censure, suspension or debarment under § 19.192, may make a report thereof and forward it to the OCC or to such person as may be delegated responsibility for such matters by the Comptroller.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Censure without formal proceeding.</E> Upon receipt of information regarding an individual's qualification to practice before the OCC, the Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate may, after giving the individual notice and opportunity to respond, censure such individual.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Institution of formal disciplinary proceeding.</E> When the Comptroller has reason to believe that any individual who practices before the OCC in a representative capacity has engaged in conduct that would serve as a basis for censure, suspension or debarment under § 19.192, the Comptroller may, after giving the individual notice and opportunity to respond, institute a formal disciplinary proceeding against such individual. The proceeding will be conducted pursuant to § 19.199 and initiated by a complaint which names the individual as a respondent and is signed by the Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate. Except in cases of willfulness, or when time, the nature of the proceeding, or the public interest do not permit, a proceeding under this section may not be commenced until the respondent has been informed, in writing, of the facts or conduct which warrant institution of a proceeding and the respondent has been accorded the opportunity to comply with all lawful requirements or take whatever action may be necessary to remedy the conduct that is the basis for the commencement of the proceeding.</P>
          <CITA>[56 FR 38028, Aug. 9, 1991; 56 FR 46667, Sept. 13, 1991]</CITA>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.198</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Conferences.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">General.</E> The Comptroller may confer with a proposed respondent concerning allegations of misconduct or other grounds for censure, debarment or suspension, regardless of whether a proceeding for debarment or suspension has been commenced. If a conference results in a stipulation in connection with a proceeding in which the individual is the respondent, the stipulation may be entered in the record at the request of either party to the proceeding.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Resignation or voluntary suspension.</E> In order to avoid the institution of, or a decision in, a debarment or suspension proceeding, a person who practices before the OCC may consent to suspension from practice. At the discretion of the Comptroller, the individual may be suspended or debarred in accordance with the consent offered.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.199</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Proceedings under this subpart.</SUBJECT>

          <P>Any hearing held under this subpart is held before an administrative law judge pursuant to procedures set forth in subpart A of this part. The Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate shall appoint a person to represent the <PRTPAGE P="215"/>OCC in the hearing. Any person having prior involvement in the matter which is the basis for the suspension or debarment proceeding is disqualified from representing the OCC in the hearing. The hearing will be closed to the public unless the Comptroller on his or her own initiative, or on the request of a party, otherwise directs. The administrative law judge shall issue a recommended decision to the Comptroller who shall issue the final decision and order. The Comptroller may censure, debar or suspend an individual, or take such other disciplinary action as the Comptroller deems appropriate.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.200</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Effect of suspension, debarment or censure.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Debarment.</E> If the final order against the respondent is for debarment, the individual may not practice before the OCC unless otherwise permitted to do so by the Comptroller.</P>
          <P>(b) S<E T="03">uspension.</E> If the final order against the respondent is for suspension, the individual may not practice before the OCC during the period of suspension.</P>
          <P>(c) <E T="03">Censure.</E> If the final order against the respondent is for censure, the individual may be permitted to practice before the OCC, but such individual's future representations may be subject to conditions designed to promote high standards of conduct. If a written letter of censure is issued, a copy will be maintained in the OCC's files.</P>
          <P>(d) <E T="03">Notice of debarment or suspension.</E> Upon the issuance of a final order for suspension or debarment, the Comptroller shall give notice of the order to appropriate officers and employees of the OCC and to interested departments and agencies of the Federal government. The Comptroller or the Comptroller's delegate shall also give notice to the appropriate authorities of the state in which any debarred or suspended individual is or was licensed to practice.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.201</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Petition for reinstatement.</SUBJECT>
          <P>At the expiration of the period of time designated in the order of debarment, the Comptroller may entertain a petition for reinstatement from any person debarred from practice before the OCC. The Comptroller may grant reinstatement only if satisfied that the petitioner is likely to act in accordance with the regulations in this part, and that granting reinstatement would not be contrary to the public interest. Any request for reinstatement shall be limited to written submissions unless the Comptroller, in his or her discretion, affords the petitioner a hearing.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart L—Equal Access to Justice Act</HD>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.210</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>The Equal Access to Justice Act regulations applicable to formal OCC adjudicatory proceedings under this part are set forth at 31 CFR part 6.</P>
        </SECTION>
      </SUBPART>
      <SUBPART>
        <HD SOURCE="HED">Subpart M—Procedures for Reclassifying a Bank Based on Criteria Other Than Capital</HD>
        <SOURCE>
          <HD SOURCE="HED">Source:</HD>
          <P>57 FR 44895, Sept. 29, 1992, unless otherwise noted.</P>
        </SOURCE>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.220</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Scope.</SUBJECT>
          <P>This subpart applies to the procedures afforded to any bank that has been reclassified to a lower capital category by a notice or order issued by the OCC pursuant to section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and this part.</P>
        </SECTION>
        <SECTION>
          <SECTNO>§ 19.221</SECTNO>
          <SUBJECT>Reclassification of a bank based on unsafe or unsound condition or practice.</SUBJECT>
          <P>(a) <E T="03">Issuance of notice of proposed reclassification—</E>(1) <E T="03">Grounds for reclassification.</E> (i) Pursuant to § 6.4 of this chapter, the OCC may reclassify a well capitalized bank as adequately capitalized or subject an adequately capitalized bank or undercapitalized bank to the supervisory actions applicable to the next lower capital category if:</P>
          <P>(A) The OCC determines that the bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition; or</P>
          <P>(B) The OCC deems the bank to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice and not to have corrected the deficiency.</P>

          <P>(ii) Any action pursuant to this paragraph (a)(1) shall hereinafter be referred to as “reclassification.”<PRTPAGE P="216"/>
          </P>
          <P>(2) <E T="03">Prior notice to institution.</E> Prior to taking action pursuant to § 6.4 of this chapter, the OCC shall issue and serve on the bank a written notice of the OCC's intention to reclassify the bank.</P>
          <P>(b) <E T="03">Contents of notice.</E> A notice of intention to reclassify a bank based on unsafe or unsound condition will include:</P>
          <P>(1) A statement of the bank's capital measures and capital levels and the category to which the bank would be reclassified;</P>
          <P>(2) The reasons for reclassification of the bank;</P>
          <P>(3) The date by which the bank subject to the notice of reclassification may file with the OCC a written appeal of the proposed reclassification and a request 